You are on page 1of 483

Army Regulation 4201

Facilities Engineering

Army Facilities Management

Rapid Action Revision (RAR) Issue Date: 24 August 2012

Headquarters Department of the Army Washington, DC 12 February 2008

UNCLASSIFIED

SUMMARY of CHANGE
AR 4201 Army Facilities Management This rapid action revision, dated 24 August 2012-o Only updates chapter 3 to reflect the removal of procedural material used to develop DA Pam 420-1-1. Only updates chapter 7 to reflect the removal of procedural material used to develop DA Pam 420-1-3. Makes administrative changes (App A: Added the following publications: AR 2710, 36 CFR 251.56, 41 CFR 102-32, DOD 5500.7-R, DODI 1015.10, DODI 1100.16, DODI 1225.9, EPA PB94-163-95-250, PL 90-284, PL 98-115, UFC 3-120-10, UFC 3250-18FA, UFC 3-260-03, UFC 3-310-05A, UFC 3-400-01, UFC 3-430-09, UFC 4-01002, UFC 4-711-01, UFC 4-721-01A, UFC 4-721-11.1, UFC 4-860-01FA, UFC 4-86003, UFGS 33 51 15, and 10 USC 2922. Corrected the following publication titles: AR 710-3, DA Pam 5-20, DA Pam 420-1-1, DA Pam 420-1-2, DA Pam 420-1-3, DA Pam 600-45, DA Pam 708-1, EM 385-1-1, FHWA PD-96-001, FM 7-0, NFPA 72, NFPA 96, PWTB 200-1-4, PWTB 200-1-14, TI 800-01, UFC 1-900-01, UFC 3-230-08A, UFC 3-550-03FA, UFC 3-560-01, UFC 3-700-01A, UFC 4-020-02FA, UFC 4-020-03FA, and UFC 4-020-04FA. Removed "-STD" from DOD 6055.09. Deleted the following publications: AR 95-2, AR 672-20, AR 700-138, AR 740-1, AFARS 45.6, 26 CFR 251.56, EO 13148, EO 13149, EPA 530-R-95-003, ICSSC RP 2.1A, NISTIR 5382, TM 5-682, TM 5-800-4, TM 5-811-1/AFJMAN 32-1080, TM 5-813-3/AFM88-10, Vol 3, TM 5-853-1/AFMAN 32-1071, Vol 1, TM 5-853-2/AFMAN 32-1071, Vol 2, TM 5-853-3/ AFMAN 32-1071, Vol 3, and TM 5-853-4. Removed the following obsolete publications: DA Pam 200-1, DA Pam 415-15, DODD 1015.2, DODI 7310.1, 29 CFR 1910.139, 49 CFR 1.48, TM 5-644, TM 5-646, TM 5-651, UFC 3-430-05FA, UFGS 33 51 03.00 10, UFGS 33 51 06.00 20, and 10 USC 2672. Updated all publication Web sites. Corrected the following form titles: DA Form 11-2 and HUD Form 903.1. Updated DA Form 373-R-E. Deleted DD Form 1970).

This administrative revision, dated 17 June 2009-o Improves clarity by correcting terminology used for assessment of risks (para 25-4f(8), 25-4i(5), 25-16, 25-20, 25-39a, and 25-46). Makes administrative changes (throughout).

Headquarters Department of the Army Washington, DC 12 February 2008

*Army Regulation 4201


Effective 19 February 2008 Facilities Engineering

Army Facilities Management


been licensed to the District of Columbia or to any state, territory, or commonwealth of the United States for use by the National Guard; single project-owned or leased civil works facilities of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; national cemeteries; facilities occupied by Army activities as tenants when support is provided by another government agency. In areas outside the United States, Status of Forces Agreements or other country-to-country agreements may take precedence over this regulation. Proponent and exception authority. The proponent of this regulation is the Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management. The proponent has the authority to approve exceptions or waivers to this regulation that are consistent with controlling law and regulations. The proponent may delegate this approval authority, in writing, to a division chief within the proponent agency or its direct reporting unit or field operating agency, in the grade of colonel or the civilian equivalent. Activities may request a waiver to this regulation by providing justification that includes a full analysis of the expected benefits and must include a formal review by the activitys senior legal officer. All waiver requests will be endorsed by the commander or senior leader of the requesting activity and forwarded through their higher headquarters to the policy proponent. Refer to AR 2530 for specific guidance. Army management control process. This regulation contains management control provisions and identifies key management controls that must be evaluated (see appendix T). Supplementation. Supplementation of this regulation and establishment of command and local forms are prohibited without prior approval from the Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management (DAIMODF), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. Suggested improvements. Users are invited to send comments and suggested improvements on DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Headquarters, Department of the Army, Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management (DAIMODF), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. Committee Continuance Approval. AR 151 requires the proponent to justify establishing/continuing committee(s), coordinate draft publications, and coordinate changes in committee status with the U.S. Army Resources and Programs Agency, Department of the Army Committee Management Office (AARPZA), 9301 Chapek Road, Building 1458, Fort Belvoir, VA 220605527. Further, if it is determined that an established group identified within this regulation, later takes on the characteristics of a committee, as found in the AR 151, then the proponent will follow all AR 151 requirements for establishing and continuing the group as a committee. Distribution. This publication is available in electronic media only and is intended for command levels C, D, and E for the Active Army, the Army National Guard/Army National Guard of the United States, and the U.S. Army Reserve.

History. This publication is a rapid action revision (RAR) of chapters 3 and 7. This RAR is effective 24 September 2012. The portions affected by this RAR are listed in the summary of change. Summary. This regulation addresses the management of Army facilities. Specifically, it describes the management of public works activities, housing, and other facilities operations and management, military construction program development and execution, master planning, utilities services and energy management, and fire and emergency services. Also, it identifies and synopsizes other regulations that provide detailed facilities management policy. Applicability. This regulation applies to the Active Army, the Army National Guard/Army National Guard of the United States, and the U.S. Army Reserve, unless otherwise stated. Also, it applies to tenants on active Army installations, or as noted in each program chapter. This regulation does not apply to installations and activities, or parts thereof, which have

*This regulation supersedes AR 4201, dated 2 November 2007. This edition publishes a rapid action revision of AR 4201.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

UNCLASSIFIED

Contents

(Listed by paragraph and page number)

Part One General Installation Management, page 1 Chapter 1 Introduction, page 1 Purpose 11, page 1 References 12, page 1 Explanation of abbreviations and terms 13, page 1 Responsibilities 14, page 1 Installation Management Board of Directors 15, page 5 Chapter exponents 16, page 5 Chapter 2 Management of Public Works Activities, page 6 Section I Introduction, page 6 Overview 21, page 6 Applicability 22, page 6 Chapter exponent 23, page 6 Chapter responsibilities 24, page 6 Section II General Public Works Operations Policy, page 7 Basic functions 25, page 7 Work and cost reporting 26, page 8 Work planning 27, page 8 Customer service 28, page 8 Alternative methods and sources 29, page 9 Host-tenant relationship 210, page 9 Government furnished, contractor occupied facilities 211, page 9 Section III Operation and Maintenance Project Approval and Execution (see chapter 3 for Army Family Housing), page 9 General 212, page 9 World War II temporary buildings 213, page 10 Authorization for minor construction projects 214, page 10 Minor construction prohibitions and limitations 215, page 11 Authorization for maintenance and repair projects 216, page 11 Project costs 217, page 12 Project technical review 218, page 13 Damaged facilities 219, page 13 Combined funded construction projects 220, page 13 Real property facilities project files 221, page 13 Section IV Utilization of Personnel and Administration, page 14 Manpower guidance 222, page 14 Assignment of personnel 223, page 14 Use of civilian personnel, inmate labor, or troops 224, page 14 Training and education programs 225, page 15 Contract performance 226, page 15

ii

AR 4201 12 February 2008

ContentsContinued Section V U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Installation Support Services, page 15 Description 227, page 15 Installation Support Program policy 228, page 15 Types of installation support offered 229, page 16 Installation Support Program functions 230, page 16 Non-reimbursable installation support services and funding 231, page 16 Section VI Army Corrosion Prevention and Control Policy for Facilities, page 17 General 232, page 17 Corrosion program manager 233, page 17 Section VII Public Works Annual Awards Program, page 17 General 234, page 17 Eligibility and nominations 235, page 17 Chapter 3 Housing Management, page 18 Section I Introduction, page 18 Overview 31, page 18 Applicability 32, page 18 Chapter exponent 33, page 18 Chapter responsibilities 34, page 18 Statutory authority 35, page 20 Policy overview 36, page 21 Information requirements 37, page 23 Management control 38, page 23 Section II Financial Management, page 24 General 39, page 24 Planning, programming, and budgeting formulation 310, page 25 Budget execution and records 311, page 26 Fund use and control policies directly applicable to Army Family housing 312, page 26 Army Family housing costing 313, page 28 Dollar limitations and approval authorities 314, page 30 Section III Assignment, Occupancy, and Termination, page 32 General 315, page 32 Assignment of Family housing 316, page 33 Occupancy of Family housing 317, page 39 Termination of Family housing 318, page 40 Commercial endeavors in Government Family housing 319, page 43 Eligibility, assignment, and termination of permanent party unaccompanied personnel housing 320, page 43 Army policy on liability for damage to military permanent party housing and related furnishings and equipment 321, page 48 Section IV Adequacy Standards, page 48 Scope 322, page 48 Adequate housing 323, page 48

AR 4201 12 February 2008

iii

ContentsContinued Substandard Family housing 324, page 51 Section V Occupancy and Disposal, page 52 Scope 325, page 52 Goals 326, page 52 Occupancy 327, page 53 Changes in functional use 328, page 53 Family housing 329, page 53 Unaccompanied personnel housing 330, page 55 Host-tenant and logistic support agreements 331, page 56 Unit moves and base realignments 332, page 57 Minimizing maintenance downtime for Family housing 333, page 58 Section VI Housing Services Office, page 59 Scope 334, page 59 Local civilian community housing 335, page 59 Eligibility 336, page 59 Housing services functions and customer service 337, page 59 Housing discrimination complaints 338, page 62 Section VII Operation and Maintenance, page 66 Scope 339, page 66 General policy 340, page 66 Joint responsibility 341, page 66 Energy conservation 342, page 66 Work authorization 343, page 67 Work classification 344, page 67 Installation self-help programs 345, page 67 Historic housing facilities 346, page 67 Environmental considerations 347, page 68 Fire protection 348, page 69 Smoke detection and fire suppression systems 349, page 69 Carbon monoxide detectors 350, page 70 Policy on multiple air conditioning units 351, page 70 Telephone and Internet service provider connection charges 352, page 70 Television and cable internet connection charges 353, page 70 Family housing 354, page 71 Unaccompanied personnel housing 355, page 77 Priority system for service order maintenance 356, page 78 Maintenance standards for Family housing 357, page 78 Section VIII Resident Relations, page 79 Scope 358, page 79 Policies on resident-related programs 359, page 79 Shared responsibilities 360, page 79 Resident orientation 361, page 80 Community associations 362, page 80 Mediation of resident complaints 363, page 80 Insurance 364, page 81 Residents potential pecuniary liabilities 365, page 81 Governments liability to resident 366, page 81

iv

AR 4201 12 February 2008

ContentsContinued Housing inspection program 367, page 81 Self-help program for Family housing residents 368, page 82 Section IX Furnishings, page 82 Management of furnishings 369, page 82 Family housing furnishings 370, page 86 The Sergeant Major of the Army and special command sergeant major positions 371, page 89 Disposition of furnishings in excessed and transferred housing 372, page 92 Unaccompanied personnel housing furnishings 373, page 92 Section X Construction, page 94 Scope 374, page 94 Objectives 375, page 94 Establishing requirements 376, page 94 Impact on local housing markets 377, page 94 Intergovernmental coordination 378, page 94 Construction program cost limitations and approval authorities 379, page 95 Design criteria 380, page 95 Family housing construction 381, page 95 Unaccompanied personnel housing construction 382, page 96 Construction planning and programming 383, page 98 Section XI Leasing, page 98 Scope 384, page 98 Leasing policy 385, page 98 Responsibilities for leasing 386, page 98 Family housing leasing 387, page 99 Unaccompanied personnel housing leasing 388, page 103 Section XII Mobile Home Parks, page 103 Scope 389, page 103 Mobile home park policy 390, page 103 Moving expense guidance 391, page 104 Government-owned mobile home parks 392, page 104 Resident-owned or resident-leased mobile homes 393, page 107 Contractor-owned and contractor-operated mobile home parks on Government land 394, page 108 Section XIII General/Flag Officers Quarters, page 108 Scope 395, page 108 Background 396, page 108 General policies for general/flag officers quarters 397, page 109 Responsibilities for general/flag officers quarters 398, page 109 Designated housing 399, page 112 Furnishings for general/flag officers quarters 3100, page 115 Operation and maintenance for general/flag officers quarters 3101, page 119 Construction for general/flag officers quarters 3102, page 120 Planning, programming, and budgeting for general/flag officers quarters 3103, page 120 Costing general/flag officers quarters 3104, page 122 General/flag officers quarters review and analysis 3105, page 125

AR 4201 12 February 2008

ContentsContinued Section XIV Housing Requirements, page 126 Scope 3106, page 126 Basic housing acquisition policy 3107, page 126 Determination of housing requirements 3108, page 126 Identifying housing assets in the local community 3109, page 127 Army housing master plans 3110, page 127 Residential communities initiative 3111, page 128 Economic analysis for housing 3112, page 133 Section XV Establishment of Rental Rates for Housing and Related Facilities, page 133 Scope 3113, page 133 Rental housing composition 3114, page 134 Exceptions to this section 3115, page 134 Responsibilities for development of rental rates 3116, page 134 Broad policy 3117, page 135 Basic rate principle 3118, page 135 Utilities principle 3119, page 135 Family housing units designated as substandard 3120, page 136 Instances of personal hardship 3121, page 136 Charges for mobile home park spaces 3122, page 136 Frequency of rental reviews 3123, page 136 Establishing rent schedules 3124, page 136 Appeals and reviews of schedules of charges 3125, page 137 Records 3126, page 137 Disposition of collections for rents and charges 3127, page 137 Section XVI Installation Housing Planning for Mobilization, page 138 Scope 3128, page 138 Background 3129, page 138 General 3130, page 138 Housing mobilization planning 3131, page 139 Preparation of housing appendix 3132, page 141 Chapter 4 Army Military Construction and Nonappropriated-Funded Construction Program Development and Execution, page 142 Section I Introduction, page 142 Overview 41, page 142 Applicability 42, page 143 Chapter exponent 43, page 143 Chapter responsibilities 44, page 143 Authorities 45, page 153 Army Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution System 46, page 154 Military construction programming process 47, page 154 Nonappropriated-funded nonappropriated fund construction program 48, page 156 Appropriations and programs that provide for construction 49, page 156 Army Family housing construction program 410, page 157 Defense medical facilities construction program 411, page 157 Army and Air Force Exchange Service facilities construction program 412, page 158 Army Environmental Compliance Achievement Program 413, page 158

vi

AR 4201 12 February 2008

ContentsContinued Host nation funded construction program 414, page 158 Section II Planning Overview, page 158 Real property master planning 415, page 158 Site approval 416, page 158 Project definition 417, page 158 Differentiating between base operations and mission facility projects 418, page 159 Medical military construction projects 419, page 160 Project programming documentation (except Medical Command) 420, page 160 Funding for advanced planning activities (except Medical Command) 421, page 161 Section III Programming, page 162 Program Objective Memorandum process 422, page 162 DD Form 1391 certification process 423, page 164 Design authorizations 424, page 166 Section IV Budgeting, page 167 Army budget estimates 425, page 167 Final revisions to project programming documentation 426, page 167 DD Form 1390, FY __ Military Construction Program 427, page 167 Army approval of the budget estimate submission 428, page 167 Office of the Secretary of Defense and Office of Management and Budget review 429, page 168 Presidents budget 430, page 168 Authorization and appropriation 431, page 168 Military construction and nonappropriated funds program development overview 432, page 169 Section V Execution, page 173 Supervision of military construction projects 433, page 173 Coordination 434, page 173 Design management 435, page 173 Design directives 436, page 173 Architect/engineer contracts 437, page 175 Pre-design activities and Technical Instructions 80001, Design Criteria efforts 438, page 175 Parametric design (Code 3) 439, page 176 Concept design (Code 2) 440, page 176 Design-build procurement (Code 7) 441, page 178 Final design (Code 6) 442, page 178 Adapt build final design (Code T) 443, page 178 Cost estimate 444, page 179 Additive bid items and bid options 445, page 179 Advertising, award, and obligation (excluding nonappropriated-funded construction projects) 446, page 179 Project construction (excluding nonappropriated-funded construction projects) 447, page 180 Systems commissioning 448, page 180 Semiannual review (excluding nonappropriated-funded construction projects) 449, page 180 Cost increases (military construction, Army and Army Family housing) 450, page 180 Scope and cost reductions (military construction, Army and Army Family housing) 451, page 181 Project approval 452, page 182 Approvals for nonappropriated-funded construction projects program projects 453, page 182 Project completion 454, page 182 Emergency construction (10 USC 2803) 455, page 183 Restoration or replacement of damaged or destroyed facilities (10 USC 2854) 456, page 184

AR 4201 12 February 2008

vii

ContentsContinued Construction authority in the event of declaration of war or national emergency (10 USC 2808) 457, page 185 Section VI Equipment Installation, page 185 Installed building equipment 458, page 185 Personal property (fixed) 459, page 186 Personal property (movable) 460, page 187 Commissary equipment 461, page 187 Medical and dental equipment 462, page 187 Equipment installation 463, page 188 Automatic box conveyor systems 464, page 188 Prefabricated indoor offices and medical rooms 465, page 188 High altitude electromagnetic pulse and telecommunications electronics material protected from emanating spurious transmissions shielding 466, page 189 Auxiliary generators 467, page 189 Uninterruptible power supplies 468, page 189 Electronic security systems 469, page 190 Section VII Information systems support, page 190 Funding sources 470, page 190 Funding of information systems components 471, page 190 Explanation of table 42 columns 472, page 190 Part Two Facilities Operation and Maintenance, page 197 Chapter 5 Buildings and Structures, page 198 Section I Introduction, page 198 Overview 51, page 198 Applicability 52, page 198 Chapter exponent 53, page 198 Chapter responsibilities 54, page 198 Section II Real Property Maintenance Activity Policy, page 198 Introduction 55, page 198 Buildings and structures 56, page 198 Project definition and work classification 57, page 199 Morale, welfare, and recreational facilities 58, page 199 Installation facilities function and appearance 59, page 199 Installed building equipment and equipment-in-place 510, page 199 Access for persons with disabilities 511, page 199 Historic and archaeological sites 512, page 200 Painting of buildings and structures 513, page 200 Maintenance of installed building equipment and equipment-in-place 514, page 200 Seismic safety of facilities 515, page 200 Security of facilities 516, page 201 Packing and crating 517, page 201 Section III Hazardous Building Materials, page 202 Introduction 518, page 202

viii

AR 4201 12 February 2008

ContentsContinued Policy 519, page 202 Lead hazard management 520, page 202 Lead requirements 521, page 202 Disposition of Army facilities with lead-based paint 522, page 202 Asbestos hazard management 523, page 203 Asbestos requirements 524, page 203 Disposition of Army facilities with asbestos-containing material 525, page 203 Section IV Roofing Systems Management, page 203 Introduction 526, page 203 Policy 527, page 203 Inspection, maintenance, and repair 528, page 203 Roof replacement 529, page 204 Safety and access 530, page 204 Section V Preventive Maintenance and Self-Help, page 204 Introduction 531, page 204 Preventive maintenance 532, page 204 Self-help 533, page 204 Section VI Custodial Services, page 205 Introduction 534, page 205 Policy 535, page 205 Chapter 6 Facilities Engineering Materials, Equipment, and Relocatable Building Management, page 205 Section I Introduction, page 205 Overview 61, page 205 Applicability 62, page 205 Chapter exponent 63, page 205 Chapter responsibilities 64, page 205 Section II Public Works Engineering Materials, page 206 General 65, page 206 Cataloging functions 66, page 207 Supply control functions 67, page 208 Procurement of material 68, page 209 Receipt, issue, and disposal 69, page 209 Stock control 610, page 211 Section III Management of Public Works Equipment, page 212 General policies 611, page 212 Management of public works activity owned and controlled equipment 612, page 214 Section IV Personal Property Relocatable Buildings, page 215 Overview 613, page 215 General policy 614, page 216 Procedures 615, page 217

AR 4201 12 February 2008

ix

ContentsContinued Management of relocatable buildings 616, page 218 Relocatable buildings used as temporary real property in lieu of permanent, real property 617, page 219 Chapter 7 Transportation Infrastructure and Dams, page 219 Section I Introduction, page 219 Overview 71, page 219 Applicability 72, page 219 Chapter exponent 73, page 219 Chapter responsibilities 74, page 219 Section II General Policy, page 220 Basic functions 75, page 220 Emergency Relief for Federally-Owned Roads Program 76, page 221 Project validation 77, page 221 Section III Pavements, page 221 Introduction 78, page 221 Pavement management procedures 79, page 221 Facilities inventory of pavement network 710, page 222 Condition inspection of pavement network 711, page 222 Work planning 712, page 222 Project plans and specifications 713, page 222 Traffic engineering 714, page 223 Snow removal and ice control 715, page 223 Pavement safety 716, page 224 Pavement quality assurance 717, page 224 Pavement recordkeeping and project closeout 718, page 224 Pavement disposal 719, page 225 Section IV Railroads, page 225 Introduction 720, page 225 Army railroad track management procedures 721, page 225 Condition inspection of railroad network 722, page 226 Work planning 723, page 226 Project plans and specifications 724, page 226 Rail traffic engineering 725, page 226 Rail system snow removal and ice control 726, page 226 Railroad safety 727, page 226 Railroad quality assurance 728, page 226 Railroad track scales 729, page 227 Railroad recordkeeping and project closeout 730, page 227 Railroad disposal 731, page 227 Section V Bridges, page 227 Introduction 732, page 227 Performance standards 733, page 227 Bridge inventory 734, page 228 Bridge inspection 735, page 228 Emergency bridge closures 736, page 229
x AR 4201 12 February 2008

ContentsContinued Bridge analysis and posting 737, page 229 Work planning 738, page 229 Project plans and specifications 739, page 229 Snow removal and ice control on bridge decks 740, page 229 Bridge safety 741, page 230 Bridge quality assurance 742, page 230 Bridge recordkeeping and project closeout 743, page 230 Bridge disposal 744, page 230 Section VI Dams, page 230 Introduction 745, page 230 Classification of dams 746, page 231 Performance standards 747, page 231 Dam management procedures 748, page 231 Inventory 749, page 231 Inspection 750, page 231 Work planning 751, page 232 Project level management 752, page 232 Project plans and specifications 753, page 232 Emergency action plans and safety 754, page 232 Dam quality assurance 755, page 232 Dam recordkeeping and project closeout 756, page 232 Dam reporting 757, page 233 Dam disposal 758, page 233 Chapter 8 Management, Acquisition, and Use of Motor Vehicles, page 233 Introduction 81, page 233 Policy 82, page 233 Part Three Master Planning, page 234 Chapter 9 Army Installation Design Standards, page 234 Introduction 91, page 234 Policy 92, page 234 Chapter 10 Master Planning for Army Garrisons, page 234 Introduction 101, page 234 Policy 102, page 234 Chapter 11 The Army Installation Status Report Program, page 235 Introduction 111, page 235 Policy 112, page 235 Part Four Real Estate, page 235 Chapter 12 Acquisition of Real Property and Interests Therein, page 235 Introduction 121, page 235

AR 4201 12 February 2008

xi

ContentsContinued Policy 122, page 235 Chapter 13 Real Estate Claims Founded Upon Contract, page 235 Introduction 131, page 235 Policy 132, page 236 Chapter 14 Real Property Inventory Management, page 236 Introduction 141, page 236 Policy 142, page 236 Chapter 15 Utilization of Real Property, page 236 Introduction 151, page 236 Policy 152, page 236 Chapter 16 Disposal of Real Estate, page 237 Introduction 161, page 237 Policy 162, page 237 Chapter 17 Real Property Category Codes, page 237 Introduction 171, page 237 Policy 172, page 237 Chapter 18 Federal Legislative Jurisdiction, page 237 Introduction 181, page 237 Policy 182, page 237 Chapter 19 Annexation, page 238 Introduction 191, page 238 Policy 192, page 238 Chapter 20 Mineral Exploration and Extraction, page 238 Introduction 201, page 238 Policy 202, page 238 Chapter 21 Management of Title and Granting Use of Real Property, page 238 Introduction 211, page 238 Policy 212, page 238 Part Five Utilities and Energy Management, page 239 Chapter 22 Army Energy and Water Management Program, page 239 Section I Introduction, page 239 Overview 221, page 239 Applicability 222, page 239
xii AR 4201 12 February 2008

ContentsContinued Chapter exponent 223, page 239 Chapter responsibilities 224, page 239 Program objectives 225, page 242 Program guidelines 226, page 242 Recordkeeping requirements 227, page 242 Section II Procurement and Energy Supply, page 243 General 228, page 243 Procurement 229, page 243 Energy acquisition in emergencies 2210, page 243 Section III Energy and Water Management, page 244 General 2211, page 244 Energy conservation and management guidelines for facilities and buildings 2212, page 244 Exceptions to energy policy 2213, page 246 Energy and water funding programs 2214, page 246 Metering 2215, page 247 Energy audits 2216, page 248 Energy Engineering Analysis Program 2217, page 248 Army energy awareness and conservation assessments 2218, page 248 Army ride sharing, telecommuting, and use of mass transportation 2219, page 248 Energy policy for leased Department of Defense facilities 2220, page 248 Section IV Energy and Water Management Reporting, page 249 Defense Utilities Energy Reporting System 2221, page 249 Army Energy and Water Reporting System 2222, page 249 Designation of reporters 2223, page 249 Commander, Installation Management Command responsibilities for Army Energy and Water Reporting System 2224, page 250 Corrections to data 2225, page 250 Army Energy and Water Reporting System input data 2226, page 250 Army Energy and Water Reporting System output reports 2227, page 250 Section V Implementation Plans and Reporting Requirements, page 250 Implementation Plan 2228, page 250 Annual energy and water management reports 2229, page 250 Section VI Army Energy Public Affairs Program, page 250 General 2230, page 250 Awareness program management 2231, page 251 Energy and water conservation awareness 2232, page 251 Section VII Energy Organizations, page 251 Department of Defense 2233, page 251 Department of the Army 2234, page 252 Section VIII Energy and Water Conservation Programs and Awards, page 252 General 2235, page 252 Army Suggestion Program 2236, page 252

AR 4201 12 February 2008

xiii

ContentsContinued Installation Management Command region and garrison programs 2237, page 252 Department of the Army Certificate of Achievement 2238, page 252 Annual Secretary of the Army Energy and Water Management Award 2239, page 252 Federal Energy and Water Management Awards Program 2240, page 253 Section IX Resourcing, page 253 General 2241, page 253 Personnel 2242, page 253 Funding levels 2243, page 254 Chapter 23 Utility Services, page 254 Section I Introduction, page 254 Overview 231, page 254 Applicability 232, page 254 Chapter exponent 233, page 254 Chapter responsibilities 234, page 254 Section II Utility Services, page 255 Army policy 235, page 255 General 236, page 256 Safety and occupational health 237, page 256 Utility plant operators 238, page 256 Section III Non-Hazardous Solid Waste Management, page 256 Solid waste management policy 239, page 256 Integrated solid waste management principles 2310, page 257 Solid waste reduction, resource recovery, re-use, and recycling, and composting practices 2311, page 257 Solid waste collection and storage 2312, page 258 Thermal processing of solid (non-hazardous) waste 2313, page 259 Land disposal of non-hazardous solid waste 2314, page 259 Solid waste reporting 2315, page 259 Equipment and personnel safety 2316, page 260 Petroleum, oils, and lubricants 2317, page 260 Section IV Water Supply and Wastewater, page 260 Water supply and wastewater policy 2318, page 260 Federal, State, local, and host nation authorities 2319, page 261 Water resource management 2320, page 261 Public notification 2321, page 261 Water supply and wastewater system maintenance 2322, page 262 Water supply treatment and surveillance 2323, page 262 Wastewater treatment and surveillance 2324, page 263 Water softening 2325, page 263 Scale and corrosion control 2326, page 263 Terminal water supplies 2327, page 264 Metering 2328, page 264 Swimming pools and natural bathing areas 2329, page 264

xiv

AR 4201 12 February 2008

ContentsContinued Section V Energy Source Selection, page 264 Energy policy 2330, page 264 Fuel selection 2331, page 264 Solid fuels 2332, page 265 Permanently installed petroleum product storage, distribution, and dispensing systems 2333, page 265 Section VI Energy Program, page 265 Heating system policy 2334, page 265 Space heating temperature standards 2335, page 266 Boiler and heating plants-operation, maintenance, and safety 2336, page 266 Boiler water treatment 2337, page 266 Corrosion control 2338, page 266 Domestic hot water supply 2339, page 267 Safety devices 2340, page 267 Gas distribution systems 2341, page 267 Heat distribution systems 2342, page 267 Section VII Air Conditioning and Refrigeration, page 267 Air conditioning and refrigeration policy 2343, page 267 Air conditioning criteria 2344, page 268 Central air conditioning plant 2345, page 268 Refrigeration 2346, page 268 Section VIII Electric, page 268 Electric systems operation, maintenance, repair, and construction 2347, page 268 Electrical supply standards 2348, page 269 Exterior electrical systems 2349, page 269 Lighting 2350, page 269 Communications facilities 2351, page 270 Grounding facilities 2352, page 270 Electronic security systems 2353, page 270 Auxiliary generators 2354, page 270 Uninterruptible power supply units 2355, page 270 Section IX Food Service and Related Equipment, page 270 Food service and related equipment policy 2356, page 270 Responsibilities for food service equipment 2357, page 271 Requisitions for replacement or acquisition 2358, page 271 Grease interceptors 2359, page 271 Ventilation hoods in dining facilities 2360, page 271 Section X Reports and Records, page 272 Reporting 2361, page 272 Solid waste records 2362, page 272 Water and wastewater records 2363, page 272 Heating plant records 2364, page 272 Installation utility management plans 2365, page 272

AR 4201 12 February 2008

xv

ContentsContinued Chapter 24 Acquisition and Sale of Utilities Services, page 273 Introduction 241, page 273 Policy 242, page 273 Part Six Special Policies, page 273 Chapter 25 Fire and Emergency Services, page 273 Section I Introduction, page 273 Overview 251, page 273 Applicability 252, page 273 Chapter exponent 253, page 273 Chapter responsibilities 254, page 273 Statutory and other authority 255, page 277 Fire and emergency services management 256, page 277 Fire and emergency services apparatus and equipment 257, page 277 Section II Manage and Direct Fire and Emergency Services Programs, page 278 Program objective 258, page 278 Management 259, page 278 Fire and emergency services training 2510, page 280 Section III Provide Emergency Dispatch Services, page 281 Program objective 2511, page 281 Emergency Communications Center staffing 2512, page 281 Emergency Communications Center operations requirements 2513, page 281 Section IV Provide Emergency Response Services for Structure Fires, page 281 Program objective 2514, page 281 Required fire department staffing 2515, page 281 Fire department structural fire operation requirements 2516, page 281 Special requirements for shipboard fire fighting 2517, page 282 Special requirements for access or egress through hardened windows 2518, page 282 Section V Provide Emergency Response Services for Aircraft Rescue Fire Fighting, page 282 Program objective 2519, page 282 Required aircraft rescue fire fighting staffing 2520, page 283 Aircraft rescue fire fighting apparatus requirements 2521, page 283 Section VI Provide Fire Prevention Services, page 283 Program objective 2522, page 283 Required fire prevention staffing 2523, page 284 Section VII Fire Prevention Operations, page 284 Building manager or evacuation coordinator 2524, page 284 Housing facilities 2525, page 284

xvi

AR 4201 12 February 2008

ContentsContinued Monitoring and controlling contractor operations 2526, page 284 Fire risk management surveys 2527, page 284 Section VIII Fire Prevention Engineering, page 284 General requirements 2528, page 284 Cost effectiveness 2529, page 284 Review of projects 2530, page 284 Fire Protection Deficiency Correction Program 2531, page 285 Fire protection systems 2532, page 285 Fire extinguishers 2533, page 285 Water distribution systems 2534, page 286 Space heaters (liquid fuel) 2535, page 286 Section IX Provide Emergency Response Services for Incidents Involving Hazardous Materials, Weapons of Mass Destruction, and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear, and High Explosives, page 286 Program objectives 2536, page 286 Hazardous materials and weapons of mass destruction response services staffing 2537, page 286 Section X Provide Emergency Response Services for Wildland Fires, page 287 Program objectives 2538, page 287 Wildland fire response services staffing 2539, page 287 Wildland fire incident response planning 2540, page 287 Section XI Provide Emergency Medical Response Services, page 287 Program objectives 2541, page 287 Emergency medical services staffing 2542, page 287 Emergency medical response planning 2543, page 287 Section XII Conduct Technical Rescue Operations, page 288 Program objectives 2544, page 288 Technical rescue operations staffing 2545, page 288 Technical rescue operations planning 2546, page 288 Section XIII Provide Specialized Training, page 288 Program objective 2547, page 288 Instructor qualifications 2548, page 288 Fire and emergency services training plans 2549, page 288 Section XIV National Fire Incident Reporting System (NFIRS) and Investigation of Fire Incidents, page 289 Reporting fires and emergency services responses 2550, page 289 Report format 2551, page 289 Approval and submission procedures 2552, page 289 Investigation of fire Incidents 2553, page 289 Environmental reporting 2554, page 289 Public release of Incident Reports 2555, page 289 Section XV Management of Army Military Firefighters, page 290 Overview 2556, page 290

AR 4201 12 February 2008

xvii

ContentsContinued Applicability 2557, page 290 Tactical vehicle facilities 2558, page 290 Selection criteria 2559, page 290 Applications 2560, page 290 Certification requirements 2561, page 290 MOS proficiency training 2562, page 291 Periodic medical examinations 2563, page 292 Supervising fire fighting operations 2564, page 292 Orders, files, and records 2565, page 292 Firefighter methods of identification 2566, page 293 Promotion and reclassification 2667, page 293 Interservice transfers 2568, page 293 Personal protective equipment 2569, page 293 Hazardous materials; nuclear, biological, chemical; and chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear personal protective equipment 2570, page 293 Chapter 26 Private Organizations on Department of the Army Installations, page 294 Introduction 261, page 294 Policy 262, page 294 Chapter 27 Civilian Inmate Labor Program, page 294 Introduction 271, page 294 Policy 272, page 294 Chapter 28 State and Local Taxation of Lessees Interest in Wherry Act Housing, page 295 Introduction 281, page 295 Policy 282, page 295 Chapter 29 Morale, Welfare, and Recreation Activities and Nonappropriated Fund Instrumentalities, page 295 Introduction 291, page 295 Policy 292, page 295 Chapter 30 Army Reserve Land and Facilities Management, page 295 Introduction 301, page 295 Policy 302, page 296 Appendixes A. B. C. D. E. F. References, page 297 General/Flag Officers Quarters Special Allowances, page 333 Guidance for Establishing Housing Rents and Charges, page 335 Unspecified Minor MCA (UMMCA) Program, page 336 Environmental Protection (MCA and NAF Construction), page 338 Authority for Approval of Changes to MILCON Projects Funded by MCA, UMMCA, USAHFPA, and AFH Appropriations, page 340 Specific Facility Guidance (MCA and NAF Construction), page 346 Leasing (Facilities Engineering Material, Equipment, and Relocatable Buildings), page 355 Army Policy for Exchange or Sale of Nonexcess Personal Property, page 358
AR 4201 12 February 2008

G. Facilities Standardization (Military Construction, Army and Nonappropriated-Funded Construction), page 342 H. I. J.
xviii

ContentsContinued

K. L. M. N. O. P. R. S. T.

Type of Bridge Inspections, page 362 Inspector Qualifications (Transportation Infrastructure and Dams), page 364 Program Agreement between the Army and the Federal Highway Administration for Compliance with the National Bridge Inspection Standards, page 365 Recordkeeping Requirements for the Army Energy and Water Management Program, page 366 Procedures for Nominations for the Secretary of the Army Energy and Water Management Awards, page 366 Materials for Disposal by Army Activities (Utilities Services), page 367 The Baseline Standard Operating Guides and/or Standard Operational Procedures for Fire and Emergency Services, page 370 Sample Fire and Emergency Services Mutual Agreements for United States/CONUS and Foreign/OCONUS, page 371 Management Control Evaluation Checklists, page 374

Q. Minimum Training Subjects and Frequencies for Fire and Emergency Services, page 368

Table List Table 11: Table of chapter exponents, page 5 Table 31: Calculation of Family housing charges for foreign military students, page 28 Table 32: Dollar limitations and approval authorities, page 30 Table 33: Military and civilian schedule of equivalent grades for housing assignment purposes, page 32 Table 34: Priority of assignment for Family housing, page 36 Table 35: Priorities of assignment for senior officers quarters, officers quarters, senior enlisted quarters, and enlisted quarters, page 44 Table 36: Minimum net floor area per Family housing dwelling unit (see notes 1 and 2), page 49 Table 37: Minimum standards of acceptable space and privacy, existing unrevitalized inventory (see notes 1 and 2), page 50 Table 38: Housing Services Office staff to eligible population, page 60 Table 39: Special command sergeant major positions, page 90 Table 310: Special command positions, page 113 Table 311: Supplementary furnishings approval authorities (see note), page 116 Table 312: Furnishings Authorized for Official Entertainment Areas in Privatized (RCI) GFOQs, page 132 Table 313: Disposition of collections for rents and charges, page 138 Table 41: Project controls, page 143 Table 42: Funding of Information Systems Support Components, page 190 Table 61: Army relocatable building approval and redelegation authorities, page 217 Table 251: Announced structural fire response time, page 282 Table 252: Aircraft rescue fire fighting response time, page 283 Table 253: Hazardous materials response time (including first response to CBRNE/WMD incidents), page 287 Table 254: Emergency medical response time, page 288 Table 255: Certification levels, page 291 Table 256: Required firefighter proficiency training, page 292 Table 257: Mission oriented protective posture levels for the J-FIRE ensemble, page 294 Table B1: China, glassware, and silver allocations for special command positions, page 334 Table F1: Approval authority for military construction change management MCA, UMMCA, USAHFPA, and AFH projects, page 341 Table I1: Base commercial equipment service life, page 355 Table Q1: Suppression proficiency training-academic and practical, page 368 Table Q2: Fire prevention proficiency training-academic: Table Q2 is a guideline and lists the recommended training subjects that firefighters must complete. The codes under the recommended frequency column are Mmonthly; Q-quarterly; SA-semiannually; and A-annually., page 369

AR 4201 12 February 2008

xix

ContentsContinued Figure List Figure 31: Figure 41: Figure 41: Figure 42: Figure R1: page 371 Figure S1: Figure S2: Glossary GFOQ planning relationships, page 121 MCA/AFH program development flow chart, page 170 MCA/AFH program development flow chartContinued, page 171 NAF program development flow chart, page 172 Baseline standard operating guides and/or standard operating procedures for fire and emergency services, Department of the Army Mutual Aid Agreement (United States), page 372 Department of the Army Mutual Aid Agreement (Foreign), page 373

xx

AR 4201 12 February 2008

Part One General Installation Management Chapter 1 Introduction


11. Purpose This regulation provides policies and responsibilities for conduct and management of facilities engineering, housing, fire and emergency services, and environmental support. 12. References Required and related publications and prescribed and referenced forms are listed in appendix A. 13. Explanation of abbreviations and terms Abbreviations and special terms used in this regulation are explained in the glossary. 14. Responsibilities The following responsibilities are applicable to this regulation in general. Individual chapters identify specific program chapter responsibilities: a. The Assistant Secretary of the Army (Installations and Environment) (ASA (IE&E)) has the principal responsibility for all Department of the Army matters related to all installations and environment, and safety and occupational health. (1) The ASA (IE&E) sets the strategic direction, determines objectives, establishes policy, sets standards, and proposes programming and funding for these programs. (2) See additional ASA (IE&E) responsibilities as indicated below (a) Family housing (see para 34a). (b) Military construction (see para 44b). (c) Facilities engineering materials, equipment, and relocatable buildings (see para 64b). (d) Utilities and energy management (see para 224a). (e) Fire and emergency services (see para 254a). b. See the Assistant Secretary of the Army (Financial Management and Comptroller) (ASA (FM&C)) responsibilities as indicated below (1) Family housing (see para 34b). (2) Military construction (see para 44c). c. See the Assistant Secretary of the Army (Manpower and Reserve Affairs (ASA (M&RA)) responsibilities as indicated below (1) Policy for nonappropriated funds (see para 34c). (2) Military construction (see para 44d). d. See paragraph 64a for specific responsibilities to the Assistant Secretary of the Army (Acquisition, Logistics, and Technology) (ASA (ALT)). e. See paragraph 44a for central management oversight by the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Health Affairs) (ASD (HA)). f. See paragraph 34e for Deputy Chief of Staff, G1 (DCS, G1) responsibilities. g. See Deputy Chief of Staff, G3/5/7 (DCS, G3/5/7) responsibilities as indicated below (1) Military construction (see para 44g). (2) Utilities and energy management (see para 224b). h. See Deputy Chief of Staff, G4 (DCS, G4) responsibilities as indicated below (1) Military construction (see para 44e). (2) Utilities and energy management (see para 224c). i. See Chief Information Officer/G6 (CIO/G6) responsibilities as indicated below (1) Military construction (see para 44f). (2) Utilities and energy management (see para 224d). j. See The Surgeon Generals responsibilities as indicated below (1) Military construction (see para 44j). (2) Utilities and energy management (see para 224i). k. The Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management (ACSIM) has Army Staff (ARSTAF) responsibility for

AR 4201 12 February 2008

development, integration, and interpretation of standards, policies, and doctrine for planning, execution, and administration of garrison operations. The ACSIM will (1) Advise the ASA (IE&E) on (a) Planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating: 1. Comprehensive installation management. 2. Facilities. 3. Government-owned or Government-controlled housing. 4. Environmental programs. 5. Work classification. 6. Project approvals to meet Army needs. (b) Facilities aspects of the Army program objective memorandum (POM); The Army Plan (TAP); and the planning, programming, budgeting, and execution system (PPBES). (2) Develop and interpret Headquarters, Department of the Army (HQDA) policy and provide ARSTAF supervision and evaluation of public works programs to include facilities, government-owned or government-controlled housing, and environmental management and public works activity work management, organization, and staffing. (3) Represent the Department of the Army in Department of Defense (DODD), private sector, and interagency meetings and in the development and coordination of Department of Defense (DOD) and interagency policy and standards. (4) Serve as HQDA functional proponent on Army panels and to assist the Chief of Legislative Liaison on legislative actions as required. (5) Interpret and prepare DA responses to Congressional inquiries and to General Accounting Office (GAO), Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) and Army Inspectors General (IGs), and U.S. Army Audit Agency (USAAA) reviews, audits, and investigations. (6) Review and submit relevant interagency reports. (7) Manage technology transfer and provide technical support information and guidance regarding facilities engineering, energy efficiency, corrosion prevention and control, public works management and business practices, real property master planning, automated systems, and professional development and training. (8) Formulate policy and provide oversight for privatization of utilities systems. (9) Manage the development, acquisition, training, fielding, customer support, and maintenance of automated data processing (ADP) systems and Sustainment Management Systems (SMS) for which ACSIM is the proponent; and maintain the corporate database for the Armys real property inventory with the guidance and oversight of the ASA (ALT) and CIO/G6. (10) Oversee Installation Management Command (IMCOM) compliance with DOD-approved standards and methodology documented as part of the Business Enterprise Architecture (BEA) and Business Management Modernization Program (BMMP) to include adherence to OSD expenditure threshold approval and certification requirements. (11) Manage the Army Facilities Standardization Program. (12) Provide policy and oversight of public works supply, storage activities, relocatable buildings, and other public works equipment. (13) Manage the Armys non-tactical vehicle (NTV) and base-level commercial equipment programs. (14) Ensure safety and risk management are integrated in all installation operations (for example, facilities, utilities, non-tactical vehicle, equipment, planning and design, and community activities/operations). (15) See the following additional specific responsibilities. (a) Family housing (see para 34d). (b) Military construction (see para 44h). (c) Facilities engineering materials, equipment, and relocatable buildings (see para 64c). (d) Transportation infrastructure and dams (see para 74a). (e) Utilities and energy management (see para 224e). (f) Utility services (see para 234a). (g) Fire and emergency services (see para 254b). l. See paragraph 44i for principal officials of other ARSTAF agencies responsibilities. m. The Chief of Engineers (COE) will (1) Serve as the ARSTAF official responsible for formulation, implementation, management, and evaluation of engineering, construction, real property, real estate, and technical support for DA. This includes ARSTAF responsibility for policies and procedures for acquisition, management of title, granting use, and disposal of real property, the engineering and facilities portion of contingency plans and base support development, topographic and construction aspects of space, the Prime Power Program, the Real Estate Relocation Assistance Program, the Commercial Utilities Program (also known as the Army Power Procurement Program of Utilities Contracting Program), and the execution of Military Construction (Army).

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(2) Maintain Army corrosion control design guidance. (3) Coordinate with DOD staff elements, other DOD components, and other Federal agencies regarding: (a) Development of technical standards, criteria, and procedures. (b) Preparation and revision of tri-Service technical publications concerning corrosion prevention. (4) See the following additional specific responsibilities: (a) Military construction (see para 224a). (b) Utility services (see para 234b). n. The Chief, National Guard Bureau (CNGB) will (1) Perform the responsibilities specified within individual chapters. (2) For those garrisons/installations/facilities/sites that are under their command and control and that are fully or partially operated and maintained by Federal funds, have the same responsibilities for those garrisons/installations/ facilities/sites as listed for Commander, IMCOM in paragraph f, below and elsewhere in this regulation. (3) See the following additional specific responsibilities: (a) Military construction (see para 44q). (b) Utilities and energy management (see para 224h). o. The Chief, Army Reserve (CAR) will (1) Perform the responsibilities specified within individual chapters. (2) See AR 140483 for additional responsibilities of the CAR relating to Army Reserve military construction (MILCON) and base operations (BASOPS). (3) See the following additional responsibilities: (a) Military construction (see para 44p). (b) Utilities and energy management (see para 224h). p. The Commander, IMCOM will (1) Establish the organization and procedures for garrison public works operations/functions addressed in this regulation. (2) Manage and integrate the delivery of facilities engineering services across garrisons to assure consistent quality with optimal customer satisfaction. (3) Develop public works operational plans, and Armywide service and performance standards. (4) Establish and maintain technical guidance and support for facilities. (5) Seek Armywide efficiencies. (6) Identify and standardize Armywide garrison management initiatives. (7) Monitor compliance with Management Controls. (8) Establish procedures for review, validation, prioritization, and consolidation of garrison reports. (9) Review work classification, technically review projects, and approve projects within delegated limits or forward projects to the appropriate approval authority. (10) Implement technology transfer. (11) Comply with DODapproved standards and methodology documented as part of the Business Enterprise Architecture (BEA) and Business Management Modernization Program (BMMP) to include adherence to OSD expense/investment threshold approval and certification requirements. (12) Ensure that contracts for operation and maintenance of infrastructure assets by a contractor include provisions assigning the awardee responsibility for performance of all applicable actions required for compliance with appropriate Federal, state, and local health, safety, and environmental laws and regulations. (13) Establish Memoranda of Agreement (MOAs) or Memoranda of Understanding (MOUs) with , Army Service Component Commands, and Direct Reporting Units regarding the provision of base support oversight as described in paragraph g. (14) Ensure safety and risk management are integrated in all installation operations (for example, facilities, utilities, non-tactical vehicle, equipment, planning and design, and community activities/operations). (15) See the following additional specific responsibilities. (a) Management of public works activities (see para 24a). (b) Family housing (see para 34I and 397b). (c) Military construction (see para 44k and 422d(2)). (d) Buildings and structures (see para 54a). (e) Facilities engineering materials, equipment, and relocatable buildings (see para 64d). (f) Transportation infrastructure and dams (see para 74b). (g) Utilities and energy management (see para 224k). (h) Utility services (see para 234c). (i) Fire and emergency services (see para 254f).

AR 4201 12 February 2008

q. Commanders of Army Commands (ACOMs), Army Service Component Commands (ASCCs), and Direct Reporting Units (DRUs) (1) Will perform the responsibilities specified for them within individual chapters. (2) That retain command and control over installations will (a) Establish the organization and procedures for garrison public works operations/functions at installations for which they maintain command and control addressed in this regulation. (b) Develop or obtain public works operational plans and commandwide service and performance standards. (c) Establish and maintain or obtain technical guidance and support for facilities. (d) Seek commandwide efficiencies in the execution of installation support services. (e) Monitor compliance with Management Controls. (f) Establish procedures for review, validation, prioritization, and consolidation of garrison reports. (g) Review work classification, technically review projects, and approve projects within delegated limits or forward projects to the appropriate approval authority. (h) Implement installation technology transfer. (i) Comply with DOD-approved standards and methodology documented as part of the Business Enterprise Architecture (BEA) and Business Management Modernization Program (BMMP) to include adherence to OSD expense/ investment threshold approval and certification requirements. (j) Ensure that contracts for operation and/or maintenance of infrastructure assets by a contractor include provisions assigning the awardee responsibility for performance of all applicable actions required for compliance with appropriate Federal, state, and local health, safety, and environmental laws and regulations. (k) Ensure safety and risk management are integrated in all installation operations (for example, facilities, utilities, non-tactical vehicle, equipment, planning and design, and community activities/operations). (l) Establish MOAs or MOUs with IMCOM for base-level operations support responsibilities listed above. (3) See the following additional specific responsibilities: (a) Family housing (see para 34k). (b) Military construction (see para 44m). (c) Buildings and structures (see para 54b). (d) Transportation infrastructure and dams (see para 74d). (e) Utilities and energy management (see para 224l). (f) Fire and emergency services (see para 254c). r. See Commander, TRADOC responsibilities paragraph 44o. s. See Commander, U.S. Army Medical Command (MEDCOM) responsibilities paragraph 44t. t. See Commander, Military Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (SDDC) responsibilities paragraph 44u. u. The Senior Commander will (1) Provide executive level oversight of installation support services. (2) See the following additional specific responsibilities: (a) Management of public works activities (see para 24b). (b) Military construction (see para 44r). (c) Fire and emergency services (see para 254g). v. The Commander, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) will (1) Provide technical support and reimbursable services concerning (a) Facilities planning, acquisition, design, construction, inspection, maintenance and repair, and disposal. (b) Environmental support. (c) Real estate. (d) Research and development. (e) Technology transfer. (2) See the following additional specific responsibilities: (a) Family housing (see para 34f). (b) Military construction (see para 441). (c) Facilities engineering materials, equipment, and relocatable buildings (see para 64e). (d) Transportation infrastructure and dams (see para 74c). (e) Utilities and energy management (see para 224m). w. See Directors of IMCOM regions specific responsibilities as indicated below (1) Family housing (see para 354e(3), 385c, and 397c). (2) Military construction (see para 44n). x. See Garrison Commanders specific responsibilities as indicated below

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(1) Family housing (see para 34j). (2) Military construction (see para 44s). (3) Fire and emergency services (see para 254i). y. See Commander, U.S. Army Information Systems Engineering Command (USAISEC) responsibilities paragraph 44v. z. See Commander, Army and Air Force Exchange Services (AAFESs) responsibilities paragraph 44x. aa. See Director, Defense Commissary Agency responsibilities paragraph 44y. ab. See commanders of tenant activities at Army installations responsibilities paragraph 44z. ac. See Chief, Public Affairs responsibilities paragraph 224j. ad. See Commanding General, U.S. Army Petroleum Center responsibilities paragraph 234f. ae. See Director of Environmental Programs responsibilities paragraph 254e. af. See Chief, Fire and Emergency Services responsibilities paragraph 254j. ag. See Chief, Army Housing Division (AHD) responsibilities paragraph 34g. ah. See USACE District Engineer responsibilities paragraph 393b(1). 15. Installation Management Board of Directors The Installation Management Board of Directors (IMBOD) will provide strategic direction for all Army matters and be the principal committee that adjudicates issues pertaining to all installation activities. The IMBOD is co-chaired by the Vice Chief of Staff of the Army and the ASA (IE&E). It will recommend strategic plans prepared by the ACSIM for approval by ASA (IE&E), which outline goals and objectives, as well as approve program, resource and finance strategies for implementing operations approved in the strategic plan. 16. Chapter exponents The chapter exponent is the office responsible for all aspects of the management controls associated with a given chapter of this regulation. The chapter exponent is to an individual chapter of this regulation as the proponent is to the regulation. The exponents of chapters are shown in table 11.

Table 11 Table of chapter exponents


Exponent Chapter Title

Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 17 22 23 25 26 27

Introduction Management of Public Works Activities Housing Management Army Military Construction Program Development and Execution Buildings and Structures Facilities Engineering Materials, Equipment, and Relocatable Building Management Transportation Infrastructure and Dams Management, Acquisition, and Use of Motor Vehicles Army Installation Design Standards Master Planning for Army Garrisons The Army Installation Status Report Program Real Property Inventory Management Utilization of Real Property Real Property Category Codes Army Energy and Water Management Program (AEWMP) Utility Services Fire and Emergency Services Private Organizations on Department of the Army Installations Civilian Inmate Labor Program

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Table 11 Table of chapter exponentsContinued


Exponent Chapter Title

29 30 Chief of Engineers 12 13 16 18 19 20 21 24 28

Morale, Welfare, and Recreation Activities and Nonappropriated Fund Instrumentalities Army Reserve Land and Facilities Management Acquisition of Real Property and Interests Therein Real Estate Claims Founded Upon Contract Disposal of Real Estate Federal Legislative Jurisdiction Annexation Mineral Exploration and Extraction Management of Title and Granting Use of Real Property Acquisition and Sales of Utilities Services State and Local Taxation of Lessees Interest in Wherry Act Housing

Chapter 2 Management of Public Works Activities


Section I Introduction 21. Overview This chapter provides basic policies and specific responsibilities for conduct and management of garrison level public works activities which include facilities engineering, housing, and environmental support. This chapter includes guidance for establishing facilities maintenance and repair (M&R) standards and policies for planning and executing facilities projects. It defines the functional role of the IMCOM; the ACOMs, ASCCs, DRUs; the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Installation Support Program; and provides for an annual Department of the Army Public Works Awards Program. 22. Applicability This chapter applies to the active Army, U.S. Army Reserve-funded installations, and to the U.S. Army Reserve tenant organizations on active Army installations. This chapter does not apply to virtual garrisons represented by the Army Reserve regional readiness support commands; the Army National Guard; garrisons and activities, or parts thereof, which have been licensed to the District of Columbia or to any state, territory, or commonwealth of the United States for use by the National Guard; single project-owned or leased civil works facilities of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; national cemeteries; facilities occupied by Army activities as tenants when support is provided by another government agency; and Government-owned, contractor-operated (GOCO) industrial plants/activities. 23. Chapter exponent The exponent of this chapter is the ACSIM (DAIMODF). 24. Chapter responsibilities The following responsibilities are in addition to the general responsibilities identified in paragraph 14. a. Commander, IMCOM, in addition to those responsibilities identified in paragraph 14f, will (1) Establish a program of on-site assistance visits to ensure management controls compliance, assess program management, and resolve specific issues at garrisons. (2) Develop IMCOM procedures for evaluation and selection of nominees for the Department of the Army public works awards programs. (3) Centralize funding and management of training in support of garrison public works mission. (4) Establish and administer Installation Planning Boards for installations under IMCOM jurisdiction. (5) Implement the Army Corrosion Prevention and Control policy for facilities in accordance with Section VI of this chapter. b. Senior Commanders will (1) Serve as chairman of the Installation Planning Board.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(2) (3) (a) (b) (c)

Establish force protection levels and requirements. Establish non-garrison: Training priorities. Mission priorities. Installation construction priorities supporting mission activities as outlined in chapter 4.

Section II General Public Works Operations Policy 25. Basic functions a. The IMCOM will determine the organizational structure to provide public works services at garrisons under its control. b. Established organizational structures must provide the following functions at the garrison level: (1) Performing real property master planning in accordance with AR 21020. (2) Operating and managing all functions listed in chapter 3 for government owned or government controlled housing and providing asset management functions for housing operated under the provisions of the Residential Communities Initiative (RCI) program. (3) Complying with good engineering practices; applicable Federal, State, and local statutes; and applicable Army regulations in performing M&R and construction projects executed by the IMCOM garrison public works activity, troop units, and/or other activities and tenants (including private sector and nonappropriated fund (NAF) entities). Ensure compliance with the Installation Design Guide (IDG) and garrison facility standards. In the event of conflicts between this regulation and country-specific Final Governing Standards and other host-nation regulations/statutes, IMCOM will establish situationally unique specific guidance. (4) Coordinating M&R and construction at privatized facilities such as housing and utilities in accordance with privatization contracts and agreements that define government-private sector relationships. (5) Recording all real property and work management data using the Armys Integrated Facilities System (IFS) where the Standard Finance System (STANFINS) is used. Where STANFINS is not used, real property data will be recorded using IFS, and work management data will be recorded using other systems that capture and compile cost and performance data in sufficient detail to support internal cost and management analysis. At installations with contracted base support, contractors will be responsible for providing work management data compatible with IFS. (6) Performing work classification. The garrison staff officer charged with facilities engineering, housing, and environmental support is responsible for this function. (7) Performing or providing oversight of assigned contract administration tasks as Contracting Officers Representatives, Ordering Officers, and Inspectors with authorities delegated by the supporting Contracting Officer. (8) Establishing and implementing procedures to prevent unauthorized changes to structures or facilities, removal or disposal of facility components, and/or changes in the established use-status of facilities. (9) Establishing and implementing procedures to conduct public works training. (10) Organizing public works activities and engineer resources capable of providing: (a) Planning, programming, budgeting, budget execution and accounting, and budget review. (b) Resource Management Plans (RMPs) in accordance with DA Pam 4206, Annual Work Plans (AWPs) and prioritization. (c) Optimal customer service-satisfaction standards. (d) Real property and space utilization management to include conducting real property inventories, preparing reports, and conducting surveys required by AR 40545, AR 40570, AR 40580, and AR 50010. (e) Establishment of an environmental program in compliance with AR 2001 and Federal, State, and local environmental statutes and regulations to provide integration of environmental issues with the processes of facilities management and housing. (f) Establishment of a cultural resources program in accordance with AR 2001 to include preparing historical inventories, historical preservation plans, and archeological surveys and conducting consultations with proper State and Federal agencies and private organizations prior to undertaking work on structures or land that meets the criteria of, or is listed in, AR 2001. (g) Establishment of a natural resources program in accordance with AR 2001 with particular emphasis on management of threatened and endangered species. (h) Establishment of occupational safety and health programs to assure compliance with AR 405 and AR 38510. (i) Conduct of traffic engineering activities in accordance with AR 5580 and chapter 7 of this publication to include coordination of requirements with appropriate law enforcement, safety, security, and transportation officials. (j) Oversight of operations and personnel certification of the garrisons utilities systems, coordination of acquisition and sales of utility services, and provision of public works activity technical support to the Contracting Officer in acquiring contracts for utility services in accordance with AR 42041.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(k) Establishment of an energy and water management program in accordance with chapters 22 and 23 of this publication. (l) Relocatable buildings in accordance with chapter 6 of this publication. (m) Packing and crating services. (n) Maintenance of public works operations equipment. (o) Real property maintenance supply support through 1. Public works supply and storage activities. 2. Property accountability for public works equipment. 3. Performance or oversight of delegated contract administration tasks to include quality assurance surveillance and evaluation of contractor performance. (p) Coordinating public works operations in support of emergency action plans. (q) Preparation and submission of DD Form 1391 (FY __ Military Construction Project Data) for M&R or construction projects over the dollar thresholds given here and in AR 140483 and chapter 4 of this regulation and when required by IMCOM. (r) Performance or oversight of assigned contract administration tasks with authorities delegated by the supporting contracting officer. (s) An Assessable Unit Manager for internal control review procedures in accordance with AR 112 and identification of deficiencies to the garrison or installation support activity commander. 26. Work and cost reporting The IMCOM will ensure that work and cost reporting include a. Public works records that provide visibility over what, where, why, how, when, and how much work is performed on real property facilities, including work performed by contractors. Work authorizing documents, regardless of the method of performance, will be recorded. b. Work documents (service orders, standing operations orders, individual job orders, and so forth) that report costs incurred by the IMCOM garrison public works activity for work on an Army-owned real property facility (RPF), direct and reimbursable, regardless of funding source or method of accomplishment. The IMCOM public works activity will capture costs in enough detail to ensure compliance with project approval authority and the Chief Financial Officer Act, to develop accurate rates for reimbursable services, and to support the public works activitys review and analysis of work accomplished. The minimum essential required capability is to accumulate costs at the work authorizing document level. This includes work accomplished for non-DOD activities. c. Recording transactions in the finance and accounting system for use in management of programming funds for future years. Cost transactions must be recorded as direct obligations in the accounts where the execution takes place. Obligations and expenses must be recorded as work is accomplished. Environmental costs will be included as expenses of Installations Support. 27. Work planning a. The AWP is a consolidation of all developed plans into a single integrated 5year plan that reflects all major requirements, initiatives, actions, and objectives. Minimum routine M&R tasks and major projects shall be incorporated into the AWP as outlined in DA Pam 4206. Installation site maps should be used as a visual aid to help depict and present the annual and long-range work plans portion of the AWP. b. Preparation and periodic updating of work plans will comply with the following guidance. All work identified as a result of comparing the inspection reports with the performance standards will be used to identify total requirements. c. The AWP shall identify the major M&R projects planned for accomplishment in the program fiscal year and contain the following: (1) The minimum maintenance tasks that should be accomplished at least once annually for basic preventive and safety/functional needs. Routine maintenance should be programmed annually, to maintain acceptable and economical levels of performance. Separate individual job orders (IJOs) which include specific task description and location, the unit of measure, and unit cost, will be prepared to facilitate orderly planning, review, and analysis for each of the tasks. (2) The major M&R portion of the AWP will identify work based on comparison of major M&R alternatives. Prioritization of major M&R projects should be based upon cost, type of repair, structure type and condition, local conditions, and realistic budget levels. d. Long-range plans will be developed for a 5 year period, year by year and consist of the level of anticipated work requirements. e. Minor construction projects will conform to the Master Plan for the installation in accordance with AR 21020 and to the Installation Design Standards. 28. Customer service The IMCOM will establish and implement customer service standards. Customer service is a compelling factor in the

AR 4201 12 February 2008

improvement of business practices, evaluation of effectiveness, establishment of work standards, and cost considerations (see DA Pam 4206 for procedural guidance for implementing a customer service program). 29. Alternative methods and sources When requirements exceed organizational capabilities, IMCOM will require that its public works activities make maximum use of alternative performance methods and labor sources for providing services, accomplishing increased workload, or reducing shop backlogs, including: a. Commercial contractor performance. b. Overtime and temporary hires, providing allocated work-years are not exceeded. c. Rescheduling or deferring work of lower priority. d. Borrowing labor from, or transferring work to, another work center. e. Use of prison inmate labor. f. Partnerships, contracts, and mutual aid agreements with municipalities or other Government agencies, including USACE organizations. g. Consolidation of functions into regional operations. h. Privatization of functions. 210. Host-tenant relationship The IMCOM will ensure that its garrison operations comply with the following host-tenant relationships: a. The M&R or construction work funded by tenant activities will be coordinated with and approved by the IMCOM garrison public works activity regardless of the source of funds or method of accomplishment. Tenants will report all Installations Support related costs to the IMCOM public works activity for recording in the IFS. These procedures will ensure that all M&R and construction are in accordance with the garrisons real property management plans. The IMCOM will also ensure that work accomplished does not violate Federal or state laws; DOD or Army regulations; building and construction codes, standards, and criteria; garrison facility standards; the IDG; or the Army IDS manual, and that it does not exceed any local utility infrastructure capabilities. b. Tenant and satellite activities are responsible for providing the host IMCOM public works activity with unique criteria and justifications for real property planning and management support. Tenant and satellite activities will budget, fund, and reimburse the host for minor construction projects that are unique to the tenant or satellite activity mission. c. In general, IMCOM garrison public works activities will require reimbursement for all levels of support that are tenant unique; that is, costs that are attributable to the tenant and that the tenant is able to influence directly or which exceed established, Armywide levels of service. In certain circumstances, the host is responsible for providing facilities engineering, housing, and environmental support services to tenants on a non-reimbursable basis. The IMCOM will determine whether support is reimbursable according to separate policy directions issued by HQDA, and IMCOM may delegate authority for such determination to public works activity managers and their commanders. Additional guidance on reimbursement for housing support is provided in chapter 3. Guidance on reimbursement for NAF activities is provided in AR 2151. d. With respect to U.S. Army Reserve (USAR) facilities, designated regional readiness sustainment commands (RRSCs) are responsible for and manage USAR real property programs to include master planning, programming, M&R and construction of facilities; service support; and environmental functions. The relationship between the garrison and the RRSC is a technical-support-provider-managing-customer relationship. In critical support areas in which the RRSC Engineer staff requires professional engineer, environmental, and other staff support, a detailed memorandum of agreement will exist between each RRSC and a supporting organization that will provide the required service or technical support (see AR 140483 for specific Army Reserve facility management policy). e. The IMCOM public works activities will have support agreements with all Army, DOD, or other Government tenants/customers for which they provide facilities engineering, housing, or environmental management support services. Requirements for recurring support and specific negotiated provisions for support will be documented in the support agreement. For example, if public works personnel are dedicated full-time to medical facilities support, they will provide support on a reimbursable basis stipulated in a support agreement. 211. Government furnished, contractor occupied facilities A contractor host is required to coordinate with its servicing public works activity manager and to obtain approval from the garrison commander before facilities on a garrison are made available for contractor use. Before approval and contract award, square footage, type of space provided, and reimbursement for utilities will be defined in the contract. Section III Operation and Maintenance Project Approval and Execution (see chapter 3 for Army Family Housing) 212. General a. The IMCOM will ensure that the scope of work to be included in a project is based on good engineering

AR 4201 12 February 2008

practices, environmental impact, operational or administrative considerations, and life cycle cost effectiveness. Customers and tenants normally identify the makeup of projects based on need, funds available (if reimbursable), and command priorities. The IMCOM will provide advice to customers and tenants on the technical, regulatory, and statutory feasibility of their projects. The IMCOM will also ensure that projects are reflected in, and comply with, the garrison real property master plan, the Installation Design Guide, resource management plans, and facility standards. b. Work will not be started without prior written project approval from the proper authority. DA Form 4283 (Facilities Engineering Work Request) is the standard project approval document. c. Projects will not be split into increments solely to reduce the estimated costs below statutory limitations, contracting thresholds, or project approval levels. DA Pam 42011 provides guidance for project definition and documentation. d. A minor construction project includes all work necessary to produce a complete and usable facility or a complete and usable improvement to an existing facility. A construction project will be financed from appropriations available for operations and maintenance if the project has total funded costs of $750,000 or less, or if it has total funded costs of $1.5 million or less and is intended solely to correct a deficiency that is life-threatening, health-threatening, or safety-threatening. Military construction, Army (MCA) funds will not be used to finance projects under $750,000 unless approved in advance by HQDA (DAIMODC). e. Work to be done on an existing facility will be consistent with the design use and remaining economic life of the facility. If construction work will change the facility category code according to AR 41528, the category code change will be approved prior to commencement of work (see AR 40570). f. The DOD Explosive Safety Board (DDESB) approves all plans for siting and construction or modification of facilities for manufacturing, storing, handling, maintaining, developing, demilitarizing, testing, transporting, or disposing of military explosives or ammunition. The DDESB also reviews and approves site plans for facilities which do not involve hazardous materials but which would be exposed to such risks if not properly located. All information, reports, and requests for assistance, are submitted to the DDESB through command safety channels, to Director, U.S. Army Technical Center for Explosives Safety (see AR 38510, para 56). g. Separate M&R and minor construction projects may be grouped into one contract for procurement, or a single project may be accomplished with more than one contract. The total funded cost of all elements of the project will not exceed the total authorized cost of the project. h. More than one category of work may be approved on one document, provided that work in each category is within the commanders approval authority. Each category of work is separately subject to the appropriate approval limitations given in this chapter and in chapter 3 for Family housing projects. If the commanders authority for one or more categories of work is exceeded, separate approval documents are required for work that is to be approved by higher authority. The estimated funded and unfunded costs (see para 217) for each category of work will be identified separately on the project approval document. i. The M&R and minor construction projects will comply with applicable requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), sections 43214370f, title 42, United States Code (42 USC 43214370f), the National Historic Preservation Act, 16 USC 470470x-6, and other environmental requirements (see AR 2001, AR 2002, and 32 CFR 651). 213. World War II temporary buildings a. The Army considers WWII temporary buildings as functionally inadequate and uneconomical as long-term solutions to mission requirements, except for selected intermittent uses such as annual training. The Army goal is to eliminate most WWII temporary buildings on active Army garrisons. b. All work on WWII temporary buildings will be governed by requirements for facilities use, economic considerations, and good engineering judgment. The WWII temporary buildings will not be renovated to satisfy Base Realignment and Closure actions, unit stationing or realignments, new unit activations, or other projected missions. c. If the total of all maintenance, repair, and alteration costs in a WWII temporary building project exceeds $40 per square foot, approval by the Garrison Commander is required. This requirement applies to all WWII temporary buildings, regardless of current use and project funding source. Project approval stated elsewhere in this regulation apply. d. Garrison Commander will not delegate approval authority for projects concerning WWII temporary building whose costs exceed $40 per square foot. 214. Authorization for minor construction projects a. Commander, IMCOM may approve a minor construction project with total funded costs of $750,000 or less, or total funded costs of $1.5 million or less if the project is intended solely to correct a deficiency that threatens the life, health, or safety of personnel. Commander, IMCOM may delegate approval authority to Headquarters, IMCOM (HQ, IMCOM) staff members and to IMCOM region directors. Commander, IMCOM may delegate and may permit redelegation of all or part of his/her approval authority except as prohibited by paragraph 213d, above. All delegations and redelegations of approval authority will be in writing and will be commensurate with the technical capability to

10

AR 4201 12 February 2008

review projects. Commander, IMCOM is responsible for review and evaluation of the management of delegated approval authorities. b. Commander, IMCOM will establish controls to prevent costs for approved projects from exceeding approval limits. If it becomes apparent that the projected total funded cost of a minor construction project will exceed the IMCOM approval limit, all work will be halted immediately (see chap 4 for processing procedures for MCA approval and funding). c. Commanders of ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs who have installation management responsibilities have the same authority and responsibilities as noted in paragraphs 214a and 214b. 215. Minor construction prohibitions and limitations a. The following practices constitute statutory violations and are prohibited: (1) Acquisition or improvement of real property facilities through a series of minor construction projects. (2) Subdivision of a construction project to reduce costs to a level that meets a statutory limitation, or the splitting or incrementing of a project to reduce costs below an approval or contracting threshold. (3) Development of a minor construction project solely to reduce the cost of an active military construction project below the level at which Congress would be informed of a cost variation. b. Minor construction authority will not be used to begin or complete construction projects contained in the annual Military Construction Authorization Act, nor be used as a basis to complete projects financed under other authorizations when available funding is lacking. c. Any project proposed under minor construction authority that has been previously denied authorization by Congress requires approval by the Secretary of the Army or designee, regardless of cost. d. Project cost limitations in effect at the time of approval of a minor construction project remain in effect throughout the life of the project. e. AR 40580 describes limitations on expenditures for maintenance, repair, and minor construction for leased facilities. 216. Authorization for maintenance and repair projects a. Commander, IMCOM may approve maintenance and repair projects when: (1) The funded project cost does not exceed $3 million; and for a combined maintenance and repair project, the total of the maintenance cost and the repair cost does not exceed $3 million. (2) The repair cost (or repair plus construction project cost for a combined undertaking) does not exceed 50 percent of the replacement cost of the facility for projects whose funded costs are greater than $750,000. (3) WWII temporary buildings that have total repair and construction costs in excess of $40 per square foot in accordance with paragraph 213. (4) Environmental documentation has been completed in accordance with AR 2001 and 32 CFR 651. b. Commander, IMCOM may delegate and may permit redelegation of all or part of his/her approval authority except as prohibited by paragraph 213d, above. All delegations and redelegations of approval authority will be in writing and will be commensurate with the technical capability to review projects. Commander, IMCOM is responsible for review and evaluation of the management of delegated approval authorities. c. Approving officials will ensure that all repair projects, regardless of costs, are consistent with force structure plans, more cost effective than replacement, and an appropriate use of operations and maintenance funds. d. Projects funded by tenant activities will be coordinated and approved through IMCOM host-garrison command channels, regardless of the source of funds. Projects financed by the private sector for government use will also be coordinated and approved through IMCOMs host-garrison command channels. The IMCOM will establish a work approval and reporting mechanism with tenants who have the capability to separately document and contract for projects independent of the IMCOM garrison public works activity. e. HQDA will approve or disapprove projects that exceed IMCOM approval authority. Requests for approval will be forwarded through the IMCOM to the Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management (DAIMODF), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600, for processing to the HQDA approval authority. Requests will include an explanation of project funding and a statement that the project has had a technical review. Project numbers will be identified in the requests. No project will be advertised until it is approved by the designated approval authority. Requests for approval to advertise projects of an urgent nature concurrent with project review and prior to project approval will be considered by HQDA on a case-by-case basis. f. All work on a project will be halted as soon as it becomes apparent that the projected total funded cost of a project will exceed the specific HQDA cost approval for the project. HQDA reapproval of the project at the higher projected cost is required before any additional project work is done. g. Documentation required for the approval of projects submitted to HQDA includes the following: (1) A completed DD Form 1391, FY__Military Construction Project Data. (2) An operational necessity statement.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

11

(3) A decision analysis. (4) A detailed cost estimate. 217. Project costs When a construction project and an M&R project are combined in one undertaking, each may be treated as a separate project for approval limitation purposes. Engineering estimates may be used to allocate the funded costs between the construction project and the M&R project. This will determine project approval authority. When the work is so integrated that separation of construction from M&R effort is not possible, the entire undertaking will be considered as one construction project. a. When projects are proposed for accomplishment by a USACE district or regional business center, the cost estimate will be coordinated with the district or regional business center engineer. Transmittals of DD Form 1391 to HQDA will indicate that such coordination has been made. Before a project is submitted to USACE for execution, IMCOM will ensure that the garrison public works activity has determined the work classification for the project. b. Safeguarding information. All documents reflecting detailed cost of work estimates of a project prior to contract award will be marked FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY. c. Appropriations that finance a project will be used to reimburse other appropriations for all funded costs initially financed by such other appropriations. Funded costs include (1) Government-owned real property, materials, supplies, services, rental trailers and buildings, utilities, or items applicable to the project. (2) Installed capital equipment and installed building equipment. (3) Transportation costs applicable to materials, supplies, real property items, installed equipment, and governmentowned equipment. (4) Civilian labor costs including labor costs of foreign national civilians, but not including civilian prisoner labor. Costs of foreign military troops such as Korean Augmentation to the U.S. Army will be treated as unfunded costs. However, costs for labor provided by foreign quasi-military organizations that are paid from the Operation and Maintenance, Army (OMA) appropriation, such as the Korean Service Corps, are funded costs. (5) Supervision and inspection costs. (6) Troop travel and per diem directly related to the project. (7) Costs for maintenance and operation of government-owned equipment (including organic troop unit equipment) and rental cost for non-government equipment. (8) Costs for preparation of operation and maintenance manuals for installed systems. (9) Demolition and site preparation costs. (10) The cost of installing equipment in place in new facilities. (11) Costs of mitigation identified in environmental documentation completed in accordance with 32 CFR 651. d. The total funded cost of a multi-year repair project over $750,000 on a single RPF will include all phases of the project. e. In comparing funded project costs with facility replacement cost, all known major repairs and alterations to the facility will be included. Replacement cost will be based on a facility of the same square footage and same type construction (temporary or permanent). This may be computed using the methodology in UFC 370001A. However, use the updated DOD Area Cost Factors and Facility Unit Cost Table, paragraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 of the Programming Administration and Execution System (PAX) Newsletter available at the PAX Web site (http://www.hq.usace.army.mil/ cemp/e/ec/pax/paxtoc2006.htm.) Any costs of demolition, asbestos removal, site work, and historic considerations will be included in determining the replacement cost. f. Unfunded project costs are limited to the following: (1) Costs financed from military personnel appropriations. (2) Depreciation of government-owned equipment (except depreciation cost of a plant owned by working capital funds). (3) Materials, supplies, and items of installed equipment that have been obtained from other U.S. Government agencies or foreign governments without reimbursement. When such items become available as excess distributions from other Government agencies, their value will be at Federal Supply Catalog prices or estimated replacement value according to Defense Finance and Accounting ServiceIndianapolis (DFASIN) 371 regulation. (4) Costs of real property items relocated on the same garrison except transportation and relocation costs. (5) Planning, engineering, and design costs before and during construction. (6) Costs for licenses and permits required by state or local laws for pollution abatement or by Status of Forces Agreements overseas. (7) Material costs of equipment-in-place items. (8) Civilian and military prisoner labor. (9) Public works activity overhead costs such as utilities, supplies, equipment, and supervisors (second-line and above).

12

AR 4201 12 February 2008

g. Operation and maintenance, Army funds or their equivalent may be used to fund design for nonappropriated fund construction, provided no additional manpower authorizations are required. 218. Project technical review a. Commander, IMCOM has responsibility for final technical review and approval of drawings, plans, and approval and technical documents related to projects executed by subordinate organizations. Commander, IMCOM may delegate part or all of this authority with redelegation authority as desired. Technical reviews include environmental, fire and emergency services, safety, medical, energy and water conservation, anti-terrorism/force protection, and other considerations that affect the eventual success of the project. Subordinate organizations must have the technical review capability to meet project review responsibilities. b. Commander, IMCOM will ensure that all projects are adequately reviewed by an agency possessing the required technical expertise prior to approval (see DA Pam 42011 for guidance on work classification). c. Projects for facilities that involve the electronic processing of classified material and projects that include provision of a radio frequency interference or tempest-shielded enclosure require a technical security review by the garrison Provost Marshal Office and the Tempest Security Officer during the initial planning stages of the project. Requirements for shielded enclosures must be approved by the Deputy Chief of Staff, G2 ((DCS, G2) (DAMICI), 1000 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203101000. 219. Damaged facilities a. Expedited project approval and execution procedures will be used for projects for repair of facilities (including Family housing) damaged by fire, storm, flood, freeze or other natural occurrences, regardless of the project funding source. Necessary approvals and congressional notifications will be obtained while prospective contractors are preparing their proposals. Work on the project should begin and be completed as quickly as possible. b. Project approval requests that require HQDA approval will be submitted through IMCOM channels to Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600, within 30 days of the damage. Army Family housing (AFH) projects requiring HQDA approval will be submitted to Chief, AHD (DAIMFDHF), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. The following minimum information will be provided (this information is sufficient to accomplish HQDA approval actions and Congressional notifications for Family housing and Installations Support projects): (1) Description of the facility to include space utilization information and effects of any planned base realignment or closure actions. If applicable, include a justification for repair of an excess or oversize facility. (2) Date, cause, and type of damage. (3) Scope of work included in project. (4) Cost of repairs and brief breakout of funded costs. (5) Replacement cost of the facility. Include cost to current standard for all facilities and the replacement cost of Family housing at current authorized square footage. (6) Availability of existing space, on or off the garrison, to house the dislocated function, and explain the impact if repairs are not accomplished. For AFH projects, state the deficit or excess from the latest housing survey. (7) Appropriate environmental review documentation. (8) Brief decision analysis to justify course of action. (9) For Family and unaccompanied housing projects, state the cause of damage; whether negligence or abuse is suspected or charged; whether appropriate action has been taken under provisions of 10 USC 2775 to recover repair costs; and, if appropriate, what costs were recovered. (10) State whether expedited procurement procedures (for example, restricted competition and/or bid time) are being used. (11) Estimated completion date. 220. Combined funded construction projects a. Nonappropriated funds or private funds may be used with appropriated funds (APF) when it can be shown that the construction requirements are intended for different purposes (for example: garrison-required and OMA-funded asphalt street construction work may be combined with an adjacent NAF-funded asphalt go-cart race track and parking lot project that is generated by Morale, Welfare, and Recreation (MWR)). The combination of funding sources will not be used to increment the project or to circumvent limitations. Combined construction requirements having a total cost of $750,000 or less may be approved by Commander, IMCOM. Approval authority may be delegated. b. Combined construction requirements with a total cost in excess of $750,000 will be submitted through IMCOM channels to the Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management (DAIMODF), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 for review and approval processing. 221. Real property facilities project files a. The IMCOM will ensure that the public works activity establishes a project file for each RPF project within the

AR 4201 12 February 2008

13

scope of this regulation when construction costs are $15,000 or more and when maintenance and repair costs are $50,000 or more. For single undertakings involving both construction and M&R, only one project file will be established. Electronic document processing and storage may be used for these files. Each file will represent a complete historical record of a project, from inception to filing of the actual costs incurred, and will contain the following documentation for each project: (1) DA Form(s) 4283 (Facilities Engineering Work Request) and/or approval memorandum(s) with DA Form(s) 2702 (Bill of Materials) if used. The file may contain more than one work order and/or memorandum, if it is desired to control each classification of work. (2) Record of estimates, justification for the project, and related correspondence (initial estimate, identification of estimator, DD Form 1391, job phase calculation sheets, identification of funded and unfunded costs, calculations to show how costs were developed, identification of crafts involved, source documents and other background documents related to estimates and justifications). (3) Requests for approval by higher authority and signed approval documents, including letters, estimates, specifications, and plans. (4) Revised plans and estimates, if changes to these documents were required by the approving authority. (5) A day-to-day blotter record showing all actual costs incurred to date on projects approaching regulatory or statutory limitations. Maintenance and analysis of this blotter record should prevent violation of the Anti-Deficiency Act. (6) DD Form 1354 (Transfer and Acceptance of DOD Real Property) properly signed and dated. (7) Construction in progress reports submitted in compliance with the Chief Financial Officers Act. (8) Warranty schedules and dates. b. Project files should include other documentation that is pertinent to the history of the project, such as (1) A document signed by the requesting agency indicating when the need for a construction project became known, when the work must be completed, and what the consequences would be if the project were not completed by the specified time. (2) A notation that the inventory of military real property has been changed to include the sum of the actual facilities engineering, architectural, and other outside services for design, plan, specification, and survey costs of a construction project. The changes will be reported in the Integrated Facilities System. (3) A cross-reference to the appropriate section of garrison master plans and resource management plans. Section IV Utilization of Personnel and Administration 222. Manpower guidance Methods used for determining manpower requirements are in accordance with manpower policies outlined in AR 5704 and AR 7132. Manpower requirements are based on the most effective and efficient organization and, therefore, represent the minimum essential numbers of civilian and military positions needed to accomplish valid mission responsibilities for the organization. Methodologies to determine manpower needs include manpower surveys/ studies; the Manpower Staffing Standards System (MS3); and staffing guides. Other methodologies include computer modeling, comparative analysis, and other statistical analyses as well as local appraisal when workload is not quantifiable and measurable. 223. Assignment of personnel This regulation does not provide authority to establish positions, civilian personnel grade levels, or classification for any given set of duties, functions, or responsibilities. Positions are to be filled by personnel who meet the requirements of the appropriate job series in Office of Personnel Management qualifications standards. 224. Use of civilian personnel, inmate labor, or troops a. Construction, repair, maintenance, and operation of real property will be done through the most economical means available, consistent with mission and statutory requirements. AR 5704 and AR 614200 prescribe policies that apply to the use of civilian personnel and troops in performing public works activities. Army policy regarding self-help labor by civilians and troops is provided in chapter 5. b. Army experience has shown that inmate labor can be used under carefully controlled circumstances as a more economical method of providing some base services. Use of civilian inmate labor may allow accomplishment of needed tasks that might not be possible under manning and funding constraints. Military and civilian correctional facilities are both permissible sources of inmate labor. Specific policies covering military prisoner labor are included in AR 19047. (1) Civilian inmates may perform preservation and maintenance of grounds and facilities, construction and demolition of buildings, road repair, custodial services, and transportation of debris to recycling centers. The Commander, IMCOM will, through command channels, request HQDA approval of the scope of inmate labor. Primary issues for the

14

AR 4201 12 February 2008

IMCOM are selection of work to avoid competition with existing in-house or contractor resources and to avoid interference with missions and operations. Inmate labor is intended to augment, not displace, the Armys civilian or contractor workforce. (2) Army policy permits garrison commanders to initiate discussions with representatives from the Federal Bureau of Prisons (FBOP) at the local and regional levels. However, garrison commanders are not authorized to negotiate with representatives of State or local correctional or governmental agencies. Basic requirements that IMCOM must observe for a garrison program to use civilian prisoner labor are (a) Development of an MOA between the garrison and the warden of the prison involved. (b) Development of a garrison plan governing local operation of the program. (c) HQDA approval of the MOA and garrison plan before the program can be put into effect. Detailed information on stipulations required in the MOA and garrison plan may be obtained from HQDA, Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management (DAIMOD), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. 225. Training and education programs The IMCOM will develop garrison training programs that identify training needs and maintain the management and technical proficiency of public works personnel. Public works and related professional training opportunities to include training for appropriate certifications and state licenses should be part of the training plan. 226. Contract performance a. Decisions to convert in-house public works activities to contract performance will be made in accordance with the Commercial Activities Program requirements of AR 520 or appropriate host nation rules for activities outside the continental United States. b. The IMCOM may rely on contractor performance for work that is beyond the existing local in-house workforce capability. Added work that is clearly beyond the capability of the in-house workforce, but which must be performed, will be accomplished normally by augmentation contracts. The IMCOM may obtain architect-engineer (AE) services (such as engineering, design, and construction supervision or inspection services) beyond garrison and IMCOM capabilities from outside sources. The AE design contract services will be obtained through the USACE district or other authorized contract support agency. Projects will be accomplished by contract unless the projects are done by troop labor or are normally in-house work and subject to provisions of AR 520. c. Job Order Contracting may be used in accordance with Army Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement, Subpart 17.90. Contracts may be awarded and administered by a supporting USACE district or by the local garrison contracting support organization. d. When a contractor performs any public works activities, IMCOM will develop and implement procedures to monitor and evaluate contractor performance. The IMCOM public works staff members may be authorized to act as Contracting Officers Representatives. Section V U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Installation Support Services 227. Description The United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Installation Support Program provides installations support to U.S. Army Garrisons. It is a business concept focused on extending manpower capacity at the garrisons and enhancing mission support and technical capabilities. This support to garrisons is normally fully reimbursable. 228. Installation Support Program policy The USACE will assign a district, which has military programs responsibilities, to provide garrison support for each Army garrison or USAR RRSC. a. The USACE also provides support services through other activities that have no geographic boundaries, such as the Installation Support Center of Expertise (ISCX) at the Huntsville Engineering and Support Center, and the USACE Engineering Research and Development Center (ERDC). The USACE support from these organizations may be provided directly to garrisons worldwide. b. A garrison or RRSC will normally request support directly from its designated district or regional business center (RBC). However, a garrison or RRSC may request support from any other district or RBC, ISCX, or a USACE laboratory. c. Standard USACE engineering design and construction criteria will be changed and adapted to meet the IMCOMs new facilities engineering requirements when any USACE activity performs garrison support work. Supporting USACE activities will comply with IMCOMs quality standards. This adherence to quality standards shall include but not be limited to the Army Standards, Army Installation Design Standards, the Installations Design Guide, and the installations operational, environmental, maintenance, and repair procedures. Health, life, safety, or other statutory or regulatory requirements will not be compromised. The primary venue for achieving resolution of disagreements

AR 4201 12 February 2008

15

regarding the appropriateness of engineering and construction criteria or procedures for Installation Support work is the Project Delivery Team (PDT). In accordance with project management business practices, the team will attempt to resolve issues internally. If issues cannot be resolved within the team, the issue will be raised concurrently through the districts and IMCOM command channels for resolution. d. Installation support requirements vary greatly in their type, size, complexity, cost, and timing. In order to provide maximum support for garrisons, USACE commanders will avoid establishing cost or complexity criteria for accepting work. When practical, the supporting USACE activity shall work with IMCOM to group individual small project design, contracting, or construction management requirements to minimize administrative processing costs. 229. Types of installation support offered The type and range of services available from the total USACE Installation Support network include: a. Development of scopes of work and performance work statements. b. Technical assistance and troubleshooting. c. Mobilization and peacetime master planning services. d. Project development (scoping, feasibility studies, planning charrettes, and DD Form 1391 assistance). e. Technical studies and analysis (energy, natural resources, historical, structural). f. Facility space planning and stationing analyses. g. Project design and engineering services (MCA design is not considered to be installation support work, since it is not garrison funded). h. Real estate services (appraisals, acquisitions, leases, easements, permitting, disposals, tenant real property agreements, and real estate planning reports). i. Contract acquisition and administration in conjunction with architect-engineer services, job order contracting, and other specialized engineering and construction related services. j. Construction management services (supervision and inspection, quality assurance). k. Environmental analyses and remediation. l. Engineering economic analyses. m. Other specialized support to the public works activity that is typically provided by garrison functional staff. As authorized by the garrison commander, the public works activity may obtain supplemental support from USACE in the following areas, in coordination with the appropriate garrison functional staff element: (1) Public affairs support for engineering and construction related issues. (2) Personnel services related to the engineering and scientists career programs (including recruitment and training of interns). (3) Legal services rendered to assist the garrison legal office regarding specialized issues related to engineering, construction, and environmental programs. (4) Contracting support for construction, environmental, maintenance, and repair projects. This may include, but is not limited to, acquisition of contracts that are to be returned to the garrison for administration. n. Other services as requested by garrisons, subject to approval of the District Commander, to include nontraditional facilities management services. 230. Installation Support Program functions Each District Commander a. Conducts face-to-face meetings with all supported garrisons within 60 days of assumption of duties as a District Commander, and meets with a newly assigned garrison public works manager within 60 days of the managers assignment. b. Develops descriptions of, and procedures and points of contact for, the types of reimbursable and non-reimbursable support services. c. Monitors customer satisfaction. 231. Non-reimbursable installation support services and funding a. Most installation support services are reimbursable and will be funded by IMCOM. The Centrally Funded USACE Installation Support services fall into one of four categoriesProject Managers Forward (PMF) at selected supported Army garrisons and other IMCOM activities; Installation Support Checkbook dollars; Installation Support Program managers at USACE regional activities; and USACEIMCOM Liaison Officers (LNOs). These non-reimbursable Installation Support services and funding will be managed in coordination with IMCOM. The funding for nonreimbursable Installation Support services is OMA and accordingly, services need to comply with the rules associated with the OMA appropriation. (1) Project Managers ForwardThe limited number of PMFs will generally be located at power projection and power support garrisons. Serves as the garrisons One-Door-To-The Corps, assisting in focusing USACE support to

16

AR 4201 12 February 2008

public works managers in accomplishment of their missions and elevating mutual concerns and needs to the USACE District, RBC, USACEIMCOM LNOs, or other appropriate USACE activity for assistance. (2) Installation Support Checkbook FundsLimited non-reimbursable funds to support the Installations Support mission at IMCOM and Army garrisons. This Installation Support Checkbook funding is generally for program/project assistance and should be in support of multiple activities on a garrison, or for multiple garrisons (for example, utility rate intervention cases that support several Army garrisons). (3) Installation support managers at USACE regional activitiesUsually referred to as Installation Support Offices (ISO); serve as the regional integrators of all Installation Support assets available at district, RBC, lab, centers, and Headquarters, USACE (HQ USACE), as required. (4) USACEIMCOM LNOsLNOs will be established as deemed appropriate through negotiation between USACE and IMCOM. The USACEIMCOM LNOs ensure that USACE resources are applied so that Army garrisons receive the best engineering support across the entire spectrum of USACE activities. b. USACE laboratories may provide non-reimbursable services for tasks that are coordinated and consistent with IMCOM priorities to the extent Installation Support Checkbook funds are available. Section VI Army Corrosion Prevention and Control Policy for Facilities 232. General a. This section addresses policy concerning DA long-term strategy to minimize the effects of corrosion on Army facilities and equipment. b. The principal objectives of corrosion prevention and control (CPC) policy are to: (1) Design, construct, and maintain dependable and long-lived structures, equipment, plants, and systems. (2) Conserve energy and water resources. (3) Reduce costs due to corrosion, scale, and microbiological fouling. (4) Ensure compliance with Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Department of Transportation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and other applicable regulations and guidance. c. The CPC will be incorporated as part of the entire facility life cycle, including design, construction, and operation. The DOD Corrosion Prevention and Control Planning Guidebook (http://www.dodcorrosionexchange.org) provides detailed guidance and will be used to develop and implement a CPC Program. d. The establishment of Corrosion Prevention Advisory Teams (CPAT) and Contractor Corrosion Teams (CCT) as described in the DOD Corrosion Prevention and Control Planning Guidebook is the responsibility of the design agent and is required for all projects with a programmed amount of $5 million or greater. However, CPC measures must be considered for all construction, repair, and maintenance projects regardless of cost or funding source. 233. Corrosion program manager Ensure each region and garrison has a trained corrosion program manager appointed in writing. At a minimum, training will include either the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) Basic Corrosion Course or the Army Corps of Engineers Basic Corrosion PROSPECT Course. Additional training and certification is recommended and is available through NACE. Section VII Public Works Annual Awards Program 234. General The Department of the Army Public Works Awards Program includes honorary and monetary special act or service awards presented to individuals in a variety of public works positions and activities. Honorary corporate awards are presented to recognize excellence in group activities that support the execution of garrison public works functions. The IMCOM will administer this program for the Army as detailed in DA Pam 4206. 235. Eligibility and nominations Eligibility and evaluation criteria are different for each award. The criteria, detailed procedures, and schedules for nominations will be announced by IMCOM. Selections of award winners will be announced by HQDA each year. An appropriate HQDA representative will present awards to winners. Suitable publicity will be given to this program at all levels. Personal information used in publicity releases or submitted in support of requirements established by this regulation and any supplements to it will comply with all applicable Privacy Act requirements.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

17

Chapter 3 Housing Management


Section I Introduction 31. Overview This chapter provides policies, procedures, and responsibilities for the management and operation of the Armys permanent party and privatized housing programs. It addresses Government-owned and Government-controlled AFH to include general/flag officers quarters (GFOQ) and Government-owned and Government-controlled unaccompanied personnel housing (UPH) for permanent party (UPH (PP)) personnel to include barracks. It also addresses the engineering, resource, and furnishings management programs related to housing. Unless specifically stated, this guidance refers solely to Government-owned housing. It provides policy on establishing and administering rental rates for Government-owned and Government-controlled housing and charges for related facilities. It includes policy and procedures for housing managers to effectively support the housing requirements of mobilization efforts. For specific guidance on the management of the RCI Program, refer to the Residential Communities Initiative, ASA (IE&E), Portfolio and Asset Management Handbook (current version). 32. Applicability This chapter applies to the Active Army, the Army National Guard of the United States (ARNGUS), Army National Guard (ARNG), and the U.S. Army Reserve (USAR), except as follows: a. Civil works housing under control of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. b. Family housing for caretakers at national cemeteries. c. Military Assistance Program and Military Assistance Advisory Group housing activities except for accounting procedures set forth in DOD 7000.14R. d. Family housing transferred to other Government agencies by permit. e. Family housing at Kwajalein. f. ARNG Family housing and unaccompanied personnel housing facilities and related furnishings. g. USAR Family housing facilities and related furnishings. h. Recreational housing. i. Housing furnishings support for reception centers and confinement centers. j. Military treatment facility lodging such as Fisher House. k. Army lodging. l. The residence portion of the U.S. Military Academys Cadet Chapel except for the necessity to collect rent for shelter and services provided in accordance with Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A45 and section XV of this chapter. 33. Chapter exponent The exponent of this chapter is the ACSIM (DAIMISH). 34. Chapter responsibilities The following responsibilities are in addition to the general responsibilities identified in paragraph 14 of this regulation. a. The ASA (IE&E) will (1) Provide overall policy and program direction for housing programs. (2) Manage privatized housing programs. b. The ASA (FM&C) will (1) Provide overall policy for management of APF. (2) Control AFH and military construction, Army (MCA) appropriations funds. (3) Manage the Army budget as appropriation sponsor per AR 11. (4) Provide direction on fiscal policy and economic analysis. c. The ASA (M&RA) will provide overall policy for nonappropriated funds. d. The ACSIM will (1) Be the program manager for the AFH and MCA appropriations. (2) Serve as the functional manager for the AFH and UPH programs, including the UPH management account of the operation and maintenance, Army (OMA) appropriation. (3) Develop policy and procedures for the administration, operation, and management of the Armys housing programs.

18

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(4) Provide staff supervision for operating and managing the Army Housing Services Office Program and Equal Opportunity in Off-post Housing (EOOPH) Program. (5) Serve as the DA proponent for developing, preparing, and maintaining DA publications which provide policy, guidance, and direction on Army housing programs. (6) Coordinate any exceptions to personnel housing policies contained in sections III, IV, and VI of this chapter with the DCS, G1. (7) Coordinate any exceptions to construction execution and rental rates for Government-owned and Governmentcontrolled housing and charges for related facilities with HQ U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). (8) Determine housing requirements and validate space requirements to house Soldiers for mobilization, contingencies, operations other than war, and deployments. (9) Develop and manage a housing management civilian career program for housing personnel. (10) Manage the housing furnishings program (see para 369c for specific details). (11) Manage the Armys housing leasing program (see para 386 for specific details). (12) Manage GFOQ intensively per Congressional direction (see para 398 for specific details). (13) Evaluate the effectiveness of Army housing programs.
Note. See also paragraph 356c(1) for service order priority system.

e. The DCS, G1 will (1) Set forth policy on the following: (a) Eligibility for, assignment to, and termination from housing. (b) Adequacy standards for housing livability. (c) Military compensation issues related to housing. (d) Off-post Army Housing Services Office and EOOPH programs. (2) Serve as the proponent agency for personnel housing policies set forth in sections III, IV, and VI of this chapter. f. The Commander, USACE will (1) Serve as the DOD construction agent responsible for the design and construction of military construction (MILCON) facilities where designated by the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD). (2) Manage the design, construction, and real estate activities associated with the MILCON program. (3) Develop policy and procedures for establishing and administering rental rates for Government-owned and Government-controlled housing and charges for related facilities. (4) Determine rental rates for Government-controlled and Government-sponsored housing and related facilities in the continental United States (CONUS), Hawaii, and Alaska. (5) Locate, negotiate, and execute housing leases in the U.S. g. Chief, AHD, ACSIM is under the control of the ACSIMs Director of Installation Services (IS). The Chief, AHD will serve as advisor and responsible official for the ACSIM in matters pertaining to the day-to-day operation and management of Army programs for PP housing (that is, AFH and UPH (PP)). As such, the Chief, AHD will (1) Perform all responsibilities as AFH appropriation manager for requirements determination per AR 11. (2) Perform all responsibilities as AFH manager for program and performance per AR 11. (3) Prepare all Army Family housing construction (AFHC) and AFH operations budget exhibits for submission through the Deputy Assistant Secretary of the Army for Installations, Housing and Partnerships to the ASA (FM&C). (4) Perform as functional manager for the execution of Army programs for PP housing. (5) Develop and maintain the Armys PP housing master plans. (6) Validate requests for acquisition of PP housing. (7) Serve as functional manager for Armywide, PP housing information systems support for the ARSTAF and the IMCOM, its regions, and their installations. (8) Serve as DA staff proponent for all matters relating to housing career program management. (9) Serve as DA staff proponent for housing professional training. (10) Develop, prepare, and maintain for the ACSIM, DA publications which provide policy, guidance, and direction on Army PP housing programs. h. Chief, Public Private Initiatives Division, ACSIM is under the control of the ACSIMs Director of IS. (1) Serve as DA staff proponent for private housing programs. (2) Serve as DA staff proponent for privatized housing training programs. (3) Serve as DA staff proponent for all privatized executive homes (GFOQ). (4) Perform all responsibilities relating to oversight of privatized programs. i. The Commander, IMCOM will (1) Accomplish integrated execution of installation management related policies, plans, and programs as developed and promulgated by the ARSTAF. (2) Fund the garrisons.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

19

(3) Disseminate planning, programming, and budgeting guidance as prepared by the ARSTAF. (4) Seek Armywide installation management initiatives and standardize implementation of those initiatives. Provide housing expertise and site assistance visits to assist installations in resolving specific housing issues as needed. (5) Ensure that the regions provide standard levels of service across the Army. Oversee the staffing, administration, management, and operation of their housing programs per this regulation. (6) Assign functional proponents for determination and validation of regional requirements for PP housing. (7) Prepare and submit program objective memorandum (POM)/Budget Estimates Submission (BES) input for consolidation and HQDA approval. (8) Prioritize nonmission related projects. (9) Perform regional AFH mid-year execution/reallocation review. (10) Evaluate the effectiveness of their housing programs. (11) Oversee the management of their housing furnishings program (see para 369c for specific detail). (12) Implement the Armys housing leasing program (see para 386 for specific detail). (13) Serve as the HQDA level integrator between HQDA functional proponents and the field. (14) Coordinate the identification of the services to be provided and the standards to be met. (15) Oversee the management of GFOQ on an intensive basis (see para 398b for specific details). (16) Ensure that installation actions submitted to higher headquarters conform to this regulation. (17) Monitor the development of the housing portion of installation mobilization plans. (18) Provide oversight of housing privatization initiatives. (19) Review installation RCI due diligence; participates in RCI source selection evaluations; monitor installation progress on the community development and management plan (CDMP); and review monthly and quarterly asset management reports. (20) Provide guidance to installation on formation of RCI team and ensures adequate residual staffing of installation housing division that undergoes RCI. j. Garrison commanders will (1) Provide adequate PP housing facilities and services. (2) Operate and manage their PP housing programs per this regulation. (3) Manage their utilization of PP housing. (4) Manage their housing inventory. (5) Manage their housing furnishings program (see para 369c for specific detail). (6) Participate in the execution of the Armys housing leasing programs (see para 387 for specific detail). (7) Manage their mobile home parks (see sec XII of this chapter for specific detail). (8) Manage their GFOQ on an intensive basis (see para 398d for specific detail). (9) Provide housing services both to help DOD personnel and their Family members locate acceptable, affordable, and nondiscriminatory housing in the local community and to provide an orientation to housing in the local community. Ensure that all assignment orders for personnel governed by this regulation contain the following statement in the special instruction paragraph: You are required to report to the Housing Services Office serving your existing and new duty stations before you make housing arrangements for renting, leasing, or purchasing any off-post housing. (10) Transfer functions in accordance with the RCI process where applicable. (11) Oversee preparation of the housing appendix to the engineer annex of the installation mobilization plan (IMP), where required. (12) Maintain and provide information from the installations housing information systems database. (13) Support their mobilization missions and training requirements. (14) Ensure that all facilities used for housing, both owned and leased, are included in the real property inventory (RPI). Housing owned by a private entity, but on Government-owned lands will also be included, but with a special code. (15) Develop, promulgate, and implement a formal service order (SO) maintenance priority system for their installations. (16) Manage the Army mobile home parks (see paras 392b and 394b). k. Commanders of ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs will (1) Establish liaisons between assigned military units and IMCOM. (2) Monitor service accomplishment through the chain of command. (3) Ensure that installation mobilization plans support their mobilization missions. (4) Prioritize mission related projects. 35. Statutory authority Statutory authority for this chapter is derived from Titles 5, 10, 15, 18, 29, 31, 37, and 42 of the United States Code

20

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(USC), Executive Orders, the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR), and issuances from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and the General Services Administration (GSA). 36. Policy overview a. Housing objectives. (1) Basic housing groups. The Armys overall housing program encompasses the management of 2 basic groups of housing. These are PP housing and Army lodging. Family housing and UPH for personnel, to include barracks, comprise housing. Army lodging consists of temporary short term housing for transient personnel and authorized guests. (2) Permanent party housing. PP housing is addressed in this regulation. The objective of Family housing and UPH (PP) is to provide adequate housing for eligible military and DOD civilian personnel who are permanently assigned or attached to installations or to activities located within a 1-hour commute of an installation (see paras 316a; 316d; 316e; and 320b through 320i). (3) Army lodging. The objectives of Army lodging are as follows: (a) Provide accommodations to military and DOD civilians visiting installations in TDY status and to other authorized guests. (b) Provide short-term accommodations for 1. Military personnel and/or their Families arriving or departing installations incident to permanent change of station (PCS). 2. Department of Defense civilian personnel and/or their Families (OCONUS) arriving or departing installations incident to PCS. 3. Other authorized guests. b. Entitlements. (1) Housing. Assignment of Government housing to PP personnel is not an entitlement. PP personnel are entitled to housing allowances to secure private housing in the civilian community if Government housing is not provided. (2) Furnishings. (a) Family housing. Persons eligible for Family housing have no legal entitlement to Government-provided furnishings. Furnishings are provided when it is considered in the best interest of the Government. (b) Unaccompanied personnel housing. Personnel assigned to UPH are authorized Government-provided furnishings. c. General policies. (1) All housing facilities, services, and programs will be operated in support of the Army Communities of Excellence (ACOE) program so as to improve the quality of life and provide comfortable places for people to live. (2) The private sector is normally relied on as the primary source of housing. The Government will provide housing only where private sector housing is not available, is too costly, or is substandard. Exceptions are for military necessity (see DOD 7000.14R). (3) Housing Services (HS) will be provided to locate adequate housing in the civilian community. Installations must certify that they have actively pursued off-post housing within the housing market area (see para 3109). (4) Off-post housing will be provided on a nondiscriminatory, equal opportunity basis regardless of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age, disability, or Familial status (see DODI 1100.16). (5) Provisions for providing housing facilities accessible to physically handicapped individuals will be in accordance with the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS). (a) For military Family housing, at least 5 percent of the total inventory but not less than 1 unit (on an installationby-installation basis) of all housing will be accessible or readily and easily modifiable for use by persons with disabilities. Common areas such as, parking, play areas, streets, and walks and common entrances to multi-unit buildings and facilities will be designed and built to be accessible. In addition, persons with disabilities must have access to programs and activities conducted in public entertainment areas of Government Family housing units and in support facilities provided for Government Family housing residents. (b) The UPH for able-bodied military personnel only need not be designed to be accessible to persons with disabilities, but adaptability is recommended since the use of the facility may change with time. (6) In general, housing managers will make decisions on the basis of the prudent landlord concept, that is, consider whether a prudent landlord in the private sector would take a proposed action. (7) Residents of housing facilities may be held liable for damage to any assigned housing unit, or damage to or loss of any equipment or furnishings assigned to or provided such residents if the damage or loss was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the residents or their Family members or guests. This includes loss or damage caused by pets (see para 365). (8) The basic Self-Help Program, which is in concert with the prudent landlord concept, optimizes the use of scarce resources and gives residents a feeling of homeownership and will be employed to the maximum extent practicable. (9) Soldiers or DOD civilians who are stationed in a foreign country, and whose housing status is not the

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

21

acknowledged responsibility of any other DOD component or Government agency program, shall be supported by the military department that has construction agent responsibility for that country. (10) Housing managers at all levels will be aware of Federal, State, and local resources/assistance available for detecting and reducing drug-related (including alcohol) incidents in on-post and off-post housing. (11) Soldiers will be paid a partial dislocation allowance (DLA) to occupy/vacate Government Family housing at a permanent duty station for the convenience of the Government (see 37 USC 407(c) and Joint Federal Travel Regulations (JFTRs)). (a) A partial DLA must be provided to a Soldier who is ordered for the convenience of the Government to occupy/ vacate Government Family housing due to 1. Privatization. 2. Renovation. 3. Any reason other than a PCS. (b) Partial DLA is not authorized for 1. Local moves from Government Family housing upon separation or retirement. 2. Moves incident to PCS. 3. Moves for the convenience of the Soldier to include moving from off-post to on-post (unless Soldier is key and essential), promotion, and change in Family size or bedroom requirement. 4. Voluntary moves initiated by the Soldier for reasons of pending divorce or Family separation. 5. Moves due to members misconduct. d. Centralized housing management. (1) Each installation responsible for operating and maintaining a Government housing inventory will have a centralized housing office which should be a separate organizational entity. This office should be headed by a full-time professional housing manager in the career program 27, professional series 1173 housing management. At smaller installations, housing functions may be combined with other functions; however, responsibilities for housing functions will not be fragmented. (2) The installation housing manager serves as a channel of communication between the garrison commander and the housing residents. This ensures a check and balance between what the installation provides and what is acceptable to the residents. (3) The HS will be an integral part of the housing management office. If an installation has no housing inventory, HS will be obtained from another installation in the area or by combining HS responsibility with some other installation function, which is logically related to housing. e. Staffing. (1) Housing offices will be staffed and operated by permanently assigned personnel trained in professional housing skills. Staffing will be done in accordance with approved staffing guides. (2) The Housing Services Office (HSO) will be sufficiently staffed to permit execution of the HS program mission. f. Commercial Activities Program. Housing responsibilities and workload may be separated into contractible and noncontractible categories based on projecting those functions which must be performed by Government employees. The policies, procedures, and responsibilities for carrying out the Commercial Activities Program are prescribed in AR 520. g. Exceptions and waivers. (1) This regulation imposes requirements upon the Army and its activities, installations, and personnel. These requirements derive from the following: (a) Public Law, that is, statutory requirements. (b) Congressional direction, often given the force of law. (c) Directives from higher authority, such as the Executive Office of the President, the OMB, and the OSD. (d) Direction from Army leadership, such as the Secretary of the Army (SA), the Chief of Staff, Army (CSA), and their staffs. (2) The requirements which flow from paragraphs 36g(1)(a) through 36g(c) above describe certain limits within which the Army must operate. The requirements which derive from paragraph 36g(1)(d), also define limits. These latter limits have been learned from experience. They are not intended to be restrictive but are necessary for one or more of the following: (a) Effective establishment of priorities. (b) Control of programs and resources. (c) Operational needs of higher level headquarters in justifying and defending the resource needs of housing. (d) Armywide consistency in dealing with personnel. (3) Statutory requirements, cost limitations, dollar thresholds, quantity constraints, approval authority levels, and reporting requirements identified in this regulation must be observed.

22

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(4) Requests for exceptions to policy or waivers in PP housing operational matters will be sent through command channels to the ACSIM (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (5) Requests for exceptions or waivers on matters listed below will be sent through command channels to the DCS, G1 (DAPEHRPR), 300 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100300. (a) Housing eligibility. (b) Assignment to and termination from housing. (c) Housing adequacy standards. (d) Housing equal opportunity programs. (e) Military housing compensation. (f) Housing Referral Services. (6) Requests for exceptions or waivers on matters for RCI Program, refer to the Residential Communities Initiative, (Assistant Secretary of the Army for Installations & Environment), Portfolio and Asset Management Handbook (current version). 37. Information requirements a. General. Housing information requirements and specific reporting and information requirements for housing programs and their purposes are addressed in DA Pam 42011. b. DA Form 4939 (General/Flag Officers Quarters Quarterly Expenditure Report) (RCS ENG328). (1) This report provides both O&M and post acquisition construction budget execution data for each GFOQ in the Armys Family housing inventory. It will be used by IMCOM, garrison commander, and the GFOQ resident in carrying out their respective responsibilities for prudent management of GFOQ. See DA Pam 42011 for a sample DA Form 4939 with instructions for completing the form. (2) All installations that have funded GFOQ, whether Government-owned or Government-leased, will prepare the report. (3) General instructions are provided below. (a) Reports will be prepared for each dwelling unit (DU) that is 1. Designated for and occupied by a general or flag officer for any portion of the reporting period. 2. Not designated as GFOQ but temporarily assigned as such. (b) Reports will include all funds allocable to the housing unit during the full fiscal quarter even though not assigned to a general or flag officer for the full reporting period. (c) All fiscal data will be based on expenditures and conform to the allocation rules in paragraphs 3104e and 3104f. (d) Reports are required for GFOQ with approved diversions to unaccompanied officer personal housing (UOPH) when the general/flag officer resident is entitled to BAH at the without dependents rate. Records of expenditures will be kept in the file established for the specific GFOQ. Regardless of funding source, GFOQ cost limitations must be adhered to. (e) Funding data will be derived from the cost accounts maintained as prescribed in DFASIN Manual 37100FY. Detailed cost account data for O&M will be reported by the cost categories and detailed subordinate cost accounts shown on the report form and described in DFASIN Manual 37100FY. (f) Reports will be reviewed by the housing manager and the Director of Public Works (DPW) and certified by the housing manager. (g) Reports will be prepared quarterly as of the end of each fiscal quarter. (h) Reports will be provided each GFOQ resident quarterly within 30 to 45 days after the end of the quarter. (i) Installation personnel will submit each quarterly report (DA Form 4939) for the fiscal year to the appropriate IMCOM region and to IMCOM (DAIMISH) via Enterprise Military Housing general flag officer module. The Army uses the information from the GFOQ Web site database to complete the annual roll up report of Army Housing GFOQ expenditures (see DA Pam 42011). 38. Management control a. Management control provisions. (1) Housing is a highly visible necessity affecting every member of the Army and their Families, . It has a direct impact on Soldier retention and both individual and unit readiness. Housing is a DOD and Army top quality of life concern. (2) The provision, management, and operation of Army housing is an enormous undertaking which consumes substantial resources. The different types of housing in the inventory (Family, UPH (PP), and trainee barracks) are governed by a wide array of laws, criteria, thresholds, limitations, and approval authorities. The sizes of the housing inventories and the diversity of guidance applicable to the varied types of housing offer ample opportunity for fraud, waste, and misuse. Hence, housing programs are intensively managed at all levels, from Congress down to the installation.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

23

(3) AR 4201 has integrated appropriate management controls throughout. These controls address the various types of housing, their related functional areas, and the programs that guide them. b. Management control evaluation checklists. (1) A management control evaluation checklist has been developed for the key management controls identified to each of the significant housing functions. The checklist at appendix T addresses the following housing functions: (a) Family housing (see para T10a). (b) UPH (PP) (see para T10b). (c) HS (see para T10c). (d) Mobile home parks (see para T10d). (e) Housing furnishings management (see para T10e). (f) Housing requirements determination (see para T10f). (g) Military housing privatization (see para T10g). (h) Rental rates for housing and related facilities (see para T10h). (i) Housing planning for mobilization (see para T10i). (2) Checklists and related documentation should be retained on file for use during staff assistance visits, inspections, and audits. Section II Financial Management 39. General a. Scope. This section prescribes policies for the management of funds appropriated or otherwise made available for Army PP housing programs (see DA Pam 42011 for an overview discussion of housing-related funds processes and procedures). b. Financial management responsibilities. Housing financial management is a shared responsibility at all levels. In coordination with the Director of Resource Management (DRM), or equivalent, housing managers will (1) Manage housing resources and assets. (2) Carry out financial management policy and procedures. (3) Plan, develop, and coordinate current and long-range programs. (4) Develop and justify housing budgets. (5) Ensure the validity and accuracy of housing requirements documentation. (6) Ensure maintenance and oversight of the Armys fiduciary interest in housing under the Military Housing Privatization Initiative (MHPI) to include the application and use of resources for the benefit of its Soldiers within the framework of the partnership between the Army and an eligible entity (see para 3111 for details on privatized housing). (7) Review and analyze housing financial programs to include the following: (a) Establishing, collecting, and maintaining cost and performance data in enough depth and detail to justify the programs before advisory and review committees. (b) Ensuring validity of charges and accurate measurements of performance for housing regardless of degree of responsibility. (c) Monitoring cost limitations to prevent violations. (d) Recommending the distribution and use of AFH and OMA housing funds. (e) Ensuring cost-effective and efficient use of resources. c. Specific policy. (1) Nonappropriated fund. Fees charged to occupants of Government-owned UPH (PP) for housekeeping services will be deposited in a lodging facility nonappropriated fund (NAF) instrumentality (NAFI), established, administered, and operated per AR 2151. These revenues will be used for the purpose of paying the cost of limited housekeeping services for UPH (PP). (2) By statute. (a) Family housing funds may be used only for Family housing. (b) No OMA or other appropriation or funds may be spent on Family housing facilities except 1. When Family housing units are diverted to UPH use, operating costs including utilities, services, and furnishings will be funded from the OMA appropriation. (Maintenance and repair (M&R) costs for these units will continue to be charged to the AFH appropriation.) 2. When the garrison commander directs the emergency relocation of Army personnel and their Families because their DUs are uninhabitable, the Army may pay for those excess lodging and subsistence costs with APF. Under such circumstances, the Army may expend OMA funds to a. Pay for commercial lodging expenses resulting from the order to vacate Government housing.

24

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

b. Reimburse dislodged Soldiers for costs that directly resulted from the requirement to vacate Government housing and were necessary to provide temporary habitation. 3. Requests for other exceptions may be submitted to IMCOM (DAIMISH). 310. Planning, programming, and budgeting formulation a. Overview. (1) Prudent management of both existing housing inventories and future acquisition requires a broad perspective of what is needed to acquire, revitalize, operate, and maintain these inventories and to ensure that the housing facilities continue to be available and livable as long as needed to house the force. (2) Effective life cycle management requires (a) Identifying what needs to be done and setting the goals and objectives for satisfying these needs (planning). (b) Translating goals and objectives into finite action in consideration of alternatives, trade-offs, and the need to balance requirements against limited resources (programming). (c) Developing detailed fund estimates to support plans and programs and obtaining resources needed to execute them (budgeting). b. Planning. (1) Planning is essentially a HQDA function with the field providing input in support of HQDA initiatives. Housing managers at all levels will develop implementing plans which support the mission priorities contained in such guidance as The Army Plan (TAP), Program and Budget Guidance (PBG), and the Army Family Housing Master Plan (FHMP) and the Army Barracks Master Plan (BMP), both of which address the Armys housing facility strategy. (2) In fulfilling their financial management responsibilities, housing managers will establish objectives and mission priorities and will program workloads for their housing programs. (3) Each installation will have a current, integrated series of plans associated with the sustainment of its housing inventories. These plans will convey a complete picture of what is needed to ensure that the inventories will serve their intended purposes or will address the planned disposition of units to be removed from the active inventory. (a) Operations and maintenance. Each installation will have an annual work plan (AWP) and an unconstrained longrange work plan (LRWP) for the O&M of its housing facilities. Separate plans should be prepared for AFH and UPH (PP). 1. Annual work plan. Prior to the start of each fiscal year (FY), the DPW, or equivalent, in conjunction with the housing manager, will prepare the AWP showing the breakdown of O&M funds. It will be based on the current LRWP and current inspections. It will serve as a resource for identifying and scheduling all work and services according to resources available and priorities established by the garrison commander. AWP is a planning document that reflects the best information available and is adjusted throughout the year. M&R projects (to include incidental improvements for AFH) included in the AWP must be developed into project format. 2. Long-range work plan. Annually, the housing manager, in conjunction with the DPW, or equivalent, prepares the LRWP (covering the 5-year period beyond the AWP) for O&M work and services. The LRWP may highlight significant areas of concern. It may also suggest a course of action which the corresponding AWP does not indicate when the AWP is considered by itself. (b) Construction. The identification of new construction and modernization requirements for housing are found in the Armys housing master plans. These plans are based on the Armys housing needs as influenced by the available inventory and its condition. On-post housing facilities assets are identified in the real property inventory (RPI) and offpost assets in the housing market analysis (HMA). Quality of the on-post assets is identified in the Installation Status Report (ISR). The quality of off-post assets is identified in the HMA. 1. Based on the data in these documents, both new construction and modernization projects which require construction funds are reflected in the Capital Investment Strategy (CIS) of the Real Property Master Plan (RPMP), cover the 6-year POM period, and comprise the future years program (FYP) (see DA Pam 42011). The basis for the Short Range Component (SRC) is the garrison commanders unrestrained overall general plan for satisfying real property requirements (see AR 21020). 2. The housing master plans and the FYP give the housing manager a more comprehensive appreciation for what is required to have housing facilities available for their intended use. (c) Review of plans. A concurrent and integrated review of the plans discussed (see paras 310a and 310b) will provide a complete perspective of housing facilities. This will aid the housing manager, the DPW, and the garrison commander in making sound and sensible management decisions about housing facilities. (d) Disposition of plans. 1. The housing manager will review all plans identified (see paras 310a and 310b). 2. The IMCOM regions will send the FYP to IMCOM per DA Pam 42011. c. Programming. Housing managers will develop workload and project requirements for all housing programs for inclusion in the formal resource requests to IMCOM. Care will be taken to develop data that (1) Conform to IMCOM guidance, regardless of source.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

25

(2) Closely parallel the plans in paragraph 310b. d. Budgeting. Housing managers will ensure that plans and programs are appropriately translated into budget estimates. Resource requirements identified in budget estimates will be consistent with workload levels reflected in inventory, accounting, manpower, furnishings, and other records, databases, and reports (see para 37 and DA Pam 42011). 311. Budget execution and records a. Budget execution. Each level of command will develop financial plans that support approved programs and assure the maximum use of resources during the budget execution year. To this end, housing managers, in conjunction with the functional budget analyst, will (1) Ensure that annual funds are programmed as necessary to accomplish all major M&R (especially direct contracts) included in the AWP during the first 3 quarters of the FY being executed. (2) Request adequate funding to support the planned use of APF. Estimates of quarterly or monthly (as applicable) funding requirements will be developed on the basis of supporting the scheduled work in the AWP. Allocation requirements will not be developed on a straight line percentage basis nor will they be merely restatements of the obligation plans. Command requirements will consider the impact of and explain, as necessary, front loading for items such as leasing contracts, coal procurement, furnishings procurement, and projects having a subject to the availability of funds (SAF) clause in unawarded contracts. (3) Ensure obligation plans are realistic and support the AWP. (4) Review periodically, or at least quarterly, status of resource and work plans. (5) Request (ASA (FM&C) and ACSIM) mid-year/mid-cycle reviews of their programs during the budget execution year. Identification of the need for and the parameters and instructions for such in-progress reviews will be set forth in separate call memorandums as required. b. Limitations and approval authorities. (1) Congressional limitations. In its management of APF, Congress has prescribed certain statutory limitations which affect various programs and subprograms. Additionally, the Congressional committees, which have proponency for the various APF, prescribe administrative limitations from time to time. Any of these limitations may be changed or deleted annually. Also, new limitations may be added each year. (2) Other limitations. Limitations have also been promulgated by OMB, OSD, and IMCOM for the reasons cited in paragraph 36g (2). (3) Quantification of limitations. (a) Principal cost limitations and approval authority levels are summarized in paragraph 314. (b) Other limitations currently in effect are addressed in those sections of this chapter that pertain to the program or subprogram affected by each specific limitation. c. Records. (1) Family housing. (a) Housing managers, in conjunction with the functional budget analyst, will review accounting records and reports in order to 1. Monitor actual obligations against obligation plans. 2. Track reimbursable collections against appropriate accounts. (b) Housing managers will also maintain the following files for Family housing. 1. Project files. Project files to include copies of contracts, purchase requests, and project approval documents. A separate file will be kept for each project. 2. Cost data files. A separate cost data file for each housing unit that is susceptible to incurring large costs (for example, high cost leased housing, historic DUs, oversized DUs, and GFOQ). Special emphasis will be given a DU that is likely to exceed congressional limitations. 3. Incidental improvement projects. A file of approval documents and cost records for each incidental improvement project. (2) Unaccompanied personnel housing (permanent party). Housing managers, in conjunction with the functional budget analyst and fund manager, will be familiar with records and reports that address the operations and expenses and obligations for UPH (PP). 312. Fund use and control policies directly applicable to Army Family housing a. Basic policies. (1) Common service policy. (a) Each command or agency will plan, program, and budget for all costs that apply to the housing units it controls, operates, and maintains. This includes housing units operated under permit from other military Services, other governmental agencies, or other governments. Where military personnel of another DOD component (for example, U.S.

26

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Navy, U.S. Air Force, and U.S. Marine Corps) occupy Army-controlled housing, reimbursement from the sponsoring component and vice versa is prohibited. Reimbursement from non-DOD agencies is required. (b) The common service principle is not applicable to support services procured by or from another Service for which reimbursement is required to appropriations other than AFH. (2) Family housing operations and maintenance. These funds will apply to operation and maintenance and those incidental improvements accomplished under limited authority (see para 314). (3) Major maintenance and repair and/or improvement projects requiring higher authority approval. Project descriptions will address the need and will state requirements by FY. Housing managers must ensure that cost limitations and approval authorities are not exceeded (see para 314). (4) Intra-Army reimbursable work. (a) The housing manager is responsible for initiating all documents for intra-Army reimbursable work which will result in an obligation against AFH funds. (b) DD Form 448 (Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request) (MIPR) will be used at the installation level by the housing manager in requesting routine work or services to be performed by other installation activities. (c) The installation activity designated to accomplish the work or provide the services will be responsible for accepting the purchase request using DD Form 4482 (Acceptance of MIPR) and establishing controls so that total funds on the purchase request are not exceeded during work execution. Should a shortage of funds develop, the performing activity will take action to request additional funds, informing the housing manager of the amounts required and explaining the situations that created the funding shortfall. Neither further work will be accomplished nor services provided until the housing manager has provided additional funds. (d) The housing manager will provide DD Form 448 to the performing installation activity at the beginning of each quarter or monthly (as applicable) for all reimbursable services such as the following: 1. Refuse collection and disposal. 2. Entomology services. 3. Transportation. 4. Utilities. 5. Furniture repair, handling, and moving. 6. Routine M&R not to exceed the service order (SO) level. 7. Fire and emergency services. The ratio of Facility Activity Code (FAC) 7100 (Family Housing Dwelling) to total square feet (SF) at the installation will be used to prorate the percent of the fire and emergency services costs that will be Family housing. (e) The acceptance of the DD Form 448 by the performing activity will be the basis for recording an obligation against AFH funds on the first working day of the fiscal quarter or month (as applicable) for which services are requested. A monthly reconciliation between expenses and obligations and against available funds will be accomplished as of the end of each month. DD Form 448 issued in subsequent quarters or months (as applicable) will give full consideration to any unexpensed balances remaining from previous quarters. (f) Individual M&R projects are directly funded and will not be reimbursed through reimbursable orders. b. Reimbursements earned and collected. (1) AFH facilities and services are provided to certain residents on a reimbursable basis. Examples of residents or users that fall under these provisions are as follows: (a) Owners of privately-owned mobile homes located on Army-owned mobile home parks. (b) Non-DOD uniformed personnel of the U.S. Coast Guard, Public Health Service, and National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. (c) Foreign service officers and American Red Cross personnel. (d) Authorized civilian residents. (2) Reimbursements may come from a number of sources (see 10 USC 2831). Examples of reimbursement sources are as follows: (a) Proceeds from the rental of Family housing and mobile home facilities under Army control (see also para 316d(11)(b)). (b) Collections from the rental of Army-controlled furnishings. (c) Reimbursements from the residents of Army-controlled Family housing and mobile home rental facilities for services rendered, utilities consumed, and maintenance and repairs provided. (d) Funds obtained from individuals as a result of losses, damages, or destruction to Army-controlled Family housing and mobile home rental facilities and to Army-controlled furnishings that were caused by the abuse or negligence of such individuals. (e) Reimbursements from other Government agencies for expenditures from the AFH account. (f) Proceeds of the handling and disposal of Family housing (including related land and improvements) (para 312d).

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

27

(3) Rental rates will be established per policy in sections XII and XV of this chapter. (4) Proceeds from the collections set forth in paragraph 312b(2) will be credited to the AFH account to defray AFH program costs. (5) Reimbursable support provided by AFH to users will be by written agreements. The written agreements will include the minimum data shown in AR 3749. c. Service and administrative type buildings. The O&M costs for service-type buildings (for example, office buildings or warehouses), where the entire building is used exclusively for Family housing, are proper charges to AFH. No costs of shared administrative building space will be charged to the AFH on a pro rata or other basis. d. Handling and disposal of receipts from excess Family housing. (1) Receipts accruing from the handling and disposal of any excess AFH will be transferred into the AFH account as prescribed by law (see DOD 7000.14R). (2) Each installation, having excess property for disposal, will provide funding for the necessary maintenance, protection, and other expenses until property disposal action has been properly completed. (3) Costs to remove housing that is to be replaced by new construction will be charged to the site preparation costs of the new construction project. (4) Costs of housing to be demolished under provisions of AR 40590 will be charged to AFH. e. Charges to foreign military personnel. (1) Foreign military students or trainees. (a) When U.S. student requirements for Family housing have been satisfied and will continue to be satisfied for the projected duration of the foreign students occupancy, charge costs incident to the O&M of DU. Table 31 provides guidance for calculating such costs (see DOD 7000.14R). (b) When foreign students occupy DU which are not excess to U.S. needs, charges will be in accordance with section XV. (2) Personnel Exchange Program. The PEP personnel will be charged an amount not to exceed the BAH of a U.S. member of equivalent grade. (3) Other foreign military personnel. All other foreign military personnel will be charged as follows: (a) In accordance with the terms of agreement between the U.S. and foreign Governments. (b) Where no formal agreements exist, in accordance with rental rates established per section XV of this chapter.

Table 31 Calculation of Family housing charges for foreign military students Step 1 2 3 4 5 Action Identify the O&M costs incurred for the installation Family housing inventory using the recent annual AFH cost report. Inflate STEP 1 costs by the O&M inflation factor published in the PBG. Divide STEP 2 costs by number of DUs in inventory to determine annual cost per DU. Divide STEP 3 costs by 12 to arrive at the average monthly cost per DU. Add $100 to the STEP 4 results. (The $100 is an empirical figure-predicated on interest and principal for debt amortization-and is used in lieu of depreciation.)

313. Army Family housing costing For a general overview of AFH accounts, see DA Pam 42011. For more detailed information, see DFASIN Manual 37100FY. a. Funded cost reconciliation. Funded costs for a reporting period must reconcile to obligations incurred for the same period. b. Administrative support and supervision costs. Costs that apply to administrative support and supervision will be limited to those incurred at the installation level. (Exclude any cost at levels of command above the installation.) c. Intra-appropriation transfers. Congress has limited the ability to transfer funds within, among, and between the accounts and subaccounts of AFH. No transfers are permitted between construction accounts and the accounts for operations, maintenance, utilities, leasing, and privatization (Budget Program (BP) 190000). Within BP 190000, Congress has established thresholds that limit the amounts of funds that can be transferred among and between the O&M accounts and subaccounts. Unless otherwise notified by HQDA, all reprogramming requests for fund transfers among and between AFH O&M accounts and subaccounts will be submitted to OASA (FM&C) and SAFMBUIF for approval and action. d. Elements of cost.

28

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(1) Labor cost. (a) Civilian and military labor costs will be charged to AFH. If overseas Family housing activities employ indigenous personnel (local national or third country national), costs will include a percentage of direct labor costs to cover leave, retirement, and any other allowances or employee benefits payable by the Army. Only personnel assigned against the tables of distribution and allowances (TDAs) for Family housing management activities will be costed directly to AFH. (b) AFH will reimburse the appropriate operating appropriation for its pro rata share of labor costs in Joint Family housing, and UPH (PP) activities. This includes labor costs in the office of the housing division. It also includes the Housing Division Chief and Secretary, program and budget activities working in both the Family and UPH areas, HS activities, and in-house labor involved in the control, moving, and handling of Family and UPH furnishings. (c) Military personnel directly assigned to Family housing management activities will be accounted for as an unfunded cost within the Family housing structure. However, labor costs of construction units composed of foreign nationals, but excluding U.S. military labor are funded MILCON project costs (see DOD 7000.14R). (2) Material. (a) Stock fund items will be costed and obligated, simultaneously, at current standard prices at the time the order is placed on the stock fund. (b) Other than stock fund, items will be costed at actual prices at the time requisition is filled or contractual document is concluded. (c) Except for self-help items unique to Family housing, inventories of material and supplies will not be separately procured or maintained for the operation and maintenance of Family housing. Authorized equipment and material, not included in an installations normal inventory, which is required for immediate use will be procured with direct charge to AFH. (3) Equipment cost. (a) Costs for use of equipment under rental contracts with private vendors will be recorded at the time of usage in the amounts provided by the contract. (b) Government-owned equipment will be costed based on the hours of use and chargeable at the rates set in chapter 6 of this publication. Government-owned equipment and vehicles used in the O&M of Family housing will be provided by the installation on a reimbursable basis. (4) Contracts. Costs of all contracts that solely support Family housing will be charged directly to AFH funds. AFH funds will not be used to reimburse OMA on a pro rata basis for any M&R project unless work was done on Family housing property. (5) Utilities. At all activities, regardless of the accounting system used, utilities will be costed to AFH at a computed unit-cost rate comprised of the following elements: (a) Cost of the utility service purchased. (b) Line loss in transmission. (c) Normal operation and maintenance of the utility distribution system outside of the Family housing areas, excluding major one-time or non-recurring cost of M&R projects. (Costs of both major one-time and recurring M&R projects for the portions of the distribution system within the Family housing areas are charged directly to AFH.) e. Direct costs. (1) Direct costs are those that may be identified specifically with any one job, activity, or function. These costs are billed directly to the reimbursing activity by the activity which provides the support services. Normally, fractional parts of an hour, as opposed to whole hours, will be charged to each job. (2) The direct O&M costs for Family housing include (a) Management (less those support costs which are indirect support costs). (b) Services (less those costs which are indirect support costs). (c) Furnishings (less those costs which are indirect support costs). (d) Miscellaneous. (e) M&R, including incidental improvements (less those costs which are indirect support costs). (f) Utilities. (g) Lease payments. (3) Real property maintenance activities which have shop or productive expense rates will add those rates to direct work or services in support of Family housing. These rates are considered to be direct costs. f. Indirect support costs. (1) Certain services are furnished in support of Family housing facilities for which it is not feasible to make a direct charge to AFH. Examples are services performed by civilian personnel offices, resource management offices, supply offices, and engineering offices. These support services constitute indirect support and incur indirect support costs. (2) Although indirect costs will be charged to AFH, no such charges will be applied against an individual housing units cost limitations. Only direct costs will be applied against unit cost limitations. (3) Activities that bill AFH for support costs will identify separately the direct and indirect support costs. Housing
AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012 29

managers will be provided with full supporting documentation, analyses, and methodologies used to identify indirect support costs before approving the expenditure of AFH funds for these costs. g. Construction costs. Construction and improvement projects and their costs are managed by the supporting USACE district and division. The USACE districts and divisions report progress and costs through their channels to Headquarters, USACE and HQDA. The DPW and housing managers will monitor progress and costs of construction. h. Security costs. (1) Personnel who are considered to be potential terrorist targets must be protected. This requirement extends to the physical security of their Government-provided housing, including leased housing. (a) AFH funds will be used for security upgrades, including installed equipment classified as real property. These upgrades must be monitored by the IMCOM to ensure that adequate controls over the expenditure of AFH funds are established. (b) At isolated locations that have only Family housing, AFH funds may be used for perimeter guards. (c) OMA and/or OPA funds will be used for items or equipment like radios, or other portable equipment that can be used to support the entire mission at the installation. (2) Security upgrades using AFH funds will be validated by the installation provost marshal and force protection officer. This will ensure the level of protection provided the housing is related directly to the level of anti-terrorism protection required. The DPW will ensure compliance with life, safety, and building codes in any building modification. (3) The delegation of funding approval authority for AFH BP 190000 funding includes requirements for security upgrades. 314. Dollar limitations and approval authorities a. Family housing. Dollar limitations and approval authorities for Family housing are summarized in table 32. These limitations are based on obligations of funds. Cost limitations for special allowance items for special command positions are addressed in paragraph 3100 and table 311. b. Unaccompanied personnel housing (permanent party). Chapters 2 and 4 of this publication set forth the cost limitations and approval authorities for MCA/OMA funded facilities such as UPH (PP).

Table 32 Dollar limitations and approval authorities Level of Command/ Agency Congress New Construction (BP 10000000) Improvements (BP 60000000) M&R (BP 192000) Incidental Improvement (BP 192000) O&M (BP 192000)

Authorize and appropriate. Approves all individual projects. Approves reprogramming for projects when revised estimate exceeds 125 percent of program amount (PA) or $2 million, whichever is less. Approves A/E designs which exceed $1 million.

Authorize and appropriate. Approves projects requested when cost (adjusted by area cost factor) exceeds $50, 000 per DU. Approves reprogramming when revised estimate exceeds $50, 000 per DU and any project whose revised estimate exceeds PA by 125 percent or $2 million, whichever is less. Apportionment/ Program Authorization.

Authorize and appro- Authorize and appro- Authorize and appropriate. priate. priate. GFOQ: Approves total M&R (including incidental improvements) estimated to exceed $35,000 per DU per FY. Per Project: Above $7.5 million. GFOQ: Approves total O&M estimated to exceed $35,000 per DU per FY.

OSD

Apportionment/ Program Authorization.

Apportionment/ Program Authorization.

Apportionment/ Program Authorization.

Apportionment/ Program Authorization.

30

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Table 32 Dollar limitations and approval authoritiesContinued HQDA Reprogram internally (within authorization and appropriation) projects with revised estimate up to 125 percent or $2 million above the approved amount, whichever is less. Per DU: Per DU: Per DU: $3K or more per dwelling unit per FY; over $30,000 per FY when work supports requirements for physically handicapped.

Less than $50,000 GFOQ: (adjusted by area cost $30,000 or more for factor). a single major M&R project per DU. Per Project: Reprograms internally Non-GFOQ: (within annual appro- M&R estimated to priation and authoriza- exceed $30,000 per Per Project: Deletion) projects up to DU per FY. gated. 125 percent or $2 million, whichever is less, Per Project: $1M or where individual dwell- more, not to exceed ing unit costs do not 50 percent of DU reexceed $50,000 (adplacement cost. justed by area cost factor). Notifies Congress semiannually of changes from congressionally-approved project list. None. Per DU: (Delegated to installation): GFOQ: $30,000 for a single major M&R project per DU.

HQ, IMCOM

None.

Per DU: (Delegated to installation): Less than $3,000 per FY; less than $30,000 per FY when work supports requirements for physically handicapped.

Non-GFOQ: Less than $30,000 for major M&R (including incidental improvements) per FY. Per Project: Less than $750,000 per Per Project: Less FY or $1.5 million for than $1 million, not to health, life, or safety exceed 50 percent of threatening requireDU replacement ments. cost. IMCOM region None. None. As delegated by higher HQ. As delegated by higher HQ.

As delegated by higher HQ (see HQ, IMCOM above).

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

31

Table 32 Dollar limitations and approval authoritiesContinued Installation None. None. As delegated by higher HQ (see HQ, IMCOM above). As delegated by higher HQ (see HQ, IMCOM above). GFOQ only: Approves total combined O&M estimated at less than $35,000 per DU per FY where the M&R component is less than $25,000.

Notes: 1 Statutory limitations-(a) New Construction (BP 10000000). Cost limit is approved by individual project in Public Law (PL) of FY. (b) Improvements (BP 60000000). Cost limit is $50,000 per DU ($60,000 to support the Exceptional Family Member Program) as adjusted by area cost factor except as otherwise approved by individual project in PL of FY. Cost per DU includes proportional costs of other real property serving the DU. The cost limit includes concurrent M&R and incidental improvements. The cost limit is effective only during execution of the project and is not limited by FY. This limit does not apply to repair or restoration of DU damaged by fire, flood, or other disaster; however, the installation is required to notify ACSIM of the restoration and cost to repair the DU. (c) M&R of GFOQ (BP 192000). Total M&R (including incidental improvements) estimated to exceed $35,000 (absolute) per DU per FY must be included in the budget justification material for congressional review and approval. For purposes of this threshold, M&R costs include work done outside the 5foot building line (grounds maintenance, utility lines, driveways, sidewalks, and design costs). Increases for change of occupancy will not exceed $5,000 or 25 percent, whichever is less, above the congressionally-approved limit. Out-of-cycle requests to execute work will not be submitted to Congress unless they are for bona fide emergencies. They must be submitted to Congress over the signature of the Secretary of the Army. (d) Incidental Improvements (BP 192000). Cost limit is $750,000 per project or $1.5 million for health, life, or safety threatening requirements. (e) Leasing (BP 194000). Annual leasing costs per Family DU are limited to $12,000 (domestic) and $20,000 (foreign). A small number of leases exceeding these limits is authorized to OSD who allocates them to the military Services. 2 Administrative limitations (Congressional)-M&R of non-GFOQ. Total M&R (including incidental improvements) estimated to exceed $7.5 million per project requires advance prior congressional notification. 3 Administrative limitations (HQDA)-(a) Construction. All construction projects for GFOQ will be included in the annual budget submittal to Congress. No construction projects will be done for GFOQ through reprogramming action. (b) Damaged or destroyed DU. The restoration of damaged or destroyed DU will be funded with M&R funds in accordance with the following: less than $30,000 approved at HQ, IMCOM level (as delegated); $30K or more but less than 50 percent of replacement cost approved at HQDA level. Where restoration cost exceeds 50 percent of replacement cost, HQDA will determine whether repairs will be funded with M&R funds or with construction funds. Except for GFOQ, the FY M&R limitations per DU do not apply to repair or restoration of DU damaged by fire, flood, or other disaster. (c) O&M of GFOQ. Total O&M estimated to equal or exceed $60,000 (absolute) per DU per FY, where the M&R component is less than $35,000, must be approved by ASA (IE&E).

Section III Assignment, Occupancy, and Termination 315. General a. Scope. This section establishes policies for eligibility, assignment, occupancy, and termination of Governmentowned or Government-controlled Family housing and UPH (PP). This excludes privatized housing. b. Grade comparisons. The grades of DOD civilian employees will be integrated into military grade groups as shown in table 33.

Table 33 Military and civilian schedule of equivalent grades for housing assignment purposes Military grade group Senior executive Service/ Senior level O7 thru O10 O6 O5 and W5 SES 1 thru 6 ES 1 thru 6 GS15 GS14 and GS13 GS12 Schedule K NF5 WS14 thru WS19 WL15 and production support equivalents General schedule Civilian grade group (see note) Educators Nonappro-priated (20 USC 901907) fund employees NF6 Wage system

O4 and W4

Teaching principals, schedule L Schedule C, NF4 Step 4 and above, and schedules DF and MO WS8 thru WS13

O3 and W3

GS11 and GS10

32

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Table 33 Military and civilian schedule of equivalent grades for housing assignment purposesContinued O2, W1, and W2 O1 E7 thru E9 E5 and E6 E4 E1 thru E3 GS9 and GS8 GS7 GS6 GS5 GS4 GS1 thru GS3 NF2 WG1 thru WG8 NF1 Schedule C, Steps NF3 13 WL6 thru WL14 WG12 thru WG15 and production support equivalents WS1 thru WS7 WL1 thru WL5 WG9 thru WG11

Notes: 1 This table is based on the military/civilian relationship established for Geneva Convention purposes. NAF positions will be considered equivalent to their counterparts under the General Schedule and Wage System. Senior Executive Service positions shall be considered equivalent to GS16 through GS18 positions. Senior Level positions shall be considered equivalent to Senior Executive Service positions. For the Wage System, when a more precise relationship to military rank or General Schedule grades is necessary, this shall be determined by the garrison commander using the grade groupings in the table as a guide. Equivalent grades for other civilian employees not included in the table shall be determined by the garrison commander using the table as a guide.

316. Assignment of Family housing a. Eligibility for Family housing. The following categories of personnel are eligible for Family housing: (1) Military personnel with accompanying Family members (with accompanying command-sponsored Family members in overseas areas). (2) DOD civilian employees and civilians with accompanying Family members who are DOD-sponsored (key and essential) civilian personnel as authorized by AR 4201. (3) Foreign military trainees, foreign Personnel Exchange Program and integrated personnel, special projects personnel (foreign military and civilian), and foreign liaison personnel with accompanying Family members as authorized by this regulation. (4) Unmarried chaplains and unaccompanied married chaplains (see also paras 316d(15), 320e, and 329a(2)(c)(2)). b. Designation of housing. (1) The garrison commander designates housing for occupancy by personnel in various pay grade groups. Family housing should be designated for occupancy as follows: (a) General and flag officers (O7 through O10). (b) Senior grade officers (O6). (c) Field grade officers (O5, O4, CW5, and CW4). (d) Company grade officers (O1 through O3, WO1 through CW3). (e) Enlisted personnel (E1 through E9) may be further categorized, that is, senior noncommissioned officers (NCOs) (E7 through E9)/junior NCOs and junior enlisted (E6 and below) may be even further categorized based upon the needs of the installation. (2) The garrison commander further designates specific DUs for use by personnel assigned to selected key and essential positions. These include special command positions (see para 399b), installation and garrison commanders in the grade of O6 (see para 370b(2)), the Sergeant Major of the Army (SMA) (see para 371b(1)), and special command sergeant major (CSM) positions (see para 371a). Collectively, these DUs are referred to as representational housing. (3) Commanders will ensure equitable distribution of Family housing assets among all pay grades by means of reallocation/redesignation action (see sec V of this chapter). c. Bedroom eligibility. (1) The garrison commander establishes bedroom eligibility based on local requirements and assets availability. (For recommended bedroom eligibility guidelines, see DA Pam 42011.) (2) The garrison commander may stipulate 2 Family members share a bedroom for equitable distribution of the inventory. (3) Installation policy will not require that more than two Family members share a bedroom, except for: (a) The sponsor and spouse. (b) Authorized Family members who are married to each other. (4) A sponsor may voluntarily choose to be assigned to a DU where the number of Family members sharing a bedroom exceeds the established installation policy.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

33

(5) When the sponsor or spouse is pregnant (as confirmed by medical authority) and is accompanied by other Family members, the sponsor may apply for and occupy housing with a separate bedroom for the expected child. (6) A Family member who has a severe physical or mental disability, as confirmed by medical authority, is authorized a separate bedroom. d. Assignment provisions. (1) Assignment will not be made unless the sponsor is expected to occupy the housing for a minimum of 6 months. (2) Unmarried sponsors with accompanying (command sponsored for OCONUS) Family members will compete equally with married sponsors for Family housing. This includes sponsors whose sole Family members are expected to reside with them full-time based on legal custody but who are enrolled as full time students at an institute of higher learning (that is, college or equivalent). (3) In cases where courts award joint custody of children and the single Soldier has no other Family members, assignment to Family housing is authorized only if the Soldier has physical custody of the children for more than 6 consecutive months per year. Family housing applicants must submit copies of court documents which provide for physical custody of the children for more than 6 months per year. (4) Personnel will not be assigned to more than 1 Family housing DU at the same time. During intra-post moves the effective date of assignment to the new DU will be the same as the effective date of termination from the old DU. The resident forfeits BAH for only 1 DU. Therefore, the other unit will be considered vacant for utilization reporting purposes. (5) Pregnant military personnel (with no other Family members) will not be assigned to Family housing until the birth of the child. Exception to policy may be granted by the garrison commander on a case-by-case basis. (6) The following categories of personnel who intend occupancy of, or overnight visitation to, a Family housing DU will provide proof of registry to the provost marshals office prior to occupancy. Failure to do so will result in the host sponsor being evicted from housing. (a) Soldiers who are required to register as sex offenders pursuant to AR 2710 or who are registered or who are required to register as a sex offender under any other provision of law. (b) Any Family member who is registered or who is required to register as a sex offender under any provision of law. (c) Any DOD civilian employee or civilian who is registered or who is required to register as a sex offender under any provision of law. (d) Any Family member of a DOD civilian employee or civilian who is registered or who is required to register as a sex offender under any provision of law. (7) Sponsors with exceptional Family members may forward a request for special housing consideration in writing to the DPW housing management division. The housing manager, in conjunction with the medical department and the EFMP Committee, will make a recommendation to the garrison commander. (8) Accompanied foreign military trainees may be assigned Family housing only after all U.S. military requirements are satisfied. (9) Personnel Exchange Program personnel function as fully integrated members of the Army and will be housed on the same basis (that is, grade category and priority) as equivalent U.S. personnel. (10) The foreign personnel below may be assigned excess Family housing unless a memorandum of understanding (MOU) or memorandum of agreement (MOA) dictates otherwise. Foreign military personnel who claim housing eligibility due to the provisions of an MOU or MOA must provide a copy of the document to support their application. (a) Special projects personnel (foreign military and civilian) who participate in specific projects, studies, or programs mutually beneficial to the U.S. and their parent Government. (b) Foreign liaison personnel who function on behalf of their Government. (11) DOD civilian employees, except key and essential personnel as determined by the garrison commander, shall rely on private communities for housing support. For assignment to military Family housing, DOD civilian employees will be integrated into grade categories per table 33. (a) In CONUS, Alaska, and Hawaii garrison commanders may grant exceptions to civilian employee reliance on private sector housing for valid reason, such as isolated duty location. Where military Family housing is provided, rent will be charged per section XV of this chapter. (b) In foreign countries and U.S. possessions and territories, DOD U.S. citizen civilian employees (both APF and NAF) recruited in the United States may be authorized to occupy excess military Family housing without charge, if adequate housing in the private community is not available. These personnel will forfeit their housing allowances or living quarters allowances (LQAs). Forfeited allowances, in an amount equal to the actual costs of housing services rendered (to include utilities), will be transferred to AFH as a reimbursement (see para 312b(2)(a)). However, as housing for key and essential civilian employees is funded by APF direct appropriations, housing allowances forfeited by them is statutorily prohibited from transfer to AFH as a reimbursement. (c) The housing of DOD civilian employees who are not key and essential personnel will not be used as justification

34

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

to retain excess military Family housing. However, where divestiture of excess military Family housing is not feasible, the following action may be taken: 1. In the U.S., garrison commanders may lease excess Family housing in remote areas to DOD civilian employees. Such housing will be provided on a rental basis in accordance with section XV. 2. In foreign areas, where not prohibited by a Status of Forces Agreement (SOFA), DOD U.S. citizen civilian employees (both APF and NAF) and DOD-sponsored U.S. citizen civilian contractor personnel may be assigned to excess military Family housing on a voluntary basis or as a condition of employment. Before offering housing as a condition of employment, coordination must be made with the local housing authority. Contractor personnel may be assigned to excess military Family housing if their contract specifically includes housing or the IMCOM region approves the exception. These personnel shall voluntarily authorize the use of their LQA to reimburse AFH for the actual costs of housing services rendered (including utilities costs). The actual costs of military Family housing must be less than LQA. The host IMCOM region will administer and execute MIPRs under funded reimbursable procedures. The assignment of civilians must not prevent the future assignment of Soldier Families to military Family housing. (d) In overseas areas NAF employees who are authorized housing or an housing allowance shall have equal priority with APF civilian employees for assignment to Family housing per DOD 1401.1M. Occupancy by NAF employees shall be on a reimbursable basis in accordance with DOD 7000.14R. For reimbursement, use available APF or NAF in consonance with the funding of the NAF employees position. Outstanding accounts with Family housing for NAF employees shall be paid promptly. (12) Where DOD-sponsored civilian personnel (for example, U.S. or third country national bank employees and key contractor personnel) serving DOD military installations at overseas locations cannot obtain suitable housing in the vicinity of the installation, they may occupy DOD Family housing on a rental basis as determined per section XV, where not prohibited by a SOFA. Priority for assignment will be determined by the garrison commander. (13) When American Red Cross personnel are provided Government housing in the U.S., the American Red Cross personnel or the American Red Cross shall pay the rental rate established in accordance with section XV. In foreign countries, American Red Cross personnel will be furnished housing on the same basis as DOD civilian employees. (14) In overseas locations, housing may be provided on a reimbursable basis to the United Service Organizations, Incorporated (USO) executive and professional staff where it is within the capability of the overseas military command and not prohibited by a SOFA. The rates charged will be equal to the housing allowances or rate charged to equivalent grade civil service employees. (15) Unmarried chaplains and unaccompanied married chaplains will compete equally for AFH with sponsors within the appropriate grade category. They will not be required to share Family housing. In all circumstances, assignments to Family housing will result in forfeiture of housing allowances. Diversion of the Family housing DU is required per paragraphs 316a(4), 320e, and 329a. (16) Garrison commanders will allow spouses to sign for housing and furnishings in the absence of the sponsor. A power of attorney or notarized statement is not required. (17) Chief warrant officers in grades CW4 and CW5 will be assigned field grade officer housing unless they voluntarily accept company grade housing. Such acceptance will remain in effect until departure from the installation. (18) Under unusual circumstances, housing may be assigned to personnel in one pay grade category above or below that for which housing is designated. When assigning housing under these circumstances, the housing manager will ensure that assignments reflect an equitable distribution of assets among pay grades. (19) Soldiers married to other service member whose spouses accompany them are authorized assignment to Family housing on the same basis as other married personnel. Where one Soldier is an officer and the other is enlisted, the garrison commander, based on local circumstances, may elect a housing assignment that will (a) Best maintain good order and discipline within the community, and (b) Be in the best interest of the Service. (20) When Soldiers married to other service member whose spouses do not accompany them but who arrive within 120 days of each other, the first Soldier to arrive at the new duty station may apply for and be assigned Family housing provided that the second arriving Soldier does not accept Family housing elsewhere (see para 316d(4)). A copy of orders for both Soldiers is required. e. Assignment priorities. Assignment priorities are set forth in table 34.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

35

Table 34 Priority of assignment for Family housing Priority 1 2 Personnel category (see notes 1, 2, and 3) Key and essential military and civilian personnel. Personnel in pay grades for whom the housing has been designated in equal priorities Military personnel and authorized civilian employees assigned or attached for duty at the installation. Army personnel not assigned or attached to an installation but assigned for duty within 1 hour commuting distance of the installation. Independent duty personnel of any Service working within 1 hour commuting distance of the installation. (see note 4.) Military personnel of other uniformed Services assigned for duty within 1 hour commuting distance of the installation for whom support agreements for housing have been established. Personnel Exchange Program and integrated personnel assigned or attached to the installation. Active Guard Reserve (AGR) personnel serving on active duty (AD) pursuant to 10 USC and who are assigned or attached for duty at the installation or within one hour commuting distance of the installation. National Guard personnel serving on AD pursuant to 32 USC who are assigned to tenant units on the installation. (Support agreements should be in place.) The garrison commander may establish a maximum tenancy of 4 years for these personnel. Other personnel for whom support agreements executed at the Secretary of the Army level exist which direct specific assignments. Army personnel not assigned to an installation but assigned outside the 1 hour commuting distance boundary who request housing support. A housing support agreement is required. Military personnel of all uniformed Services; including 32 USC AGR for whom support agreements have not been established and who are assigned or attached for duty within one hour commuting distance of the installation. A maximum tenancy of 4 years may be established for AGR personnel. Other personnel for whom support agreements for housing have been established Foreign military students, foreign liaison personnel, other allied military personnel, and special projects personnel assigned or attached to the installation (unless a higher priority has been designated in an MOU or MOA). Nonmilitary uniformed personnel of the Public Health Service and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration assigned or attached to the installation. Other personnel for whom support agreements executed at the SA level exist which allow the garrison commander to make directed assignments. In CONUS, unaccompanied Families of military personnel.

Notes: 1 The garrison commander may deviate on a case-by-case basis to alleviate undue hardships. 2 Listings within personnel categories are not intended as an order of assignment priority but as an explanation or clarification of types of personnel in a given priority. 3 Housing may be assigned to personnel one pay grade category above or below that for which the housing is designated. 4 If there is more than 1 installation (with Family housing) within commuting distance of the independent duty site, the nearest 1 (by travel time in normal commuting hours) shall be the Family housing provider unless another installation consents to a transfer of the responsibility.

f. Waiting lists. (1) A waiting list shall be established for each designation of Family housing by bedroom composition. Separate waiting lists may be established when the housing units are designated for special uses, such as students. The sponsors grade and bedroom requirement will determine the waiting list on which the name is placed. The relative position on a waiting list will be determined by the eligibility date criteria set forth in paragraph 316g. All other criteria being equal, the position on the waiting list will be determined by rank and date of rank with the senior member having the higher priority. (2) An applicant may elect, in writing, to be placed on a waiting list for housing with less bedrooms than that authorized. If housing is assigned under this procedure, residents will be considered adequately housed for the remainder of the tour unless the number of the sponsors Family members increases. (3) An applicant may elect, in writing, to be placed on a waiting list for housing with 1 bedroom more than that for which qualified. This may be done when (a) Sponsor or spouse is pregnant (as confirmed by medical authority) upon arrival at the installation. (b) Adoption of a child has been approved by a court of competent jurisdiction. (4) Applicants may not be on more than 1 adequate housing waiting list at one time. Applicants may apply for adequate and substandard housing at the same time. (5) Pregnant military personnel, otherwise without Family members, may be placed on the waiting list when pregnancy is confirmed by medical authority.
36 AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(6) Promotable applicants may elect, upon arrival at the installation, to be placed on the waiting list for housing designated for their promotable grade. Personnel who attain promotable status while occupying adequate housing may be authorized to go on the waiting list at the discretion of the garrison commander. (7) If an applicant requests and is allowed to change from 1 waiting list to another, the date of eligibility will be the date of change to the new waiting list. (8) Sponsors will not be placed on a waiting list at the gaining installation prior to the Soldier signing out at the losing installation. Soldiers must sign-in at the new duty station before assignment is made. DA Form 31 (Request and Authority for Leave) and DA Form 1372 (Installation Clearance Record) will indicate date departed last permanent duty station. (9) When a Soldier is ordered on PCS with TDY en route, the spouse is authorized to apply for housing at the new duty station prior to the arrival of the sponsor. The effective date of the spouses signing for housing shall not be earlier than the PCS location reporting date of the sponsor. (10) When there are wide differences in style, age, or location of Family housing, waiting lists may be established for each type of housing. Applicants may apply for the type of housing desired and will be assigned accordingly except in foreign areas, Hawaii, and Alaska, when such assignment would result in housing remaining vacant or in extended temporary lodging payments. (11) If the Soldier is unable to accept housing for reasons beyond the Soldiers control (for example, hospitalization, emergency leave, restrictive lease clause, or unavoidable delay of Familys arrival), the Soldier will retain relative position on the waiting list. (12) If a specific offer of adequate housing is declined, the Soldiers name may either be removed from, or placed at the bottom of, the waiting list. Subject to the provision of paragraph 316f(11), the policy on housing assignment declination will be published and prominently displayed. Additionally, Soldiers declining a specific offer of housing will sign a simple statement acknowledging the declination. (13) The relative position of the top 10 percent of personnel on each housing assignment waiting list will be stabilized (freeze zone). However, personnel in key and essential positions will be placed at the top of the freeze portion of the waiting list or immediately below other key and essential personnel (para 316i). (14) Sponsors who have been given a firm (oral or written) commitment for housing will not be displaced by arriving Families added to the waiting list. (15) The freeze zone may be extended beyond the top 10 percent to include the names of personnel who are scheduled to be assigned to housing within 60 days or deferred as authorized in paragraph 316f(11). (16) Garrison commanders may approve exceptions to waiting list policies under special circumstances such as extreme hardship, compassionate, or medical reasons. (17) Waiting lists to include name and eligibility date will be kept current and prominently displayed in a public area at the housing office. g. Eligibility date. Eligibility date for placement on a waiting list or assignment to housing will be as indicated below provided application is made no later than 30 days after reporting to the new duty station. (1) PCS personnel (with or without TDY en route) arriving in (a) Continental United States. Date departed last permanent duty station. For personnel arriving from 1 station unit training (OSUT), advanced individual training (AIT), basic training, Officer Candidate School (OCS), and similar training, use date departed the school/training to determine eligibility date for placement on a Family housing waiting list. (b) Outside continental United States (including Hawaii and Alaska). Date departed last permanent duty station from another Army command (ACOM), ASCC, or DRU, as appropriate. 1. Military personnel who are directed to transfer within or between OCONUS ASCCs prior to completion of their original OCONUS accompanied tour (their date expected to return from overseas (DEROS) does not change) will receive the date departed last permanent duty station for original accompanied overseas tours. 2. Military personnel who complete an original OCONUS accompanied tour and begin another OCONUS accompanied tour (their DEROS changes) will receive the date departed last permanent OCONUS duty station. (2) New accessions to the Army (for example, enlistment, induction, lateral entry, direct appointment of critical specialty, and so forth). Date of enlistment or entry on active military service if with Family members or date of acquiring Family members, whichever is later. (3) Personnel from a dependent-restricted overseas location. (a) Upon completion of a dependent-restricted tour, including involuntary extension beyond initial tour, date departed previous duty station for the dependent-restricted tour or a maximum 14-month credit. Soldiers who obtain Family members during the tour and were separated from those Family members will receive credit only for time separated. Voluntary extensions beyond the initial tour negate all credit. (b) A sponsors eligibility for placement on a waiting list at the next installation of assignment is not affected by a stop movement action. Soldiers involuntarily extended due to stop movement will retain their waiting list status for up to 14-month credit.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

37

(4) Personnel whose last permanent assignment was to a medical holding detachment. Date departed last station where travel of Family members and shipment of household goods was authorized. (5) All other personnel (including all civilians). h. Application, assignment, and termination documents. (1) Application for Government Family housing and off-post civilian housing will be on DD Form 1746 (Application for Assignment to Housing) (see DA Pam 42011). Information on DD Form 1746 will be supported by PCS orders or data will be verified by the Military Personnel Office. Copies of supporting documents will be retained in the Soldiers housing assignment file. Enterprise Military Housing generated applications may be used in place of the DD Form 1746. (2) Applicants will be informed of the availability of Family housing through issuance of DD Form 1747 (Status of Housing Availability). An Enterprise Military Housing-generated document may be used in place of the DD Form 1747. (3) All housing will be assigned and terminated by letter, memorandum, or locally developed form. Housing staffs, in conjunction with other agencies, should help ensure that the Soldiers BAH entitlement starts and stops in accordance with guidance provided in JFTR, chapter 10. Assignment and termination documents will be numbered consecutively by FY and will contain the following information: (a) Effective date of assignment. This will be the day housing is assigned. (b) Effective date of termination. 1. For the purpose of starting housing allowance, this will be the date housing is vacated, cleared by the housing manager, or date the Soldier departs the installation on PCS, whichever is earlier, unless housing continues to be occupied by Family members (see para 354e). 2. For the purpose of computing occupancy of AFH, the termination date will be the date the housing manager clears the housing from the occupant or from the contracted cleaning team, whichever is later, but not more than three working days beyond the end of the contracted cleaning period. (c) Sponsors rank, last name, first name, middle initial, social security number (SSN), and military organization. If military spouse is assigned to or terminates the same housing, enter the spouses rank, name, SSN, and military organization. (d) Housing address. (e) Statement from the garrison transportation officer that the cost of the move is either at Government or individual expense. Moving expense guidelines will be in accordance with JFTR (see also para 36c(11) for policy on DLA). (f) Statement that the housing is to be occupied by the sponsor and Family members. (g) Statement that the housing is substandard (when applicable) and the amount of BAH to be forfeited. (4) Distribution of assignment and termination documents will be as directed by the garrison commander, but will include as a minimum the following: (a) Military personnel. 1. Original copy to individual. 2. One copy to the operating location/finance and accounting office (OPLOC/FAO) within 3 working days following assignment or termination. (b) Department of Defense civilian employees. 1. Original copy to individual. 2. One copy to the servicing civilian personnel office within three working days following assignment or termination. (c) Families of absent sponsors assigned to excess housing. 1. Original assignment or termination document to Soldiers spouse or authorized Family member. 2. One copy to the servicing OPLOC/FAO within 3 working days of assignment or termination. Document will contain a statement to the effect that housing is or was for occupancy by the Family of the absent sponsor. 3. One copy to sponsors unit commander. When the sponsors new organization is not known, send to the Defense Finance and Accounting Service (DFAS)-Indianapolis Center (DFASPMTCA/IN), Indianapolis, IN 462490840. i. Key and essential personnel. (1) Key and essential military and DOD and DOD-sponsored civilian employees are incumbents of designated key and essential positions as established by the garrison commander in coordination with the installation commander or senior mission commander. The duties of key and essential positions require the incumbents immediate availability on the installation due to military necessity. Therefore, they must reside in Government housing. (2) The designation of key and essential positions will be kept to an absolute minimum to ensure maximum housing equity for all Soldiers. j. Substandard housing assignment. Personnel will not be mandatorily assigned substandard housing except for reasons of military necessity. Separate waiting lists will be maintained and assignment procedures will be as stated for adequate housing. Assignment to or application for, substandard housing does not preclude Soldiers from applying for adequate housing (see para 324).

38

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

k. Mandatory assignment (foreign areas only). The garrison commander may mandatorily assign adequate housing if necessary to maintain maximum occupancy. The following conditions apply: (1) Personnel will not be mandatorily assigned until all volunteer Families, regardless of rank, are assigned. (2) Personnel will be mandatorily assigned only to housing adequate for their grade and bedroom requirement except in cases of military necessity. (3) Garrison commanders will consider assignment of all personnel listed in table 34 before implementing mandatory assignment procedures. (4) Soldiers will be informed of housing availability and the possibility of mandatory assignments before or upon application for Family housing. A DD Form 1747 may be used for this purpose (DA Pam 42011). Soldiers who have been notified in writing that housing will not be mandatorily assigned will not be required to move on post, regardless of subsequent changes in housing availability. (5) Mandatory assignment will not be made if (a) Soldier has less than 1 years duty time remaining at the installation. (b) Such assignment would cause extreme hardship. (6) Personnel who make commitments for community housing after receipt of PCS orders without first reporting to the housing office may be mandatorily assigned. (7) If a Soldier refuses to occupy Government housing, the Soldier will be advised in writing that housing allowances will be forfeited as long as housing adequate for their grade and bedroom requirement is available. l. Home purchase statement. A DD Form 1747 may be used as a statement that the member will not be required to occupy Government housing. The statement will assist members to obtain Federal Housing Administration (FHA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), or other loans. m. Mobile homes and mobile home spaces. (1) Mobile home spaces in Government-owned parks are primarily for use by members accompanied by Families. Mobile homes may be owned, leased, or otherwise acquired by the member. Potential occupants need not have possession of a mobile home at time of placement on the waiting list. If a Soldier sells a mobile home to another Soldier, the garrison commander will determine if the mobile home must be moved from the space (see para 392e). (2) Contractor-owned and contractor-operated mobile homes are not Government housing for assignment purposes. However, the housing office will maintain waiting lists and provide prospective tenants to the contractor. Occupancy of these units does not preclude application by Soldier for Government housing (see para 392d). n. Other Family housing programs. (1) Title 10 USC 2835 or domestic build-to-lease housing and both domestic and foreign Government-leased units are Government-controlled Family housing for assignment purposes (see para 387b(4)). (2) Title 10 USC 2836, or rental guarantee, housing is not considered Government-controlled housing for assignment purposes. A separate waiting list will be maintained and prospective tenants will be referred for occupancy. When 97 percent utilization by Families cannot be maintained, unaccompanied or eligible DOD personnel will be referred (see para 387b(4)). (3) Privately-owned Wherry housing is not Government-controlled housing for assignment purposes. However, the garrison commander may certify prospective tenants to the owner. (4) Title 10 USC 2871 (that is, privatized) housing is available at selected locations under the RCI (see para 3111). RCI housing is not considered Government-controlled housing for assignment purposes. The RCI partner, not the Army, makes the assignments. 317. Occupancy of Family housing a. Occupancy by non-Family members. Persons other than Family members, as defined in glossary, may be permitted to reside in Family housing. The following apply in such cases: (1) Sponsor will request approval in writing through the housing office to the garrison commander to allow nonFamily members to reside in housing. Non-Family members who are registered or who are required to register as sex offenders and intend occupancy of, or overnight visitation to, a Family housing DU will sign in at the provost marshals office. Failure to do so may result in the host sponsor being evicted from housing. (2) Approval does not imply an extension of other benefits or privileges to which non-Family members are not otherwise entitled. (3) When the garrison commander is the sponsor, his or her immediate superior must approve the request. (4) Approved occupancy will be equitable for all Soldiers and not adversely impact on health, safety, morale, or welfare of the installation. (5) Additional bedroom requirements are not authorized to accommodate non-Family members. (6) Neither storage of the sponsors household goods at Government expense to accommodate the non-Family members household goods is authorized nor is storage or shipment of non-Family members household goods. (7) Residence in housing overseas by non-Family members must be consistent with applicable host nation laws, SOFAs, and other international agreements. Residence in Government housing by non-Family members under this

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

39

policy does not make those individuals a dependent of a member of the force under current SOFAs. Such persons are not entitled to the rights and privileges afforded by these agreements. (8) The garrison commander may revoke authorization for non-Family members to reside in housing for misconduct or when in the best interests of the Army for reasons relating to health, safety, morale, or welfare on the installation. (9) Questions regarding occupancy of housing by non-Family members may be referred to the supporting Office of the Staff Judge Advocate (OSJA) or legal counsel for assistance. b. Civilian employees occupancy limitation. Key and essential civilian employees (CONUS and OCONUS) will continue assignment to Family housing without time limitation. For other than key and essential civilian employees OCONUS, Family housing assignments may be terminated after 5 years at the same geographical location. Civilian employees will be given written notification of this condition of occupancy at time of housing assignment (see para 318d). 318. Termination of Family housing a. Termination of housing. (1) Unless otherwise authorized, Family housing will be terminated by the Soldier under the following conditions: (a) When the installation ceases to be the permanent station of the sponsor. (b) When the sponsor or Family members no longer reside in the housing, except in those cases of intractable marital discord, under the provisions of paragraph 318b(2)(i) or of joint custody where Family members reside with the sponsor for more than 6 months per year, under the provisions of paragraph 318b(2)(j). (c) Upon request of the sponsor, when occupying Government-owned substandard housing. (d) Upon sponsors retirement or separation from the Service. (e) Upon request of the sponsor for personal convenience when termination does not result in vacant housing (foreign areas only). (2) Government housing may be terminated at the discretion of the garrison commander under the following conditions: (a) For medical, hardship, or compassionate reasons. (b) For misconduct of the sponsor, Family members, or guests. (c) When residents are involved in misuse or illegal use of housing contrary to safety, health, or morale. (d) Upon request of the sponsor when approved retirement date has been established. (e) For repeated waste of energy resources (to include utilities). (f) When, under the provisions of paragraph 318b(2)(i), a determination is made that, due to the inability of a sponsor and his or her spouse to resolve intractable and acerbic marital difficulties, neither party of the marriage shall remain in housing. (3) In cases of involuntary termination, written notification will be provided to the resident at least 30 days prior to the termination date, unless otherwise directed by the garrison commander. b. Exceptions to immediate termination. (1) Exceptions to immediate termination are authorized when (a) Soldier is transferred to a hospital as a patient on PCS orders. (b) Soldier is transferred with TDY en route to a new station where orders do not authorize movement of household goods to the TDY station. Under this condition, Soldier may retain Government housing for occupancy of Family members for up to 30 days after completion of TDY. Installations located in foreign countries must adhere to applicable host nation laws, SOFAs, and other international agreements. (c) Soldier is ordered on PCS to school for a period of 1 year or less and will return to the same installation upon completion of school. If, upon completion of the school, the Soldier is assigned to another installation, the Soldier must terminate housing within 30 days after completing the school. Installations located in foreign countries must adhere to applicable host nation laws, SOFAs, and other international agreements. (2) People are critically important to the Army. In recognition of this fact, the Army has a fundamental policy of strongly supporting the basic needs of its Soldiers and their Families. Certainly, housing is a basic need. This is so at all times but especially during periods of Familial hardship. Any unilateral termination of Family housing by the Army must take this basic policy into consideration. Accordingly, the following situations require particular attention by the garrison commander to ensure that Families are not inadvertently punished in times of great difficulty and intense distress: (a) When the member is reassigned from CONUS to OCONUS where Family members are authorized and deferred Family travel is approved, the garrison commander will allow Families to remain in housing up to 140 days after the sponsors departure. Permanent change of station orders must be kept up to date by the absent Soldier during the 140 days (20 weeks). (b) Garrison commanders may permit Family members of sponsors who depart an installation incident to PCS to remain in housing up to 90 days to preclude undue hardship. Installations located in foreign countries must adhere to applicable host nation laws, SOFAs, and other international agreements.

40

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(c) Family members of AD Soldiers assigned to a dependent-restricted area may retain housing until the sponsor completes the normal dependent-restricted tour (see para 318c ). Installations located in foreign countries must adhere to applicable host nation laws, SOFAs, and other international agreements. (d) Family members of prisoners of war and Family members of missing in action or other persons in a missing status as defined in AR 60081 and 37 USC 551 may continue to occupy their housing until status changes. (e) Family members of military sponsors who died in the line of duty will be permitted to remain in assigned adequate housing without charge for a period of 365 days after sponsors death (see 37 USC 403(l)(1)). Family members of deceased military sponsors who are occupying rented housing on the date of the sponsors death will be permitted to continue to receive BAH up to 365 days after the sponsors death (see 37 USC 403(l)(2)). If housing is terminated prior to 365 days subsequent to death of sponsor, a copy of termination order will be forwarded to Defense Finance and Accounting Service (DFAS) - Indianapolis Center Z (DFASPMTCBC/IN), Indianapolis, IN 462490840. If Family members are permitted to occupy the housing beyond 365 days, an amount equal to Soldiers housing allowances or appraised rental value (whichever is less) will be charged without exception. Written notifications and agreements between the resident and the garrison commander will ensure full understanding of the terms and conditions of continued occupancy. Installations located in foreign countries must adhere to applicable host nation laws, SOFAs, and other international agreements. (f) In hardship cases, former Uniformed Service members and their Family members, former Federal employees (or other residents) and Family members, or Family members of deceased Federal employees (or other residents) may be permitted to remain in assigned housing for a period not to exceed 60 days and will be charged an amount equivalent to the former members full BAH (see OMB Cir A45). Written notifications and agreements between the resident and the garrison commander will ensure full understanding of the terms and conditions of continued occupancy. Installations located in foreign countries must adhere to applicable host nation laws, SOFAs, and other international agreements. (g) In cases where Soldiers must serve an unaccompanied overseas tour because an exceptional Family members authorized medical support cannot be obtained in the overseas area, CONUS garrison commanders may permit Family members of AD Soldiers to retain occupied Government-owned or Government-controlled housing until the Soldier completes the normal unaccompanied tour. The following conditions must be met: 1. Government housing was assigned prior to the sponsors departure. 2. Formal written request to retain housing or mobile home pad is made upon receipt of PCS orders. Request must contain a. A current Exceptional Family Member Program endorsement. b. Certification from the overseas duty station medical authority that exceptional Family members authorized medical support cannot be obtained in the area of the overseas duty station. 3. Soldiers who retain housing and are subsequently assigned to another CONUS installation upon completion of the overseas tour must terminate housing within 30 days after returning to CONUS. Garrison commanders may grant up to 60 additional days occupancy when Government housing will be available at the new duty station within 90 days of return. 4. Housing may be terminated by the garrison commander if a sponsor extends the original unaccompanied overseas tour, or for other reasons. Written notification of termination will be provided to the resident at least 30 days prior to the termination date. (h) Where a sponsor is incarcerated by military or civilian authorities, garrison commanders will allow Families to remain in housing as long as the sponsor remains on AD unless the maintenance of good order and discipline within the community demands otherwise. In cases where the sponsor is discharged from the service (resulting in the loss of BAH entitlements), Family members may submit a request for an exception to policy for waiver of payment/retention of housing. Submit request, in accordance with paragraphs 36b(2)(b) and 36g(5) and through command channels to the DCS, G1 (DAPEHRPR), 300 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100300. (i) Where a marriage is in difficulty due to marital discord, disharmony, and/or break-up, there is the possibility that, given time, the Family can mend itself. If reunification is not possible, the military spouse remains a spouse until the marriage is legally dissolved. Where a Soldier is married to a service member, the senior Soldier is considered the sponsor. In cases where a sponsor and spouse are unwilling, or otherwise unable, to cohabitate due to marital discord, the garrison commander, in consultation with the sponsor and the spouse and with the Staff Judge Advocate (SJA), will make a determination as to who, if either party of the marriage, will remain in housing. Such determination should be made in consideration of the involvement of other dependent Family members of the marriage. This determination will remain in effect until resolution of the marital situation (that is, reunification, legal separation, or divorce) or until the sponsors PCS to a location beyond a 1hour commuting distance or separation from the Service. (j) Where the marriage of a Soldier married to a service member culminates in legal separation or divorce and each Soldier is given legal responsibility for one or more dependent Family members, the provisions of JFTR regarding BAH and the occupancy/termination of housing apply. c. Retention of housing for sponsors on dependent-restricted tours. (1) Soldiers who occupy Family housing or Government-owned mobile home pads and are assigned to dependent-

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

41

restricted tours may voluntarily retain such facilities at their last permanent CONUS, Hawaii, or Alaska duty station. When Family members will continue to occupy the housing, the conditions below must be met. (a) The tour is to an area where Family member travel is restricted. (Election of an all others tour when assigned to an accompanied tour area waives retention option.) (b) Government housing was assigned prior to sponsors departure to the dependent-restricted area. (c) Formal written request to retain housing or mobile home pad is made upon receipt of PCS orders. (d) The Family housing or mobile home pad must be occupied by the Soldiers Family members during the Soldiers absence. If no adult Family member will remain with the Soldiers minor children, the individual designated in the Soldiers Family care plan approved under AR 60020 may be designated in writing to assume responsibility for the care and conduct of the Soldiers minor children. Any non-Family members so designated must be approved under paragraph 317a of this regulation. (2) The involuntary extension of a sponsor on a dependent-restricted tour is a stop movement action. Garrison commanders should allow continued occupancy of CONUS Family housing for Family members of a sponsor whose dependent-restricted tour has been extended as a result of stop movement. Garrison commanders who determine that continued occupancy by a given Family not be allowed will coordinate denial action through the chain of command to the DCS, G1 (DAPEHRPR), 300 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100300. (3) Installations located in foreign countries must adhere to applicable host nation laws, SOFAs, and other international agreements. (4) When both husband and wife are members of a Military Service, retention of Government housing is authorized for the spouse with or without Family members during a dependent-restricted tour. (5) Soldiers who retain housing during a dependent-restricted tour and are subsequently assigned to another CONUS, Hawaii, or Alaska installation upon completion of the tour, must terminate housing within 30 days after returning to the U.S. Garrison commanders may grant up to 60 additional days occupancy when Government housing will be available at the new duty station within 90 days of return. (6) Housing may be terminated by the garrison commander if a sponsor extends the dependent-restricted tour. (7) Personnel listed below will not be authorized to retain currently assigned Government Family housing. However, they will be eligible for priority assignment to other Family housing at the same installation. (a) Those occupying housing designated for the incumbents of specific duty positions. (b) Those occupying housing reserved for service school attendees. (c) Those occupying housing reserved for staff and faculty members at the U.S. Army War College. (8) Exceptions to installation participation in retention of housing for sponsors serving dependent-restricted tours will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Requests will be forwarded through command channels to the DCS, G1 (DAPEHRPR), 300 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100300 for consideration. (9) In some cases Soldiers may be selected to participate in the Homebase and Advanced (Sequential) Assignment Program (HAAP) governed by AR 614100 (officer) and AR 614200 (enlisted). The program contains two optionsHomebase Assignment and Advanced (Sequential) Assignment. Housing managers will review and understand the intent of this program. d. Termination of housing occupied by civilians. (1) Civilians will terminate housing under the conditions below. (a) Employment or contract with DOD is terminated. (b) Housing is no longer excess to the needs of the installation. (c) Conditions of eligibility cease. (d) When 5-year limitation of occupancy in overseas area expires except where housing is excess. (e) Misconduct of sponsor, Family members, or approved non-Family members. (2) Written notification to terminate will be provided a minimum of 30 days prior to termination date. The notification will state the reasons for termination, the date the housing must be vacated, and whether relocation is to be paid by the Government. (3) OCONUS, garrison commanders may permit Family members of civilian employees who are transferring within the same country to retain housing up to 90 days to preclude hardship. A written request must be submitted to the garrison commander. Forfeiture of housing allowance or rental payment must continue. e. Eviction and repossession of units. (1) In the event a resident refuses to vacate Family housing, garrison commanders will first attempt all measures that are reasonable under the circumstances to make a peaceful recovery of the housing by nonjudicial means. Such measures may include counseling of the housing residents, assisting the housing residents to secure off-post housing, and referring the housing residents to charitable, religious, or social service organizations for assistance, as appropriate. (2) Garrison commanders will consider the following circumstances in deciding what measures are reasonable under the circumstances: (a) Whether there is a need for the housing to meet a higher priority requirement. (b) Whether the resident was aware of the rules and regulations about Family housing occupancy.

42

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(c) Whether the resident faces special hardship by vacating the premises. (3) If taking such other measures does not result in the peaceful repossession of the housing, garrison commanders will refer the matter to their SJA or command legal counsel to determine whether legal proceedings, use of law enforcement authorities, or other measures are appropriate. In taking steps to initiate legal proceedings, the SJA or command legal counsel will follow the provisions of AR 2740. (IMCOM region directors may not grant exceptions.) 319. Commercial endeavors in Government Family housing a. Policy. Garrison commanders are authorized and encouraged to permit limited commercial activities such as handicrafts, childcare, and sale of products by sponsors and/or Family members in Government-controlled Family housing. In foreign areas, Family housing residents may be subject to local host nation requirements as well as SOFA and customs regulations. b. Establishment and operation. (1) Requests for permission to conduct a home enterprise will be made in writing to the garrison commander or the designee. Prompt action will be taken on each request and a written response provided. In reviewing requests, garrison commanders will ensure that commercial endeavors are consistent with Federal, State, and local laws. Commanders will obtain assistance from the installation SJA. Additionally, the commander will consider local Government licensing requirements, potential Government liability, SOFA, host country business practices, and prospective advertising practices. Home enterprises cannot compete with or duplicate Installation MWR Fund (IMWRF) or AAFES sales and services. In no instance will activities be authorized or continued when they will interfere with community tranquility or pose potential safety hazards. (2) Structural changes to Family housing are not authorized except in instances where Family child care (FCC) homes must be upgraded to meet National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 101 standards for a 1hour fire barrier between mixed occupancies. In these cases, the cost for upgrading the walls will be borne by AFH or OMA. In all other cases, when practical and feasible, commanders should allow residents to make minor modifications. The costs of such modifications and restorations, if required, will be borne by the sponsor (see para 354l). (3) Cost of utilities will be reimbursed to the Government at a rate jointly established by a representative of the garrison commander and the sponsor. Charges may be waived when they are minimal and in the opinion of the garrison commander reimbursement is not warranted. 320. Eligibility, assignment, and termination of permanent party unaccompanied personnel housing a. Categories of permanent party unaccompanied personnel housing. (1) Senior officer quarters. Housing designated for use by officers in grade of colonel (O6) and above. (2) Officer quarters. Housing designated for use by officers in grade second lieutenant (O1) through lieutenant colonel (O5) and warrant officers. (3) Senior enlisted quarters. Housing designated for use by enlisted personnel in grades staff sergeant (E6) and above in CONUS to include Hawaii and Alaska; sergeant first class (E7) and above OCONUS. (4) Enlisted quarters. Housing designated for use by enlisted personnel in grades sergeant (E5) and below in CONUS including Hawaii and Alaska; staff sergeant (E6) and below OCONUS (excluding trainees). (5) Trainee barracks. Housing designated for use by personnel in basic combat training (BCT) and one-station unit training (OSUT). (6) Reserve Component support housing. Housing designated for use by Reserve Component (RC) personnel. b. Priorities of assignment. (1) Soldiers entitled to BAH at the with dependent rate, who are voluntarily separated from their Family members for personal reasons (that is, geographical bachelors), are not authorized assignment to UPH (PP) in the CONUS, Hawaii, and Alaska. The garrison commander may grant exceptions on a case-by-case basis (see table 35, note 3 applies). This affects all PP categories and all ranks except for chaplains as set forth in paragraph 320e and for personnel identified as key and essential. (2) Priorities of assignment will be made per table 35. (3) Assignment of civilians shall be based on the comparison of military and civilian grades in table 33.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

43

Table 35 Priorities of assignment for senior officers quarters, officers quarters, senior enlisted quarters, and enlisted quarters Priority I II Personnel category (see note 1) Key and essential personnel (military and civilian) who must reside on post due to military necessity. PP military personnel assigned or attached for duty at the installation including PCS students who are entitled to BAH at the without dependent rate; eligible unaccompanied civilian personnel OCONUS (see para 320h(4)); personnel on a Family member restricted tour; unaccompanied personnel serving all others tours (excluding Hawaii and Alaska); and RC service members in medical holdover (MHO) status exceeding 30 days. unaccompanied military personnel receiving BAH for support of Family members due to divorce or separation (court ordered decree or OSJA separation agreement), or individuals with legally supported Family members, for example, children or parents (see note 2). Service members in OCONUS, excluding Hawaii and Alaska, entitled to BAH at the with dependent rate who are voluntarily separated from their Family members for personal reasons (that is, geographical bachelors) (see note 2). Title 32 AGR assigned or attached for duty within commuting distance of the installation; and foreign military personnel (see paras 320g and 320i and note 2). Military and civilian personnel not otherwise eligible (OCONUS only) (see note 2). Geographical bachelors in the CONUS, Hawaii, and Alaska assigned to UPH (PP) by exception to policy (see note 3).

III

IV V VI VII

Notes: 1 Title 10 Soldiers whose duty assignments are within 1 hour commuting distance of the installation will be treated the same as those members assigned to the installation. 2 Personnel in priorities III through VI are assigned on a space-available basis. They are not required to participate in a waiting list for UPH (PP), not required to occupy UPH (PP), and not required to obtain a certificate of nonavailability (CNA). Minimum standards of adequacy do not apply to residents in these categories. Prior to assignment, these individuals will be advised in writing they may be required to vacate housing for personnel in priorities I and II upon 30days notice. The maximum period that a Title 32 member may reside in Government housing is 4 years. 3 Minimum standards of adequacy do not apply to residents in this category. Prior to assignment, these individuals will be advised in writing they may be required to vacate housing for personnel in priorities I and II upon 30day notice.

c. Waiting lists for senior officer quarters, officer quarters, and senior enlisted quarters. Waiting lists will be maintained and prominently posted at the UPH office. Personnel will be placed on the waiting list by date of eligibility as shown below if application is made within 30 days of arrival at new duty station. If not, eligibility date is the date of application. The relative position of the top 10 percent of personnel on the waiting list will be stabilized (that is, placed in the freeze zone). However, personnel in key and essential positions will be placed at the top of the freeze portion of the waiting list immediately below other key and essential personnel. (1) PCS personnel with or without TDY en route. (a) CONUS date departed last permanent duty station. (b) OCONUS including Hawaii and Alaska. 1. Date departed last permanent duty station from another ACOM, ASCC, or DRU as appropriate. 2. Military personnel who are directed to transfer within or between OCONUS ASCC prior to completion of their original OCONUS tour (their DEROS does not change) will receive date departed last permanent duty station for original overseas tour. Military personnel who complete an original OCONUS tour and begin another OCONUS tour (their DEROS changes) will receive date departed last permanent duty station. (2) New accessions to the Army. Date of entry on AD. (3) Personnel whose last permanent assignment was to a medical holding detachment. Date departed last duty station from which member was assigned to warrior transition unit (WTU). d. Assignment of housing to unaccompanied permanent party personnel. (1) Assignment of all UPH will be made in writing by the UPH Office. It will include the date of assignment and housing identification and be forwarded to the individuals OPLOC/FAO within 3 working days following assignment. A local form letter or memorandum with consecutive control numbers will be used for assignments and terminations. Written orders are not required for housing assigned in bulk to units and activities; however, a list of Soldiers assigned, with pertinent information, will be forwarded to the OPLOC/FAO within 3 working days. (2) Incoming military personnel, an E5 in CONUS including Hawaii and Alaska; an E6 OCONUS and above; and officers on a current promotion list may be assigned at their option to the category of housing for the grade to which they will be promoted. Personnel who attain promotable status while occupying adequate housing may be authorized to go on the waiting list for their promotable grade at the discretion of the garrison commander. An E6 and above in CONUS including Hawaii and Alaska; an E7 and above OCONUS are not authorized to reside in enlisted quarters. (3) Personnel will not be required to occupy housing that does not meet adequacy standards except for military necessity. Mandatory assignment to inadequate housing solely to limit payment of BAH is not authorized. World War II wooden barracks will not be used as required housing for PP personnel (see para 326b).

44

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(4) Unaccompanied Soldiers married to another service member on separate tours will be assigned to housing on the same basis as unmarried personnel. (5) Assignment and use of housing under a unit integrity concept is authorized provided the overall installation occupancy rate for UPH (PP) does not fall below 95 percent as determined by the housing manager; exceptions will not be granted. Where necessary, the commander will direct assignment of personnel from outside organizations into unit-managed space to (a) Obtain maximum utilization of adequate housing assets. (b) Reduce use of substandard assets. (c) Eliminate payment of housing allowances to personnel who can be adequately housed in Government housing. (6) Soldiers entitled to BAH at the with dependent rate may not be assigned UPH, including AFH temporarily diverted to UPH, in excess of minimum space adequacy standards (see table 37) without affecting the right to BAH except under the following conditions (JFTR): (a) It is the only UPH available and no unmarried Soldier or Soldier entitled to BAH at the without dependent rate is housed in UPH not meeting minimum space and adequacy standards. (b) The housing is not suitable for joint occupancy. (c) The housing is jointly occupied, if suitable for joint occupancy. (7) Garrison commanders may maintain adequate barracks carried in the UPH database as excess space in active status to provide more space and privacy to personnel listed in table 35 as priority I and II. (8) Soldiers in a WTU status exceeding 30 days on active Army and USAR installations will be housed in facilities that accommodate their medical conditions and are comparable to PP housing on the same installation. At a minimum, such housing will be safe, secure, and climate controlled, with inside bathrooms and privacy between sleeping areas. Appropriate accommodation will be provided for Soldiers with functional limitations. e. Assignment of housing to chaplains. (1) Unmarried chaplains and unaccompanied married chaplains are authorized to compete equally for Family housing within the appropriate grade category regardless of whether UPH is available. They may, at their request, choose a private UPH apartment consisting of a bedroom, bathroom, living room, and kitchen or kitchenette. (2) Chaplains entitled to BAH at the with dependent rate are subject to the limitation set forth in paragraph 320d(6). If UPH is not available or is not adequate, they may compete for Family housing (see paras 316a(4), 316d(154), and 329a(2)(c)(2)). f. Assignment of housing to unaccompanied law enforcement, criminal investigation, and counterintelligence personnel. (1) Enlisted military police and personnel assigned to military police units will be billeted in facilities separate from other Soldiers, including those areas of barracks separated by wings or floors. Personnel may be billeted in OQ or SEQ when available. (2) Enlisted Criminal Investigation Division (CID) special agents and laboratory examiners will be billeted with other CID Command (CIDC) personnel in facilities separate from other Soldiers, or they may be billeted in OQ or SEQ. Enlisted CIDC administrative personnel will normally be billeted with CIDC personnel or with military police personnel. If suitable facilities are not available, CID special agents, laboratory examiners, and administrative personnel may be given a certificate of nonavailability (CNA). (3) Enlisted counterintelligence (CI) Soldiers requiring special billets, as certified by their commanders, must be billeted with other CI Soldiers in facilities separated from other Soldiers. When facilities are not available, they will be housed in OQ or SEQ or given a CNA. (4) The IMCOM region directors may not grant exceptions to the provisions in paragraphs 320f(1) through 320f(3). g. Assignment of housing to Reserve Component personnel. (1) Initial active duty for training . These RC personnel are considered trainees and will be billeted in the same manner as Active Army trainees. (2) Annual training. When performing AT with a unit (to include individual travel but joining the unit) RC personnel will be assigned Government housing regardless of adequacy. However, commanders should ensure that this does not result in conditions dangerous to health or safety. RC personnel on AT as individuals (such as Individual Mobilization Augmentation Soldiers) in a per diem status should be housed on the same basis as other personnel of equal grade and duty status. RC personnel on AT as individuals not in a per diem status will report to their local supervisor for housing assistance. (3) Active duty for training, active duty for special work, and active duty. The RC Soldiers performing active duty for training (ADT), ADSW, or AD will be housed the same as Active Army Soldiers. If performing ADT with a unit, these personnel will be housed on the same basis as the unit. (4) Inactive duty training. The RC members performing IDT at home station may be provided UPH (PP) or housing normally set aside for RC use, if available (see table 35 for priority). (5) Active Army Soldiers attending Reserve Component courses of instruction. These students will be required to

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

45

occupy housing according to the policy set by the school commandant and the garrison commander. The Active Army Soldier will be provided housing in the same manner as for other students (either Active Army or RC) attending the course. (6) Active Army participants in Reserve Component unit activities. Active Army personnel who directly participate in maneuvers, exercises, war games, Army Training and Evaluation Programs (ARTEPs), or in field exercises conducted by RC units during AT or IDT will be provided housing (to include tentage) without charge and without regard to adequacy. (7) Reserve Component support housing. This housing is designated for use by RC personnel. The garrison commander or appropriate representative will assign, terminate, and determine adequacy standards of RC support housing. (8) Active Guard Reserve personnel. (a) Title 10 USC personnel. Title 10 USC AGR personnel without Family members will be assigned UPH per priorities outlined in table 35. (b) Title 32 USC personnel. The AGR personnel serving on AD pursuant to 32 USC who are attending service schools will be housed on the same basis as other students. A maximum tenancy of 4 years may be established for 32 USC AGR personnel. (9) DODI 1225.9, Billeting for Reserve Component Members. Reserve Component members, traveling more than 50 miles from their home station to perform IDT will receive billeting with the same priority as AD members traveling under orders away from their permanent duty station (10 USC 12604 (a)). As stated in DODI 1225.9, RC members performing IDT and are not otherwise entitled to travel and transportation allowances, will be provided lodging in kind, as provided in 37 USC 404(i)(1)(a), when transient Government housing is not available. h. Assignment of housing to civilian employees. (1) Civilian employees shall rely primarily on private communities for housing support, except for military necessity. (2) Civilian employees who occupy key and essential positions may occupy housing without time limits. (3) In CONUS, Alaska, and Hawaii DOD civilian employees who occupy UPH (PP) will pay a rental charge determined per section XV. When American Red Cross personnel are provided Government housing in the U.S., American Red Cross personnel or the American National Red Cross shall pay the rental charge established per section XV of this chapter. (4) In foreign countries and U.S. possessions and territories where DOD U.S. citizen civilian employees (both APF and NAF) recruited in the U.S. and American Red Cross personnel cannot obtain suitable housing in civilian communities, the overseas commander may authorize them to occupy housing on a rental basis per section XV. DOD U.S. citizen civilian employees (both APF and NAF) and DOD-sponsored U.S. citizen civilian contractor personnel who live in Government housing will forfeit their housing allowances or LQAs. Forfeited allowances will be transferred to the appropriate account as a reimbursement. In foreign countries, American Red Cross personnel will be furnished housing on the same basis as DOD civilian employees. The overseas commander will limit occupancy by other than key and essential civilian employees to 5 years at a single geographical location to maintain equity and reasonable distribution of assets. i. Assignment of housing to foreign military personnel. (1) Foreign military trainees (FMTs) are on invitational travel authorizations. Insofar as possible, FMTs will be housed in PP housing (see assignment priority V). (2) Personnel Exchange Program (PEP) and integrated personnel function as fully integrated members of the U.S. Army. They are housed on the same basis as equivalent U.S. personnel. (3) Special projects personnel (foreign military and civilian) participate in a specific project, study, or program which will mutually benefit the U.S. and parent governments. They will be housed (see assignment priority V) unless an MOU or MOA dictates otherwise. (4) Liaison personnel function entirely in behalf of their parent governments and are precluded from functioning as PEP/integrated or special projects personnel. They will be housed only when housing is excess to U.S. military requirements unless an exception is approved by the IMCOM region or an MOU or MOA dictates otherwise. In granting exceptions, commanders will ensure uniform application regardless of country represented. j. Conditions of termination. (1) Assignments to UPH (PP) will be terminated in writing under the following conditions: (a) When the installation ceases to be the permanent station of the Soldier. (b) When the housing is required for higher priority personnel. (c) On request of a Soldier 1. Voluntarily occupying inadequate housing. 2. As a single Soldier in the grade of staff sergeant (E6) or above in the CONUS including Hawaii and Alaska; sergeant first class (E7) or above OCONUS, who desires to reside off post, except as described elsewhere in this section.

46

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(d) When housing that was constructed for use of military personnel, but leased to civilian employees, is required to meet the military housing needs of the installation except in the case of a situation covered by paragraph 318b(2)(i). (e) When Family members are located within 1 hour commuting distance of the installation, except in the case of a situation covered by paragraph 318b(2)(i). (f) At the discretion of the garrison commander, when a Soldier no longer performs the duties of the position that entitled him or her to occupy that particular housing. (g) Under conditions other than paragraphs 320(a)through (e) when approved by the garrison commander. (2) In cases of involuntary termination of housing, the garrison commander will notify the individual concerned in writing stating the conditions of termination. Thirty days advance notice will normally be given. k. Authority to live off post. (1) The authority to live off post may be denied if it would adversely affect a training mission, military discipline, or military readiness. (IMCOM region directors may not grant exceptions.) (2) Garrison commanders may authorize single Soldiers in the grade of sergeant (E5) and below CONUS including Hawaii and Alaska; staff sergeant (E6) and below OCONUS, to reside off post under the following conditions: (a) When adequate housing is not available and military necessity is not a factor. (b) When the Soldier is pregnant. (c) When the Soldier has purchased a home near the installation prior to notification of assignment to that installation. (3) When a Soldier married to another Soldier without Family members resides off post and 1 of the Soldiers departs on a separate tour, the other Soldier will not be ordered to return to housing. (4) Personnel who are authorized to reside in the civilian community shall receive HS counseling on the Equal Opportunity in Off-post Housing Program before negotiating a rental or lease agreement for community housing. (5) In foreign areas only, the garrison commander may mandatorily assign adequate housing to individuals otherwise authorized to live off post as identified in para (1) above to maintain optimum occupancy. The following conditions apply: (a) Personnel will not be mandatorily assigned until all volunteer unaccompanied Soldiers are assigned. (b) Personnel will be mandatorily assigned only to housing adequate for their grade requirement except in cases of military necessity. (c) Garrison commanders will consider assignment of all personnel listed in table 35 before implementing mandatory assignment procedures. (d) Soldiers will be informed of housing availability and the possibility of mandatory assignments before or on application for housing. Soldiers who have been notified in writing that housing would not be mandatorily assigned will not be required to move on post, regardless of subsequent changes in housing availability. (e) Mandatory assignment will not be made if 1. Soldier has less than 1 years duty time remaining at the installation. 2. Such assignment would cause extreme hardship. (f) Personnel who make commitments for community housing after receipt of PCS orders without first reporting to the housing office may be mandatorily assigned. (g) If a Soldier refuses to occupy Government housing, he or she will be advised in writing that their BAH will be forfeited as long as housing adequate for their grade is available. l. Nonavailability of adequate permanent party housing. (1) If adequate housing is not available, a CNA will be issued. When a member in the grade of sergeant (E5) or below in CONUS including Hawaii and Alaska; staff sergeant (E6) and below OCONUS, is authorized to live off post and receives BAH at the without dependent rate, the Soldier will be informed in writing that one of the following applies: (a) Housing may be made available to you within 612 months of your arrival. You may make temporary or semipermanent arrangements off post for no more than 12 months from the time of your arrival. You will be required to renew your CNA 90 days before your lease is up and will be required to accept Government housing at the end of your CNA period if housing is available. (b) Housing will be made available to you within 36 months of your arrival you may make temporary arrangement off post on a month-to-month basis. (c) Housing will not be made available during your tour of duty and you should make permanent billeting arrangements off post. (2) If UPH (PP) becomes available, Soldiers in the grade of sergeant (E5) through private (E1) in CONUS; staff sergeant (E6) through private (E1) OCONUS, residing off post and receiving housing allowances at without dependent rate will be required to occupy UPH. However, involuntary assignments will not be made if the garrison commander determines that financial hardship will occur. (3) Garrison commanders are the authority for issuance and control of CNAs for BAH at the without dependent rate. With HQ IMCOM approval, a garrison commander may further delegate to the installation housing manager. Requests

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

47

to delegate will be submitted through appropriate command channels to HQ IMCOM for consideration. A quarterly review of all current CNAs and available UPH (PP) will be made by the garrison commander and provided to HQ IMCOM. The review will consist of an assessment of available adequate UPH (PP) assets and current CNAs within each unit. The installation housing manager is responsible for CNA recordkeeping. 321. Army policy on liability for damage to military permanent party housing and related furnishings and equipment a. General. Under 10 USC 2775, as implemented in AR 7355, a Soldier is liable to the U.S. for damage to any assigned housing and related equipment or furnishings, if the damage is caused by the Soldiers abuse or negligence. The term assigned housing means both Family and UPH. b. Limitation. A Soldiers liability under AR 7355 for damage to assigned housing and related equipment and furnishings is limited to 1 months basic pay unless the damage or loss was the result of the Soldiers gross negligence or willful misconduct. For example, a Soldier is grossly negligent if he is aware of specific risks posed by the reckless, wanton, or deliberate conduct of Family members or guests, and fails to exercise available opportunity to prevent or limit the damage. In the absence of evidence to the contrary, Soldiers will be presumed to be on notice of risks attending the activities of those whom the Soldier allows upon the premises. c. Waiver of claim. The authority to waive, in whole or part, a claim under 10 USC 2775 has been delegated to those commanders who exercise final approval authority for Reports of Survey under AR 7355. The dollar limitations on commanders final approval authority for Reports of Survey shall also apply to that commanders authority to waive claims under 10 USC 2775. In the event that a waiver is denied, enlisted and officer personnel have the right to appeal that denial to the appellate authority. The appeal of a denied waiver under 10 USC 2775 shall be made in the same manner as, and concurrently with, an appeal of a finding of liability under AR 7355. In the event that such an appeal is denied, enlisted members have the additional right to request a remission of indebtedness under 10 USC 4837 and AR 6004. d. Acknowledgement of responsibilities and potential liability. (1) All PP housing residents will be provided copies of a locally prepared Liability for Damage to Assigned Housing notice and are required to provide a written acknowledgement of receipt. In addition to the Liability for Damage to Assigned Housing notice, military Family housing residents will be provided copies of a locally prepared Conditions of Occupancy for Military Housing statement and must also provide a written acknowledgement of receipt of that statement. (See DA Pam 42011 for examples of recommended content for the notice and the statement.) (2) Refusal to sign either or both acknowledgements of receipt does not relieve the resident of liability. Any such refusals will be documented and filed by the housing office. Section IV Adequacy Standards 322. Scope This section sets forth adequacy standards for Government-owned and Government-controlled housing. It also addresses adequacy standards of off-post housing for PP personnel. These adequacy standards should not be confused with the special procedures used for Family housing identified to Congress prior to 1973 as substandard (see para 324 below). For a general description of the differences between construction design standards and adequacy standards, see DA Pam 42011. 323. Adequate housing a. Adequacy standards for Government-controlled Family housing. (1) The garrison commander will determine the adequacy of Family housing per the standards below. Appearance and habitability will be reviewed annually or between major deployments. (2) Family housing units which equal or exceed the following standards are considered adequate: (a) Location. A housing unit will not be located in close proximity to sources of objectionable noise, odors, and health and safety hazards to residents. Reasonable proximity to runways, industrial areas, troop areas, and ammunition storage areas is characteristic of many installations; therefore, the influence of this factor will be limited to those cases where unacceptable proximity results in persistent annoyance or hazard. (b) Site conditions. 1. Drainage. Suitable drainage and soil stabilization will be provided. 2. Access. Suitable roadways, sidewalks, and steps will be provided as necessary for convenient access to DUs. 3. Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided (up to a maximum of two cars per DU). (c) Size. The minimum areas in net and gross SF and in net and gross square meters (SMs) for DUs are listed in table 36. (For construction benchmarks, see DA Pam 42011.) Only in unusual circumstances will a DU be declared inadequate because of insufficient space. A DU shall not be classified as inadequate on the basis of the current residents grade if the DU is adequate for a lower grade.

48

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Table 36 Minimum net floor area per Family housing dwelling unit (see notes 1 and 2) Number of bedrooms: 1 Space (SF): 550 (net) / 682 (gross) (SM): 51 (net) / 63 (gross) Number of bedrooms: 2 Space (SF): 750 (net) / 930 (gross) (SM): 70 (net) / 86 (gross) Number of bedrooms: 3 Space (SF): 960 (net) / 1190 (gross) (SM): 89 (net) / 111 (gross) Number of bedrooms: 4 or more Space (SF): 1190 (net) / 1476 (gross) (SM): 111 (net) / 137 (gross)
Notes: 1 Space criteria are based on OMB Circular A45. 2 For construction sizing benchmarks, see DA Pam 42011.

(d) Condition of dwelling unit. A DU must have 1. Structural soundness without potential health or safety hazards to residents. 2. Hot and cold potable running water. 3. At least 1 bathroom per floor of DU-1; with flushable commode, lavatory, and shower or tub and other with flushable commode and lavatory. 4. A kitchen with sink, refrigerator, and range with oven. 5. Sanitary facilities and sewage disposal. 6. A heating system where the climate requires one. 7. Electrical service. 8. The minimum number of bedrooms to ensure no more than 2 Family members share a bedroom. 9. Proper M&R performed to meet adequacy standards. 10. Hard-wired smoke detectors in the appropriate locations (para 349). (3) In no case will a Family housing DU now designated as adequate be redesignated as substandard nor occupied on an adjusted BAH basis (see para 324a). (4) One of the following actions must be taken immediately with respect to any Government-owned DU which does not meet the standards in paragraph 323(2). (a) When there is a continuing long-term requirement for the DU, bring it back up to standards with an M&R or construction improvement project or replace it with a new construction project as soon as reasonably possible. (b) When there is no continuing long-term requirement for the DU, remove it from the Family housing inventory by conversion or disposal action as soon as reasonably possible. (5) Local regulations concerning smoking policy will be in accordance with existing Federal laws, Army regulations, or guidance. AR 60063 contains specific guidance on smoking. b. Adequacy standards for Government-controlled permanent party unaccompanied personnel housing. (1) The garrison commander will operate and maintain UPH (PP) in accordance with this regulation and will ensure that the level of living experienced by UPH (PP) residents meets or exceeds the standards below. Appearance and habitability will be reviewed annually or between major deployments. (a) The housing must provide a decent, safe, sanitary, and habitable accommodation in good repair. (b) The minimum space and privacy standards for UPH (PP) in table 37 will be used to determine adequacy. These standards will apply worldwide. Housing managers should avoid confusing these standards with construction design standards (see DA Pam 42011). Instructions for obtaining current barracks construction criteria are contained in paragraph 382b(4). (c) Men and women occupying UPH (PP) will be similarly housed; however, separate and secure sleeping and bathroom facilities will be provided. Two rooms served by the same bathroom will be assigned to personnel of the same gender. (d) Furnishings shall be provided per section IX of this chapter. (2) The UPH (PP) which does not meet adequacy standards will be brought up to standard, replaced, or disposed of as soon as reasonably possible. PP barracks will be revitalized in accordance with the Army Barracks Master Plan (BMP). Appearance and habitability will be reviewed at least annually. (3) The UPH (PP) approved, designed, and constructed under criteria exceeding these adequacy standards will use their construction design criteria as minimum standards for the facility. (4) Instructions for obtaining current PP barracks sizing benchmarks for construction are contained in paragraph
AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012 49

382b(4). Whenever possible, these design criteria will be used in the modernization of troop barracks. In terms of the number of persons per PP barracks room, the capacities of barracks constructed prior to the adoption of the current design differ from those in the current design. barracks designed and constructed to Volunteer Army (VOLAR) standards, the 2+2 standard, the 2+0 standard, the 1+1 standard or the 1+1E standard have differences which affect the space available per person. Nonetheless, while minimum acceptable space and privacy standards are shown in table 37, whenever possible, 1 space will be allocated to a corporal/specialist (E4) through private (E1) and 2 spaces will be allocated to sergeants (E5) and staff sergeants (E6). This allocation of additional spaces for junior NCOs accounts for the difference between total spaces and the number of Soldiers that can be housed when describing the barracks inventory, that is, spaces versus faces, and defining requirements. (5) Soldiers in AIT (including Soldiers training for an additional skill identifier (ASI)) are authorized 90 net SF (8.3 net SM) of living space per construction design criteria. Existing facilities for AIT and ASI Soldiers will be considered adequate and will not be modified simply to meet the space criteria. For those installations which conduct OSUT and have both OSUT and AIT Soldiers in the same facility, 72 net SF (6.7 net SM) is considered adequate and does not authorize programming for construction or modification for these AIT Soldiers. Requirements surveys will count spaces based on the current real property records (72 or 90 net SF/6.7 or 8.3 net SM). When there is justification for construction or modification of the facility for reasons other than space, the 90 SF (8.3 SM) will apply for AIT and ASI Soldiers. (6) Local regulations concerning smoking policy will be per existing Federal laws, Army regulations, or guidance. AR 60063 contains specific guidance. (7) Standards for PP civilians are based on the comparable military grades in table 33. (8) Temporary facilities will not be considered adequate (see paras 320d and 326). (9) Classification information for UPH (PP) is set forth in paragraph 330b.

Table 37 Minimum standards of acceptable space and privacy, existing unrevitalized inventory (see notes 1 and 2) Grade: E9, CW3, CW4, CW5, and O3 and above UPH (PP): 400 SF/37.2 SM net living area: living room, bedroom, private bath, access to kitchen or officer dining facility receiving APF support Grade: WO1, CW2, O1, and O2 UPH (PP): 250 SF/23.2 SM net living area: sleeping/living room, private bath Grade: E7 through E8 UPH (PP): 270 SF/25.1 SM net living area: private room, private bath Grade: E5 and E6 UPH (PP): 135 SF/12.6 SM net living area: private room, bath shared with not more than 1 other (see notes 3 and 4) Grade: E5 and E6 (attending additional skill training (AST)) UPH (PP): 135 SF/12.6 SM net living area: private room, bath shared with not more than 1 other (see note 3) Grade: E1 through E4 (except recruits and trainees) UPH (PP): 90 SF/8.3 SM net living area: not more than 4 per room, central bath (see note 3) Grade: E1 through E4 (attending AIT/ASI) UPH (PP): 90 SF/ 8.3 SM net living area: not more than 4 per room, central bath Grade: E1 recruits and trainees UPH (PP): 72 SF/6.7 SM net living area: open bay, central bath
Notes: 1 The net living area of a private room or suite is measured from the inside face of the peripheral wall and includes all such enclosed, unshared spaces and partitions. The net living area in a shared room comprises the clear area in the sleeping room allocated for an individuals bed, locker, and circulation; it excludes lounges, bathrooms, hallways, door swing areas, and storage areas designed for military mobility and/or field gear or equipment. In open bay, net living area is one equal share per person. The open bay comprises all within the peripheral walls. 2 Standards for PP civilians are based on the comparable military grades in table 33. 3 Minimum space criteria vary for certain UPH building designs. Paragraph 323b addresses these variations. 4 Per 37 USC 403(e)(3) PP E6 personnel entitled to BAH at the without dependent rate may elect to not occupy UPH (PP) which does not meet the minimum standard.

c. Adequacy of off-post housing for permanent party personnel. (1) Assessment of housing. In the case of off-post housing for PP personnel, there are 2 distinct assessments. (a) Acceptability (or suitability). This refers to the residents perception of how well the housing unit meets his or her housing needs. (b) Adequacy. This refers to the housing managers appraisal of how well the housing unit conforms to criteria established to identify housing units that will meet the need for properly housing Soldiers and their Families. The
50 AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

number of adequate housing units is entered in the housing analysis and is used to develop housing requirements data for housing master plans (see sec XIV of this chapter). (2) Determination of adequacy. (a) The determination of the adequacy of rental housing in local communities is a key factor in identifying housing. Units will be considered adequate if they meet the criteria in paragraph 323c(3), unless the commander determines that the location involves excess travel time in mission essential situations. (b) When a Soldier living off post reports unacceptable housing conditions, that housing is inspected by the housing office using the criteria in this regulation (excluding bedroom count, cost, and distance). If the housing office verifies the Soldiers report, that housing is not counted as an asset against housing requirements. (3) Criteria for adequacy. (a) Location. 1. The one-way distance from the housing unit to the installation is within 1 hour commute by privately-owned vehicle during normal commuting hours, or within other limits to satisfy mission requirements. 2. The housing unit is not in an area, subdivision, or housing complex designated by the garrison commander as not acceptable for reasons of health or safety. (b) Cost. For making programming and/or acquisition decisions, the average total monthly cost must not exceed the amounts established by OSD. Total monthly cost includes rent, utilities (except costs reimbursed by the move-in housing allowance (OCONUS) and telephone which is paid by the resident), and other operating costs. Other operating costs include lease required real property insurance, lease required repair fees, a prorated portion of any renter paid real estate agent fee (where customary), and the average monthly cost of any stove or refrigerator provided by the renter in the absence of either landlord-furnished appliances or Government-furnished appliances (OCONUS). (c) Condition. The housing unit must 1. Be a complete unit with private entrance, bath, and kitchen for sole use of its residents. It must be so arranged that both kitchen and bedrooms can be entered without passing through bedrooms. 2. Be well maintained and structurally sound. It must meet applicable codes and not pose a health, safety, or fire hazard. 3. Have hot and cold running potable water. In some foreign areas, construction/building standards for community housing do not provide for potable running water. In such cases, hot and cold running water will be provided and a continuous supply of potable water will be made available. 4. Have a shower or bathtub, lavatory, and a flashcube toilet in the primary bathroom. 5. Have a permanently installed, adequately vented, heating system where the climate requires one and have air conditioning (AC) if on-post housing is authorized to be air conditioned. 6. Have adequate electrical service for normal electrical equipment and lighting. 7. Have cabinets in the kitchen, space and connections for a stove and refrigerator, and space for food preparation. 8. Afford convenient access to parking. 9. Have convenient access to roadways and sidewalks. 10. Have smoke detectors installed and properly operating per state and/or local regulations, laws, or codes. (For purposes of housing requirements analysis, lack of a smoke detector will not cause a requirement for construction of additional on-post housing.) 11. Have connections for a washer and dryer or access to laundry facilities on the premises. 12. Have adequate sanitary and sewage disposal facilities. (d) Size. Table 36 lists minimum areas for DUs. Only in unusual cases, however, will units be declared inadequate solely because of insufficient floor space. This applies especially to mobile homes. (4) Resident-owned housing. All resident-owned housing will be considered adequate. 324. Substandard Family housing a. Affected housing. Substandard Family housing consists of only those inadequate Family housing units which were specifically identified to Congress by the Services through OSD in, and prior to, FY1973. The authority to declare units substandard has expired. b. Disposition of substandard housing. Substandard Family housing will be scheduled for improvement, renovation, replacement, or disposal. c. Improvement policy. Substandard housing will be improved to adequacy standards when (1) There is a long-term or indefinite duration requirement for the DUs. (2) This requirement is for eligible personnel. (3) The necessary improvements can be made with a reasonable amount of funds. A reasonable expenditure will not exceed 50 percent of the current construction cost. d. Policy on retention. Continued retention is contingent upon meeting the following conditions: (1) The housing can be made adequate with a reasonable expenditure of funds and programmed for requisite revitalization.
AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012 51

(2) The housing is safe, decent, and sanitary so as to be acceptable for occupancy pending revitalization. (3) There is a need which cannot be met by locally available private housing. (a) Need must be determined in accordance with current programming criteria. Under no circumstances will units be retained as substandard housing where adequate private housing is available at reasonable costs. (b) The requirement to retain must be for eligible personnel who 1. Are awaiting scheduled construction of new housing, or 2. Have only a short-term requirement for the housing. (4) A rental charge (not to exceed 75 percent of full BAH) will be charged to the residents for such housing. However, when such housing is occupied by other than members of the Uniformed Services and their Families, full rent and charges shall be collected from the residents. (a) Nonroutine repairs and improvements, during the remaining life of the units, will be limited to those repairs or improvements necessary to keep units in a safe, decent, and sanitary condition. Total rental income for that housing project may be less than all routine O&M costs, plus the costs of any nonroutine repairs or improvements, made during any period. As long as units are retained, all reasonably necessary M&R to keep units in a safe, decent, and sanitary condition may be accomplished without regard to income. (b) Substandard units which can be economically improved to adequate standards will be reclassified on completion of the project. Appropriate notations and changes will be made to real property records. (c) IMCOM may approve reclassification of Family housing units erroneously identified as substandard. e. Disposition policy. (1) Substandard Family housing will be scheduled for disposition if it does not meet the criteria for retention in paragraph 324d. Substandard housing may be disposed of as follows: (a) Conversion to other use. Garrison commanders may request conversion of substandard housing to a use other than Family housing. Costs of conversion may not be funded from AFH and the converted units will not be returned to Family housing use without prior approval of HQDA (DAIMISH). If approved, the cost of returning the units to the Family housing inventory will not be funded by AFH. (b) Disposal by sale or demolition. Disposal is done per AR 40590. Cost of disposal will be per DFASIN Manual 37100FY when it has been determined that such costs are properly chargeable to AFH. (In this regard, consider inactive substandard units as pending disposal action unless units are reclassified per paragraphs 324d(4)(b) and 324d(4)(c). (2) Prior approval of HQDA (DAIMISH) is required for diversion, conversion, or disposal of substandard housing except as permitted in paragraphs 324d(4)(b) and 324d(4)(c). Requests for diversion, conversion, or disposal will include data outlined in paragraph 329. f. Assignment. Assignments to substandard housing will be made on a voluntary basis only, except for reasons of military necessity (see para 316j). Section V Occupancy and Disposal 325. Scope This section provides housing occupancy goals and establishes policy for changing functional use of housing facilities and the disposal of DUs. 326. Goals The Armys goal is to achieve the best occupancy rates possible through optimum management of its housing inventories. This conserves public funds, focuses limited resources on occupied units, and maximizes availability of housing to eligible personnel. a. Family housing. (1) The goal of each installation is to achieve an occupancy rate of 95 percent. The maximum acceptable vacancy is 5 percent for adequate DUs. Vacancy rates above 5 percent require an analysis to determine if DUs are excess to needs. No vacancy rate is set for substandard DUs because occupancy is on a voluntary basis. However, every effort should be made to maximize their occupancy. (2) Vacancy rates are determined from Business Occupancy Program (BOP) reports. b. Unaccompanied personnel housing (permanent party). (1) The goal for each installation is a utilization rate of 95 percent for adequate housing. (2) Eligible Soldiers will not be required to occupy temporary World War II or substandard UPH (not upgradeable) facilities except for military necessity (see para 320d(3)). (3) As necessary, garrison commanders may maintain in active status those adequate barracks carried as excess in

52

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

order to provide to priority I and II personnel (see table 35) space and privacy, which approaches current Army barracks construction criteria. Commanders should make this happen whenever their inventories allow. 327. Occupancy a. Adequate housing will be assigned with the least delay to ensure maximum occupancy. No unit will be kept vacant when ready for occupancy. The garrison commander may make exceptions for key and essential personnel and students. b. Installations will obtain maximum occupancy by (1) Continuous advance planning. (2) Maintenance of waiting lists. (3) Prudent scheduling of maintenance. (4) Prompt performance of M&R work. (5) Prompt assignment of housing. 328. Changes in functional use a. Designation of housing. Government-provided housing is acquired to meet the needs of personnel in various grade groups. Upon initial occupancy, housing is designated for use by personnel in certain grade groups. These designations, which reflect functional uses of the housing, are permanent, but may be changed to meet changing requirements. For a description of housing specific category codes (CATCODEs) identifying functional use and the types of changes applicable to housing, see DA Pam 42011. b. Considerations in making changes. Decisions regarding changes in functional use are based on the following: (1) Need for facilities. Current and projected numbers and types of housing facilities will determine needs. (2) Duration of change. A change will be either temporary or permanent. (a) Temporary changes are further classified as either reallocation or diversion. Real property records must be annotated to reflect the temporary change, and the annotation will include the current use CATCODE and the start and end dates of the temporary change. For descriptions of reallocation and diversion and their effect on CATCODE, see DA Pam 42011. (b) Permanent changes are further classified as either redesignation or conversion. Conversions require changes to the design CATCODEs in real property inventory records. For descriptions of redesignation and conversion and their effect on CATCODEs, see DA Pam 42011. c. Approval authority. (1) Family housing. All diversions and conversions will be approved by HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (2) Delegation. Diversion and conversion approval authority will not be delegated except when Family housing is diverted to UPH specifically for occupancy of unaccompanied pregnant Soldiers. Under this specific circumstance, garrison commanders are delegated the authority to approve diversions of this nature for up to 6 months. (3) Unaccompanied personnel housing. Diversions will be approved in accordance with paragraph 330c(1)(b) and conversions in accordance with paragraph 330d(2). (4) Army lodging. Any diversion or conversion to or from Army lodging to AFH or UPH must be approved by HQDA. Submit request to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. d. Diversion and conversion limitation. Diversions up to and beyond 3 years, any combination of 2 or more DUs into a single DU, and any diversion or conversion that results in a DU having more than 5 bedrooms must be approved by HQDA. Submit request to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. 329. Family housing a. Reallocation and diversion of Family housing. (1) Reallocation of Family housing. (a) Family housing areas and, in some cases, individual DU are designated by the garrison commander for use by grade categories. (b) Garrison commanders may reallocate DU from one grade category to another (that is, change the last 2 digits in the 5-digit CATCODE) when 1. There is an imbalance in distribution of existing on-post, off-post, or both on-post and off-post DUs. 2. Circumstances do not warrant permanent change in allocation of DUs. (c) A comparison of Family housing assets against requirements will be made annually. In assessing the needs for reallocation of Family housing assets, consider the following: 1. Housing requirements within each grade category, by bedroom count, including current, projected, and programmable changes. 2. Recent or projected mission changes. 3. Approved and programmed construction, both on-post and off-post.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

53

4. Separation of officer and enlisted Families. 5. Disparity of waiting time between grade categories. (2) Diversion of Family housing. (a) Facilities constructed as Family housing DUs or permanently converted to such use will not be diverted to other use (that is, change the 3-digit CATCODE), unless they are excess to Family housing needs. Family housing units will not be declared diverted for routine M&R, for cleanup, or while awaiting assignment. (b) Authority to divert Family housing to non-Family housing use is held at HQDA (see para 328c). (c) A DU may be diverted to UPH when needed to house 1. Permanently assigned commanders with the rank of colonel (O6) or above who are entitled to BAH at the without dependent rate and are required to reside on the installation. Such commanders will forfeit their housing allowances during the period of occupancy. This applies only when available UPH facilities lack the entertainment area to meet social obligations. 2. Unmarried chaplains and unaccompanied married chaplains. (d) Diverted facilities must be monitored to ensure timely return to Family housing use. (e) DUs will not be altered or modified in any way that will preclude their restoration to Family housing use at a later date. (f) Cost limitations on Family housing will apply to those DUs that have been diverted to other use but remain in the Family housing inventory. (g) For preparation of a request for approval to divert Family housing to other use see DA Pam 42011. (3) Reallocation and diversion documentation. (a) Documentation will be kept on file during the period of reallocation or diversion. Diversions do not change the total inventory. (b) Real property inventory records will be annotated to reflect reallocations and diversions. b. Redesignation and conversion of Family housing. (1) Redesignation of Family housing. (a) Garrison commanders may redesignate adequate DU to alleviate inequity of available housing among grade categories. They will notify HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 through their IMCOM region of redesignations which they approve. (b) Redesignation of GFOQ and GCQ requires prior approval of HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (c) DU requirements will be analyzed as in paragraph 329a(1)(c) prior to proposing redesignation. (d) Redesignation must be based on long-term requirements and current and long-range construction plans. It should take into account the physical location and amenities of existing and approved future units. (e) Whether redesignation should be pursued will be considered at least annually and will be evaluated when 1. The installation conducts a housing requirements determination action (see sec XIV of this chapter). 2. There is a significant change in installation population (increase, decrease, ratio adjustment among grade categories, or bedroom requirements) or available on-post or off-post housing assets. 3. Waiting periods differ greatly between grade categories with like bedroom requirements. 4. There are constant diversions to maintain equity balance. (2) Conversion of Family housing. (a) AFH funds will not be used to support a DU or other Family housing real property that has been converted. (b) For preparation of a request for approval for conversion of Family housing to other use see DA Pam 42011. (c) Requests which are based on economic factors will include an economic analysis (EA) which must demonstrate that retention as Family housing is not economically feasible. (d) Converted DU will not be included in the Family housing inventory or reported after the initial report of conversion. (3) Redesignation and conversion documentation. (a) Redesignation and conversion actions will be properly documented and entered into Housing Operation Management System (HOMES) or other housing management information system. (b) Installation real property inventory records will be changed to reflect redesignations and conversions. c. Inactivation of Family housing. (1) Family housing units are considered to be in an active status unless DUs which have no anticipated occupancy for a period of 3 months or more are specifically removed from that status. Family housing units will not be declared inactive for routine M&R, cleanup, or while awaiting assignment. (2) DUs may be inactivated when (a) All efforts to fill the units through voluntary assignment, assignment of Family members of absentee sponsors, and other management options such as diversion, conversion, or (in foreign areas) mandatory assignment (see para

54

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

316k for condition under which mandatory assignment may be considered) have been exhausted and there is no foreseeable need for the DU for the next 3 months. (b) The installation has been announced for closure or mission reduction and, as a result, housing requirements are diminished or DUs are vacant pending disposition. (3) Facilities declared inactive will receive only the basic maintenance necessary to protect the Governments capital investment. Provisions will be made to prevent loss from fire, theft, vandalism, or avoidable deterioration and to preclude the development of unsafe, unsanitary, or unsightly conditions. d. Reactivation of Family housing. Garrison commanders may reactivate DUs when the conditions for inactivation cease to exist. e. Disposal of Family housing. Disposal will be considered when real property is excess to the needs of Family housing (or there are better alternatives to meeting the requirement) and conversion is not an acceptable or practical alternative. Alternatives to disposal may entail divestiture or sale of the property, demolition, replacement, conversion, or transfer to other than AFH control (for example, privatization). Priority will be given to obsolete and excess housing units that can be disposed of as part of an AFHC funded project or privatization action. (1) For preparation of a request for approval to dispose of Family housing see DA Pam 42011. (2) Disposal of Family housing will comply with AR 40590. All disposal of Family housing will be documented on DA Form 337 (Request for Approval of Disposal of Buildings and Improvements). AR 40590 states the approval authorities. (3) Disposal will not normally be approved where a Family housing deficit exists and the DU can be economically retained or reconfigured for continued Family housing use. (4) In all cases, a copy of the approval memorandum and signed DA Form 337 will be provided to HQDA (DAIMISH) at least 21 calendar days prior to the award or execution of any disposal action. 330. Unaccompanied personnel housing a. Unaccompanied personnel housing real property records. A physical inventory of UPH will be conducted periodically, but no less than biennially to validate and update inventory records. This validation and update will consider the results of space management surveys and may result in changes in use to ensure effective utilization of assets. Inventory validations and updates will be coordinated with the Real Property Officer, Space/Facility Manager, and Master Planner. b. Classification of unaccompanied personnel housing (permanent party). (1) All UPH will be classified as 1+1, 1+1E, 2+2, Modified 2 + 2, other adequate, substandard (upgradeable), or substandard (not upgradeable) (see glossary for definitions of these terms). (2) The garrison commander will classify UPH per the guidelines in paragraph 323b. (3) Neither cosmetic nor other deficiencies that are correctable with O&M funds will justify a substandard classification. (4) The UPH will not be classified as substandard merely because the facility does not meet current construction design standards. (5) The absence of recreational facilities at an installation will not be a basis for declaring Government housing substandard. (6) The UPH classifications will be annotated on real property records. These annotations will be changed whenever a classification is changed. The UPH will be classified in facility CATCODE series 721 or 724. c. Diversion of unaccompanied personnel housing. (1) Basic policy. (a) Diversion of UPH will not result in dislocating personnel to housing of lesser quality. (b) Authority to divert adequate UPH or substandard UPH (upgradeable) buildings or parts of buildings to other UPH use (that is, change either last 2 or 3 digits of 5-digit CATCODE) is held by the IMCOM with copy furnished to HQDA (DAIMISH). Authority to divert adequate UPH or substandard UPH (upgradeable) for use by activities unrelated to UPH (that is, change 3-digit CATCODE) is held at HQDA. Diversion requests will be sent to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (2) Diversion. (a) For preparation of a request for approval of diversion of UPH assets, see DA Pam 42011. (b) Approval to divert or continue diversion of adequate or substandard UPH (upgradeable) will be granted only when it has been determined that 1. Diversions are being made on an austere basis. 2. Use of existing temporary-type facilities to provide required facilities is not feasible. 3. Early MCA programming for the type of facilities for which the diversion is required is accomplished at a high priority to insure retention of the program. 4. The installation has enough permanent-type UPH to accommodate the troop strength assigned and diversion will not result in issuance of CNAs.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

55

(c) Existing adequate UPH or substandard UPH (upgradeable) will not be used as distinguished visitor quarters (DVQ) unless they are excess to requirements. The IMCOM region approval is required. (d) There is no restriction on the diversion of substandard UPH which is not economically upgradeable to acceptable UPH standards. (e) Diverted UPH spaces will be counted as UPH assets including when determining requirements; however, they will not be counted as UPH vacancies in calculating utilization rates. (3) Diversion documentation. Approval documentation will be kept on file during the period of diversion and real property records will be changed to reflect diversion. d. Conversion of unaccompanied personnel housing. (1) Conversion may change UPH functional use to non-UPH functional use (that is, change 3-digit CATCODE). However, conversion may also change a facilitys functional use from one UPH use to another UPH use (that is, change the last 2 or 3 digits of the 5-digit CATCODE). For example, if requirement is to house visiting officers and housing constructed for officers (CATCODE 72410) is available to satisfy that requirement, conversion action must be initiated to change the category to visiting officers quarters (CATCODE 72412). (2) Authority to convert adequate UPH or substandard UPH (upgradeable) buildings or parts of buildings to other UPH use (that is, change either last 2 or 3 digits of 5-digit CATCODE) is held by the IMCOM with copy furnished to HQDA (DAIMISH). The authority to convert adequate UPH or substandard UPH (upgradeable) buildings or parts of buildings to non-UPH use is held at HQDA. Conversion requests will be sent to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (3) Conversion of adequate UPH or substandard UPH (upgradeable) buildings, or parts of buildings, is subject to the following conditions: (a) Installations will seek opportunities to convert excess permanent space to allow the relocation of activities occupying space in temporary facilities. (b) No permanent space will be converted where the same category of space in temporary facilities is in use. (c) Facilities constructed within the last 5 years will not be converted. (d) Conversion from a shortage category to an excess category is prohibited. (e) UPH conversion approval will be valid for one year after date of approval. Approval of a UPH conversion for which a change in the functional use of space, as approved, has not taken place within one year will be rescinded automatically on the anniversary date of the approval. (f) Real property records will be changed to reflect approved conversions after change in functional use of space has been made; not upon approval. (g) Conversion of space from a shortage category to another shortage category will be approved only after giving consideration to how future force structure changes, weapons systems deployments, and contingency planning will affect overall facilities needs. (4) For preparation of a request for approval to convert adequate UPH or substandard UPH (upgradeable), see DA Pam 42011. e. Inactivation of unaccompanied personnel housing. (1) UPH is considered to be in an active status unless specifically removed from that status. (2) Garrison commanders may inactivate UPH which has no anticipated occupancy for a period of 3 months or more when (a) All efforts to fill the UPH through voluntary assignment, other management option such as diversion or conversion, or mandatory assignment have been exhausted and there is no foreseeable need for the UPH for the next three months; or (b) The installation has been announced for closure or mission reduction, and, as a result, UPH requirements are diminished, or UPH is vacant pending disposition; or (c) The UPH is undergoing major M&R or improvements which preclude occupancy for an extended period of time. (3) Facilities declared inactive for reasons other than major M&R or improvements will receive only the basic maintenance necessary to protect the Governments capital investment. Provisions will be made to prevent loss from fire, theft, vandalism, or avoidable deterioration and to preclude the development of unsafe, unsanitary, or unsightly conditions. f. Reactivation of unaccompanied personnel housing. Garrison commanders may reactivate UPH when the conditions for inactivation cease to exist. g. Disposal of unaccompanied personnel housing. Disposal of UPH will be done in accordance with AR 40590. 331. Host-tenant and logistic support agreements a. Host-tenant concept. Policies and procedures on host-tenant interservice and intergovernmental support agreements between ACOMs, ASCCs, DRUs, IMCOM, organizations, units, or activities are described in DODI 4000.19 and ACSIMs Support Agreement Handbook (available at http://www.hqda.army.mil/acsimweb). DD Form 1144 (Support Agreement) will be used to complete agreements, when required.

56

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

b. Host-tenant housing policy. (1) DOD military personnel assigned to an installation for duty, and those assigned to units attached to the host for housing support, are eligible for housing assets under control and jurisdiction of the host. All eligible personnel will compete for such housing on the same basis as personnel assigned to the host. They will be assigned to housing under the provisions of this regulation. (2) The policy in paragraph 331b(1) does not relieve tenant units or activities of their obligation to enter into a host-tenant agreement, when required. Attached and tenant units and activities must advise the host installation of their housing requirements, particularly for Families and for key and essential personnel. (3) Any differences involving host-tenant support responsibilities or negotiations will be referred to the parent commands for resolution per DODI 4000.19. c. Interservice, interdepartmental, and interagency support agreements. Army commanders may be asked to provide housing support to other departments or agencies of the Federal Government, including other military departments. (1) Office of the Secretary of Defense has established the basic principle that each DOD component provides and arranges for the support of its own forces. In arranging for support, a component may request assistance from another DOD component. (2) Each DOD component must provide the support requested to the extent military requirements permit, provided (a) Requested support is available or can be made available with provision of additional resources (funds, facilities, and/or manpower) and to the overall advantage of DOD. (b) The host has the capability of supporting the tenant without detrimental impact on its own military missions. (3) Interservice, interdepartmental, or interagency requests for Army housing support are negotiated per DODI 4000. 19. Where a host is unable to provide housing support without additional resources, and the requestors economic analysis shows support by the host to be more advantageous to DOD if additional resources were provided the host, the request will be passed up the hosts chain of command to the ACSIM for a decision. If the decision is made to provide the host with additional resources, a budget-base (program) transfer of funds from the tenants department or agency to the hosts department will be made at departmental level. (4) Each level of command will attempt to resolve disagreements with other Services, departments, or agencies. Such action will be fully documented, presenting both the Army and other positions and arguments so that the next higher level is totally informed and knows what objections exist. Refer unresolved issues to HQDA (DAIMOD), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. Provide information copy of referral to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. d. International agreements. (1) With regard to any international agreements which address housing support, ASCC commanders and IMCOM region directors will forward the following (per AR 55051) to HQDA (DAJAIO), 2200 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203102200: (a) All requests for international agreements which require OSD or HQDA approval. (b) Yearly records of authorizations and denials for international agreements executed within the authority delegated to their ASCCs. (2) Army military personnel are permitted to occupy housing of a foreign country in accordance with the terms of an existing international agreement, such as a SOFA. (3) Foreign military personnel are permitted to occupy Army housing as specified in section III or in other existing formal agreements. 332. Unit moves and base realignments a. Unit moves. (1) Unit moves result from (a) Unit rotation. (b) Restationing action. (2) Eligible military personnel identified for PCS reassignment with a unit move must receive fair and equitable consideration of available housing assets at the gaining installation. It is essential that all personnel receive advance notice of the housing situation at the gaining installation (as it applies specifically to them) so that they can make necessary plans and arrangements. This is especially so for those with Families. Such notification precludes speculative rumors and improves the morale and efficiency of all personnel whether they are members of the advance party or are part of a subsequent increment. (3) Due to time phasing of unit moves, the effective date of the merger of Family housing waiting lists will be agreed upon by the installations, IMCOM regions, and ACOMs, ASCCs, or DRUs involved as appropriate. The merger date must be equitable for all concerned and be set up to ensure minimum stagnation of waiting lists. Unresolved issues will be forwarded to IMCOM regions and, if still unresolved, to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. b. Procedures. To achieve a smooth unit move, the following procedures will apply:

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

57

(1) The commander of the unit being moved will (a) Identify personnel for PCS reassignment with the unit. (b) Prepare and submit a list of all unit move personnel who are eligible and wish to be considered for Governmentprovided housing at the gaining installation. Separate lists will be established for FH and UPH. Each list will be arranged by grade categories. Within the Family housing list, the grade categories are further arranged according to the determined effective date of housing application for each Soldiers current category at the losing installation, and are considered as advance applications. This list is sent to the gaining installation no less than 45 days prior to the effective date of the unit move. (c) Submit a proposed list of key and essential personnel to the commander of the gaining installation. (d) Enter into host-tenant negotiations, if required, at the earliest practicable date in advance of the unit move. (2) The gaining garrison commander will (a) Merge the Family housing section of the list of the incoming unit with the existing list for preplanning purposes. (b) Evaluate the impact the unit move has on existing housing waiting lists and housing forecasts. (c) Enter into host-tenant negotiations with the commander of the incoming unit, as necessary. (d) Make appropriate plans and arrangements to accommodate incoming personnel. (e) Provide effective housing services to include the full range of Housing Services. (f) Recommend revision of key and essential position list, as required. (3) The gaining installation will honor all housing assignment commitments issued by the gaining installation prior to merger of the waiting lists. (4) The final housing list of the incoming unit will be merged with the gaining installation lists no less than 30 days prior to the scheduled movement of the advance party of the incoming units. (a) If the personnel strength of the incoming unit is altered prior to the effective date of the unit move, the merged lists will be adjusted accordingly. (b) Lists of the gaining installation and incoming unit will be merged on a pro rata basis. (c) Individuals in the freeze zone on the gaining installation waiting list will not be displaced. (d) For installations with automated Family housing waiting lists, it will be necessary to adjust the effective date of application to ensure maintenance of relative positions on the list. (5) The merged waiting lists will be posted in the housing office for public view by both the gaining installation and the incoming unit. (6) The gaining installation will issue DD Form 1747 (Status of Housing Availability) to all incoming personnel. If appropriate, group statements may be issued to personnel of the incoming unit. (7) Approved key and essential personnel of the incoming unit will receive priority consideration for the assignment to housing. However, they will not displace personnel on the waiting list who have received a firm commitment for housing assignment. Appropriate Family housing DUs may be held vacant for a period not to exceed 30 days pending the arrival of designated key and essential personnel of the incoming unit. c. Base realignments. Realignment actions will often have a disruptive impact on people. Therefore, housing managers at all levels must participate in realignment studies to ensure that the housing aspects of realignments are appropriately considered before the fact (see AR 510). d. Base closures. When a base closes, commanders must ensure that military personnel and Families are moved on a scheduled basis. Housing facilities must be closed consistent with the capability to provide essential support and service. Continuous coordination among all the functional elements of the infrastructure will be essential. HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600; HQDA (DAIMOD), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600; USACE (CERE), 441 G Street, NW, Washington, DC 203141000; and the IMCOM region will coordinate on and issue specific guidance concerning the assignment, utilization, and ultimate disposition of housing assets. 333. Minimizing maintenance downtime for Family housing The time during which DUs are out of service due to M&R must be kept to a minimum by coordination of the assignment/termination function, and the scheduling and performance of between-occupancy M&R performed by either an in-house or a contract maintenance workforce. At locations where between-occupancy M&R is accomplished by contract, the contract will include: a. Performance time-limits clause. DA Pam 42011 provides guidelines for typical between-occupancy average times for M&R items; however, the limits to be used in a M&R contract at a specific installation should be determined based on efficiency and overall savings to the Government. b. Liquidated damages clause. The liquidated damages clause will reflect the loss to the Government for contractor delays beyond the stated time limits and will include BAH costs, any additional temporary payments to the Soldier while awaiting the housing, and additional costs of Government inspection.

58

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

c. Individual task listing. The task listing will allow each of the items (requirements) to be accomplished individually or in combination with other items depending on the maintenance needs of that particular DU. Section VI Housing Services Office 334. Scope This section prescribes policy, responsibility, and procedures governing the housing services operation and equal opportunity in off-post housing programs. 335. Local civilian community housing a. Congress has directed the DOD to rely on the local civilian community as the primary source of housing assets to meet military needs. This policy demands that the installation HSOs pursue an active role in their relationships with local community entities associated with real estate and the housing market. In establishing a mutually beneficial relationship with the community, the garrison commander will ensure that HSO will (1) Participate with, and actively solicit support for military needs from, civilian rental property owners and managers, local housing authorities, real estate boards, home builders associations, chambers of commerce, planning agencies, zoning offices, financial institutions, and building permit issuing agencies. (2) Inform the civilian community of military housing needs and seek community acceptance of any proposed military housing acquisition programs. b. Actively work with the local community to enhance the HSOs ability to (1) Assist newly arrived personnel in finding adequate and affordable community housing with the least possible delay. (2) Provide guidance and assistance to personnel in off-post housing matters on a continuing basis. (3) Counsel departing personnel so that they will be able to make informed decisions about housing choices at their new duty station prior to a PCS move. 336. Eligibility a. The following are eligible to participate in the HS and EOOPH programs: (1) All AD military personnel and their Family members. (2) U.S. citizen DOD employees (APF and NAF) and their Family members. b. Soldiers and OCONUS DOD civilian employees must report to the HSO prior to making arrangements to rent, lease, or purchase off-post housing. 337. Housing services functions and customer service a. Housing services functions. (1) To maximize off-post housing support in meeting Soldier needs, the installation HSO will offer as a minimum the following services: (a) Nondiscriminatory listings of rental and for-sale housing. (b) Counseling for applicants on the EOOPH program and the prohibitions against discrimination based on disability. (c) Assistance in resolving landlord tenant disputes. (d) Preliminary inquiries to validate housing discrimination complaints. (e) Liaison with community and Government officials and organizations. (f) Housing data exchange with other DOD housing offices. (g) Management and processing responsibilities, entitlement briefings, and certifications related to housing availability and related costs for temporary lodging expense (TLE) (see JFTR). (h) Government transportation for newly arrived personnel where possible to inspect community housing listings when public or private transportation is not available or convenient. (i) Assistance with rental negotiations and review of leases. (j) General housing information sufficient for the Army Community Service (ACS) to fully support the Housing Relocation Assistance Program, to include the Standard Installation Topic Exchange Service (SITES) database. (2) Where feasible on a space and/or resource available basis, the following additional services may be offered: (a) Counseling on home buying and selling, property management, and mobile homes. (b) Housing market area data for use in developing market analyses (see sec XIV). (c) Administrative assistance with utility company fees and deposits, connections, and billings. (3) Additionally, the following services will be provided in foreign areas: (a) Management and processing responsibilities, entitlement briefings and certifications of housing availability and related costs for the TLA (see JFTR), move in housing allowance (MIHA) (see JFTR); and the OHA programs. DD

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

59

Form 2367 (Individual Overseas Housing Allowance (OHA) Report) will be used to determine eligibility to start, adjust, or terminate OHA. The form may be supplemented with additional information to suit local requirements. However, supplementation will not replace utilization of DD Form 2367 for its intended purposes. A copy of each completed form, any local supplement, and a copy of the individuals lease or sales agreement will be retained in the HSOs records file. (b) Government transportation to newly arriving personnel to inspect community housing listings. (c) Language interpretation in dealing with landlord and utility companies. (d) Rental agreements in English and local language. Every effort should be made to include the following provisions in rental agreements: 1. A lease period with automatic renewal provision. 2. Early termination without penalty based on appropriate military reassignment orders. (e) Preparation of moving in and out inventory condition report of premises with tenant and landlord. (f) Mandatory in-processing and out-processing of DOD personnel through the HSO as part of the local processing procedures. (g) Maintenance of a rotation (expected date of departure) file on DOD personnel living in private rental housing. (h) Documentation that applicant is actively seeking permanent housing if required to do so. (i) Verification that private rental housing is not vacated prematurely. (4) There are a number of programs that support the services in paragraphs 337a(1), 337a(2), and 337a(3). The programs listed below can aid the installation HSO in accomplishing its mission of making the Soldier aware of the availability of affordable, quality housing. These programs are intended to help equalize the cost to the Soldier of onpost and off-post housing. (a) Rental Partnership Program (see para 337d(2) ). (b) Army Housing Online User Services (see para 327e(6)). (c) Housing Relocation Assistance Program (HRAP) (see para 327e(6)). (d) Deposit Waiver Program (see para 327e(6)). (e) Automated Housing Referral Network. (5) The HSO programs and services should be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. If it is not feasible to locate those services in an accessible building or if modification of a building would be an undue hardship, arrangements must be made to provide, upon request, all HSO services at an accessible location. Readers for the blind and sign language interpreters for deaf persons should be made available upon request, if feasible. (6) Housing managers must ensure that the responsibilities identified in paragraphs 327a(1)(h) and 327a(3)(a) are added to employee position descriptions. (7) The HSO hours of operation should be convenient and flexible to meet the needs of its customers. b. Housing services staffing. (1) Installation housing managers must annually assess the current strength of HSO staffs to determine whether the HS program is fully staffed, fully trained, and has the appropriate facilities and tools to anticipate and meet the requirements of incoming and outgoing Soldiers and Families. Toward that end, the Army will set staffing levels based on the number of off-post Soldiers and Families that are provided off-post housing services for the given installation (see table 38). The HSO must be active in the local, off-post communities in an aggressive search for additional adequate housing. The effective HSO should contain enough staff to allow sufficient time, as determined appropriate by the housing manager, to be spent off-post in direct contact with landlords, real estate agents/brokers, state and local housing staffs, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) staff, Chambers of Commerce staffs, and so forth, in a constant search for additional suitable off-post housing. The HSO should be supported with sufficient vehicles, telephone lines, a FAX machine, copy machine, computers with internet access, and other equipment and supplies essential to facilitate its work.

Table 38 Housing Services Office staff to eligible population


Number of Families HSO Staff Level

< 100 101 - 500 501 - 1,999 2,000 - 3,499 3,500 - 6,499 6,500 - 9,499

0 1 2 3 4 5

60

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Table 38 Housing Services Office staff to eligible populationContinued


Number of Families HSO Staff Level

9,500 - 12,499 12,500 - 15,499 15,000 +

6 7 8

(2) Each HSO worldwide should have sufficient telephone lines and open, immediate access to long distance/ overseas telephone, internet, and FAX services. This will enable HSO staffs to obtain real time, up-to-date information about temporary and permanent housing availability at the next duty station for each departing Soldier and Family. AFH funds may be used to pay for the installation of additional lines dedicated to Family housing use and monthly costs for service. Sufficient telephone lines will help ensure that Soldiers, Families, and military units have a soft landing at their next duty stations. c. Coordinated offices. A coordinated HSO may be established in areas where more than one military installation is located. One installation should be designated to provide services, mutually agreed upon, for each installation in a geographic area, and designated the primary DOD contact with community and Government agency (local, State, and Federal) representatives. In coordinated areas, each installation should perform some or all of the HSO functions. d. Off-post housing availability. (1) Housing listings. The HSO will obtain and maintain listings of adequate rental and sales units reflecting the full range of prices, sizes, and locations of housing assets. Property considered for listing will be inspected when there is a question of adequacy. Property which is inadequate for occupancy by military Families will be identified in a restrictive sanction list which will be provided to Soldiers. Units will be listed on an approved automated system (see DA Pam 42011). Property and agents against which restrictive sanctions have been imposed will be identified in a restrictive sanction list which will be provided the Soldiers. (2) Rental Partnership Program. The installation HSO may contact local landlords to request set-aside housing units (apartments or houses) for use by military personnel. DOD and Army sponsored civilian personnel may participate in the RPP in foreign areas. The Soldier would pay rent by payroll deduction (allotment) not greater than his or her housing allowances. The security deposit may be waived by mutual agreement. For guidelines for establishing a RPP, see DA Pam 42011. e. Assistance and counseling. The HSO can ease Soldier and Family relocations through timely and straightforward assistance and counseling. The HSO will have the capability to (1) Counsel all applicants concerning the EOOPH program with emphasis placed on the obligation of applicants to report immediately any indication of discrimination in their search for housing. A copy of the restrictive sanction list will be provided to each applicant (see para 338i(2)). (2) Counsel personnel regarding standards of conduct, the rights and responsibilities of landlords and tenants, and the availability of assistance from the HSO in resolving disputes. Local laws and regulations pertaining to the rights and responsibilities of landlords and tenants will be addressed. Desirability of military release clauses in rental contracts, legal assistance available to review proposed leases and sales contracts, and applicable laws governing refunds of advance payments for home purchases should also be addressed. Applicants will be informed of the impact of tenant conduct on continued community support to provide needed housing for DOD Families in the future. (3) Provide applicants with general information on the community and the support services available in handout form. For guidelines for the content of the community and support services handout, see DA Pam 42011. (4) Furnish each applicant a copy of DA Pam 360611 which contains guidelines on standards of conduct for military personnel who reside off post. Overseas, this publication may be supplemented to suit local conditions. Parts that do not apply overseas will be identified to the applicants. (5) Verify permissive TDY. Members on permissive TDY for house-hunting purposes must have a DA Form 4187 (Personnel Action) and, if applicable, a DD Form 1747 when processing through the gaining HSO (see AR 600810). The Soldier must report to the gaining installations housing office and have DA Form 4187 verified/stamped on the first available duty day. Soldiers must not negotiate or formalize acquisition of housing prior to obtaining verification/ stamp (DA Form 4187). The stamp and date serves as verification of housing processing and permissive TDY status. Failure to secure the HSO validation may result in the Soldier being charged leave for the entire period. (6) Assist transferring Soldiers and Family members in assessing their housing relocation needs. Relocation requirements/interests not related to housing will be referred to the installation ACS office or other agency for specific assistance. Housing relocation assistance counseling will include AHOS, the HRAP, and the Deposit Waiver Program. (See DA Pam 42011 for recommended content of the counseling including AHOS, the HRAP and the Deposit Waiver Program.) (7) Advise applicants to consider obtaining insurance coverage for premises to be rented and against loss of personal effects and household furnishings while their property is in the rented premises.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

61

f. Complaints from the Soldier. (1) Community housing complaints. Off-post housing problems concerning DOD personnel must be investigated immediately for validity and fully documented by the HSO. (Housing managers must ensure that these responsibilities are added to both the employee position descriptions and the major performance objectives/individual performance standards.) Provisions for handling on-post housing complaints are addressed in paragraph 363. (2) Health, sanitation, and unfair business practice complaints. The Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Board will be contacted for possible placement of facilities off-limits when health or sanitation complaints cannot be resolved with agents or local civilian agencies (see AR 19024). Agents who participate in unfair business practices may be placed off limits. Examples of unfair business practices are as follows: (a) Those OCONUS agents who charge excess rent to Americans. (b) Payment of money requested in addition to the sum specified in the lease. (c) Nonrefund of entire security deposit even though Soldier has fulfilled all requirements of lease. g. Advertisements and information technology. (1) The HSO will assist in ensuring that only nondiscriminatory advertisements of rental or sales housing units appear in authorized DOD media formats, such as the internet, Web sites, post publications, and bulletin boards. Media formats inconsistent with the DOD policy affirming equal opportunity housing for all DOD personnel will not be used or distributed by housing offices. (2) The HSO will also maintain access to the internet where housing customers may view other Army installations, communities, and on-post and off-post housing. 338. Housing discrimination complaints a. Equal Opportunity in Off-Post Housing Program. (1) Title 42, U.S. Code, section 3601 et seq (42 USC 3601 et seq); Public Law (PL) 100430 (1988); PL 93383 (1974); and PL 90284 (1968) pertain to equal opportunity for all citizens in obtaining housing regardless of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, handicap, or Familial status. These statutes are applicable in the United States. In foreign areas, the intent of the EOOPH program will be carried out to the extent possible within the laws and customs of the foreign country. (2) This program is intended to eliminate discrimination against DOD personnel on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age, disability, or Familial status in obtaining suitable housing accommodations in local communities. A suspected discriminatory act, with or without the filing of a formal complaint, is a valid basis for investigation. b. Reporting housing discrimination complaints. (1) Alleged incidents or complaints of discrimination must be referred to the HSO for appropriate action. (2) An agents refusal to show, rent, lease, or sell otherwise suitable housing may be a basis for a housing discrimination complaint. Also, any agents use of words or statements that indicate discrimination is considered an act or incident of discrimination. (3) Each alleged incident will be investigated promptly and processed within 30 working days after the complaint is filed. The garrison commander may grant an extension of 10 working days if required. c. Preliminary inquiry. A preliminary inquiry will begin within three working days after receipt of the complaint. The inquiry may be informal (using AR 156 as a guide) but must be sufficiently detailed to indicate if discrimination occurred. The HSO, or a command-designated representative where there is no HSO, will act as follows: (1) Notify the garrison commander immediately. (2) Interview the complainant promptly and obtain all relevant details. (3) Telephone or visit the facility or agent concerned immediately if the complaint is received shortly after the time of the alleged act and concerns the change in availability of a vacancy (such as just rented). Attempt to determine if a vacancy exists without making reference to the complaint received. Request the garrison commander to authorize the use of verifiers as necessary (see para d below). (4) Advise the complainant of the provisions and procedures in this section and the right to pursue further actions through the HUD, the Department of Justice (DOJ), and local or State agencies. Coordinate effort with the OSJA to determine to what extent legal assistance can be provided. Assist the complainant in completing HUD Form 903.1 (Victim of Housing Discrimination), if desired. Complaints can be filed on the HUD internet site at http://www.hud. gov/complaints/housediscrim.cfm. A complainant may file a complaint directly on line or print out a form to mail in. The fact that a complainant might report an act of alleged discriminatory treatment, but declines to complete a HUD Form 903.1, does not relieve the command of responsibility for making further inquiry and taking such subsequent actions as may be appropriate. (5) Inform the garrison commander of the preliminary inquiry results and actions taken. If the complainant cannot obtain suitable housing in a reasonable amount of time because of discriminatory practices in the community, the complainant and the commander may use this fact to justify priority assignment to military housing or reassignment for humanitarian reasons. Reassignment action is a last resort and must be justified fully through command channels.

62

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

d. Use of verifiers. The use of verifiers is authorized to determine if a basis for the complaint exists and whether or not the practices are discriminatory. Verifiers will not be used for the sole purpose of determining sincerity or normal practices of an agent about whom the HSO has not received a housing discrimination complaint. When selecting and using verifiers, the following actions apply: (1) Verification of the vacancy will be made as soon as possible after an alleged act of discrimination. (2) Verifiers will be volunteers. The Equal Opportunity Office is a possible source for identifying individuals to be used as verifiers. HSO staff members should not be used as verifiers except in unusual situations. (3) The verifier determines the characteristic, that is, the suspected basis for the complainants exclusion. Ideally, two verifiers should be used. One verifier will possess characteristics as close as possible to those of the complainant except those which are suspect as discriminatory. If a second verifier is used, the individual should possess characteristics similar to the complainant including the alleged discrimination characteristics. (4) Verifiers are to obtain information only on agent or facility operating policies, practices, and procedures for subsequent determination of complaint validity. Verifiers are not to make verbal or written contract for the unit, pay any money, or say they want the unit. At the end of the visit, the agent should understand that the verifier is not interested in the unit. (5) The following information will be obtained by the verifier, if possible. (a) Concerning the facility. What is available? Did it meet the requirements of what the complainant requested? Amount of rent? Deposit required? Are children and pets accepted? Is an application required? What is the time between filing application and permission to move in? Are minority Families and singles in the facility? The presence or absence of a vacancy sign will be noted along with any other information deemed appropriate. (b) Concerning the prospective tenants. If possible, find out what qualifications prospective tenants must meet, such as credit rating, salary, marital status, children, deposit, written applications, and the like. Also, a complete description of all procedures for becoming a tenant, including all steps from initial inquiry to moving in, should be determined. Does the managers subjective impression of the applicant appear to play any part in the decision to rent or purchase a unit? (6) The verifiers statement will be completed immediately after the verification visit. It will be accurate, objective, and in detail. The following will be included: (a) Date, time of visit, and name and position of person contacted. Other pertinent information obtained during visit (such as length of time employed at facility and race) should be included. (b) Answers in first person, that is, write in first person (such as I or we) and try to use direct quotes when reconstructing the conversation. Do not use pronouns such as he, she, or they. Who said what to whom will be clearly identified. (c) Signed and dated statement. Give verifiers full name, address, telephone number (duty or home), and race as relevant to complaint. e. Complaint process. If the basic facts of the preliminary inquiry appear to confirm the complaint (but before the final decision is made that the complaint is valid), the garrison commander will ensure that the actions to proceed with an informal hearing as discussed below begin within 3 working days after receipt of the inquiry report. (1) Informal hearing information. (a) A representative of the garrison commander will give written notice to the agent explaining the nature of the complaint and the agents right to request an informal hearing with the garrison commanders representative. (b) The notification will specifically state the nature of the discrimination complaint and the right of the agent to appear personally at the hearing, be represented by an attorney, and to present evidence and call witnesses. (c) The notification also will state that the agent has 5 working days after receipt of the written notice to request a hearing. If no request is received within five days, the lack of response will be considered as a waiver to be present at the hearing. (d) The written notification will be delivered to the agent personally by a representative of the garrison commander or sent to the agent by certified mail with return receipt requested. (2) Action on decline. An informal hearing must be held, even if the agent or agents attorney declines to participate. f. Conducting an informal hearing. (1) Attendees. The informal hearing will be conducted by a representative of the garrison commander at a convenient location. The agent, agents attorney, complainant, complainants attorney, HSO representative, SJA representative, or other designated persons may attend. The Equal Opportunity adviser will be a regular attendee. (2) Disclosure of information. The agent (or agents attorney) will not be given copies of the form used by the HUD for filing housing discrimination complaints (HUD Form 903.1) or other pertinent statements that may later be required for subsequent HUD or DOJ actions. Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) and Privacy Act consideration will be determined by the OSJA. (3) Record of hearing. A summary of the hearing will be prepared and placed in the complaint file. The summary will include a list of attendees, location of hearing, and summary of discussion. g. Legal review.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

63

(1) A legal review will be accomplished (a) After the preliminary inquiry. (b) After the informal hearing. (c) Before the garrison commanders final decision that the inquiry supports or fails to support the complaint. (2) The report of investigation will be reviewed for content and completeness. A statement that such a review was conducted will be signed by an OSJA attorney performing the review. This statement will include the following: (a) Any necessary explanatory remarks to include comments concerning facts and evidence presented. (b) Information about pending complaints brought by private parties with respect to the same facility or agent. (c) Comments pertaining to civil rights laws relevant to the particular case. h. Garrison commanders decision. (1) Imposing restrictive sanctions is the responsibility of the garrison commander and cannot be delegated. (2) If the garrison commander determines that more information is required, or for any reason further inquiry is deemed necessary, an officer will be appointed from sources other than the HSO to conduct a formal inquiry or investigation as the situation warrants. The officer, if not an attorney, will be afforded the advice and assistance by the OSJA, as well as that of the housing office and the Equal Opportunity adviser. i. Closing the case. (1) Failure to support complaint. If, in the commanders judgment, the inquiry fails to support the complaint, the case will be considered closed. The commander then will take the following actions: (a) Inform the complainant in writing of all actions taken. Advise the complainant of the right to submit a complaint to HUD and DOJ, or pursue a private civil action in a State or Federal court. (b) Summarize in the report file 1. Practices giving rise to the complaint. 2. Actions and results of the inquiry or investigation. 3. Assurance (written or oral) from the agent concerning future facility or agent practices. (c) Include the following statement, completed by the complainant, as part of the case file: I (am) (am not) satisfied with the efforts taken by the commander in my behalf to achieve satisfactory resolution of my off-post housing discrimination complaint. If the complainant indicates a lack of satisfaction, the reasons must be included in the case file. (d) Inform the agent of the results of the inquiry by command correspondence. Such correspondence will reiterate Army policy and requirements for EOOPH. (e) Forward unsubstantiated complaint records and HUD Form 903.1 to HUD and DOJ if requested by the complainant. (f) Retain a copy of the report file at the installation level in accordance with AR 254002 (record number 21050v). Refer to the Army Records Information Management System (ARIMS) records retention schedule located at https://www.arims.army.mil/rrsanew/rrssrch.asp to determine the proper disposition. (2) Supported complaint. If the inquiry supports the complainants charge of discrimination, and the discriminatory act is determined by the commander to conflict with Army policy, the commander will (a) Impose restrictive sanctions against the agent and/or facility for a minimum of 180 days. Sanctions will remain in effect until the provisions of paragraph 338l below are met. Restrictive sanctions also will be imposed when a suspected discriminatory act, despite the absence of a formal complaint, is investigated and found valid. The fact that a validated discrimination complaint or incident has been or is scheduled to be forwarded to another agency (such as HUD or DOJ) is not cause for withholding sanction action pending the outcome of that agencys further review and investigation. To ensure program credibility, restrictive sanctions must be imposed promptly and correctly once a complaint is substantiated. When imposing a restrictive sanction, the following steps must be taken: 1. Ensure the facilities listing is removed from the HSO files. 2. Impose restrictive sanctions (effective the date of notification, per para 338i(2)(a) 4) against all facilities owned or operated by the agent concerned. 3. Place the facility on the restrictive sanction list maintained by the HSO. The restrictive sanction list will be prepared on official letterhead stationery and signed by the commander or the commanders representative and will include authority for and conditions of the restrictive sanctions. 4. Inform the agent concerned, by command correspondence, that restrictive sanctions have been imposed and the reasons why, the nature and minimum length of the restrictions, and the action required for their removal. Notification of restrictive sanctions may be sent by certified mail with return receipt requested or delivered to the agent personally by a command representative. 5. Ensure all DOD personnel reporting to the HSO are provided with a copy of the restrictive sanction list. Advise personnel that they may not rent, purchase, or reside in any of the listed facilities and that doing so can result in appropriate administrative or disciplinary action. The HSO must obtain a signature on a DD Form 1746 to indicate that a list was received.

64

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

6. Advise other military installations of the restrictive sanction action taken when the sanctioned facility is located within their commuting areas. (b) Inform the complainant in writing of all actions taken. Advise the complainant that the complaint will receive continuing post action including (if the complainant requests) forwarding the case file to HUD and DOJ for action. The complainant also will be counseled about the right to pursue remedies through civilian channels. (c) Provide a memorandum, signed by the garrison commander or his/her representative, outlining the following: 1. Type of housing arrangements made for or by the complainant, and whether these were made by the HSO or complainant. 2. Impact of restrictive sanctions on the EOOPH program and DOD personnel and their Families. 3. Number of facilities and units involved, if available. 4. Other considerations deemed relevant. (d) Include the following statement, completed by the complainant, as part of the case file: I (am) (am not) satisfied with the efforts taken by the commander in my behalf to achieve satisfactory resolution of my off-post housing discrimination complaint. If the complainant is not satisfied, the reasons must be shown in the case file. (e) Consolidate complaints for the inquiry, legal review, and commanders memorandum when more than one complaint alleging discrimination in the same facility or by the same agent has been received. The consolidated case file must include a separate HUD Form 903.1 from each complainant who has filed a HUD Form 903.1. j. Report of inquiry or investigation. (1) When an inquiry substantiates a complaint, the original and one copy of the report will be forwarded through channels to HQDA (DAPEHRPR), 300 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100300 for transmittal through the Assistant Secretary of the Army (Manpower and Reserve Affairs) to the Under Secretary of Defense (Personnel and Readiness). Complainants identification will be the name of the service member, U.S. Government, or garrison commander. The HSO or its employees may not be cited as complainants. (2) A report of inquiry or investigation will include the following: (a) Transmittal documents that include copies of the transmittal memorandum to IMCOM Region, DOJ, and HUD, as applicable. (b) Chronology sheet that lists sequence of events by date, from receipt of complaint to conclusion of action. (c) Copy of discrimination complaint to include a statement that complainant was advised of the right to submit complaint directly to HUD or DOJ or to any other civilian authority. (Copy of HUD Form 903.1 will be included if complaint has been forwarded to HUD.) (d) Summary of inquiry. (e) Documents supporting investigation and inquiry. (f) Correspondence relating to informal hearing and resulting summary. (g) Legal review. (h) Memorandum by garrison commander or the commanders representative. (i) Notification of outcome to complaint. (j) Complainants statement. (k) Notification of the imposition of restrictive sanction, if applicable. (l) Statement that complainant is or is not satisfied with actions taken to resolve complaint. (m) Statement of subsequent housing arrangements made for or by the complainant. (n) Any other relevant documents. (3) If the act of discrimination falls within existing laws, and if the complainant concurs, forward a copy of the complaint and investigation report directly to HUD within 180 days after occurrence of the alleged discrimination act. HUD Form 903.1 will be used. The original report will be sent to the local HUD Regional Office or to U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Office of Fair Housing and Equal Opportunity, 451 7th Street, SW, Room 5204, Washington, DC 204102000 (see also para 338c(4) above). A copy of the complaint and investigation report will be forwarded to the Department of Justice (Civil Rights Division), 950 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 205300002. A transmittal memorandum will state why the report is being sent and the names of other agencies to whom the report was sent. (This paragraph applies only to the United States; see para 338n for foreign areas.) (4) When a commander receives a complaint alleging further discrimination in a facility or by an agent after a completed case file has been forwarded, the commander will forward a summary of the facts relating to the subsequent complaint to HQDA (DAPEHRPR), 300 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100300. Include brief comments on how the new complaint, and information developed with respect to the complaint, affects the previous action. k. Follow-up actions. Subsequent to forwarding the report and all required attachments to HUD and DOJ, it is important that the commander, to the maximum extent possible, take the following actions: (1) Cooperate with HUD, DOJ, and local and State agency representatives during the investigation and processing of the case, should these agencies seek assistance.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

65

(2) Determine periodically the status of the case by maintaining liaison with the area or regional HUD office concerned. Contact will be maintained until such time as the case is resolved or closed by HUD. (3) Ensure that the complainant is kept informed on information received and actions taken by HUD or DOJ. (4) Ensure that DOD personnel comply with restrictive sanctions imposed on the facility or agent. Restrictive sanctions are not applicable to (a) DOD personnel who may be residing in a facility at the time that sanction is imposed. (b) The extension or renewal of a rental or lease agreement originally entered into before the imposition of the sanction. Relocation of a military tenant within a restricted facility, however, is prohibited without the written approval of the commander. (5) On determination that a military member has intentionally taken residency in a restricted facility contrary to instructions, the commander may, if applicable, take administrative or disciplinary action. (6) Publish a current listing of restricted facilities periodically in the post bulletin or other appropriate means of internal distribution. As a minimum, this listing will be published when additions, deletions, or changes are made to the list. l. Removal of restrictive sanctions. (1) Restrictive sanctions may be removed only under the following circumstances: (a) An approved waiver from HQDA (DAPEHRPR) based on unusual or exceptional circumstances. (b) After the 180 day period, the commanders decision to remove the restrictive sanctions must be based on receiving the written assurance of nondiscrimination from the owner/agent involved. (2) The commander will inform the HSO, Equal Opportunity Office, and the agent, in writing when the facility is removed from restrictive sanctions. HUD and DOJ will also be advised in writing in those cases where they had been apprised of a validated discrimination complaint or incident. m. Privacy Act and Freedom of Information Act. Requests for information regarding off-post housing complaints and investigative files will be processed under AR 2555 and, if applicable, AR 34021. The FOIA requests for reports that have been referred to HUD, DOJ, and State or local agencies will be coordinated with the respective agency before any information is released. Proper coordination will ensure that on-going investigations are not harmed by the premature release of information. n. Complaint procedures in foreign areas. (1) Commanders of installations or activities outside the United States will take action outlined in this section except that cases are not forwarded to HUD or DOJ. Complainants should be made to understand that the fair housing provisions of the Civil Rights Act of 1866 and 1968 are not applicable outside the United States. However, the intent of the EOOPH Program and the prohibitions against discrimination on the basis of disabilities shall be carried out to the extent possible within the laws and customs of the foreign country. (2) Consult the local OSJA office to determine whether (a) The laws of the country concerned prohibit any of the actions outlined in processing complaints. (b) There is any civil redress which can be pursued. Section VII Operation and Maintenance 339. Scope This section establishes policy on operating and maintaining housing facilities. 340. General policy a. Housing facilities will be operated and maintained to a standard that will provide comfortable accommodations in good condition. b. Every effort must be made to achieve cost savings in all aspects of housing operation and maintenance. 341. Joint responsibility The operation and maintenance of housing is a responsibility shared by the garrison commander and the housing resident. The garrison commander must manage and maintain the Armys housing in the best interest of the Government. Residents must exercise careful practices expected of a prudent person in the use of their housing (see sec VIII). 342. Energy conservation a. Goal. The goal of the energy conservation program is to ensure that the essential energy needs of all residents are provided without waste. Equipment and facilities will be operated and maintained in an energy efficient manner. Energy can be conserved through action by the Army and by the resident. b. Army action. The Army will

66

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(1) Apply new techniques and devices in designing, building, modernizing, operating, maintaining, repairing, and furnishing its housing facilities so as to reflect contemporary community standards for similar categories of housing. (2) Develop an aggressive program to educate residents on conservation techniques, energy savings tips, and selfhelp actions. (3) Determine where excessive energy consumption occurs and develop remediation plans. c. Residents actions. Residents will (1) Monitor their use of utilities with a view toward operating their housing in the most energy efficient manner possible. (2) Report facilities deficiencies which waste energy and are beyond self-help capabilities for correction. (3) Reimburse the Army for utilities consumed in excess of normal household use. For example, excess use could result from recharging a battery-powered privately-owned motor vehicle or operating kilns, ovens, or welding equipment to support a profit-making venture. 343. Work authorization See DA Pam 42011 for work authorization procedures. 344. Work classification See DA Pam 42011 for work classification procedures. 345. Installation self-help programs a. Each installation may establish a self-help program in accordance with this paragraph and paragraph 533. b. If established, installation self-help programs will require residents to perform certain basic self-help tasks and will provide the opportunity for residents to perform limited improvements on their housing units and associated grounds. See DA Pam 42011 for guidance on establishment of a self-help program, including a list of basic self-help tasks that can and should be performed by Family housing residents. c. Established self-help programs will include the following requirements: (1) High standards will be established for both interior and exterior work in conformance with the Installation Design Guide (IDG). (2) Work performed will comply with applicable building codes. (3) Electrical work will be done only by a licensed electrician or shop approved electrician. (4) Work performed will not create fire or other safety hazards. (5) Self-help work will not be performed where asbestos or lead-based paint (LBP) will be disturbed since only trained and certified personnel may work with these substances. (6) Provision of self-help stores to make supplies, equipment, and tools available. d. The following will be provided by the DPW or equivalent staff agency: (1) Appropriate work classification and project approvals. (2) Professional guidance during the planning, design, and execution stages. (3) Training, as appropriate, to program participants including volunteers, coordinators, and inspectors before work is started. (4) Technical assistance and project inspection. 346. Historic housing facilities a. Some Army housing facilities, particularly GFOQ, are listed individually on the National or State Register of Historic Places, are contributing structures within an historic district, have been determined eligible for listing, or are potentially eligible for listing. Stewardship of historically significant properties imparts a special responsibility to the managing installation and the residents. Decisions on use and O&M will give appropriate consideration to those facility characteristics which contribute to their historic significance. b. Work that may affect historically significant housing must be reviewed and coordinated per part 800, title 36, Code of Federal Regulations (36 CFR 800) and AR 2001. If a programmatic agreement exists between the installation, the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, work must be reviewed and coordinated in accordance with this agreement. However, the underlying philosophy of prudence still applies. The same vigilance regarding cost control and avoidance of unnecessary expenditures must be maintained as for any other housing facility. c. The selection of replacement materials in historic structures must be sensitive to significant character-defining features. When facsimile materials are used, the garrison commander or designated installation official must determine that they will have no deleterious effect. When in doubt, review AR 2001 and refer to the Secretary of the Interiors Standards for Rehabilitation and Guidelines for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings. d. Where a comprehensive plan has been developed for the renovation and long-term maintenance or the replacement of an historic housing facility, that plan must be followed as scrupulously as possible. However, the plan should

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

67

be reviewed and updated periodically to keep up with new products and materials on the market, and new construction techniques. e. Foreign areas may have equivalent historic places which are governed by special host nation agreements for M&R work. f. Historic facilities must be accurately reflected in the RPI. Reconciliation with the real property officer and notification of changes will be accomplished annually. 347. Environmental considerations a. Termite control. Termites are a significant problem affecting wooden structures and components in many parts of the world. Termite control with chemicals will be done only by personnel who have been properly trained and licensed in chemical use and application, using only EPA approved chemicals. In no case will chemical treatment be applied through or under concrete slabs used in slab-on-grade construction of housing where heating, ventilating, or AC ducts are present within or beneath the slab. When chemicals are used, their type, strength, and date of application must be documented and retained in accordance with Federal and state regulations. b. Asbestos. Asbestos in certain forms (friable asbestos products) has been found to be a health hazard. Where asbestos is known or believed to exist, the site must be inspected and a determination made as to the containment/ disposition of the material. The DPW will manage any monitoring, abatement, removal, handling, and disposal of asbestos contaminated materials. The dates of identification, monitoring, and abatement or removal will be documented and retained in housing files. c. Radon. Radon is an invisible, odorless, naturally occurring radioactive gas which can accumulate in housing. The EPA has published monitoring guidance, radon relative risk information, and action level guidelines (see AR 2001). Installations will establish a radon assessment and mitigation program per guidance from the Environmental Management Office. d. Lead. (See chap 5, sec III for details on lead hazards.) (1) Sources. Lead may be found in the dust, paint, or soil in and around your home, or in your drinking water or food. You cannot see, taste, or smell lead. Lead exposure is especially harmful to young children and pregnant women. The dangers of lead are now known. Hence, house paint is now lead-free, leaded gasoline is being phased out, and household plumbing is no longer made with lead materials. Nonetheless, certain residual effects remain. (a) Lead-based paint (LBP). Housing units built before 1978 often contain paint with lead in it. Paint containing lead compounds constitute a potential health hazard, particularly for small children who may ingest paint chips from flaking LBPs, may chew on surfaces covered with LBPs, or may ingest lead through paint dust. The Army will not apply LBP to any facility. Installations will establish a program to identify where LBPs have been used and to manage in-place or remove this potentially hazardous material. HUD has developed guidelines for the evaluation and control of LBP hazards. These guidelines (24 CFR 35) will be followed in assessing, managing, and abating lead hazards. Refer also to existing Army guidance on the detection and abatement of LBP in Family housing. (b) Dust. In addition to LBP dust, other lead dust may come into the home from work clothes of persons handling lead products such as is found in batteries and radiators and from hobbies such as casting sinkers and bullets or working with stained glass. (c) Lead in drinking water. This too can pose a health risk. The EPA has published standards for regulated contaminants, including lead, in drinking water. The DPW must monitor the levels of lead in drinking water in Family housing per the EPA standards (see AR 2001). If the levels are determined to be above the current standard, residents will be notified and the cause will be determined and remedial action taken. (d) Lead in soil. Lead-contaminated bare soil will be managed by interim controls unless economic, operational, or regulatory requirements dictate removal or disposal. (e) Lead in food. Lead can be introduced into food from lead crystal glassware or from imported or old pottery. These containers should not be used to serve or store food or drink. (2) Disclosure requirements. The HUD and EPA regulations (see 24 CFR 35 and 40 CFR 745, respectively) require the disclosure of known LBP and LBP hazards. Disclosure requirements apply to both Army-owned and Governmentcontrolled Family housing and to privately-leased/-rented housing constructed prior to 1978. The disclosure requirements, which are to be issued when housing is assigned or leased/rented, consist of providing residents with the following: (a) EPA pamphlet Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home. Additionally, for Government-owned and Government-controlled Family housing, the ACSIM in cooperation with the U.S. Army Center for Health Promotion and Preventive Medicine (CHPPM) has developed a cover for the EPA pamphlet. The cover provides specific information on the Armys LBP efforts. Each installation has been provided a copy of the cover for local reproduction. This cover will be folded around the EPA pamphlet so it is the first section to be read. There is sufficient space for each location to add installation specific information such as points of contact and phone numbers for additional information or questions. (b) Notice of the presence of LBP and/or LBP hazards. This notice will contain a lead warning statement, owner/ lessor disclosure of presence of LBP and LBP hazards, list of records and reports available to the owner/lessor,

68

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

residents/lessees acknowledgement, owners/lessors acknowledgement, and signatures and dates of resident and owner or lessee. (c) A copy of available records or reports pertaining to the presence of LBP or LBP hazards known or suspected in the assigned housing unit and any associated common areas, based upon actual or statistical sampling of similar units. (3) Notification requirements. In addition to the disclosure requirements in paragraph 347d(2) Family housing residents/tenants of Government-owned and Government-controlled Family housing and of rental housing built prior to 1978 must be notified when work on their housing will disturb known or suspected LBP (see 15 USC 2686). (a) Whenever maintenance, repair, or renovation is performed in an occupied housing unit or in the common areas of occupied multi-Family housing, both the resident and the garrison commander (or designated representative) must be notified. Workers (either in-house or contract) must comply with 24 CFR 35. (b) Notification will consist of two elements. First, the worker must provide the resident a copy of the EPAs pamphlet Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home. Second, the worker must attempt to obtain from the resident a written acknowledgement that the resident has received the pamphlet. Retain a copy of the record of notification at the installation level in accordance with AR 254002. Refer to the ARIMS records retention schedule available at https://www.arims.army.mil/arims/default.aspx. Sample language is available at EPAs Web site: http://www.epa.gov/ fedrgstr/. (4) Exemptions from notification requirements. The following are exempt from notification requirements: (a) Housing units constructed before 1978 that are certified as free of LBP. (Note. LBP-free means that Family housing has been found to be free of paint or other surface coatings that contain lead equal to or in excess of 1.0 milligram per square centimeter or 0.5 percent by weight.) (b) Pre-1978 housing units that are vacant due to major renovation or between occupancy. (c) Minor M&R activities (including minor electrical work and plumbing) that disrupt two square feet/0.19 square meters or less of painted surface per component. e. Mold. Exposure to mold can cause a variety of health effects and symptoms, including allergic reactions. Molds produce tiny spores in order to reproduce. Although there is no known practical way to eliminate all molds and mold spores in the indoor environment, indoor mold growth is controllable through moisture control. (1) Lack of adequate maintenance and repair may contribute to the moisture and mold problem. DPWs must work closely with the preventive medicine office to provide a healthy environment in facilities where the Army lives and works. (2) The CHPPM has an aggressive mold prevention campaign. CHPPM has established a data base to assist installation DPWs and preventive medicine offices in dealing with mold issues. This resource is available at CHPPMs Web site at: http://phc.amedd.army.mil/Pages/default.aspx. 348. Fire protection Fire protection is one of the most essential operating services due to the destructive potential of fire to both life and property. a. The garrison commander will provide fire and emergency services per chapter 25 of this publication. b. Residents will (1) Be familiar with fire precautions and take timely corrective action to prevent fire hazards. (2) Conduct voluntary self-inspections and monthly fire drills and establish an accountability location outside the housing for evacuating Family members. (3) Test installed smoke detectors quarterly. (4) Provide a portable, hand-held, multipurpose fire extinguisher for their housing when such housing is used as an FCC home under the provisions of AR 60810. (5) Know how to report fires. (6) Attend command-sponsored briefings on actions to prevent fires in housing. 349. Smoke detection and fire suppression systems a. Smoke detection systems. Hard-wired automatic smoke detection systems will be installed in all housing units including mobile homes and Government-leased units. All Government-installed smoke detectors will be hard-wired to an electrical circuit without a disconnect switch. This requirement is applicable to all Government-owned, Governmentcontrolled, or Government-leased Family housing (including housing under 10 USC 2835) and Government-owned mobile homes in the United States. In new or replacement Family housing construction and revitalization projects, all Government-installed smoke detectors in the DU will be hard-wired and interconnected. Privately-owned mobile homes located on U.S. Army property will have hard-wired automatic smoke detectors provided by the owner. Smoke detector systems will be located as follows: (1) Family housing. Install a single-station smoke detector between the bedroom area and the rest of the DU, on each additional level of the DU, and in the basement. Provide additional detectors when remote gang storage cubicles are used.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

69

(2) Other housing facilities. See chapter 25. b. Fire suppression systems. See chapter 25. 350. Carbon monoxide detectors Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colorless, odorless, tasteless, toxic gas produced by the incomplete burning of carboncontaining fossil fuels (coal, wood, charcoal, natural gas, and fuel oil). Examples of CO producing sources include space heaters, fuel fired furnaces, wood stoves, fireplaces, gas stoves, gas dryers, gas water heaters, charcoal grills, and automobile exhaust from attached garages. a. CO detectors must be installed in all new or revitalized housing which has a source of carbon monoxide including that with attached garages. b. Although not a legal requirement, installations should install or provide CO detectors/alarms for existing housing units (owned and leased) which have a potential for CO poisoning. c. CO detectors/alarms can be hard-wired, battery operated, or plug-ins. The types used are at the discretion of the installation, but at a minimum will be Underwriter Laboratory (UL) listed. 351. Policy on multiple air conditioning units a. Where AC is authorized, IMCOM may approve the submission of improvement projects for the installation of multiple AC units in existing facilities. DD Form 1391 (FY__ Military Construction Project Data) will be used for this purpose. This authority may be exercised when their use will both (1) Provide satisfactory comfort cooling. (2) Result in the least life cycle cost compared to a central plant or a single refrigeration unit. b. The IMCOM may delegate this authority in writing to individual Regions. The final approving authority of each project involving multiple AC units will be responsible for maintaining complete documentation and records to support their decision. c. Use of AFH incidental improvement funds for new A/C is not authorized (see para 354i(2)). 352. Telephone and Internet service provider connection charges a. Wiring. (1) The Government is responsible for the provision and maintenance of wiring within the structure (walls, floors) of the housing unless host nation agreements alter responsibilities (see TI 80102 and (Unified Facilities Criteria) UFC 471101). (2) Housing residents are not to pay the fee charged by any telephone or internet service provider (ISP) company for maintaining or repairing wiring within the structure. Residents who pay the fee will not be reimbursed by the Government. (3) The Government will not maintain the telephone or ISP instrument or the external wiring to the receiver or wall plate of the instrument. These costs, as well as subscription fees, are payable by the subscriber. b. Telephone and Internet service provider disconnect and reconnect costs. These costs are payable by the subscriber. In accordance with paragraph 36c(11), partial DLA is intended to cover the costs which are incurred when the Government directs any housing move to or from Government housing. 353. Television and cable internet connection charges a. Cable television. (See AR 251 and TI 80102 and UFC 471101). (1) The Government is responsible for providing and maintaining wiring and outlets for cable television within the structure. (2) Garrison commanders may allow a commercial company to install a cable (television (TV) and/or internet) system in housing areas and facilities. The system will include a service entrance terminal for each housing unit in the housing areas and housing facilities served. Such installation will be done at no cost to the Government. Subscriber costs will be borne by the housing unit resident. (3) CATV in some foreign areas may not have Armed Forces Network broadcasting. CATV may be provided where the Armed Forces Network channel is not available. (4) Installation of CATV, satellite, or cable internet must be coordinated with the DPW. (5) CATV or cable internet disconnect and reconnect costs are payable by the subscriber. In accordance with paragraph 36c(11), partial DLA is intended to cover the costs for any cable connections which are incurred when the Government directs a move to or from Government housing. b. Master/community antenna television. (See AR 251 and TI 80102). (1) An master/community antenna television (M/CATV) system may be provided only when adequate reception of the nearest commercial TV stations cannot be obtained on the most efficient type of indoor TV antenna and commercial cable TV is not available.

70

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(2) The M/CATV system may use conventional antennas or satellite dishes. The garrison commander will select and approve the specific reception system to be used. (3) Depending upon cost limitations, use construction, or M&R funds for installation. Use maintenance funds for M&R. 354. Family housing a. Operations policies. (1) The most effective and economic methods of providing utilities will be used. (2) Utility consumption will be measured, wherever feasible, by the use of meters. The types of metering available are individual, master, and sample (listed here in descending order of priority for measuring utility consumption). (3) Residents will conserve utilities. Repeated waste of utilities may be considered to be misconduct and constitute possible grounds for termination from housing (see para 318a(2)). (4) Window air-conditioning units, including evaporative coolers, will not be used to supplement a central airconditioning system. (5) APF will not be used to haul or purchase firewood and coal for use in fireplaces or wood stoves. However, the periodic inspection and cleaning of chimney flue liners is an installation responsibility. Inspection and cleaning of chimney flue liners will be in accordance with NFPA 211, chapters 13 and 14. (6) The Government may provide custodial services in the common use areas of multi-Family housing, such as apartment buildings where there are common hallways, entrances, elevators, and so forth. (7) In buildings with more than 1 DU, the costs of services performed in common use areas, on common structural components, and on common use systems, will be prorated among all DUs in that building. b. Utility metering. (1) Each installation must have a plan for metering water and all direct energy supplies (electricity and heating/ cooling) at all Family housing areas. (2) This plan must ensure the following: (a) All new construction of Family housing will have utility meters installed in accordance with TI 80102. (b) Master meters will be installed as part of any new construction or revitalization project. (c) Existing Family housing areas will be master metered. Where master metering is not economically practicable, individual DU meters will be installed. (d) All multiple unit Family housing new construction and replacement projects and all significant alteration and major rehabilitation projects, which include the utility trades in more than a casual manner, will provide, where feasible, electric meter drops and, except for DU with coal-fired heating plants, heating fuel meter points as part of the project for each DU. Electrical and/or mechanical trades will not be involved in Family housing rehabilitation projects solely for the purpose of meter/drop installation. (3) This plan must also include the following: (a) A method of reading and recording utility meter readings. (b) An M&R program for the utility meters. (c) The locations where utility meters need to be installed. (4) Individual utility meters may be considered in Family housing areas with high energy consumption when life cycle analysis shows this approach to be the most economical. Construction requirements must be developed as a post acquisition construction project. (5) The installation of master meters must be accomplished through the incidental improvements account to the maximum extent possible. For those projects that cannot be accomplished as incidental improvements or are not included as part of a rehabilitation project, a separate post acquisition construction project must be developed. The IMCOM Regions will update their metering programs on an annual basis. (6) Each installation must have on file the method used to determine the utilities consumption in Family housing until all utilities consumed in Family housing are based on metered use. c. Identification of housing. (1) Family housing will be provided with individual building numbers (front and, if necessary, back) which are readily visible to emergency vehicles. Signage must be consistent with IDG requirements. (2) The IMCOM may approve the installation of individual name signs, if new, using AFH incidental improvement funds. Replacements made during a change of occupancy shall be charged to between occupancy maintenance. This authority may be delegated to garrison commanders. (3) Individual name signs, especially on senior officer DUs, present certain force protection/physical security concerns. Therefore, any program to install name signs will be coordinated with the installation force protection/ security office. d. Maintenance policies. (1) General. The level of maintenance on DUs will be sufficient to protect the Governments capital investment and to prevent unnecessary operating costs to the Government (see paras 333 and 354q).

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

71

(2) Evaluation of condition of units. Through periodic inspection of units, M&R requirements will be recorded by building component and system. This will serve as a basis for the annual and long-range work plans for assisting in the development of the RPMP. The ISR condition inspections can be used to document quality condition information. (3) Work in common use areas. In buildings with more than 1 DU, the costs of M&R work performed in common use areas, on common structural components, and on common use systems, will be prorated among all DUs in that building. (4) Priorities. Critical M&R work will be done before incidental improvement work. (5) Maintenance and repair need. Available AFH resources will be used to maintain, repair, and improve Family housing based on need rather than the grade of residents. Residents requests for painting of a decorative nature or for replacement of tiles, wall coverings, or other work on the basis of either compatibility with personal furnishings or for personal preference will not be approved. (6) Painting. (a) Interior painting shall be done to maintain an attractive appearance and sanitary conditions, to protect finished surfaces, and to correct unsightly appearance. The minimum interval for cyclic painting is 3 years, unless the garrison commander determines on a case-by-case basis that some DUs require more frequent painting. (b) Exterior painting of masonry, wood, and ferrous meter surfaces shall be done to maintain an attractive appearance, protect surfaces, and sustain water tightness. The normal interval for cyclic painting will be 5 years except when the garrison commander determines that more frequent painting is required. (c) Permanent records of painting will be maintained for each Family housing facility per chapter 5 of this publication. These records will include documents which authorize painting at less than frequencies prescribed in paragraphs 354 d(6)(a) and 354 d(6)(b) . (d) Painting solely or primarily for the purpose of decoration, to achieve standard color, or to match furnishings is not authorized, except in leased housing which may have other finishes. Change of occupancy is not a reason for painting. (e) Interior painting while a DU is occupied will be done only when the resident is in agreement. The painting of occupied housing will be scheduled to minimize inconvenience to the resident, yet will be completed in the least number of days possible. Only that amount of work will be scheduled that can be completed and still allow the residents to carry on normal living activities at the end of that workday. (7) Floors. Where the primary floor finish requires major repair or replacement (in excess of 25 percent of total floor space), an EA will be done to aid in determining the most acceptable alternative. The EA will be included in the project file. (a) Wood floors. Wood floors which serve as the primary floor finish will be completely sanded and/or refinished when general deterioration has occurred. Such work will be done when the housing unit is vacant. Sanding will be kept to a minimum to ensure maximum life of the wood floor. Normally, an interval of not less than 10 years should elapse before sanding becomes necessary. Refinishing should be done not more than once every 4 years. (b) Carpeting. Where carpeting is determined to be the most economical primary floor finish, it will be accomplished using either M&R funds or construction improvement funds as appropriate. Any decision to use carpeting will recognize normal issues associated with change of occupancy and the cost to remedy damaged surfaces. (c) Negligence. Evidence of negligence, for example, damage from golf shoes, requires a financial liability investigation of property loss, statement of charges, or cash collection voucher before refinishing a damaged floor (para 365). (8) Housing facility systems and components. Systems and components (such as roofing, structural, electrical, AC, heating, plumbing, and so forth) will be repaired or replaced as needed. Theoretical life of a system or component is not sufficient basis for replacement. (9) Grounds and landscaping. (a) Boundaries. The cutting, trimming, and watering of lawns in the designated immediate area of the DU will be the responsibility of the resident, as would be expected of a tenant in private housing of similar type and value. Normally, the boundaries of the designated immediate area of responsibility will be not more than 50 feet from the DU. However, this boundary may be extended out further to a logical line of demarcation, such as a road or a fence, or to encompass small common areas (see also, para 3101c(1)(h)for exceptions on certain GFOQ). (b) Apartment buildings. Grounds maintenance around multistory apartment buildings will be provided by the installation. (c) Grounds keeping. Under no circumstances shall gardeners be assigned to fully maintain the grounds of a specific DU. Gardening services for the pruning and trimming of trees and shrubs shall be furnished, where required, on a routine cycle based on the growing season and plant characteristics. Generally, landscaping in the common areas surrounding housing units will be limited to group plantings which will not interfere with mechanized maintenance and will facilitate the use of gang mowers whenever possible. The cost of grounds care beyond the designated immediate area will be charged to the appropriate category of facilities as common grounds maintenance. e. Cleaning incident to vacating housing.

72

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(1) Resident cleaning. (a) Residents are responsible for cleaning their own housing and will leave the housing in a condition suitable for immediate reassignment. Residents must complete at their expense the minimum cleaning standards for all of the housing items listed in DA Pam 42011. Termination of housing assignment shall be in accordance with guidance set forth in paragraph 316h(3)(b). (b) Exceptions may be made and the housing cleaned at Government expense when major M&R work is scheduled between occupancy, and a complete cleaning will be required after the work is completed. (2) Contract cleaning at resident expense. Garrison commanders may establish a procedure to allow residents to prepay a Government-approved custodial contractor for cleaning. Residents electing to use the services of a cleaning contractor will be advised that (a) The Government will not be a party to any contract or agreement between the resident and contractor (repository for funds excluded.) (b) When a copy of the signed contract between the resident and the Government-approved contractor is accepted by the housing manager, the resident has met his or her cleaning responsibility. The contractor is then responsible for completing all of the items listed in DA Pam 42011. (c) For the purpose of starting housing allowances, the termination of housing assignment shall be in accordance with guidance set forth in paragraph 316h(3)(b). For housing office administrative purposes only, the DU will be considered occupied until the date of the final cleaning inspection, but not more than 3 working days beyond the end of the contract cleaning period. (d) The use of a Government-approved contractor, other than an AAFES concessionaire, requires that a responsible agent be designated to secure the cleaning fee until the housing has been satisfactorily cleaned and any liquidated damages owed to the Government have been paid. Government-approved custodial contractors must either be bonded or have an account which the Government can draw against in case of default. (e) No Government-approved custodial contractor for cleaning can be associated with the Housing Office. (f) When housing is cleaned by individual contract and the housing is not cleaned satisfactorily by the date specified in the contract (normally 1 to 3 days), the cleaning contractor will be assessed liquidated damages in an amount per day equal to the housing allowances of the former resident. Liquidated damages will be remitted to the OPLOC/FAO as a cash collection. If the housing has not been satisfactorily cleaned within a reasonable period, the housing manager will take necessary action to have the housing cleaned by other means and the contractor will be required to pay any additional costs above the original contract amount that are incurred by the Government for cleaning. (3) Contract cleaning at Government expense (outside continental United States only). The IMCOM Regions (OCONUS) will establish a Family housing contract cleaning program at Government expense using AFH maintenance funds. (a) Only personnel on PCS, separation, or retirement orders or personnel who are directed to move at the convenience of the Government are authorized to receive contract cleaning at Government expense. (b) The TLA will be limited to three days for outgoing personnel who occupy Government-controlled Family housing. Exceptions to the 3day limit will be documented and approved by the garrison commander on a case-by-case basis. (c) As a minimum, residents will be responsible for conforming to the standards for residents receiving contract cleaning (DA Pam 42011). The IMCOM may increase the minimum cleaning standards requirements for residents set forth in DA Pam 42011 as necessary due to fiscal constraints. Residents will not be given the option of cleaning the housing in return for monetary remuneration or authorization of TLA beyond three days. (d) Termination of housing will be effective when the resident physically clears the housing or on the Soldiers departure date from the command, whichever is sooner. (e) Cleaning contractors will adhere to the established cleaning requirements. (f) Residents not authorized Government contract cleaning are responsible for cleaning their own housing (paras 354e(1) and 354e(2)). (4) Liability. (a) Residents have 1. Responsibility and/or liability for damage to housing or furnishings exceeding fair wear and tear (para 365). 2. Responsibility for the level of cleaning required of the resident by the cleaning procedures identified in paragraphs 354e(1), 354e(2), or 354e(3) . (b) When a resident fails to clean, or contract with an approved custodial contractor for cleaning, assigned housing prior to a PCS or ETS, the Government must arrange to have the housing cleaned. In such cases, the resident is liable to the Government for costs incurred. f. Restoration of damaged or destroyed dwelling units. (1) A DU damaged or destroyed by fire or natural disaster may be restored when there is a need for the unit. Restoration costs up to 50 percent of replacement cost will be funded with M&R funds. Where restoration costs exceed 50 percent of the replacement cost, a determination will be made by HQDA as to the funds (either M&R or

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

73

construction) that will be used to assure expeditious accomplishment of required work. Except for GFOQ, the cost to repair or restore a DU damaged or destroyed by fire, flood, or other disaster does not count against the major M&R limitation of $30,000 per DU per FY (see para 354f(3) ). (2) Foreign source units provided for U.S. Government use, which are insured as evidenced by annual AFH insurance premium payments, will not be restored with AFH funds. (3) Restoration costs of less than $30,000 per DU shall be approved by the approval authority level to which delegated. Costs of $30,000 or more per DU and costs for other real property facilities exceeding 50 percent of replacement cost require HQDA (ACSIM/OASA (IE&E)) approval (see para 314). (4) Requests for restoration projects which require HQDA approval will be submitted by the most expeditious means but in no case later than within 30 days of the fire or disaster. The request will include the information and use the procedures specified in paragraphs 219b(1) through (11) of this regulation. See DA Pam 42011 for a suggested format for a Family housing DU restoration project approval request. (5) When a DU is damaged or destroyed, a financial liability investigation of property loss must be initiated in accordance with AR 7355. If the report of survey finds that the Soldier was negligent, he or she will be charged for damages in accordance with the findings (see para 365). (6) In the event that the damage to or destruction of the DU results from resident abuse, misconduct, or neglect, the resident may be offered the opportunity to perform the repair or replacement. Should the resident elect to perform the repair or replacement, work will conform to the standards and criteria prescribed by the DPW. Completed work must have DPW approval. When repair or replacement is done at the residents expense, a request for a restoration project may not need to go forward from the installation. Should the Government perform the repair or replacement, the resident will reimburse the Government. g. Maintenance and repair projects. (1) Design cost. Maintenance and repair project design cost is an unfunded project cost. Architectural and engineering services (direct costs) cannot exceed 6 percent of the estimated project cost for design, drawings, and specifications (see para 381d(2)). (2) Concurrent work. The M&R performed concurrently with a construction improvement project can be funded with post acquisition construction funds. Construction improvement projects, however, may not be funded with M&R funds. (3) Major maintenance and repair projects exceeding $30,000. (a) Any major M&R project within the 5foot building line, including concurrent incidental improvements and including costs for asbestos and lead-based paint removal, which is expected to be $30,000 or more (absolute, that is, not adjusted by area cost factor) per DU per fiscal year (FY) must be sent to HQDA (DAIMISH). (b) Major M&R projects include work necessary to provide adequate Family housing DUs by repairing or replacing deteriorated building components, that is, kitchen counters and cabinets, floors, walls, windows, mechanical, electrical, AC and plumbing systems, kitchen and bath fixtures, roofing, exterior siding, and abatement of LBP, asbestos materials, and mold. Major M&R does not include SOs; routine maintenance, including interior and exterior painting (except where painting is included in a major M&R project); and work done outside the 5-foot line. (c) Project documentation will include the documents listed below 1. DD Form 1391. 2. Detailed cost estimate. 3. Installation Management Command transmittal memorandum or message requesting approval. 4. An EA, where total program amount (PA) exceeds $50,000 per DU, documenting 25 year life cycle costs of at least the following alternatives- replacement/new construction, Government lease, private rental using BAH, and Government purchase. 5. The total post acquisition construction and non-routine maintenance for the DU or set of DUs over the past 5 years. 6. An indication as to whether the project is identified as concurrent M&R on a DD Form 1391 for a post acquisition construction project. 7. Identification of costs for asbestos removal, LBP abatement, and mold abatement, if any. (d) Project documentation for major M&R projects costing $30,000 or more must be provided on each such project for the current FY + 2 and the current FY + 3. Project documentation will be submitted concurrent with each years POM/BES data input. For example, submit FY 2006 and FY 2007 project documentation in FY 2004. Unforeseen requirements will be forwarded to HQDA (DAIMISH). (4) Cost increases. (a) Approved major M&R projects (less than $30,000). If the estimated funded cost of a project increases after approval, project execution may be continued without further approval when all of the following conditions have been met: 1. The revised funded cost does not exceed $30,000 per DU or $1,000,000 per project. 2. The increase does not exceed 25 percent of the approved funded cost.

74

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

3. The increase does not bring the revised funded cost over 50 percent of the replacement cost of any DU affected by the increase. (b) Congressionally-approved M&R projects ($30,000 or more). Should the estimated funded cost of a project increase after congressional approval, project execution may be continued without further approval when all of the following conditions have been met: 1. HQDA (DAIMISH) has been notified through IMCOM. 2. The increase does not exceed 25 percent of the approved funded cost. 3. The increase does not bring the revised funded cost over 50 percent of the replacement cost of any DU affected by the increase. (c) If the conditions specified in either paragraph 354g(4)(a) or 354g(4)(b) as appropriate, are not met, project execution will be halted until re-approval is obtained. (d) Where unforeseen asbestos, lead-based paint, and/or mold costs cause the $30,000 threshold to be exceeded after approval, HQDA will provide Congress with after-the-fact notification. (5) Out-of-cycle/emergency requests. (a) The cumulative total of all major M&R work, including incidental improvements, may not exceed $30,000 (absolute) per DU in a FY without HQDA approval. (b) Emergency requirements and requirements necessary to ensure the health and safety of residents will be submitted expeditiously to HQDA (DAIMISH) for processing to the Congress. h. Maintenance standards. Qualitative standards of maintenance for Family housing real property assets are set forth in paragraph 357. i. Incidental improvements. (1) Certain minor improvements, within the limits cited in paragraph 314 may be approved using Family housing O&M funds. However, where incidental improvements plus M&R work done concurrently with a construction improvement project exceed the statutory post acquisition construction dollar limitation per DU (as adjusted by the area cost factor (ACF)), congressional approval must be obtained. (2) Incidental improvement authority will not be used to increase the size of any DU, increase the number of rooms in any DU, add A/C to any space not presently air conditioned, or add new or alter existing exterior appurtenances such as garages, carports, detached facilities, patios, decks, porches, rear yard fencing, or lawn sprinkler systems. (3) Under normal circumstances, incidental improvements will be done concurrently with M&R work, except for security, health, and/or safety improvements that should not be delayed. (4) Incidental improvements will not be accomplished on a specific DU when maintenance and repair has been deferred on the DU unless the work is for security, health, and/or safety improvements which should not be delayed. (5) Incidental improvements will be accomplished fairly among all residents irrespective of grade. j. Support for exceptional Family members. To accommodate Family members with disabilities, appropriate modifications may be made to a DU on a case-by-case basis. These modifications will be accomplished as follows: (1) Modifications costing less than $30,000 per DU can be approved by the IMCOM region and will be accomplished using incidental improvement funds. Modification costing more than the statutory dollar limit per DU for a post acquisition construction project will require congressional approval. (2) The funding source for modifications which are estimated to cost $30,000 or more will be determined by HQDA after reviewing the documentation submitted and considering congressional notification requirements. Requests for approval will be sent to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (3) The project file will contain a statement from the medical activity supporting the installation (not a private physician) that the requirement is valid and the modification will meet the needs of the Family member. (4) Documentation supporting the request must clearly describe the work to be done and show that the proposed work is the most cost-effective approach to satisfying the requirement. Documentation must include an explanation of why other on-post housing cannot meet the need (for example, why a ground-floor DU cannot be used in lieu of an above-ground DU in an apartment building). (5) Documentation will also include the following: (a) A floor plan showing the proposed modifications. (b) Description of the DU including type, grade of resident, number of stories, single- or multiunit, and number of bedrooms. (c) Statement that the DU is the best available for modification in terms of location, interior configuration, and access from the street. (d) Statement as to whether this DU will be permanently retained for use by Families which have Family members with disabilities. (e) Indication as to whether there have been or are scheduled additional major M&R projects on this DU in this FY which, when combined with the project for an exceptional Family member, will exceed $30,000. In such cases, contact HQDA (DAIMISH) for appropriate congressional notification. (f) DD Form 1391 for projects costing $30,000 or more.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

75

(6) All equipment directly supporting the DU to be modified must be considered when evaluating costs. The cost of portable equipment supporting a single DU cannot be prorated among several units to lower the per-unit costs; however, if the equipment is subsequently used to support another DU, its cost is not included when considering costs to modify the second dwelling unit. (7) Normally, a DU modified to accommodate Family members with disabilities should not have to be altered a second time to make it suitable for normal reassignment. However, each case must be considered individually. The costs for any such realterations are subject to normal M&R project approval limitations. (8) The determination as to what modifications for Family members with disabilities can be incorporated in an approved whole house improvement project is dependent upon the description of the project in the DD Form 1391 and the language of any contract that has been awarded. If a contract has been awarded, the Contracting Officer must determine whether such modification can be made. k. Change of occupancy. (1) Interior painting, floor refinishing, and major repair, if required, will normally be performed between occupancies. The scope of work to be done will be determined at the time of the inspection incident to departure of the outgoing resident. (2) Involvement of the outgoing resident in the change of occupancy process can be helpful in achieving a cost effective occupancy change. The departing resident can identify needed work and is encouraged to allow work that does not compromise habitability to be performed prior to vacating. This should help screen out work not required and ensure the turnover of the DU to the next resident as quickly as possible. l. Director of public works support for Family child care homes. (1) The DPW is responsible for the following Life Safety Code requirements of AR 60810 and National Fire Protection Association Standard 101 (NFPA 101): (a) Providing slip resistant treads per exterior/general area stair tread requirements contained in NFPA 101 and reasonably slip resistant treads for all interior stairs in Family housing. The use of anti-slip paint, carpeted treads, or any roughened surface is considered acceptable. (b) Prohibiting FCC homes above the fourth floor in Government-provided Family housing. (c) Providing two means of escape from every bedroom and living area (one exit must be a door or stairway to the outside whereas the other may be a window). (d) Installing a hard-wired smoke detector between the bedroom and living areas, on each additional level of the living units, and in stairwells of multi-story Family housing in accordance with chapter 25. (e) Making any additional modifications required to meet the NFPA 101 standard for a 1hour fire barrier between mixed occupancies. (f) Conducting fire inspections per chapter 25. (2) The FCC provider must provide the following: (a) A portable, hand-held, multipurpose fire extinguisher to include the provision of appropriate training on its use. (b) Any additional modifications required by insurance companies that are not covered by the Life Safety Code. (3) Safety inspection of FCC homes must be conducted per AR 38510 and AR 60810. Identified safety deficiencies must be corrected. However, the DPW is not authorized to use AFH funds to provide more stringent FCC fire safety features than required by current fire and life safety standards for single and multiplex Family housing. (4) FCC homes will receive priority for the elimination of possible health hazards caused by LBP and lead in drinking water. m. Use of resident-owned window AC units and ceiling fans in existing dwelling units. (1) Residents may install their own window A/C units or evaporative coolers, or ceiling fans, where no Governmentprovided units exist subject to the following: (a) Design criteria authorize AC or evaporative cooling at that installation. (b) The resident is responsible for cost of placement including electrical work, removal of units, restoration of openings, required inspections, and maintenance of the A/C unit. (c) Approval of the DPW is obtained before installation of A/C units or electrical work. Completed work will be inspected by the DPW and must meet the requirements established by the DPW. (d) Maximum electrical load of proposed window units for the DU will be prescribed by the DPW and will not exceed that of a properly sized A/C unit for that DU. (e) Electrical work will be done only by qualified electricians upon approval of the DPW. (2) Capacity of the exterior and interior electrical distribution system must be sufficient to carry the added load of the units. (3) Only low amperage, high efficiency window units will be installed as prescribed by the DPW. (4) Resident-owned equipment abandoned in place by the resident or accepted by the Government will become Government-owned property. Electrical circuits and outlets installed at resident expense and abandoned in place will become part of the real property. Abandoned window A/C units that are not authorized will not be replaced regardless of source of funds.

76

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

n. Replacement of heating, ventilating, and AC systems in older dwelling units. Many older Family housing buildings require improvement or major repairs or both including the upgrading or replacement of the heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC) system. These early buildings were constructed before the advent of AC and the present day concept of central heating. A uniform method for preparation of projects to upgrade HVAC systems in older buildings has been developed and is outlined in Office of the Chief of Engineers (OCE) Technical Note No. 832 (Repairs to the HVAC systems in Older Family Housing Units). DD Form 1391 requiring HQDA approval must address the EA requirements outlined in the Technical Note. o. Maintenance and repair of master/community antenna television and Government-provided TV antenna systems for Family housing. The garrison commander shall be responsible for maintaining any M/CATV and Governmentprovided TV antenna systems identified on the Family housing real property records from antenna to wall outlet. The M&R funds will be used as prescribed in paragraph 353. p. Telephone wiring and Internet service for Family housing. (1) Conduit, wiring, and outlets will be installed and maintained by the Government. Telephone and internet service instruments and service are a resident responsibility (para 352). (2) If an official telephone is installed in a Family housing DU for mission reasons, the resident must maintain a separate private telephone service for personal calls at his or her expense. q. Maintenance downtime. The time during which DUs are out of service due to M&R must be minimized. Paragraph 333 provides policy for minimizing downtime due to M&R work. r. Approval authorities and limitations. The M&R approval authorities and cost limitations are contained in paragraph 314. 355. Unaccompanied personnel housing a. General. (1) Operating services and M&R will be accomplished per chapter 2. (2) All UPH will compete equally for operating services and M&R. b. Operation and maintenance responsibilities. (1) Garrison commanders will ensure that (a) Ensure housing is in good condition at time of assignment. (b) Instruct residents in writing and on assignment on their responsibilities. (c) Protect the Governments investment in the housing and ensure that residents fulfill their responsibilities. This includes participation by residents in the Self-help Program (see chap 5). (d) Ensure maintenance of facilities is timely, effective, and economical so as to provide the best service to the resident at optimum energy efficiency and cost effectiveness for the Government. (e) Ensure that a continuing program for conserving utilities is enforced. (f) Ensure that action is taken per AR 7355 when loss or damage of Government-owned property occurs. (g) Clean or replace building components which are unsafe for residents. (h) Main grounds. (2) Housing managers will (a) Identify requirements to the DPW to support planning, programming, and budgeting actions for operating services, nonrecurring maintenance, and repair. (b) Monitor and review operating services and M&R provided by the DPW or by contract. c. Custodial service in unaccompanied personnel housing (permanent party). (1) Custodial services may be provided in common use areas per chapter 5 of this publication. (2) Housekeeping services within individual living areas will be paid from service charges collected from personnel who receive maid service (see para 39c and DA Pam 42011). Personnel who elect to not receive in-room maid service will be responsible for the cleanliness of their rooms. d. Cleaning incident to vacating unaccompanied personnel housing (permanent party). (1) Resident cleaning. Residents are responsible for cleaning their own housing and will leave the housing in a condition suitable for immediate reassignment. Assignments will be terminated when the housing has been properly cleaned as determined by the housing office, or on the service members departure from the command, whichever is sooner. Exception may be made per paragraph 354e(1)(b). (2) Contract cleaning at residents expense. Provisions of paragraph 354e(2) apply. However, the liquidated damage rate for UPH (PP) will be the BAH at without dependent rate, that is, if the resident is married but unaccompanied by Family members, use the BAH rate for an unmarried Service member of the same grade. (3) Contract cleaning at Government expense (outside continental United States only). A UPH contract cleaning program may be established for SOQ, OQ, and SEQ using O&M funds when a TLA cost savings can be realized as determined by IMCOM regions. Provisions of paragraph 354e(3) apply. In addition (a) Government-contract housing cleaning will be provided only to bona fide bachelors and those serving all others tours.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

77

(b) Housing cleaning will be limited to SOQ, OQ, and SEQ located in buildings separate and apart from troop barracks buildings. (c) Cleaning standards will be adjusted as necessary to accommodate requirements for cleaning UPH (PP). (4) Minimum cleaning standards. Minimum cleaning standards will be the standards identified in DA Pam 42011. (5) Liability. A UPH (PP) residents liability is essentially the same as that for a Family housing resident (see para 354e(4)). e. Telephone wiring and service for unaccompanied personnel housing (permanent party). (1) The Government will install and maintain conduit, wiring, and outlets for one telephone per UPH (PP) sleeping room. Residents are responsible for telephone instruments and service (see AR 251; TI 80001; and para 352). (2) Class C (official restricted) and pay telephones will be installed in common use areas. (3) Should an official telephone be installed in a UPH (PP) space for mission reasons, the resident will maintain a separate private telephone service for personal calls at his/her expense. f. Maintenance and repair of master/community antenna television and Government-provided television antenna systems for unaccompanied personnel housing (permanent party). Any M/CATV and Government-provided TV antenna systems that support UPH (PP) will be maintained by the garrison commander. M&R funds will be used per paragraph 352. g. Resident-owned equipment, appliances, and improvements. The garrison commander will establish policies for the installation and use of resident-owned equipment, appliances, and built-in improvements which are compatible with applicable Army and IMCOM policies. 356. Priority system for service order maintenance a. Requirement. All installations will establish and publicize a formal priority system for the accomplishment of minor maintenance. This system should enhance communication and understanding between the customer and the DPW/housing manager and, simultaneously, ensure responsive, efficient accomplishment of high priority work. The system will be established regardless of the type of workforce employed (contract or in-house) and will address the maintenance of non-housing facilities as well as Family housing, UPH (PP), and Army lodging facilities. (A separate policy may be developed for each fund type.) The priority policy will be developed at installation level to ensure that local factors such as contractual agreements, unique supply response times, travel distances, and coordination with similar policies at nearby installations are considered. b. Policy content. To ensure Soldiers some degree of continuity as they relocate from one installation to another, the policy will incorporate, as a minimum, the following features: (1) Location and telephone number of office accepting SO requests. (2) Three major categories of priority service-emergency, urgent, and routine-as described in the sample policy statement provided in DA Pam 42011. Appropriate consideration will be given to the needs of EFMP enrollees. (3) Target time limits in hours or days for response to SO in each category. (4) Target time limits in working days for completion of SO in each category. (5) Documentation, in written form, for dissemination to all appropriate units/individuals. Housing residents will receive a copy upon initial acceptance of their housing. c. Service order priority system responsibilities. (1) Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management. The ACSIM will (a) Issue Armywide policy on the establishment of a formal priority system for accomplishing real property SO type maintenance work. (b) Monitor implementation of this policy during staff visits. (2) Installation Management Command Region directors. The IMCOM Region directors will (a) Ensure implementation of this policy. (b) Issue guidance for establishing this policy at installation level. (c) Review and evaluate installation priority policies to ensure implementation in accordance with HQ, IMCOM guidance. (d) Monitor implementation of this policy during staff visits. 357. Maintenance standards for Family housing a. All Family housing real property assets including DUs, garages, carports, grounds, and other facilities identified on the Family Housing Property Account are to be maintained to a general standard that (1) Prevents deterioration beyond that resulting from normal wear and tear. (2) Corrects deficiencies in a timely manner to ensure the full life expectancy of the facilities and their components. (3) Ensures that all Family housing facilities are free of missing components or defects which would affect the safety, appearance, or habitability of the facilities or would prevent any electrical, mechanical, plumbing, or structural system from functioning in accordance with its design. (4) Includes appropriate consideration of the special needs of EFMP enrollees.

78

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(5) Requires the following: (a) The quality of the work and the repaired areas shall be compatible with adjacent areas. Replacements shall match existing components in dimensions, materials, quality, finish, color, and design. (b) During the performance and upon completion of the work, debris shall not be allowed to spread unnecessarily into adjacent areas or accumulate in the work area itself. All such debris, excess material, and parts shall be cleaned up and removed at the completion of the job or at the end of each day work is in progress. (c) Upon completion of work any fingerprints, stains, or other unsightly marks shall be removed. b. Specific maintenance standards for housing real property are the condition standards identified in DA Pam 42011. c. Landlord approval is required for installation of window guards in leased housing. d. Wall-to-wall carpeting installed as a primary floor finish will (1) Be maintained in accordance with locally established standards. (2) Before replacement, require an EA that considers normal carpet cleaning methods. Section VIII Resident Relations 358. Scope This section establishes policy, defines responsibilities, provides guidance, and sets forth procedures for resident-related programs and for occupancy and termination inspections. 359. Policies on resident-related programs a. Garrison commanders will be responsive to the needs of housing residents. b. Residents of housing will satisfy normally accepted obligations and abide by local regulations so as to promote an amicable relationship among residents and between residents and the housing manager. c. Applicants for and residents of Army housing will be treated in a prompt, courteous, and professional manner at all times by housing office personnel. d. Residents will be clearly advised of both their and the Governments responsibility for the care and cleaning of housing. e. Inspections will be conducted prior to the assignment of and departure from housing. f. Housing inspections will be conducted with consistency and without regard to rank of resident. g. Housing residents will be made aware of resident liability policies and procedures. 360. Shared responsibilities By its nature, housing must entail a shared responsibility involving both the provider and the user. The garrison commander, or a duly designated representative, upon reasonable notice to the resident and at reasonable times, may enter the premises in order to inspect the property. If the resident is not home when premises are to be entered on behalf of the garrison commander, the housing representative will have (in decreasing order of preference) a representative from the residents command or unit, a security officer, or a disinterested third party accompany him or her when entering the DU (see also para 321b). a. Garrison commander. The garrison commander will (1) Develop and issue clear and precise local regulations governing conditions of occupancy. (2) Provide residents of housing (both Family and UPH (PP)) with a resident handbook or information booklet. Include information and guidance on fire protection, precautions, and reporting. (3) Provide each resident with a memorandum that explains his/her potential for pecuniary liability and recommends the resident consider securing personal insurance coverage (paras 364 and 365). (4) Develop and implement a Family housing resident orientation plan (para 361). (5) Ensure that all Government housing is safe, decent, and sanitary at the time of assignment of resident. (6) Maintain suitable and attractive living conditions in Army housing. (7) Ensure that all personal information contained in housing office files is maintained in strict accordance with the provisions of the Privacy Act. (8) Ensure that disruptions to housing residents resulting from M&R work are kept to a minimum. (9) Advise residents of Government-leased housing of any special requirements they may be subject to under the provisions of the lease. (10) Make necessary repairs, alterations, or improvements. (11) Supply necessary or agreed upon services. b. Resident permanent party. residents will (1) Be familiar with the contents of the Family housing residents handbook or UPH (PP) housing information booklet.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

79

(2) Ensure that housing is returned in good condition, less normal wear and tear, upon termination of occupancy. (3) Perform routine housekeeping functions including minor maintenance and simple repair necessary to keep their assigned housing and any assigned Government-provided furnishings in good condition. (4) Be responsible for their actions and those of their Family members and guests. (5) Comply with local regulations regarding the care and control of pets. (6) Secure approval before soliciting within a housing facility or area or conducting a private business in a Family housing unit, UPH facility, or housing area. (7) Record the possession of dangerous weapons with the Provost Marshal and use them only in designated areas in accordance with local regulations. (8) Notify the housing maintenance office or billeting office, as appropriate, promptly whenever the housing structure, components, equipment, furnishings, or fixtures contained therein become defective, broken, damaged, or malfunction in any way. (9) Refrain from installing or using any equipment that will overload any structural, gas, water, heating, electrical, sewage, drainage, or AC systems of the assigned housing. (10) Be familiar with fire precaution, prevention, and reporting measures. (11) Be potentially liable for damages to or loss of Government property (para 365). (12) Cooperate with area, building, and/or stairwell coordinators on common area responsibilities. (13) In foreign areas, secure DPW approval to use outdoor cooking equipment, such as grills, or to display flower boxes in multistory buildings. c. Residents Government-leased housing. Residents living in Government-leased housing will comply with the requirements in paragraph 360b above. d. Residents private rental housing. Residents living in private rental housing will be subject to the provisions of the leases for their housing units. 361. Resident orientation a. Installations will conduct an orientation for residents of Family housing within 30 days of assignment to housing. This orientation will include the following: (1) Distribution of the residents handbook and local regulations. (2) Indoctrination into the self-help program. (3) Introduction to the local community and the services provided. (4) Discussion of local procedures and points of contact in housing. (5) Discussion of living conditions for Government-leased and private rental housing (in foreign areas only). b. Residents of UPH will receive their orientation via rules posted and/or information booklets located in their housing facilities. 362. Community associations Garrison commanders will ensure wide dissemination of information about the existence of local community associations and installation policies concerning their formation. Upon request, the garrison commander will provide assistance to residents interested in forming such an association. For additional guidance concerning community associations, see DA Pam 42011. 363. Mediation of resident complaints a. The housing manager has the responsibility for mediating resident complaints regarding housing. Complaints that can be resolved quickly without extensive investigation, and to the satisfaction of all parties concerned, may be handled informally. All other complaints must be made in writing, signed by the complainant, and submitted to the housing manager. b. Complaints must be handled with the strictest impartiality. Comments implying guilt or responsibility must be avoided until a thorough inquiry has been made and a firm basis exists for a conclusion. c. Where a complaint requires an investigation, the investigation will be conducted in accordance with AR 156. Experienced civilian professional housing managers in grade GS13 and above, or National Security Personnel System grade equivalent, may be appointed as investigating officers to investigate complaints regarding housing. (1) An investigation or inquiry will not be initiated until the initial information has been received, screened, and evaluated. (2) In cases involving more than one resident, the positions of all residents involved must be understood. (3) Where cases cannot be resolved between or among the individuals concerned, it may be advisable to discuss the problem with all parties involved and the garrison commander. d. Belligerent residents who are unwilling to settle problems and who are a continual source of conflict, disturbing the peace and harmony of the housing facility, housing area, or neighborhood, should be considered for termination from housing.

80

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

e. A report of any investigation or inquiry, results, and actions taken will be retained in the housing office in accordance with the ARIMS records retention schedule. 364. Insurance The Government does not provide insurance for the residents personal property or for the personal liability needs of the resident. To protect themselves, residents will be strongly encouraged to secure both personal property and personal liability insurance coverage. 365. Residents potential pecuniary liabilities a. Residents are responsible and may be held liable for damage to assigned housing, or damage to or loss of related equipment or furnishings, caused by their abuse or negligence or that of their Family members or guests. This includes loss or damage caused by pets. Loss or damage due to normal wear and tear, as determined by a qualified technical inspector, is excepted. b. Housing residents will be informed of and shall acknowledge in writing their responsibilities and potential for liability at the time of assignment to Government housing. Also, the condition of the housing unit shall be validated at both assignment and termination. c. AR 7355 sets forth Army policy guidance and procedures to be followed in the investigation and adjudication of cases involving damage to assigned housing and related equipment and furnishings. d. Paragraph 321 provides a formal statement of liability policy and contains formats for acknowledgement of occupancy responsibilities and potential liability. 366. Governments liability to resident Claims may be considered for damages to or loss of personal property due to fire, flood, hurricane, or other unusual occurrence not caused by the resident. The loss must be incident to service, and possession of the property must be reasonable, useful, or proper under the circumstances. Claimants should consult AR 2720 and contact the nearest OSJA, Claims Division. 367. Housing inspection program This program is designed to ensure that the resident is provided with clean and decent living accommodations, to familiarize the resident with the installations and residents responsibilities, to instruct the resident in equipment operation, and to maintain equitable treatment of all residents. The inspection program for shall consist of at least two inspections-check-in and termination-to ensure protection of the interests of the resident and the Government. The IMCOM Region Director may require pre-termination inspections or delegate the option to the installations. a. Family housing. (1) Check-in inspection. Occupancy of the DU is contingent upon completion of a mutual inspection of the DU, its grounds, and its furnishings by the prospective resident and the housing managers representative. Conditions at checkin will be noted on the check-in portion of the condition report which is developed locally. During the check-in inspection, the housing representative will accomplish the following: (a) Complete the condition report. If at any time during the first 15 days after accepting the DU, a condition is noted that differs from the entries recorded on the condition report, the resident must submit discrepancies in writing to be received by the housing office within 15 days. (b) Define resident responsibilities regarding maintenance. (c) Brief the resident on energy conservation. (d) Demonstrate operation of electrical and mechanical equipment, including range, refrigeration, and any other appliance. (e) Inform the resident of various programs and services, such as self-help, emergency service, and trash collection. (f) Advise the resident that housing will be inspected prior to termination of assignment. (g) Provide telephone numbers for points of contact in the housing office and the maintenance service desk. (h) Advise that the resident will be scheduled for an orientation as soon as possible but within 30 days of date of assignment. (2) Pre-termination inspection. (a) Residents will notify the housing office upon receipt of PCS orders or 3045 days before departure, whichever is most appropriate, to schedule termination inspections and, where contract cleaning is done at Government expense, to arrange for contract cleaning. (b) A pre-termination inspection may be conducted approximately 30 days prior to the termination inspection. Where a Government-approved custodial contractor is involved, this inspection may serve as a turnover (resident to contractor) inspection. During this inspection self-help repairs that must be completed before the termination inspection will be identified. Detailed cleaning requirements will be noted. The condition of all items covered in the check-in inspection will be noted and compared. Finally, a detailed inspection will be made to determine what between occupancy M&R is required. Required M&R will be scheduled with the DPW immediately following its identification.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

81

(3) Termination inspection. (a) The termination inspection is jointly conducted by the resident and a housing representative using the termination section of the condition report after housing is vacated but prior to formal termination of assignment. It ensures that the appropriate cleaning standards have been met and provides for any necessary action for claims against the resident (see DA Pam 42011). If the DU fails the inspection, a reinspection is scheduled at the earliest mutually acceptable time. (b) The resident may opt to clean his or her own housing or have a third party do the actual work. This will not relieve the resident of the obligation to pass the termination inspection unless the third party is a Government-approved custodial contractor, or AAFES concessionaire, and is prepaid by the resident (para 354e). b. Unaccompanied personnel housing (permanent party). (1) Check-in and termination inspections will be jointly accomplished by the resident and a representative of the housing office or unit commander, as appropriate. (2) Residents will leave their UPH space suitable for immediate reassignment. Standards consistent with DA Pam 42011 will be established by the garrison commander. (3) Orders terminating the assignment of UPH (PP) will specify the date housing was terminated. Termination orders will be distributed in the same manner as for Family housing per paragraphs 316h(4)(a) and 316h(4)(b). 368. Self-help program for Family housing residents A well run and command supported self-help program in Family housing can accomplish tasks more quickly and save on limited maintenance and repair dollars. These saved dollars can then be used to fund other high priority M&R requirements (see DA Pam 42011). Section IX Furnishings 369. Management of furnishings a. Scope. This section sets forth policy for managing Government furnishings authorized by common table of allowances (CTA) 50909 and CTA 50970 for the following: (1) Government-controlled Family housing and unaccompanied personnel housing. (2) Private rental housing used by eligible personnel as identified in this section. b. Furnishings management groupings. For purposes of managing and reporting, furnishings are divided into the following groups: (1) Family housing furnishings. (2) Unaccompanied personnel housing furnishings. c. Furnishings management responsibilities. (1) Headquarters, Department of the Army. The ACSIM will develop policy and general procedures for the provision of furnishings and the management of housing furnishings programs. (2) Installation Management Command. The commander, IMCOM will (a) Ensure proper furnishings management. (b) Develop and justify resource requirements and distribute funds received for furnishings support to their Regions installations. (c) Conduct inspections to ensure that functions are performed per applicable directives and this regulation. (d) Ensure that inquiries from HQDA regarding Family and UPH furnishings inventory and cost data are answered in a timely manner and coordinated with the command resource and program managers. (3) Garrison. The garrison commander will (a) Approve and submit responses to inquiries from HQDA and IMCOM regarding Family and UPH furnishings inventory and cost data. Responses will be sent in a timely manner to or through the IMCOM to HQDA after coordination with the installation resource and program managers. (b) Establish program levels for authorized furnishings items. For calculations related to establishment of program levels, see DA Pam 42011. (c) Conduct an annual physical inventory of furnishings not in use and reconcile property on hand receipt and quantities not in use with inventory balances maintained in the Furnishings Management Module of the Enterprise Military Housing (see also DA Pam 42011). (d) Maintain accurate and current records of property usage in Enterprise Military Housing as a basis for developing experience factors. (e) Ensure that furnishings are used per authorized needs and the policies and procedures established in this regulation and applicable directives. (f) Accomplish furnishings maintenance and repair on a sound economic basis.

82

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(g) Minimize furnishings storage by timely disposition of items excess to authorized needs or uneconomically repairable. (h) Ensure that procedures for warehousing authorized furnishings provide for 1. Segregation of Family housing and UPH furnishings inventories to include the storage of serviceable like items in one storage area, where possible, and separate storage areas for serviceable, economically repairable, and unserviceable items. 2. A warehouse locator system. (i) Ensure that personnel have met their obligations in regard to the possession, care, preservation, damage, or loss of Government furnishings prior to departure from the housing unit/installation. (j) Ensure excess furnishings are not ordered and that funds distributed for the UPH furnishings replacement program are used for that purpose. (k) Establish controls to ensure that furnishings accounts are properly cleared before personnel depart on PCS or TDY in connection with a PCS; especially those Soldiers residing in private rentals. (4) Resident. Residents will (a) Sign hand receipts for furnishings provided by the Government. (b) Exercise reasonable care in using Government-provided furnishings. (c) Be liable for loss or damage to Government-provided furnishings caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the sponsor, the sponsors Family members, guests, or pets (see para 365). (d) Be responsible to pay for missed appointments made for delivery or pick up of furnishings. d. Furnishings authorizations. Types of furnishings authorized and their bases of issue (BOIs) are identified in CTA 50909 and CTA 50970. Authorizations will consist only of those items in CTAs and the nonstandard items approved by HQDA for use on an exception or test basis. All users will be familiar with the special instructions paragraph of CTA 50909 and CTA 50970 before ordering furnishings. See DA Pam 42011 for the types of furnishings generally authorized. e. Budgeting and funding. (1) Commanders will budget and fund for the following: (a) Initial issue of Family housing furnishings except for items of household equipment initially provided with AFH construction funds. (b) Replacement requirements for authorized furnishings for Family housing and unaccompanied personnel housing. (2) The ASA (FM&C), through the Army budget office (ABO), HQDA (SAFMBUO), will budget and fund for initial issue of UPH furnishings except for items of household equipment initially provided with MCA funds. (3) All costs of procurement and the O&M for the Family housing furnishings inventory will be budgeted for and funded from the AFH appropriation (see DA Pam 42011 and DFASIN Manual 37100FY). (4) All costs of procurement, except as noted in paragraph (2) above and paragraph (6) below, and all costs of O&M for the UPH furnishings inventory will be budgeted for and funded from the appropriation financing the O&M of UPH (see DA Pam 42011 and DFASIN Manual 37100FY). (5) Costs involving joint use of facilities, vehicles, equipment, and manpower will be shared on a pro rata basis among the financing appropriations. (6) UPH furnishings, as part of installation support to Army National Guard (ARNG) and U.S. Army Reserve (USAR) units undergoing training, will be provided on a reimbursable basis. Charges are limited to identifiable cost items when the cost is funded by an appropriation other than OMAR (see AR 3749). The OMA (PE ****96) funds can be utilized where UPH furnishings are to become station property and are essentially for active Army use. Conversely, if the furnishings are solely for use of the RC, it is inappropriate to utilize OMA resources. (7) The OMA-funded tenants located on U.S. Army Materiel Command (AMC) RDTE funded installations will continue to receive UPH furnishings support from OMA. (8) HQDA will publish an annual list of replacement costs. Cost data from this list will be used for managing furnishings inventories and for budget submission purposes. f. Acquisition of furnishings. (1) Per Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), the primary source of procurement will normally be through the General Services Administration (GSA). However, Federal Prison Industries, Inc. (FPI), also known by the trade name UNICOR, will be offered first choice for the provision of items they manufacture (18 USC 4124, as iterated in the FAR, Subpart 8.6). The installations Director of Contracting makes determination as to which organization will provide requested furnishings. To minimize storage, transportation, and handling costs, procurement should be timed to provide delivery when needed. (2) Waiver of FAR requirements to procure furnishings through other than GSA/UNICOR will be obtained through procurement channels. (3) Procurement actions will be taken only when such action is advantageous to the Government and there are no known excess furnishings which are suitable for use.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

83

(4) Requisitions for housing furnishings will be processed through normal supply channels unless otherwise directed by HQDA (DAIMISH). g. Maintenance and repair of furnishings. (1) The maintenance and repair of furnishings will be limited to keeping items in a satisfactorily usable condition. Do not perform work that is uneconomical in relation to replacement cost of the items. Generally, the one-time repair cost on authorized items will not exceed 75 percent of replacement cost. Maintenance and repair of excess furnishings is prohibited. The furnishings manager will make the final decision regarding repair versus replacement. (2) For a discussion of broad guidelines for the normal life expectancies of furnishings that may be used for planning purposes, see DA Pam 42011. Age, however, is not to be used as the sole basis for planned replacement. Condition, availability of funds, time delays in procurement, availability of spare parts, energy savings devices, urgency of need, and quality differences between old and new items will also be considered in determining items requiring replacement. (3) AR 520 sets forth policy and procedure to be followed to determine whether to perform maintenance and repair of furnishings by in-house resources or by contract. When it is more economical to perform these functions in-house, maximum use of these facilities will be achieved by use of cross-servicing agreements with other military Services. When requirements exceed the in-house capabilities of an activity or installation or it is otherwise required that outside sources be used, performance of such services will be governed by Part 8, FAR; DOD FAR Supplement (DFARS); and Army Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (AFARS). (4) For a procedure that may be used to assist in making decisions on whether furnishings should be repaired or replaced see DA Pam 42011. h. Excess furnishings. (1) Maximum economical use will be made of existing stocks of Government furnishings per the FAR (Part 8). (2) Serviceable and economically repairable items becoming excess to an installations or activitys needs will be publicized within the IMCOM Region for possible transfer within or between Family housing and UPH furnishings accounts. (3) Redistribution of excess furnishings will be undertaken only when such action is determined to be in the best interest of the Government. An economic analysis will be done to determine the fiscal merits of redistribution. (4) Excess furnishings may be transferred per the following guidelines: (a) At installation level, the housing manager may approve lateral transfer of excess UPH furnishings to the Family housing furnishings inventory (or excess Family housing furnishings to the UPH furnishings inventory). Above installation level, approvals for transfer will be as specified in AR 7102. (b) Items involved must be, and projected to remain, excess to requirements of the losing inventory and within the authorized allowances (CTA 50909 or CTA 50970) of the gaining inventory. (c) Such transfer must be cost effective. (d) All transfers of excess inventory will be auditable. (5) Excess furnishings transferred to another property book are not reimbursable but are subject to accessorial and administrative costs incident to transfer action. (6) Serviceable Family housing furnishings in excess of allowances and located at CONUS installations will be normally turned-in per AR 7102. However, such furnishings may be offered to lower grade Soldiers with Families for their use prior to turn in subject to the following: (a) Items will be hand receipted to the individual. (b) No funds will be expended for cleaning, repair, or maintenance. (c) No AFH or UPH furnishings funds will be expended for movement of excess furnishings to and from housing except in cases of bona fide hardship to the resident or where it would be advantageous to the Government as determined by the garrison commander. (d) Prompt action will be taken to dispose of excess furnishings subsequently requiring repair. (7) Excess serviceable UPH furnishings and excess serviceable Family housing furnishings located in U.S. overseas and foreign areas may be retained in the inventory for use in any Government-controlled housing and in private rental housing in U.S. overseas and foreign areas subject to the conditions in paragraphs 369h (6)(a) through 369h (6)(d). i. Warehousing. The garrison commander, in coordination with the furnishings manager, will make arrangements for adequate storage facilities for furnishings. Items will be labeled and stored separately. Each type of property will be identified in the warehouse, separated by warehouse floor, area, bay, or room. Other types of property (for example, NAF, barracks-type furniture) should be stored separately. Privately-owned household goods are not authorized storage in warehouses used to store APF-funded furnishings. j. Charges for furnishings in housing for which the Army charges rent. Charges for the use of Government furnishings in rental housing will be established in accordance with section XV. k. Property inventory and accountability. (1) Inventories of both Family housing and UPH furnishings will be maintained in the Furnishings Management Module of the Enterprise Military Housing. Maintain the inventories for Family housing and UPH separately in

84

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Enterprise Military Housing. Separate inventories will preclude the augmentation of one appropriation with another (a statutory violation) and the circumvention of CTA authorizations. (2) Although furnishings items costing less than $2,500 need not be listed in property books, for management purposes all nonexpendable furnishings items will be included in the Enterprise Military Housing inventories regardless of cost. For furnishings items costing $2,500 or more use property books as follows: (a) Housing property books will not be consolidated with property books of other activities (for example, installation or DPW property books). (b) Property books for Family housing furnishings and UPH furnishings may be maintained separately or consolidated as authorized by IMCOM regions. (c) Where consolidated, keep the inventories in separate sections. Separately identify each inventory by furnishings type codes appended to the authorization document description in the Authority block of the property record. Use the furnishings type codes (F) for Family housing furnishings and (U) for UPH furnishings. For example, the authority block may read CTA 50909(F) and CTA 50909(U) respectively for Family housing and UPH furnishings inventory items. (d) The consolidation of property books for AFH and UPH furnishings will not be used to augment one appropriation with another (a statutory prohibition) nor to circumvent CTA authorizations. (3) Authorized furnishings in support of administrative housing functions, and those items in support of the SelfHelp Program may be issued to such activities and subsequently hand receipted to the users. These items include property used for grounds maintenance, in cleaning and storage functions, in housing administration areas, and for Army community service centers. Items will be transferred to the installation property book and sub-hand receipted to the administrative office or the ACS. (4) Furnishings inventory items will initially be entered in the property book records at cost, quantity, year of purchase, and serial number (optional). (5) Family housing furnishings will be issued on DA Form 2062 (Hand Receipt/Annex Number), or automated equivalent, signed by the sponsor, the sponsors spouse or an individual having a DA Form 1687 (Notice of Delegation of Authority-Receipt for Supplies) for that purpose on file in the housing office (see para 398e(3) for special signature requirements for GFOQ). (6) UPH furnishings will be receipted for by the responsible individual whose name appears on DA Form 1687. These furnishings will be issued from the PBO directly to the hand receipt holder, that is, either the person responsible for the facility or to the resident. The responsible person may sub-handreceipt the furnishings to a resident. (7) Controls will be established to ensure that furnishings accounts are cleared before personnel depart on a PCS, undergo extended TDY, or are deployed with an entire unit. (8) A physical inventory of furnishings which have been turned-in will be done. Where Government property has been lost or damaged through negligence or willful misconduct, the appropriate individual will initiate one of the following for payment at the appropriate disbursing agency: (a) Financial liability investigation of property loss. (b) Statement of charges. (c) Cash collection voucher. (d) Other authorized adjustment per AR 7355. (9) On an adverse financial liability investigation of property loss finding, liability for furnishings may be limited to an amount equivalent to one months basic pay at the time of the loss except where the damage or loss is determined to be the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct (see para 365). (10) Authorized hand receipt holders held liable for loss or damage of furnishings (in less than new condition at the time of loss or damage) are authorized a depreciation credit. When items are issued in damaged condition, a notation of the damages will be entered on the inventory record or condition report to protect the Family housing sponsor or UPH resident. Refer to AR 7355 for more information on depreciation. (11) Family housing furnishings and those UPH furnishings issued to unaccompanied personnel authorized to reside off-post in U.S. overseas and foreign areas will be jointly inventoried by the sponsor and the housing offices furnishings management representative. The joint inventory will be conducted when furnishings are issued and at termination of occupancy. (12) An annual inventory is not required for Family housing and UPH furnishings issued to individuals on permanent hand receipts for use in individual housing units. An annual inventory is required for all other Family housing furnishings and for all UPH furnishings not on permanent hand receipt. The cut off date for annual furnishings inventories is the end of the fiscal year. l. Potential pecuniary liability for furnishings. Residents of Family or unaccompanied personnel housing who have been provided furnishings may be held liable for damage or loss caused through their abuse or negligence (see para 365).

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

85

m. Furnishings reports. There are no recurring upward reporting requirements for furnishings. However, installations must be prepared to respond to inquiries regarding Family housing and UPH furnishings inventory and cost data. Inventory and cost data will be entered into the Furnishings Management Module database of the HOMES. 370. Family housing furnishings a. Provision of furnishings. (1) Furnishings include furniture, household equipment, and miscellaneous items necessary to provide a reasonable degree of livability in personnel housing. Except for special command positions and the SMA, the term furnishings does not include household goods, such as linens, cutlery, silverware, dishes, and kitchen utensils (see paras 371b and 3100b). Garbage disposals, AC units, and permanently installed dishwashers are not considered to be furnishings. (2) The provision of Government furnishings is determined by the category of housing (for example, representational housing) and location of the housing (CONUS, U.S. overseas, or foreign). b. Representational housing. (1) Furnishings for housing units designated and used for general and flag officers and for special command positions are addressed in paragraph 3100. That paragraph also covers the special allowances for special command positions. Eligibility for furnishings for General Officers residing in privatized GFOQs are addressed in paragraph 3111n. (2) Both installation and garrison commanders in the grade of colonel (O6) are authorized residential housing with the same amenities authorized general and flag officers. Authorized amenities are identified in paragraph 3100. (3) The SMA, Senior Enlisted Advisor to the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and incumbents of special CSM positions may be provided furnishings in accordance with paragraph 371. (4) Furnishings provided in representational housing will be included in the Enterprise Military Housing Family housing furnishings inventory. (5) Furnishings for privatized representational housing are addressed in paragraph 3111n. c. Furnishings policy. (1) Residents of AFH will provide their own furniture unless otherwise authorized by this regulation. (2) Government furniture may be provided only in specifically authorized instances (see para 370d). (3) Ranges and refrigerators will be provided in all AFH. (4) Ranges and refrigerators will be provided for private rental housing OCONUS when they are not provided by the landlord as part of the housing. (5) In foreign areas, where there are no built-in kitchen cabinets and closets, free standing kitchen cabinets and wardrobes will be provided. (6) Where CTA authorization for a furnishings item is canceled or rescinded or a specification for an item is changed, that item may be retained in the inventory until no longer serviceable but will not be replaced. Serviceable items located in a DU may remain in use in that DU except where an authorized, but unsatisfied, need exists elsewhere. (7) Where representational housing (see para 370b , and para 3100b) is redesignated for other use or is assigned to a resident who is not eligible for Government-provided supplementary furnishings, the following applies: (a) Supplementary furniture will be removed from the housing unless the items are excess and available to other residents of the same grade. (b) Supplementary household equipment (that is, second refrigerators, freezers, clothes washers, and dryers) will be removed from the housing. (c) Custom fitted supplementary furnishings, classified as equipment-in-place (EIP) will remain in the housing and will be maintained until no longer serviceable, but will not be replaced. Examples are wall-to-wall carpeting and draperies (see para 370l and 370m). d. Eligibility for Family housing furnishings. (1) Personnel residing in Government-controlled Family housing are eligible for furnishings support (see para 36b(2)). (2) Personnel assigned to foreign areas are eligible for furnishings support if in the following categories: (a) Personnel with command-sponsored Family members. (b) Appropriated and nonappropriated fund DOD U.S. citizen civilian personnel recruited in the United States. (3) Personnel limited to an administrative weight allowance for HHG are authorized full furniture support. (4) Military and civilian personnel listed in paragraph 370d(2), traveling under full JFTR or JTR weight allowance, respectively, may be provided temporary furniture support (loaner sets) at their overseas station when their household goods (HHG) are in transit (that is, in- and out-bound). Types and amounts issued may be limited and may not consist of a complete furniture set as authorized by CTA 50909. Maximum time for use of loaner sets is 90 days for in-bound personnel and 60 days for out-bound personnel. The furnishings manager may extend this period if in-bound HHG shipments are delayed beyond 90 days. (5) Personnel who placed a portion of their HHG in CONUS nontemporary storage will not receive a like item from the Government furniture inventory.

86

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(6) Contractor personnel have no entitlement to and are not eligible for housing furnishings support. e. Customer service. (1) The furnishings issuing office will provide information on the installation furnishings situation to interested personnel. Such information will be posted prominently or available for viewing and will include the following: (a) Current list of furnishings authorized and available for issue. (b) Waiting list of customers who have requested unavailable furnishings items. (c) List of furniture items that may be included in loaner sets where such sets are authorized. (d) Pictures or displays of standard items issued. (e) Copies of appropriate furnishings regulations. (f) Fact sheet, updated periodically, summarizing the local furnishings situation. (2) Customer service personnel will ensure that sponsors and their Families are given prompt, courteous explanations of furnishings authorizations, issue and turn-in procedures, pick up and delivery requirements, and estimated waiting time for unavailable items. f. Furniture for continental United States and full Joint Federal Travel Regulations overseas areas. (1) Government furniture will not be procured for support of Army-controlled Family housing or private rental housing in CONUS or in overseas areas where personnel travel under full JFTR household goods weight allowances except as shown below. (a) Supplemental Government furniture may be provided in 1. Representational housing (see para 370b). 2. Student housing (desk, chair, lamp, and bookcase only). (b) Government furniture may be provided to fully support 1. CONUS housing occupied by foreign personnel who are in this country on an exchange basis. This includes clothes washers and dryers. 2. Short-tour housing. 3. In overseas areas on a temporary loan basis for use by personnel who have traveled under full JFTR weight allowances and have not received personal furniture. 4. Where only specially designed or built-in furnishings can be used, for example, in manufactured (mobile) homes. (c) Free-standing wardrobes and kitchen cabinets may be provided when these storage facilities are not built-in. (2) Initial procurement of Government furniture for the usages in paragraph 370f(1), requires the approval of HQDA (DAIMISH). g. Furniture for other than full Joint Federal Travel Regulations overseas areas. (1) Government furniture may be procured for Government-controlled housing and for private rental housing occupied by eligible personnel. This would depend upon determining whether it is more advantageous for the Government to provide furniture instead of shipping personal furniture. Final determination is based on overall economy, equity, and personal preference of eligible military personnel and civilian employees. (2) Where Government furniture is provided, the shipment weight of personal furniture to and from the area is limited. An increase in an individuals administrative weight restriction may be authorized where there is a shortage of Government furniture. (3) Where Government furniture is not provided, procurement of furniture is restricted to the provisions of paragraph 370f above. However, where not built-in, free standing wardrobes and kitchen cabinets will be provided in economy housing occupied by eligible personnel (see CTA 50909). (4) All personnel entitled to the shipment of HHG are authorized furniture on a temporary loan basis while their HHG are in transit. h. National flags for Family housing at Forts Myer and Fort McNair. (1) Family housing residents at Forts Myer and Fort McNair will be issued national flags (NSN 8345006561434) to be displayed on six-foot aluminum flag poles appropriately attached to the front of their DUs. (2) Flags will be affixed to DUs and displayed per installation directives. (3) Installation housing offices will establish procedures for issue and accountability of flags and requests for replacements. i. Special support. Garrison commanders may provide excess items of Family housing furniture to reception areas in housing offices, HS offices, and ACS centers. Furniture need not be new, but should be clean and serviceable. Sufficient furniture may be provided to present an inviting and comfortable atmosphere for customers. When such furniture is provided, it will be transferred from the housing furnishings inventory property records to installation property records. Vendor loaner furniture is not authorized for the public areas of housing offices (see AR 2107 and DOD 5500.7R). j. Provision of household equipment. (1) Ranges and refrigerators.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

87

(a) Government-procured ranges and refrigerators will be provided in Army-controlled Family housing and in private rental housing in foreign areas occupied by eligible personnel. (b) Ranges will be free standing or slide-in, and white in color. Ranges not conforming to sizes authorized in CTA 50909 may be procured only when space is inappropriate for the specified sizes. (c) Refrigerators will be free standing and white in color. (2) Clothes washers and dryers. (a) Clothes washers and dryers will not be provided in CONUS Family housing except for CONUS housing occupied by foreign personnel who are in this country on an exchange basis and for special command positions (see para 3100d). (b) In overseas areas, clothes washers and dryers are authorized for Army-controlled housing and private rental housing occupied by eligible personnel when determined by economic analysis to be more cost effective than shipment of personally-owned washers and dryers. Commercial-type washers and dryers will be procured for use in structures having common laundry rooms. Stacked washer/dryers or dryers may be procured and installed in those laundry rooms where space is restricted. (3) Portable dishwashers. Portable dishwashers may be provided in housing instead of installed dishwashers where it is considered impractical to provide permanently installed dishwashers. (4) Household equipment. Items of household equipment currently in use but not authorized under the above criteria may be retained until no longer serviceable but will not be replaced. (5) Ancillary items for utility support in foreign areas. (a) When not provided by the landlord, issue and installation of necessary light fixtures and other components of utility systems are authorized for Government-leased housing occupied by eligible personnel. Costs associated with the procurement, installation, removal, and maintenance and repair are chargeable to AFH maintenance or leasing funds, as appropriate. These costs include expenses for installing and removing light fixtures provided by eligible personnel. (b) Portable electrical transformers necessary to allow the operation of personal appliances on foreign electrical power systems will not normally be provided by the Government. However, an IMCOM region may authorize their provision in hardship cases subject to the availability of funds. (6) Microwaves and freezers. In USAREUR, commanders in the grade of lieutenant colonel (O5) and above, CSMs and all general officers are authorized microwaves and freezers. k. Window Coverings. (1) Window coverings should be provided on all windows within a housing unit. This may be accomplished with draw curtains, window shades, or Venetian blinds. If draw curtains are used on sliding glass doors and there are one or more adjacent windows, matching curtains may be provided for the windows. (2) Draw curtains will be unlined and made of fire retardant synthetic cloth. They will be washable, shrink-safe, and designed to control radiant heat, light, and glare. Material will be heavy enough to provide privacy when closed, day or night. (3) Draw curtains may be cleaned at Government expense every 12 months or on change of occupancy. Draw curtains may be replaced when they become unserviceable. (4) Cost of material, fabrication, and installation of draw curtains will be comparable to that normally expended for Venetian blinds or shades. (5) Draw curtains when installed to replace existing window coverings which are beyond economical repair are chargeable to maintenance funds. In cases, where there is no existing window covering, installation of draw curtains is categorized as an improvement to the DU and the cost of installing draw curtains may be charged as incidental improvements or construction improvements. l. Wall-to-wall carpeting. (1) Carpeting installed as a prime floor finish is classified as installed real property. As such, initial procurement and installation may be done with construction funds. Replacement may be done with construction improvements or maintenance funds. (2) Carpeting will be suitable for the level of traffic expected. It will be of a neutral shade. Bright colors, prominent patterns, white, off-white, pile, and shag carpeting will be avoided. (3) Carpeting placed over another prime floor in good condition is classified as EIP. Its use in this manner is reserved for the public entertainment areas of GFOQ and garrison commanders quarters (GCQ) (see para 3100e). (4) Carpeting may be placed over another unserviceable prime floor when an EA justifies this use. m. Resident-owned equipment. (1) Residents will not replace Government ranges and refrigerators with personal equipment without specific approval of the garrison commander (may be delegated to the DPW). (2) Where Government equipment is provided OCONUS, the overseas shipment of similar personal items of household equipment is prohibited. (3) Requests for installation of resident-owned equipment must contain information on the type of equipment, make, model, and characteristics pertinent to installation. Requests will be submitted in writing to the housing office.

88

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(4) Resident-owned items will be installed, maintained, and removed and the premises restored to their original condition at the expense of the resident and subject to inspection by the housing office. (5) The installation of resident-owned equipment will not be used as justification for improvements to the utilities distribution systems. (6) All work necessary for the installation of resident-owned items will be approved by the garrison commander (may be delegated to the DPW). Payments for any work performed by the installation will be made to the appropriate OPLOC/FAO. (7) The following items will not be installed by or for residents: (a) AC units which require duct work or fixed water or drain connections. (b) Attic or wall-type fans requiring permanent attachment to the building and structural modifications. (c) Evaporative coolers requiring duct work. (d) Domestic water heaters. (e) Electric or gas wall heaters. (f) Water beds. Permission must be obtained from the housing office before a resident may install a water bed. Normally, water beds will be installed only on slab-on-grade floors. (g) Hot tubs. Permission must be obtained from the housing office before a resident may install a hot tub inside or outside the DU. Hot-tubs may be installed at resident expense when installation would not create a significant increase in utility costs to the Government. The DPW will ensure installation of the hot tub meets all building and safety codes. (h) Privately owned satellite dishes. n. Resident-owned window AC units. Window AC units are not considered furnishings. Paragraph 354m sets forth the policy on the use of resident-owned window AC units. o. Cost comparison analysis. (1) An EA of the comparative costs of providing Government furnishings instead of shipping personal furniture will be made when the commander believes that the present method of furnishing Family housing is not cost effective. Cost appraisals will consider the following: (a) Cost of Government furnishings estimated for use in both Government-controlled and private rental housing for all eligible Families. This cost is based on current replacement price. (b) Cost of Government furnishings required to establish loaner sets. This cost is based on current replacement price. (c) Temporary lodging allowance cost due solely to lack of furnishings. (d) Initial delivery and installation costs. (e) Recurring costs for administration, servicing, repair, transportation, moving, and handling. (f) Costs of periodic replacement, less any proceeds from the salvage or sale of replaced furnishings. (g) Cost of construction or acquisition of additional warehousing, office, and maintenance facilities and equipment. (h) Maintenance and repair of warehouses and handling equipment. (i) Cost of utilities services for warehousing. (j) Overhead costs. (k) Cost of storing residual personal HHG to be left in CONUS. (l) Volume of personal HHG being shipped to and from the area as developed by actual experience or from similar situations. This will include related costs such as packing, crating, drayage, port handling, transportation, temporary storage, loss and damage claims, and delivery at destination. (2) An EA will be prepared in accordance with OMB Circular A94. Analysis, to include a survey of eligible personnel as to the preferred method of furnishing Family housing, will be forwarded to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. 371. The Sergeant Major of the Army and special command sergeant major positions a. Overview. (1) The CSA is the approval authority for the designation of new special CSM positions and the cancellation of old ones. Approved special CSM positions are listed in table 39.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

89

Table 39 Special command sergeant major positions ACOM: AMC Special CSM position: CSM, AMC CSM, U.S. Army Aviation & Missile Command (AMCOM) ASCC: Eighth U.S. Army (EUSA) Special CSM position: CSM, United Nations Command/Combined Forces Command/U.S. Forces. Korea/EUSA CSM, 2d Infantry Division ACOM: Forces Command (FORSCOM) Special CSM position: CSM, FORSCOM CSM, 1st U.S. Army CSM, I Corps & Fort Lewis CSM, III Corps & Fort Hood CSM, XVIII Airborne Corps & Fort Bragg CSM, 1st Cavalry Division CSM, 1st Infantry Division (Mechanized) CSM, 3d Infantry Division (Mechanized) CSM, 4th Infantry Division (Mechanized) CSM, 10th Mountain Division CSM, 82d Airborne Division CSM, 101st Airborne Division (Air Assault) CSM, U.S. Army Reserve Command (USARC) ASCC: U.S. Army Military District of Washington (MDW) Special CSM position: CSM, MDW CSM, District of Columbia National Guard CSM, U.S. Army Human Resources Command (HRC) CSM, National Guard Bureau ASCC: Military Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (SDDC) Special CSM position: CSM, Military Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (SDDC) DRU: U.S. Army Medical Command (MEDCOM) Special CSM position: CSM, MEDCOM ACOM: U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command (TRADOC) Special CSM position: CSM, TRADOC CSM, Fort Benning CSM, Fort Bliss CSM, Fort Eustis CSM, Fort Gordon CSM, Fort Jackson CSM, Fort Knox CSM, Fort Leavenworth CSM, Fort Lee CSM, Fort Leonard Wood CSM, Fort Rucker CSM, Fort Sill CSM, U.S. Army Ordnance Center & School CSM, U.S. Army Recruiting Command ASCC: U.S. Army South (USARSO) Special CSM position: CSM, 6th U.S. Army ASCC: U.S. Army Pacific (USARPAC) Special CSM position: CSM, USARPAC CSM, USARAK CSM, U.S. Army, Japan/IX Corps CSM, 25th Infantry Division (Light) CSM, Tripler Army Medical Center

90

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Table 39 Special command sergeant major positionsContinued ASCC: U.S. Army Europe (USAREUR) Special CSM position: CSM, USAREUR CSM, Supreme Allied Command Europe (SACEUR) CSM, U.S. Army Southern European Task Force CSM, V Corps CSM, 1st Armored Division CSM, Europe Regional Medical Command CSM, 21st Theater Support Command DRU: U.S. Army Network Enterprise Technology Command/9th Army Signal Command (NETCOM) Special CSM position: CSM, NETCOM ASCC: U.S. Army Central (ARCENT) Special CSM position: CSM, 3d U.S. Army ASCC: U.S. Army North (ARNORTH) Special CSM position: CSM, 5th U.S. Army ASCC: U.S. Army Space & Missile Defense Command (SMDC) Special CSM position: CSM, U.S. Army Space & Missile Defense Command (SMDC) ASCC: U.S. Army Special Operations Command (USASOC) Special CSM position: CSM, 1st Special Operations Command DRU: U.S. Army Test & Evaluation Command (ATEC) Special CSM position: CSM, U.S. Army Test & Evaluation Command (ATEC) DRU: Criminal Investigation Command (CIDC) Special CSM position: CSM, Criminal Investigation Command (CIDC) DRU: U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM) Special CSM position: CSM, U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM) DRU: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Special CSM position: CSM, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) DRU: U.S. Army Reserve Command (USARC) Special CSM position: CSM, USARC DRU: U.S. Military Academy (USMA) Special CSM position: CSM, USMA

(2) Requests to establish new special CSM positions will be sent with full justification to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. Justification will include the following: (a) Title of position. (b) Normal grade for position. (c) Present incumbent of position. (d) Identification of DU proposed for such designation. (e) Reason for special CSM position requirement. (Include magnitude of official entertainment responsibilities.) (f) Impact if not approved. (3) The appropriate garrison commander will (a) Permanently designate a specific DU for the SMA, Senior Enlisted Advisor to the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and for each special CSM position approved by HQDA. HQDA (DAIMISH), ACSIM, 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 will be informed of such designations and has the authority to approve changes in designated SMA, Senior Enlisted Advisor to the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and special CSM position DUs. (b) Maintain a permanent file on each special CSM position DU. Each file will contain approvals and replacement authorizations so that an audit trail is maintained. b. Furnishings. (1) The SMA and Senior Enlisted Advisor to the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff are authorized residential housing with the same furnishings amenities authorized general/flag officers occupying special command positions. Authorized amenities are identified in paragraph 3100. (2) To enhance the prestige of special CSM positions, certain furnishings amenities may be provided in the public entertainment areas of Army-controlled housing designated for and occupied by the incumbents of special CSM positions. (a) Carpeting and drapes. 1. Wall-to-wall carpeting may be installed in designated special CSM position housing when existing floors are in a

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

91

failed or failing condition and where carpets compare favorably with the life cycle costs of other floor covering. High quality area rugs will be authorized in lieu of carpets when existing hard wood floors are serviceable or can be economically restored. 2. High quality drapes may be authorized as a CTA furnishings item. 3. The garrison commander should make these improvements on an as-needed basis. (b) Household equipment. Higher quality appliances may be provided against CTA authorized items. (c) Furniture. Higher quality furniture may be provided where Government furnishings are authorized by CTA. (3) Policy concerning furnishings provisions for privatized representational housing is set forth in paragraph 3111n. 372. Disposition of furnishings in excessed and transferred housing a. Disposition policy. (1) Both DOD and GSA have agreed that Family housing at installations that will be closed or undergo mission reductions will be made available to GSA as intact as possible where this will assist in the disposition of the housing. (2) Excess housing will be made available for other DOD use or transferred to GSA for disposal with all installed equipment intact. b. Action upon transfer of housing. (1) Retention, removal, redistribution, or transfer of equipment and appliances in Family housing transferred to GSA for disposal will be governed by guidance from HQDA (DAIMISH). The HQDA (DAIMISH) will dictate required actions as the need arises. (2) A listing of serviceable (Code B or better) excess AFH or UPH furnishings will be forwarded to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. 373. Unaccompanied personnel housing furnishings a. Unaccompanied personnel housing furnishings policy. (1) Government furnishings will be provided in Government-controlled housing and may be provided the following unaccompanied Soldiers occupying private rental housing in Hawaii and Alaska and OCONUS: (a) Unaccompanied staff sergeants (E6) and above in Hawaii and Alaska; sergeant first class (E7) and above OCONUS, who opt to live in private rental housing. (b) Unaccompanied Soldiers of all grades who reside in private rental housing due to the nonavailability of Government-controlled UPH. (2) Unaccompanied personnel occupying private housing per paragraph 373a(1) may be provided the same furniture and equipment that is offered to accompanied personnel with the following added requirements: (a) Sergeants (E5) and below in CONUS including Hawaii and Alaska; staff sergeants (E6) and below OCONUS must provide the issuing officer a copy of their CNAs of on-post housing. (b) Furnishings will be procured with OMA base operations (.9 account) funds and issued per allowances prescribed in CTA 50909 and CTA 50970. (3) Exceptions to CTA 50909 and CTA 50970 will be submitted to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 to obtain approval to purchase nonstandard barracks items (for example, special application designed-to-space or modular furnishings) for use in newly constructed or modernized facilities. As a minimum, the IMCOM will provide the following information with narrative justification for waiver consideration: (a) Specifications for requested nonstandard item. (b) Area gain allotted per man (if applicable), and number to be assigned per bedroom or cubicle. (c) Floor plan displaying furnishings placement. (d) Quantity and estimated unit price of nonstandard items being requested to include cost variance to GSA schedule contract for furnishings items. (4) If an exception to CTA 50909 or CTA 50970 is granted from HQDA, then the garrison commander or IMCOM Region will be responsible for obtaining an exception to the FAR/DFARS/AFARS through the local procurement activity. Procurement must be accomplished per the laws and regulations governing the expenditure of Federal funds. This regulation will not be construed as authority for sole source procurement for such nonstandard items. When applicable, the above procedures may be utilized to obtain exception to CTA for replacement furnishings. (5) When authorized by the garrison commander, personal furnishings may be used in UPH (PP) in place of Government furnishings. Normally, water beds, if authorized, will be installed only on slab-on-grade floors. b. Draperies for unaccompanied personnel housing. (1) Draperies procured for UPH will conform with the fabric and color range described in CTA 50909 and CTA 50970. (2) Drapery requirements for construction and modernization projects will be identified by installations with their DD Form 1391 submissions (see Interior Design Manual (IDM) for Single Soldier Housing for guidance/instruction on ordering draperies for barracks MCA construction and renovation). (3) Draperies may be replaced when they have become unserviceable.

92

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

c. Carpeting for unaccompanied personnel housing. (1) Carpeting is considered (a) A floor finish when installed as a prime floor finish within the scope of a construction or repair project. Such carpeting is classified as installed real property, not as a furnishing. Requests for carpeting considered a prime floor finish are processed per chapter 5 of this regulation. (b) A furnishing when placed over another prime floor finish in good condition. Such carpeting is classified as EIP. Requests for carpeting considered to be EIP are processed per this regulation. (2) Carpeting available for Government purchase is described in the GSA Federal Supply Schedule, FSC Group 72. Refer to the applicable index for guidance in determining the type of carpet suitable in relation to traffic and soil. Pile construction of carpet will be made of nylon, acrylic, or a combination of nylon and acrylic. Bright colors, white or off-white, prominent patterns, deep pile, or shag carpeting will be avoided in living areas. Tight-loop carpeting (small pattern) with a print or intricate pattern is recommended for common use or public areas. For factors influencing carpet performance, see DA Pam 42011. d. Clothes washers and dryers. (1) Washers and dryers in UPH facilities may be concessionaire-owned or concessionaire-leased, or Governmentowned. The most economical method of supplying and servicing authorized equipment will be determined by comparative cost analysis and cyclic evaluation of ongoing methods conducted in accordance with AR 520. (2) Cost analyses will be approved at installation level. (3) Laundry facilities provided in UPH (PP) will be at no cost to the individual. e. Unaccompanied personnel housing initial issue furnishings program. (1) This program provides for the purchase of furnishings for newly constructed or modernized UPH facilities. (2) The program is centrally managed by HQDA to ensure that new furnishings will be available when the UPH facility is released to the Army. (3) HQDA (DAIMISH) will program funds for initial issue furnishings on the basis of the approved UPH construction Future Years Defense Program (FYDP). (4) The ABO (SAFMBUO) will issue a Funding Authorization Document (FAD) to the Office of the Secretary of the Army (OA 22) to be used for the purchase of the initial issue furnishings. (5) HQDA (DAIMISH) will provide (a) The approved UPH construction FYDP during development of the POM/BES. (b) The expected beneficial occupancy date (BOD) and scope of occupancy for new and renovated UPH facilities during development of the Armys POM/BES. (c) The furnishings information contained in Tab E, Furnishings and Equipment, of the DD Form 1391. Provide this information for UPH MCA projects for the budget years. This may be done automatically using the DD Form 1391 processor. (6) Headquarters, USACE will issue to the supporting USACE district a design directive for the UPH MCA project. The USACE district will design the building-related finishes and assist the installation Furnishings Management Officer (FMO) in the selection of coordinated furniture, furnishings, and equipment based on the guidelines contained in the IDM for Single Soldier Housing to achieve a comprehensive interior design package. The installation housing manager and FMO will closely work with the USACE design district to ensure all requirements are met. (7) The installation FMO will (a) Approximately 14 months prior to the estimated BOD, prepare and finalize all procurement documentation and coordinate the package with the USACE design district. The FMO should assume that items will be procured from UNICOR; however, this will not be determined until the order is actually received by UNICOR. Therefore, duplicate procurement documentation must be prepared selecting similar, coordinated items from the GSA Schedules, in the event that UNICOR cannot provide the items requested. (b) Submit the procurement documentation to the U.S. Army Engineering and Support Center, Huntsville (CEHNCCTB), P.O. Box 1600, Huntsville, AL 358074301 one year prior to the estimated BOD. An information copy of this package, along with the final cost estimate, will also be provided to DAIMISH. Procurement documentation and cost estimates will address items, services, and costs. f. Unaccompanied personnel housing replacement furnishings program. (1) This program addresses replacement furnishings for existing UPH. (2) The program is decentralized to the IMCOM Regions and installations. (3) Headquarters DA (DAIMISH) will program OMA (.9 account) funds based on POM/BES data input. (4) The ABO will (a) Budget funds on the basis of POM/BES input data. (b) Ensure that all .9A funds (replacement issue and handling of furnishings) are sent to the IMCOM via FAD. (5) The IMCOM will ensure funds set aside for the acquisition of replacement furnishings are used for that purpose. Controls will be established to ensure that excess items are not requisitioned. (6) Installations will initiate funded requisitions for replacement furnishings through the Supply Support Activity,
AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012 93

verify price and authorization data, and ensure that funds are available in the appropriate furnishings account. Military standard requisitioning and issue procedures (MILSTRIP) will be used. Section X Construction 374. Scope This section provides the objectives and policies for housing construction to include both new and replacement construction and construction improvements to existing facilities. Modernization, renovation, rehabilitation, revitalization, expansion, and Energy Conservation Investment Program (ECIP) projects fall within the purview of construction improvements. Also, the Armys housing privatization program-the Residential Communities Initiative (RCI)-equity contributions and subsidies are funded through AFHC. 375. Objectives The Armys housing construction programs are intended to enhance the Soldiers quality of life. The objectives of the various construction programs are to a. Construct new housing facilities where total requirements exceed available and adequate on-post and off-post facilities. b. Improve livability, correct deficiencies, and conserve energy. c. Provide adequate community facilities and infrastructure. 376. Establishing requirements a. Before selecting a construction alternative to satisfy housing deficits, a clearly defined need must be identified and other nonstructural alternatives must be considered. b. The need will be based on plans and analyses completed in accordance with the housing justification and supporting documentation requirements set forth in section XIV. c. Among the nonstructural alternatives which must be examined are the following: (1) Reliance on off-post housing in civilian communities. (2) Leasing of privately-owned housing to include third party contracted housing. (3) Privatization. (4) Management actions relative to facilities utilization, conversion, and diversion. (5) Purchase of existing housing facilities. (6) Transfer of DOD or other Government agency facilities. 377. Impact on local housing markets a. All reasonable precautions will be taken to avoid harmful impact of military Family housing construction on local housing markets. b. Military housing normally will not be programmed, built, or leased at an installation when, in consideration of total assets (both on-post and off-post), the following thresholds are exceeded: (1) Family housing. New construction or leasing-up to 90 percent of the long-range programmable housing deficit (see paras 381b(2) and 387c(3)). (2) Unaccompanied personnel housing. (a) The UPH (PP)-up to 95 percent of the UPH (PP) programmable deficit (see para 382a(3)(a)). (b) Trainee barracks-the billeting load identified in the ASIP (see para 382a(3)(b)). (3) Exceptions. The Secretary of the Army may waive the limitations in paragraphs 377b(1) and 377b(2) on a case-by-case basis. c. Normally, housing will be programmed and built on an incremental basis per housing master plans to allow for possible increases in community support. 378. Intergovernmental coordination a. Pertinent command levels will coordinate with appropriate Federal, State, regional, and local governmental agencies to assess the impact of military housing construction on area and community development. Such coordination will be made in accordance with the IMCOM Intergovernmental Coordination Plan (see AR 21020). Additionally, commanders must comply with the coordinations required by AR 2001, AR 40510, and AR 40590. b. All AFH and UPH projects will be properly sited on the installation RPMP, conform with designated land use areas, comply with the real property master planning guidance and requirements prescribed in AR 21020, and be accurately reflected in the RPI. c. Consultation will also be made with other organizations cognizant of local housing conditions, such as local

94

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

housing authorities, real estate boards, home builders associations, chambers of commerce, planning agencies, zoning offices, and building permit issuing agencies. d. The Military Services shall coordinate housing requirements with local school districts. Budget justification for each construction request shall indicate whether additional public school facilities are required to accommodate an increase in students. 379. Construction program cost limitations and approval authorities To meet the Armys housing needs there are several housing construction programs; each with its unique set of dollar limitations and approval authorities. a. Family housing. Paragraph 314 addresses the limits and authorities for AFH construction and incidental improvements. b. Unaccompanied personnel housing. The MCA, minor MCA (MMCA), and the OMA minor construction account are addressed in chapters 2 and 4 of this publication. 380. Design criteria a. New and replacement construction and, to the maximum extent possible, construction improvements to existing facilities will comply with DOD UFC and, as appropriate, the Technical Instructions (TIs) listed below (see TIs at the USACE Web site http://www.hnd.usace.army.mil/techinfo/ti.htm). (1) UFC 472111.1, Unaccompanied Enlisted Personnel Housing (UEPH) Complexes; UFC 312010, Interior Design; and UFC 340001, Energy Conservation. (2) UFC 472101A, Barracks Upgrade Program (3) TI 80102, Family Housing. (4) UFC 471101, Family Housing. b. The Army Criteria Tracking System (ACTS) is the Armys official repository of consolidated space planning and utilization criteria. The ACTS is an automated application found on the following Web site: https://www.acts.hqda. pentagon.mil/. c. The Army has developed a series of standard design/criteria products under the auspices of the Army Facilities Standardization Program. Where available, standard designs/criteria are mandatory for use (see app F). d. Improvement projects will be developed to restore deteriorating and failing facilities. Such restoration will bring the facility into conformance with the latest design criteria. However, improvement projects will not be used merely to bring a facility into conformance with the most current new construction design criteria. e. Installation design standards (IDS) and IDGs will be used in developing facility designs. f. Design must be in accordance with the approved installation RPMP. g. Both the design and construction of a facility must comply with design criteria. A request for variance from design standards must be submitted prior to execution through the IMCOM to HQDA (DAIMISH). h. For Family housing, design criteria requires (1) Providing a minimum of three bedrooms. (2) Meeting the GOLD standard of the current sustainability project rating tool (SPiRiT/LEEDH). (3) Complying with the applicable IDG for the new housing location. 381. Family housing construction a. Construction program. Both new construction and improvement projects will include the requirement that 5 percent of the DUs in the project will be accessible, or readily and easily modifiable, for use by persons with disabilities. This requirement must be addressed in all such projects until at least 5 percent of the installations total DU inventory meets accessibility requirements (see para 36c(5)). b. New construction (Budget Program 10000000). (1) The type, category, and quantity of Family housing to be programmed for construction or replacement at an installation will be determined by the following: (a) Army Stationing and Installation Plan (ASIP) strength projections. (b) Adequacy both of current and projected support in local communities and of existing Government-owned and Government-controlled housing. (c) The analyses completed using the procedures outlined in section XIV, and reflected in the DD Form 1523 (Military Family Housing Justification). (d) Current and projected plans for housing construction under the jurisdiction of various HUD programs (see para 381b(6)). (2) The authorized programming limits for the construction of new or replacement Family housing is up to 90 percent of the long-range programmable housing deficit (that is, the authorized projected Family housing requirement minus Family housing assets-both on and off post, both Government-controlled and private market). (3) Title 10 (10 USC 2824) put in place the requirement that, in the construction, acquisition, and improvement of

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

95

military Family housing, the room patterns and floor areas of military Family housing in a particular locality shall be similar to room patterns and floor areas of similar housing in the private sector in that locality. See DA Pam 42011 for a summary of programming guidelines that were jointly developed by the Military Services for the sizing of Family housing new construction. (4) The maximum number of bedrooms per DU that may be programmed for Family housing is four. (5) A survey of the local housing market will be made within the 12 months prior to initial design release. Where substantive changes occur in the local housing market the survey will be updated prior to advertisement for bids with a view toward the acquisition of adequate housing facilities instead of construction. (6) At locations within the United States where construction of Family housing is planned, the Secretary of the Army will consult in writing with the HUD Secretary to determine the availability of suitable alternate housing before entering into a contract for such construction (see 10 USC 2824). c. Post acquisition (or improvement) construction (Budget Program 60000000). (1) Program coverage. This program encompasses all improvement projects. For a description of program coverage and general improvement projects, see DA Pam 42011. For policy on ECIP projects, see paragraph 381c(3). (2) Dwelling unit limitations. (a) Development of a post acquisition construction project is not arbitrarily constrained by DU cost limitations if it is economical in comparison to other options. Projects will be developed using the Planning Guide: Whole Neighborhood Revitalization Program which focuses the planner on considering all required work. Users will request resourcing necessary to meet their needs. Congress must approve both the total program amount for improvements and those individual dwelling unit improvement projects whose cost per FY, inclusive of concurrent M&R and incidental improvements (as adjusted by the ACF except for foreign source dwelling unit) will equal or exceed the statutory limit (see para 314). (b) Two or more DUs to be diverted or converted (combined) into or used as a single DU may not exceed this individual DU statutory limit (see para 328e). (c) HQDA (DAIMIS) may reprogram post acquisition construction projects (except for GFOQ per para 3102b) when 1. Cumulative costs of projects reprogrammed are equal to or less than the funds appropriated and authorized annually for post acquisition construction. 2. Individual DU project costs are less than or equal to the statutory limitation (as adjusted by the ACF except for foreign source units). (d) Non-emergency projects which exceed statutory cost limitations must be planned for, programmed, and included as individual line items (that is, separate DD Form 1391) in the budget submitted to Congress. (3) Energy Conservation Investment Program projects. These are premised on future savings in energy by virtue of current capital investment. To be accepted for consideration, an ECIP project must have a savings-to-investment ratio equal to or greater than 1.25 and must be amortized in 10 years or less. Congress approves a total program amount for ECIP but limits that total program amount to ECIP projects only. Thus, HQDA may reprogram ECIP funds internally only among ECIP projects within the annual appropriation and authorization. d. Cost of construction projects. (1) The approval levels for projects apply only to the funded cost (see DA Pam 42011). Project funded costs include the following: (a) All funded costs for construction. (b) Cost financed from contingency funds. (c) Government furnished items required by the construction. (d) Supervision and administration (S&A). (2) Unfunded costs are not part of the project cost. Examples of unfunded costs are design costs and military labor. (3) Replacement of unserviceable household equipment is charged to operations funds. Examples include ranges, refrigerators, and portable dishwashers. (4) All costs connected with master planning, programming, budgeting, and feasibility studies are excluded from the project cost. Use appropriate O&M funds for these costs. (5) Repair work that could not be reasonably discovered prior to initiating a post acquisition construction project is chargeable to M&R accounts, not to the construction project. However, if an improvement project includes concurrent M&R, both the total cost and the cost of the M&R added are constrained to the cost limitations in paragraph 314. 382. Unaccompanied personnel housing construction a. General. (1) Requirements. The UPH construction requirements are based on strength projections from the ASIP and valid requirements documentation prescribed in section XIV. (2) Unaccompanied personnel housing programming criteria.

96

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(a) Permanent party personnel. MCA projects for personnel will be based only on requirements. The UPH will not be programmed for the following: 1. Those for whom Family housing is programmable. 2. Sergeants First Class (E7)-staff sergeants (E6) in the United States-and above and officers unless community housing is not available or on-post housing is required due to military necessity. If military necessity dictates, it must apply equally to accompanied Soldiers assigned like duties. Indicate in the requirements documents that the only sergeants first class (E7)-staff sergeants (E6) in the United States-and above and officers identified as UPH deficits are those for whom community housing is not available or who are required to live on-post because of military necessity. 3. A Soldier married to a Soldier, both of whom are assigned to the same installation or within commuting distance. 4. Soldiers authorized BAH at the with dependent rate assigned duty in CONUS, Alaska, or Hawaii. (b) Permanent party students. Students attending a course of instruction of 20 weeks or longer, to include personnel attending AIT, are considered students. Students in TDY status attending a course of instruction of less than 20 weeks are considered transient requirements. These figures are in the ASIP. (c) Unit integrity allowance. 1. Although a management allowance is recognized for the unit integrity concept at the battalion level or higher, the allowance will not cause the installations utilization/occupancy rate to fall below 95 percent (para 320d). 2. The unit integrity concept will not be used when it would require a CNA to be issued. 3. There is no allowance for unit integrity in the programming of UPH. (d) Trainees. MCA barracks for trainees will be based only on trainee requirements. 1. Initial entry training and initial military training (IMT) trainees. Personnel attending initial entry training, to include OSUT, are considered trainee requirements. Enlisted personnel attending IMT, including BCT, OSUT, AIT, and ASI, are considered trainee requirements. 2. NCO Academy, airborne, and ranger trainees. Trainee barracks may be programmed for other students, such as NCO Academy, airborne, and ranger students, at installations where these Soldiers are permanently assigned and required to live in UPH at a centralized training location. The requirement for these Soldiers will be based on the daily average number of students required to reside in UPH. 3. Unaccompanied personnel housing programming levels. a. For UPH (PP) the authorized programming level is up to 95 percent of the UPH (PP) programmable deficit (that is, the authorized projected unaccompanied personnel requirement minus UPH (PP) assets). b. For trainee barracks, the authorized programming level is the ASIP billeting load. 4. Construction criteria. Current UPH construction requirements will be obtained by contacting the appropriate Army Corps of Engineers Center of Standardization identified in DA Pam 42011. b. Unaccompanied personnel housing revitalization. (1) The key element in the provision of excellent UPH facilities for unaccompanied Soldiers is the ongoing UPH revitalization effort. It consists of the following programs: (a) The Whole Barracks Renewal Program (WBRP) which is an MCA funded program primarily for new construction. (b) The Barracks Upgrade Program (BUP) which is a centrally-funded OMA program predominantly for major revitalization of VOLAR era barracks and other barracks where it is more cost effective to renovate than replace. (2) The UPH facilities that require revitalization will be programmed at the earliest opportunity in accordance with the Armys Barracks Master Plan (BMP) (see para 3110 for specifics on the BMP). (3) New construction will comply with the Army Barracks Standards (see para 382a(2)(d)(4)). Revitalization will incorporate these same standards and criteria to the maximum feasible extent. (4) Revitalization planning and programming for UPH will include consideration of the following: (a) Where there is a UPH deficit, program new construction and dispose of or convert substandard UPH (not upgradeable) as appropriate. (b) Where substandard UPH (upgradeable) exists and there is a programmable need for the UPH, program modernization to bring the UPH inventory up to or as close as reasonably possible to, current construction design standards and/or program new construction. When the only deficiency in the UPH building is lack of semi-private bath for sergeants (E5)/staff sergeants (E6), who routinely occupy the building in numbers which reflect the units grade mix, the building will continue to be carried as upgradeable in the installations records and will be so noted in the requirements documentation. These assets will be considered as adequate for assignment of all Soldiers in grades corporal/specialist (E4) through private (E1). (c) Where there is excess adequate UPH, modernization/upgrade will not be programmed unless a plan has been clearly defined which will outline inactivation or conversion actions. This plan must be part of the official installation RPMP, per AR 21020. The RPMP will clearly define the utilization of the UPH assets (present and future) by building, condition of the UPH buildings to be occupied and those earmarked for inactivation or conversion, and projected time table for completion of all actions. Inactivation means mothballing; control transferred to USAR,

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

97

ARNG, or ROTC training; or other actions which would preclude use as AD UPH. This inactivated and converted UPH would not be modernized until such time as it could be shown that the installations UPH requirements have increased. Final disposition of excess UPH facilities will be determined on a need basis over time. 383. Construction planning and programming a. General. (1) Planning and programming for Family housing construction will be accomplished per this chapter and chapter 4 of this publication. (2) Planning and programming for UPH construction and modernization will be done per chapters 2 and 4 of this publication. b. Planning. (1) The installation housing manager will (a) Participate in the master planning of housing projects and related facilities on the installation. (b) Be a member of the installation Real Property Planning Board. (2) Environmental, historical, archaeological, economic, and/or market studies will be started early in the planning process to accommodate long lead time requirement and so as not to incur unnecessary delays in timely programming, design, and execution of construction. c. Programming, designing, and execution monitoring procedures. For a discussion of programming, designing, and execution monitoring procedures, see DA Pam 42011. Section XI Leasing 384. Scope This section sets forth policies for administering and executing housing leasing programs. 385. Leasing policy a. Housing leasing programs pertain to the Armys leasing of privately-owned housing for assignment as Government housing to eligible military and DOD civilian employees. b. Once leased units are accepted, they are assigned and operated like other adequate housing units. c. Since leased housing units will be designated as Government housing, military residents will forfeit all housing allowances upon occupancy of the leased housing. d. Leasing programs will be administered within the criteria and cost limitations established by law. 386. Responsibilities for leasing a. The Commander, USACE, will locate, negotiate, and execute housing leases in the United States. b. The ACSIM will (1) Establish management procedures, controls, and reports associated with the housing leasing program. (2) Allocate Family housing lease authorizations (that is, the number of leases) to the IMCOM Regions. (3) Obtain congressional clearance as required. c. The IMCOM Region Directors manage the leasing programs within their respective geographic areas of responsibility. They will (1) Determine requirements and develop justification for leasing. (2) Ensure that criteria are fully met. (3) Comply with statutory and administrative limitations. (4) Locate, negotiate, and execute leases in foreign countries within the authority of host nation agreements. (5) Plan and program for the O&M of leased housing. (6) Maximize use of Family housing lease authorizations. d. Garrison commanders participate in the management of the leasing program. They will (1) Determine leased housing requirements and program accordingly. (2) Prepare and submit requests for required leases. (3) Counsel prospective residents on their obligations, responsibilities, and entitlements upon assignment to leased housing. (4) Assign and operate leased housing units. (5) Establish damage reimbursement and repair procedures. (6) Act as contract administrator when requested. (7) Prepare utilization reports for occupancy. e. Residents will meet the responsibilities set forth in section VIII of this chapter.

98

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

387. Family housing leasing a. General criteria for leasing. (1) Family housing may be leased for occupancy by eligible personnel only in areas where (a) Adequate private rental housing is not available. (b) Government-controlled housing within reasonable commuting distance of the duty station (1-hour driving time) is not available. (2) Authority to approve leases or renewals will not exceed the number of lease authorizations and funds appropriated annually. (3) Acquisition and disposal of Family housing leases will be per AR 40510 and AR 40590. (4) Leased Family housing will be adequate as to location, condition, size, and additional criteria as outlined in section IV. (5) The criteria for Family bedroom needs and the sizing benchmarks addressed in DA Pam 42011 will be used as guides for leasing for all grades. (a) Deviations from these space limitations may be approved by the ASA (IE&E) where housing of such size is unavailable due to local construction patterns. (b) The ASA (IE&E) may approve increases in the sizing benchmarks on a case-by-case basis when such approval is in the best interest of the Government. 1. The ASA (IE&E) may increase sizing benchmarks by up to 5 percent provided that such increase when combined with another authorized increase does not exceed a cumulative increase of 10 percent. 2. The ASA (IE&E), in foreign areas, may waive sizing benchmarks if there are no alternative DUs. 3. A request for alterations, improvements, and repairs must be submitted with valid justification on DD Form 1391 to HQDA (DAIMISH) for ASA (IE&E) approval. These requests must be submitted early enough to allow sufficient time to program BP 194000 leasing funds in the Budget Estimate Submission. Normally, work will be limited to that necessary to provide adequate living accommodations. 4. All existing leases desired to be retained and requests for additional leasing authority will be justified by completing the appropriate housing support documentation as outlined in section XIV. Any requests for leasing to meet unforeseen needs not provided for in the program also must include such supporting data, if applicable. b. Domestic leasing. (1) Authority. Leasing of individual Family housing units in the United States is accomplished under the authority of 10 USC 2828. (2) Requirement. Domestic leasing may be undertaken where there is a shortage of adequate housing at or near a military installation and one or more of the following prevail: (a) The requirement for such housing is temporary. (b) Leasing would be more cost effective than construction or acquisition of new housing. (c) Family housing is required for personnel attending Service school academic courses on PCS orders. (d) Construction of Family housing at such installation has been authorized by law but is not yet completed. (e) A military construction authorization bill pending in Congress includes a request for authorization of construction of Family housing at such installation. (3) Constraints. (a) Domestic leasing is a temporary solution to meeting housing needs. As such, domestic leasing 1. Will be carefully controlled to preclude adversely affecting the local economy. 2. Is limited to areas with large deficits of Family housing for Soldiers. 3. Will be used only until a permanent solution is available, that is, until Government housing programs or the local economy can provide sufficient housing at reasonable cost. (b) Leasing may be used when the lease cost to the prospective resident would exceed his or her BAH plus the current maximum out-of-pocket costs above allowance. However, the Government leasing agent is permitted to negotiate a Government lease agreement below that amount. (c) A lease may not be made when the average estimated annual rental for Family housing facilities or related real property exceeds $750,000 during the term of the lease until the Senate and House Armed Services Committees of Congress are given a notification of the facts. A waiting period of 30 days must elapse after the notification. (d) The Secretary of the Army will provide the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives a quarterly report on the details of all new and renewal domestic leases entered into during the previous quarter which exceed $12,000 per unit per year, including certification that less expensive housing was not available for lease. (4) Special programs. (a) Title 10 USC 2835 (formerly 10 USC 801) housing. 1. Title 10 USC 2835 (originally authorized by Section 801, Public Law (PL) 98115) permits each of the military departments to enter into long-term domestic build-to-lease contracts with third parties for a limited number of housing

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

99

units. These contracts will provide housing units, either newly constructed or rehabilitated to rental use, built to DOD specifications, near military installations. These contracts may provide for the contractor to operate and maintain the housing facility during the term of the lease. Contracts will not exceed 20 years and the Government has the first right of refusal to acquire the housing. 2. Title 10 Section 2835 housing is limited to places where a substantial deficit exists and EA shows build-to-lease the most economic alternative. Analysis setting the cost ceiling must be submitted to the Congress prior to advertising for proposals. Prior to entering into a lease, an EA which shows the build-to-lease alternative most economic must be forwarded to Congress and a period of 21 calendar days elapsed following the date on which the EA is received by the appropriate committees of Congress. 3. A 10 USC 2835 lease may include provision for the lease of a child care center, civic center building, and similar type buildings constructed for the support of Family housing. 4. Since 10 USC 2835 housing is Government-controlled, BAH and other housing allowances will be forfeited. Assignment policy is specified in section III. (b) Title 10 USC 2836 (formerly 10 USC 802) housing. 1. Title 10 USC 2836 (originally authorized by Section 802, PL 98115) permits each military department to enter into a limited number of agreements which guarantee rentals to a third party, that is rental guarantee housing (RGH). These agreements will provide housing units, newly constructed or rehabilitated to rental use. The housing units will be built to local codes and criteria or, at the Governments discretion, to DOD specifications, on or near military installations. An agreement may not assure the occupancy of more than 97 percent of the units constructed under the agreement. An agreement may not be for a term in excess of 25 years. The agreement may not be renewed unless the project is on Government-owned land, in which case the renewal period may not exceed the original contract term. Priority of renters is military Families, single Service members, eligible DOD civilians, and other civilians. Rental rates must be in the affordability range of potential renters and may be permitted to escalate. 2. Should the owner not be able to sustain the agreed to percentage occupancy rate, the Government will pay the difference between the shelter rents collectable at the agreed to percentage and those collected at the actual occupancy percentage. The Government will not assure more than an amount equivalent to the shelter rent of the housing units determined on the basis of amortizing initial construction costs. 3. Prior to entering into an agreement, an EA, demonstrating that the proposed agreement is cost-effective when compared with alternatives, must be sent to the appropriate committees of Congress and a period of 21 calendar days must have expired following the date on which the EA was received by those committees. 4. A 10 USC 2836 agreement may provide for the rental of a child care center, civic center building, and similar type buildings constructed for the support of Family housing. 5. A 10 USC 2836 agreement may only be entered into if existing military-controlled housing at all installations in the commuting area (except for a new installation or an installation for which there is projected a significant increase in the number of Families due to an increase in the number of authorized personnel) has exceeded 97 percent use for a period of not less than 18 consecutive months immediately preceding the date on which the agreement is entered into, excluding units temporarily inactivated for major repair or improvements. 6. A 10 USC 2836 agreement will provide for priority of occupancy for military Families. 7. Since these are private rentals, Soldiers will receive BAH and other authorized housing allowances. Also, all applications for RGH are voluntary; there are no mandatory assignments to RGH. c. Foreign leasing. (1) Leasing of Family housing in foreign countries is accomplished under the authority contained in 10 USC 2828. (2) Foreign leasing may be undertaken (a) Where there is a shortage of adequate housing at or near a military installation and one or more of the following prevail: 1. The requirement for such housing is temporary. 2. Leasing would be more cost-effective than construction or acquisition of new housing. 3. Construction of Family housing at such installation has been authorized by law but is not yet completed. 4. A military construction authorization bill pending in Congress includes a request for authorization of construction of Family housing at such installation. (b) For incumbents of special command positions (as determined by the Director of Administration and Management (OSD) (see para 399b). (c) In countries where excessive costs of housing or other lease terms would cause undue hardship on DOD personnel. (d) Where local restrictions preclude individual leases to U.S. military or civilian personnel. (3) The programming limit for foreign leasing is set at up to 90 percent of the long-range programmable housing deficit. (4) An EA using the standardized set of assumptions and formats in DA Pam 2106 must show that it is more

100

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

beneficial to lease than to construct. When leasing is the only alternative for acquisition of housing, submit an EA fact sheet (see DA Pam 42011). (5) Leasing of housing units in foreign countries may be for any period not in excess of 10 years (15 years in Korea). The costs of such leases for any year may be paid out of annual appropriations for that year. (6) Buy-out clauses must be included in all lease agreements for newly constructed facilities of 10 units or more. (7) A lease cap must be established for each location where high-cost leased units exist. The highest cost leasehold in the area is the cap that is reported to Congress annually. Requests for new or renewal leases that do not exceed the cap established for that country will be submitted to HQDA (DAIMISH) for approval. (8) A lease may not be made where the average estimated annual rental for Family housing facilities or related real property exceeds $500,000 during the term of the lease until the appropriate committees of Congress are given a notification of the facts and a period of 21 calendar days elapses after the notification is received by those committees. (9) Any alterations, repairs, or additions to foreign leased units will be limited to that work necessary to provide adequate living accommodations. The cost of such work will not exceed 25 percent (absolute) of the first years annual rental. Requests for alterations, improvements, and repairs must be submitted with valid justification on DD Form 1391 to HQDA (DAIMISH) for OASA (IE&E) approval. Allow sufficient time to program BP 194000 leasing funds in the Budget Estimates Submission. (10) Where it is in the best interest of the U.S. Government, advance rental payments may be made in foreign areas as necessary to comply with law or local custom (10 USC 2396). (11) All requests for new, renewed, or canceled high cost foreign leases must be accompanied by a DD Form 2643 (High Cost Foreign Lease) (see DA Pam 42011). (12) All leased units designated for or occupied by general or flag officers must meet the criteria and reporting conditions of section XIII. d. Department of State housing pools. (1) The Secretary of the Army and the Secretary of State may agree to house Soldiers in Department of State provided housing (Embassy housing) in foreign areas on a reimbursable basis. (2) Leases entered into under these agreements will not be counted against the Armys high-cost foreign lease limitations. e. Limitations on leasing. (1) Statutory. Congress has established by law certain limitations on leasing. These limitations, which pertain to costs and numbers of housing units, are subject to being changed by public laws. (a) Maximum annual rental for a domestic Family housing unit (including the cost of utilities, maintenance, and operations) is $12,000. Rental costs between $12,000 and $14,000 are considered high cost domestic leases and require special authorization. The domestic lease limitations are adjusted on an annual basis by the percentage by which the national average monthly cost of housing (as calculated for purposes of determining BAH rates under 37 USC 403) for the preceding FY exceeds the national average monthly cost of housing (as so calculated) for the FY before such preceding FY. (b) The Secretary of the Army may lease not more than eight housing units in the vicinity of Miami, Florida for key and essential personnel, as designated by the Secretary, for the United States Southern Command for which the expenditure for the rental of such units (including the cost of utilities, maintenance, and operation, including security enhancements) exceeds the expenditure limitations in paragraph (387a), above. The maximum aggregate amount for these leases is adjusted annually by the percentage by which the annual average cost of housing for the Miami Military Housing Area (as calculated for purposes of determining BAH rates under 37 USC 403) for the preceding FY exceeds the annual average cost of housing for the Miami Military Housing Area (as so calculated) for the FY before the preceding FY. The total amount for all such leases may not exceed the amount per year set forth in 10 USC 2828 and the term of any such lease may not exceed 5 years. (c) Maximum annual rental for a foreign Family housing unit (including the cost of utilities, maintenance, and operations) is $20,000 as adjusted for currency fluctuation as of 1 October 1987 and by the percentage by which the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for All Urban Consumers for the prior FY exceeds such CPI for the FY preceding the prior FY. Those which exceed this amount are classified as high cost foreign leases and require special authorization. (d) Maximum rental per year for Family housing facilities, or for real property related to Family housing facilities, leased under a single lease contract without prior notification to the Congress is as follows: 1. For domestic leases, $750,000 (10 USC 2662). 2. For foreign leases, $500,000 (10 USC 2828). (e) Report to appropriate congressional committees annually on all individual transactions for real property in the United States costing between $250,000 and $750,000 (10 USC 2662(b)). (f) Administrative. Congress has also issued the following administrative instructions which are directive in nature: 1. Provide to Congress, semiannually, a list of countries in which the Army has high cost leaseholds, identifying the highest cost lease in each country by city and cost. When a proposed lease in a country exceeds the highest cost lease

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

101

reported for that country, notify the appropriate congressional committees 21 calendar days prior to entering into the lease. 2. Perform an EA of all new foreign lease and build-to-lease agreements for more than 25 units and make it available to the appropriate committees. 3. Include a buy-out provision in any newly constructed foreign build-to-lease agreement for 10 or more units. (2) Costing guidance. To adhere to statutory cost limitations on leasing, the following applies: (a) Include costs as follows: 1. Basic shelter rent. 2. Maintenance when not provided by the lessor. 3. M&R of Government-owned furnishings. 4. Utilities when not provided by the lessor. 5. Services, such as refuse collection, if separately contracted by the Government. (b) Exclude costs as follows: 1. Initial make-ready costs, including provision of Government-owned furnishings. (These start-up costs will not exceed 25 percent of the first years annual rental.) 2. Any pro rata share of costs for installation services such as refuse collection and fire and police protection. 3. Administrative costs such as assignment, travel, and inspection by installation personnel. 4. Costs above installation level such as costs attributable to USACE engineer districts and other command levels for personnel, travel, inspection, and so forth. 5. Reimbursements to the Department of State for Foreign Affairs Administrative Support costs. (3) Private supplementation of lease costs. Military sponsors are not permitted to supplement the amount paid by the Government to the lessor for a leased unit. f. Build-to-lease. (1) Concept. Developers will construct Family housing on the basis of an agreement with the U.S. Government to lease such housing when it is completed. The Army will assign the leased units as Government housing to eligible personnel who will forfeit all housing allowances. Build-to-lease will be pursued only when there is no other housing, existing or being developed, available for use as Government housing. (2) Domestic. Build-to-lease contracts may be approved when build-to-lease is shown to be more cost effective than military construction (see para 387b(4)(a)). (3) Foreign. Build-to-lease is a means of meeting Family housing requirements in foreign countries. While procedures for securing approval for build-to-lease are essentially the same as for leasing existing units, great care must be taken in developing a build-to-lease solution. Build-to-lease requires new construction on the local economy. Thus, exploratory actions are necessary to develop information on the potential for build-to-lease as a basis for recommending a program. Caution must be exercised to ensure that developers do not construe such exploratory action as being based on an approved project, to the point that the housing development is started solely in anticipation of authority for the U.S. Government to lease the resulting Family housing. g. Leasing process. The leasing process entails several steps. These steps are generally as follows: (1) Identify a need and substantiate it to HQDA (DAIMFDH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 with housing support documentation as described in section XIV. (2) Program and budget for lease requirement. (3) Initiate Title 10 action (see para 387h ), if required, and notify congressional committees as necessary. (4) Ensure lease request is within statutory limits. (5) Execute when all previous steps are favorably concluded. (HQDA approves for execution; IMCOM Regions and installations participate with USACE in execution.) h. Congressional notification. (1) Lease proposals for either new leases or lease renewals whose average estimated annual rental exceeds $750,000 for domestic or $500,000 for foreign leases require prior congressional clearance under Title 10. This involves submitting to the Senate and House Armed Services Committees acquisition reports (commonly called Title 10 reports) for both foreign and domestic proposals and to the Appropriations Committees of the House and Senate for foreign proposals. (2) Leases will not be split or incrementally executed for the purpose of avoiding the congressional reporting requirement. Further, several leases with the same lessor, in the same vicinity, offered within a reasonably close period of time, for accomplishment of the same objective, will be combined for the purpose of congressional reporting. Congressional reports will not be submitted for the entire community deficit unless they meet these same conditions. (3) To permit for timely processing (to include review, ASA (IE&E) approval, preparation for testimony, and congressional clearance), draft congressional reports will be submitted to Commander, USACE (CEREAM), 441 G Street, NW, Washington, DC 203141000, together with full justification at least 6 months (for new leases) and 9 months (for renewal leases) in advance of the date when approval is required. Full justification must include an economic analysis. However, where leasing is the only alternative, submit an EA fact sheet (see DA Pam 42011.
102 AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(4) A lease proposal may not be cleared by the appropriate committees unless the actual lease rental is within the parameters established by the sensitivity portion of the EA. Where the actual rental exceeds 15 percent of the estimated rental set forth in the relevant congressional report or where there is substantial deviation in other material factors, such facts are to be reported to the Commander, USACE (CEREAM), 441 G Street, NW, Washington, DC 203141000, for a determination as to whether a revised congressional report should be submitted. 388. Unaccompanied personnel housing leasing a. Leasing considerations. (1) Process lease requests per AR 40510. (2) The authority to lease will not be used to circumvent proper planning for construction or other acquisition alternatives. (3) Factor the space adequacy criteria in table 37 into the decision-making process. Use multiple occupancy if possible and appropriate. (4) Leased housing supplements Government-owned housing and will have the same status with respect to its assignment to individuals. Assignment orders to leased housing will be published using the same procedure as for assignment to Government-owned facilities. (5) To the extent possible, furnished UPH will be acquired. If unfurnished units are secured, Government-owned or Goverment-leased furnishings will be provided. (6) Leased housing will not exceed DOD construction criteria except housing units may include kitchens or kitchenettes. b. Lease costs. (1) Lease costs will include the following: (a) Basic rent for the housing, including furnishings. (b) Utilities such as water, gas, sewage, and electricity (excluding telephone) and services such as trash collection when not included in the rental fee. When it is not feasible to include utilities and services in lease costs and these charges are billed separately to the Government, an estimate of the expected monthly charges for each utility and service will be used to calculate total costs. (2) Costs for leases are chargeable to the base operations account if the financing is by the host installation. Leasing costs financed by a tenant are mission costs. The functional category of expense is described in DFASIN Manual 37100FY. Section XII Mobile Home Parks 389. Scope a. This section establishes policy for mobile home park (MHP) facilities on Army installations. It applies to (1) Government-owned MHP. (2) Government-owned, contractor-operated MHP. (3) Contractor-owned and contractor-operated MHP on Government land. b. The term mobile home is synonymous with the term manufactured home (see glossary). 390. Mobile home park policy a. The MHP provided for mobile homes not owned by the Government will not be considered to be quarters (37 USC 403(k)). b. The MHP requirements will be determined by housing needs identified in accordance with the procedures and analyses described in section XIV. c. If required, Government-owned MHP will be programmed in the Family housing future years construction program. d. An MHP facility must amortize its construction costs over a 25-year period beginning with the completion of such construction (37 USC 403(k)). e. All installation costs associated with MHP will be included in the established rental rates. f. The MHP space assignments will be on a first-come first-served basis, irrespective of grade. g. Maintenance standards will be established to ensure an attractive appearance of MHP immediate and surrounding areas. h. A mobile home is a mobile dwelling constructed and intended for use as a permanent residence and designed to be moved overland by towing. For purposes of this regulation, a mobile home does not include (1) A privately-owned or -leased bus or rail car converted for use as a residence. (2) A boat which is used as a place of residence.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

103

(3) Recreational vehicles or travel trailers, truck campers, or 5th wheels, either self-propelled or designed to be moved overland by towing. 391. Moving expense guidance a. Moves between Government-controlled housing and MHP during the same tour of duty may be authorized by the garrison commander. The sponsor will bear the costs of voluntary moves; the Government, the costs of Governmentdirected moves. b. Allowable costs for Soldiers incident to PCS (for example, temporary storage costs and local moves) are contained in the JFTR. 392. Government-owned mobile home parks a. Eligibility. (1) All Soldiers with accompanying Family members and key and essential DOD civilians with accompanying Family members are eligible for assignment to available MHP spaces. (2) Unaccompanied Soldiers and DOD civilians who are not key and essential may be assigned to MHP facilities on a space available basis. (3) Personnel occupying adequate Government housing will not terminate such occupancy to reside in an on-post MHP if this will result in Government housing remaining vacant. b. Responsibilities for mobile home parks. The garrison commander and the MHP resident share responsibility for the MHP. (1) The garrison commander will ensure that (a) Mobile Home Park spaces are in good condition and fully livable at the time of assignment. (b) Maintenance activities conform to the AWP and, to the extent practicable, contribute to environmental enhancement and installation attractiveness. (c) Residents receive written instructions on their responsibilities and fulfill their responsibilities to include participation in the self-help program for the MHP space and other real property (ORP). Self-help does not extend to privately-owned or privately-leased mobile homes. (d) The Governments investment in the MHP is protected. (e) A pest eradication and control program is in force for MHP areas external to the resident-owned mobile homes. (f) A continuing program for conserving utilities is enforced. (g) Action is taken when loss or damage of Government-owned property occurs as a result of resident negligence or willful misconduct. (h) Boundaries are set which clearly mark the extent of grounds assigned to each resident for use and maintenance. The boundaries correspond generally to the limits of the logical yard for each MHP space, but will extend normally not more than 50 feet from the mobile home. The installation will maintain the grounds outside these boundaries. (i) Mobile Home Park spaces are assigned, reassigned, and terminated. (j) Waiting lists are established and maintained. (k) Mobile Home Park spaces are inspected. This includes assignment, termination, resident maintenance of grounds, installation, utility connections, and other special inspections as required. (l) Spouses and Family members are counseled concerning standards of conduct, care of property, and availability of assistance in resolving complaints. (m) Records of MHP activities required by this regulation are maintained. This includes 1. Leases and notices of revocation and termination. 2. Records of rental, utility, and operating service charges billed and collected. (2) Residents will (a) Accomplish self-help tasks of the kind normally expected of tenants in private housing. These include 1. Maintenance and repair of resident-owned mobile home. 2. Pest control for interior of mobile home. 3. Related servicing for the resident-owned or resident-leased mobile home. 4. Care of Government property. 5. Maintenance of grounds within assigned area. 6. Placement of refuse containers at curbside or other stated place for pickup on collection day. 7. Repairing all damage caused by pets. 8. Taking necessary action to prevent and report fires. 9. Blocking, leveling, anchoring, and skirting of resident-owned or resident-leased mobile home. The mobile home will be anchored when it is blocked and leveled. Skirting must be done within 30 calendar days of assignment. The resident will provide any materials necessary to accomplish these tasks. 10. Connecting utilities to existing facilities (at resident expense).

104

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(b) Obtain approval of the DPW prior to installing any additions or accessories exterior to the mobile home and within the MHP space. (c) Return, upon clearing an MHP, the MHP space and immediate area in a clean, orderly, undamaged condition per the standards set by the garrison commander. c. Application procedures. Applications for assignment to MHP space will be made through the housing office. Procedures established in section III apply. d. Waiting list. (1) A separate waiting list will be maintained for MHP spaces. (2) Eligible personnel occupying an MHP space may keep their names on the appropriate Government housing waiting list at the same installation. Their position on this waiting list will be according to their original eligibility date as established per paragraph 316g. (3) Personnel may be placed on the MHP space waiting list even if an individual does not currently own a mobile home. However, the individual must be ready to accept assignment of and use a space when offered or be placed at the bottom of the waiting list. When the individual reaches the top of the list the second time, the applicant must move a mobile home onto the space or have his or her name removed from the list for 90 days. e. Assignment policies and procedures. (1) The garrison commander grants and revokes leases for use of MHP spaces for privately-owned or privatelyleased mobile homes. (2) Each MHP rental space will be supported by a DA Form 373R (Department of the Army Lease of Trailer Site) executed by the garrison commander and the MHP space lessee. The lease will cover a specified period of time and will contain renewal options. The period of each lease or lease renewal will not exceed one year. (3) The housing office will prepare and file the original lease. One copy will be given to the lessee. (4) The lessee will indicate the choice of mid-month or end-of-month payment options on the lease. (5) Multiple occupancy, sub-renting, or sub-leasing is prohibited. Should the mobile home be sold, removal from the MHP may be required depending upon the length of the waiting list and the status of the purchaser. The garrison commander will make the determination. f. Retention and termination. (1) Personnel occupying MHP spaces are permitted to retain those spaces when any of the conditions listed in paragraphs 318b and c prevails. (2) The garrison commander may revoke a lease on a minimum of 30 days prior notice for any of the following reasons: (a) Nonpayment of rent. (b) Breach of any conditions of the lease. (c) Extended absence from the mobile home for reasons other than leave, TDY, participation in field exercises, and so forth. (d) Base closure. (e) Where any of the conditions listed in paragraphs 318a or d exists. (3) The housing office will retain the original notice of revocation (written letter) and give one copy to the lessee. (4) A lessee who intends to terminate his or her lease will give one copy of advance termination notice to the housing manager and keep one copy for personal records. This termination notice should be given as early as possible but under normal circumstances not later than 30 days prior to expected termination date. (5) A Soldier who is officially directed by the garrison commander concerned to vacate for cause the premises on which the mobile home is located is entitled to reimbursement for the expenses incurred in moving the mobile home to another site in the vicinity of the installation. Reimbursable expenses include those necessary to prepare the mobile home for transportation and the move itself. Hook-up costs at the new site will be at residents expense. g. Rental and operating service charges. (1) Rent for the MHP space. (a) The cost for construction of MHP facilities must be amortized from rental charges over a period of 25 years beginning with the completion of construction. (b) The cost of subsequent improvement and major repair projects must also be included in the rent for the MHP space. The costs of such projects will be divided by 300 (25 years X 12 months per year) and added to the existing monthly space rent. (c) The requirement to amortize the cost of construction and subsequent improvements and major repairs expires at the end of the 25-year period regardless of the percent of occupancy or the amount of rent collected. (d) Where a portion of an MHP is inactivated, no adjustment will be made in the rents of the remaining residents. (e) When an installation with an existing MHP acquires additional spaces or improves existing spaces, separate rental fees amortizing new construction and improvement costs must be established. (f) The housing manager must retain records for amortizing new construction, improvement, and major repair costs

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

105

until disposal of the MHP. During the life of the park, the housing manager must be able to demonstrate that all costs are recovered from MHP users. (g) See DA Pam 42011 for the formula used to calculate monthly space rent. (2) Operating service charges. (a) Monthly charges will recoup the cost to the Government for utilities, services, operations, management, and maintenance including common grounds, streets, and other real property serving the MHP exclusively. (b) Utilities for new MHP spaces will be individually metered. Utilities for existing MHP spaces will be area metered at the MHP boundary (until individual meters are installed) and prorated to residents based on cost to the Government. Individual meters should be programmed for installation as early as practicable using either maintenance or construction improvement funds as appropriate. (c) The service charge for MHP O&M represents a pro rata share to each lessee of projected charges for the next fiscal year. This charge is based on actual cumulative prior year O&M charges. (d) The installation will make a detailed review of existing charges and projected costs at least annually to ascertain their adequacy. Coincident with the annual POM/BES data input submission, a recommendation for continuance of existing charges or a request for increases or decreases will be submitted to the IMCOM. When a rate increase has been approved, the lessee will be given a minimum of 30 days advance written notice prior to the effective date of the rate increase. (e) See DA Pam 42011 for the formula used to calculate monthly operating service charges. (3) Total rents and charges. See DA Pam 42011 for the formula used to calculate total monthly costs to be billed users of MHP spaces. Total costs will be rounded to the next highest dollar. (4) Maintenance and repair. Maintenance and repair associated with MHP are confined to care of common areas, upkeep of utility lines, repair of roads and paved areas, and repair and upkeep of structures associated with the MHP. (5) Repair and improvement projects. Procedures for the submission of repair and improvement projects are as set forth in sections VII and X, respectively. The whole site concept must be used in the formulation of these projects. The cost limitations and approval authorities prescribed in paragraph 314 apply to MHP facilities. (6) Rental payments for departing personnel. The housing manager will establish procedures for MHP lessees departing the installation to ensure payment of monthly rent and charges prior to installation clearance. Procedures will also address departing lessees whose Families are to remain in the MHP. (7) Disposition of collections. Rents and charges will be collected by the local OPLOC/FAO and transferred into the AFH account (see para 312b). h. Programming. (1) MHP facilities are classified as Family housing other real property. (2) Guidance for programming both construction of new MHP and improvements to existing MHP is outlined in section X. (3) Guidance for programming maintenance and repair projects is outlined in section VII. (4) Enlargement of MHP may be programmed as new construction or major improvement. (5) MHP may be improved through projects accomplished using improvement funds or incidental improvement funds. (6) A proposal to construct or expand an MHP must be assessed for potential environmental impact. i. Construction. (1) Engineering standards. The DPW prescribes criteria pertaining to MHP, including roads and grounds, pads, blocking, bracing, anchoring, other supporting facilities, installed utilities, fixtures, and equipment in MHP and adjacent areas. (2) Local governing bodies and standards. The garrison commander must consider local codes and standards. Government-owned MHP will be of a standard equal to or better than privately-owned parks in the community. (3) Utilities. Aerial utilities detract from the residential appearance of the MHP. To the extent feasible, all utilities will be underground. (4) Construction criteria. Construction criteria applicable to new construction of and improvements to MHP are as follows: (a) Mandatory criteria 1. Roadways designed for wheel loading of trucks pulling mobile homes. 2. Individual meters for utilities (new construction and major upgrades). 3. Patio (one per MHP space). 4. Trash receptacles, except dumpsters. 5. Central gang mailboxes (lockable). 6. Individual storage facility (one per MHP space). 7. Landscaping. 8. Parking (two vehicles per MHP space).

106

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

9. Anchors. 10. Sidewalks. 11. CATV or M/CATV, where commercial television reception is unavailable. 12. Exterior telephone service. (b) Authorized items 1. Picnic areas. 2. Playground and tot lots. 3. Recreation area (without swimming pool). 4. Bicycle and walking paths. 5. Perimeter fencing (enhancement only, not security). (c) Unauthorized items 1. Swimming pools. 2. Self-help facility. 3. Laundry facility. 4. Master meters. j. Standards. (1) MHP spaces and associated ORP are subject to inspections in the same manner as are DUs (see sec VIII). (2) Prospective MHP residents will be advised that (a) Privately-owned and -leased mobile homes must meet the criteria set forth in paragraph 393. (b) Mobile homes must be maintained in a good state of repair and appearance. (c) Mobile homes are subject to periodic inspections for compliance with health and safety standards per the terms of the lease dealing with inspections. (3) Occupancy may be denied if MHP spaces have size or utility system limits that preclude setting certain types of mobile homes. (4) Utility company or installation personnel will perform utility connections at the expense of the resident. (5) Any connection, installation, or inspection charges or other expenses associated with setting up the mobile home are the responsibility of the resident. (6) Special instructions or handbooks for MHP space residents will be provided to residents upon assignment of an MHP space. Instructions will cover tie-down requirements, skirting, privately-owned storage sheds, patios, screened porches, fencing, grounds care, recreation areas, parking, maintenance, services, pets, self-help, and so forth. Residents will also be informed of the procedures governing the collection of rents and charges, the services included in the rent, and the services which may incur additional charges such as telephone installation. k. Enforcement of standards. (1) The garrison commander is responsible for the enforcement of the standards for mobile homes located in the installations MHP. Mobile homes not meeting the appropriate code (see para 393b) and installation standards and requirements will not be assigned MHP space. No exceptions will be granted. (2) The garrison commander may impose additional reasonable requirements. l. Inactivation of mobile home parks. (1) Inactivation of an MHP must be approved by HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (2) When approval is given to inactivate an MHP, the following procedures will be observed: (a) Set an initial date for beginning the closure action. (b) Make no new assignments after that date. (c) Set a final date for completion of the closing action. (d) Vacate all spaces, using attrition as much as possible, on or before the final closing date. 393. Resident-owned or resident-leased mobile homes a. Policy. Resident-owned or -leased mobile homes will meet minimum health and safety standards to qualify for space assignment in Army MHP. The garrison commander will establish inspection procedures to ensure compliance with standards in paragraph b below. b. Construction and safety standards. (1) Singlewide mobile homes must contain a minimum of 400 square feet (37.2 square meters) and not exceed 16 feet (4.88 meters) in width. (2) Doublewide mobile homes must contain a minimum of 1100 square feet (102.2 square meters) and not exceed 32 feet (9.75 meters) in width. (3) Mobile homes manufactured prior to 15 June 1976 must comply with the standards established by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and the NFPA. (4) Mobile homes manufactured on or after 15 June 1976 are required to be built to the National Manufactured

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

107

Housing Construction and Safety Standards (HUD code) in effect on the date of manufacture. All construction and safety standards included in the HUD code preempt state and local regulations. (5) Mobile homes must be provided with ground anchors and tie-downs to protect units, awnings, storage sheds, and other accessories from high winds. (6) Mobile homes must be equipped with smoke detectors. (7) Standards listed above will be checked during the MHP space assignment check-in inspection. Failure to meet standards will result in a denial for occupancy until standards are met. 394. Contractor-owned and contractor-operated mobile home parks on Government land a. Policy on contractor mobile home park. (1) Contractor-owned and contractor-operated MHP are not Government housing for assignment or housing allowance purposes. (2) The garrison commander may refer personnel on housing waiting lists to contractor-owned and contractoroperated MHP for possible rental on a voluntary basis. (3) The Government will not be a party to any lease, rental agreement, or purchase contract between the contractor and the tenant. (4) The Government has the right to review and approve the contractors standard rental agreement and any changes thereto prior to the initial leasing of any MHP spaces under the agreement or any change thereto. b. Responsibilities for contractor mobile home park. (1) The USACE District Engineer will (a) Execute the land lease and monitor compliance with its terms. (b) Review and approve the standard rental agreement between the contractor and tenant. (c) Approve contractor-proposed rental rate increases. (2) The garrison commander will (a) Receive applications, maintain waiting lists, and certify eligibility of prospective tenants to the contractor. In the event no military personnel are referred to the contractor within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the contractor that a unit or units are available, the contractor may lease to other than military personnel as specified in the contract agreement with the Government. (b) Monitor the appearance of the MHP facility and the conduct of the residents. (c) Assist the District Engineer in the formulation of the land lease and the execution of the District Engineers responsibilities. (d) Develop, in conjunction with the District Engineer and the contractor, appropriate contractual agreements, memorandums of understanding or agreement, or Joint standing operating procedures (SOP) concerning the operation, maintenance and repair, appearance, settlement of tenant disputes and problems, evictions, and any other items of mutual beneficial interest. (3) The contractor will provide, maintain, and operate an MHP facility on the installation as specified in the terms of the land lease and any contractual agreements, memorandums of understanding or agreement, or Joint SOP. (4) The resident will comply with the terms of the rental or purchase agreement with the contractor and with the terms of any contractual agreements, Joint memorandums, or joint SOP between the garrison commander and the contractor. c. Controls. Resident, contractor, and Government satisfaction with the contractor-owned and contractor-operated MHP can be ensured by proper controls. These include (1) A well prepared land lease. (2) Accurate and mutually understood contractual agreements, memorandum, or Joint SOP (see para 394b(2)(d)). (3) Strict adherence to and enforcement of the provisions of paragraphs 394c(1) and 394c(2). Section XIII General/Flag Officers Quarters 395. Scope While the provisions of other sections of this chapter also pertain to GFOQ, this section prescribes policies that apply uniquely to furnishing, operating, maintaining, repairing, and improving GFOQ. GFOQs include all quarters that are occupied by general officers and require expenditure of APF. All GFOQs are subject to statutory spending thresholds and reporting requirements. GFOQs can be Government-owned and Government-operated, Government-leased, or Privatized RCI Executive Homes with APF expenses. 396. Background a. Many GFOQ are older and larger than the vast majority of the Armys Family housing inventory. Many are also historic or architecturally significant, or both. These factors tend to drive up the costs of operating and maintaining

108

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

these units. GFOQ are the most expensive Family housing units in the inventory. The average annual cost of operating and maintaining a set of GFOQ is generally more than three times the worldwide DU average for the total Family housing inventory. b. The GFOQ cost reports are closely scrutinized. Congress has expressed a special interest in the matter and is requiring more detailed reviews of GFOQ costs in the budget approval process. Costs are reported annually to Congress. These reviews are intended to ensure that Family housing funds are being put to best use. 397. General policies for general/flag officers quarters a. The GFOQ will be managed economically considering the age and condition of the housing and the representational responsibilities of the residents. In general, decisions will be made using the prudent landlord concept; that is, would a prudent landlord in the private sector accomplish the proposed action? This policy applies to the maintenance, repair, and improvement of the DU and associated grounds and other real property, and to the provision, maintenance, repair, and replacement of furnishings. b. The high O&M costs associated with GFOQ demand special attention to assure all reasonable economies. While an alternative to high cost is replacement, the criteria for replacing such housing are restrictive. Thus, it is essential that all who have a role in the operation and maintenance of such housing exert maximum effort on preserving these housing facilities, particularly those linked to our heritage. c. Self-help by GFOQ residents is in concert with the prudent landlord concept. It is strongly encouraged. d. The O&M costs will be monitored. Where such costs are consistently above the average for all GFOQ, alternatives such as disposal, diversion, reallocation, conversion, redesignation, major repair, modernization, upgrade, improvement, or replacement will be considered. An EA will be used to aid in determining the preferred alternative. The recommendations accompanying the analysis will discuss considerations given to non-economic factors such as size, location, and historic or architectural significance. e. GFOQ reports will be prepared for those DUs which meet the requirements set forth in paragraph 37b. 398. Responsibilities for general/flag officers quarters a. The Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management is responsible to the CSA for ensuring that the spirit and intent of this section are fully met. Specifically, the ACSIM will (1) Review all requests for work, services, and furnishings in GFOQ requiring HQDA approval. (2) Review and comment on all recommendations for action on high cost GFOQ submitted by the IMCOM. (3) Resolve major M&R issues forwarded by the IMCOM for HQDA decision (see para 3101e). (4) Review each GFOQ which has (a) A request for housing revitalization or improvements. (b) A major M&R project estimated to cost $30,000 or more (see paragraph 354g). (c) Incidental improvement projects estimated to cost more than $3,000 ($30,000 for projects which support an exceptional Family member) (see paragraph 354i). (d) A total M&R which is expected to cost $30,000 or more or a total of O&M which expected to exceed $35,000 in a FY. (5) Submit requests to Congress for approval to exceed congressionally-imposed limitations. (6) Analyze annually GFOQ O&M expenditures Armywide, formulate explanations for high-cost units and unusual cost trends and provide such information as may be required through the CSA to OSD, OMB, and the Congress. (7) Develop and manage a program to reduce the annual O&M costs of high-cost units. b. Commander, IMCOM will (1) Ensure that installation and Region actions submitted to higher headquarters conform to this regulation and Army regulations referenced herein. (2) Review planning for the O&M and construction associated with all GFOQ in the IMCOM inventory (see paras 310b and 3103a). (3) Review the annual budget estimates prepared by the installations for each GFOQ in the IMCOMs inventory (see para 3103b). Forward those where O&M costs are expected to exceed $35,000 (excluding utilities and lease costs) and those where the M&R component is expected to cost $30,000 or more to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. Do not exceed these funding limitations without appropriate approval. (4) Seek approval from HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 to carry over congressional approval authority for M&R on a specific GFOQ (see para 3103b(4)). (5) Resolve disagreements between the garrison commander and the GFOQ resident on major M&R projects which are forwarded by the IMCOM Region Director (see para 3101e). Forward such matters to the ACSIM when a HQDA decision is required. (6) Review all requests for work, services, and furnishings which require higher authority approval. (7) Review and comment on all recommendations for action on high cost GFOQ.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

109

(8) Review the requests below and forward with comments to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 no later than concurrently with the POM/BES input data submission. (a) Each GFOQ request for a major M&R project which is estimated to cost $30,000 or more and each GFOQ request where total M&R for that GFOQ is estimated to cost $30,000 or more in an FY. (b) Incidental improvements requests exceeding $3,000 per DU ($30,000 per DU for projects which support an exceptional Family member) in a FY. (9) Analyze annually GFOQ O&M expenditures by installation and Region, formulate explanations for high cost units and unusual fiscal trends, and provide such information to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (10) Have available for review quarterly GFOQ expenditure reports. (11) Review early replacement of carpeting requests for special command positions and forward with comments to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (12) Review request that require Congressional approval to exceed imposed limitations and forward to HQDA for appropriate action. (13) Review M&R costs exceeding $30,000 and forward with comments to HQDA. c. Directors of IMCOM Regions will (1) Ensure that installation actions submitted to HQ IMCOM conform to this regulation and Army regulations referenced herein. (2) Review planning for the O&M and construction associated with all GFOQ in the IMCOM Regions inventory (see paras 310b and 3103a). (3) Review the annual budget estimates prepared by the installations for each GFOQ in the IMCOM Regions inventory (see para 3103b). Forward those whose O&M costs are expected to exceed $35,000 (excluding utility and lease costs) and those whose M&R component is expected to cost $30,000 or more to IMCOM. Do not exceed these funding levels without appropriate approval. All six year GFOQ plans (SYGPs) (see para 3103a) for which appropriated fund costs are programmed will be forwarded to HQ IMCOM. (4) Seek approval, through IMCOM, from HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 to carry over congressional approval authority for M&R on a specific GFOQ (see para 3103b(4)). (5) Resolve disagreements between the garrison commander and the GFOQ resident on major M&R projects which are forwarded by the garrison commander (see para 3101e). (6) Review all requests for work, services, and furnishings which require higher authority approval. (7) Review and comment on all recommendations for action on high cost GFOQ. (8) Review the requests below and forward with comments to HQ IMCOM no later than concurrently with the POM/BES input data submission. (a) Each GFOQ request for a major M&R project which is estimated to cost $30,000 or more and each GFOQ request where total M&R for that GFOQ is estimated to cost $30,000 or more in a FY. (b) Incidental improvements requests exceeding $3,000 per DU ($30,000 per DU for projects which support an exceptional Family member) in a FY. (9) Analyze annually GFOQ O&M expenditures by installation, formulate explanations for high cost units and unusual fiscal trends, and provide such information to HQ IMCOM. (10) Review quarterly GFOQ expenditure reports. (11) Review (a) Initial issue of supplementary carpeting, draperies, and sheers for both special command positions and nonspecial command positions. (b) Replacement of supplementary carpeting, draperies, and sheers which are less than 7 years of age for all GFOQ, including special command positions. (12) Review requests for grounds maintenance waivers and forward with recommendation to higher headquarters. d. Garrison commander will (1) Assure that all residents of GFOQ are provided a GFOQ Residents Guide and a copy or summary of this chapter. (2) Provide the GFOQ resident with an orientation per the GFOQ Managers Guide on his or her GFOQ as soon as possible after occupying the GFOQ. (3) Ensure the development and maintenance of comprehensive plans for the operation, maintenance, repair, and improvement of each set of GFOQ in the installations inventory consistent with prudent management practices (see paras 310b and 3103a). (4) Assure adherence to an execution plan which accomplishes the correction of identified deficiencies. (5) Review the scope, frequency, and estimated cost of all work in order to provide the resident with recommendations for economically sound alternatives.

110

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(6) Advise the resident of all work planned and programmed which is determined necessary to preserve the integrity of the property. (7) Assure that the GFOQ resident has given written approval prior to initiation of M&R work. (The GFOQ residents approval is not required for M&R work done by service order (SO) or work contained in the approved sixyear GFOQ plan (SYGP).) M&R work on GFOQ performed between occupancies for which no written approval was given by the previous resident will be approved in writing by the garrison commander or designee. (8) Accomplish, especially in connection with change of occupancy, only that work consistent with the prudent landlord concept. (9) Limit construction, alterations, maintenance, repair, and improvements to DOD construction criteria guidelines as set forth in TI 80001, Design Criteria; TI 80102, Family Housing; and UFC 471101, Family Housing. (10) Plan for the accomplishment of work during change of occupancy without using civilian overtime or contractor premium pay. (11) Initiate requests for replacement of area rugs or carpet and draperies if replacement is required during change of occupancy M&R. (12) Initiate a recommendation to dispose of, divert, reallocate, convert, redesignate, undertake a major repair on, modernize, upgrade, improve, or replace a DU or associated other real property where O&M costs consistently exceed the average for all GFOQ. Forward such recommendation to the IMCOM Region for appropriate review and action. (13) Ensure the development and submission of annual O&M budget estimates for each GFOQ in accordance with paragraph 3103b. Provide all such estimates to the IMCOM. Submit both those estimates which exceed $35,000 (excluding utilities and lease costs) and those estimates whose total M&R costs are $30,000 or more as a separate approval action to the IMCOM Region. Do not exceed these funding limitations without appropriate approval. (14) Seek approval through the IMCOM Region and IMCOM from HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 to carry over congressional approval authority for M&R on a specific GFOQ (see para 3103b(4)). (15) Resolve disagreements with GFOQ residents who disapprove any major M&R work essential to protect the Governments investment in the DU (see para 3101e). Forward such matters to the IMCOM region, when necessary. (16) Ensure the preparation of accurate individual quarterly O&M expenditure reports for each GFOQ. (17) Provide all quarterly O&M obligation reports to GFOQ residents for their personal review and analysis and forward quarterly quarter reports to the IMCOM Region per paragraph 37b. (18) Ensure that a DD Form 1391 is submitted electronically through the IMCOM to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 when a single major M&R project for a GFOQ is estimated to cost $30,000 or more. (19) Request approval for incidental improvement projects which exceed $3,000 per DU ($30,000 per DU in support of an exceptional Family member) per FY. Send such requests through IMCOM channels to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. Ensure that such projects are for essential or urgent requirements (see paras 354i and 354j). (20) Maintain permanent GFOQ files to include copies of work requests, contracts, approvals, and other cost control documents applicable to these types of housing and for GFOQ a listing by name of GFOQ residents with their periods of occupancy. (21) Analyze annually GFOQ O&M obligations, formulate explanations for high cost units and unusual fiscal trends, and provide such information to the IMCOM Region. e. The GFOQ resident will comply with the following: (1) Be aware of and familiar with the contents of the GFOQ Residents Guide and section XIII of chapter 3 of this regulation. (2) Be generally familiar with the operations, maintenance, and improvement costs for the assigned DU, associated other real property, and designated grounds. (3) Personally sign hand receipts for furnishings provided by the Government. Signatures of the spouse, an aide, or an executive officer are not acceptable. However, in the case of a general officer (O10), the executive officer may sign for the general officer resident when the Executive Officer is also a general officer. (4) Be familiar with cost limitations and approval authority levels. (5) Cooperate to allow work to be done so that the accumulation of deferred work will be avoided. (6) Conserve utilities by the judicious use of heating and cooling in all rooms including those not used for Family living. (7) Refrain from submitting requests for painting solely of a decorative nature or to satisfy personal taste. (8) Refrain from submitting requests for procurement of replacement furniture, carpets, or draperies, tiles, wall coverings, or other work on the basis of compatibility with personal furnishings or to suit individual taste and/or color preferences. (9) Be liable for damage to assigned housing, or damage to or loss of related equipment or furnishings, as set forth in paragraph 365.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

111

(10) Be familiar with the maintenance, repair, and improvement work planned and programmed for assigned housing. (11) Be familiar with the SYGP (see para 3103a), the annual O&M budget estimate (see para 3101c(2)(b)), and the quarterly O&M obligation report (see para 37b) for assigned housing. (12) Concur in the SYGP developed in accordance with paragraph 3103a. Once IMCOM Region approval is obtained, further approval by the GFOQ resident for work requests included in the plan is not required. Only major changes (see paras 3101d and 3103a) to the approved SYGP must be addressed with the GFOQ resident. (13) Personally sign the SYGP and any request for the actions and items listed below when not addressed in the approved SYGP. Signatures of the spouse, an aide, or an executive officer are not acceptable. However, in the case of a General Officer (O10), the Executive Officer may sign for the general officer resident when the Executive Officer is also a general officer. (a) Incidental improvements when requested by the resident. (b) M&R work (excluding all SO work). (c) Disapproval of M&R work considered essential to the continued and long-term use of the DU (see para 3101e). (d) Services in excess of the installations levels for DUs. An example is a request for 3 weekly trash pickups when the standard is 2 weekly pickups. (e) Special allowance items (special command positions only) (see para 3100h). (f) Waivers of limitations on furnishings cost and ages for furnishing replacements. (g) Furnishings that require exceptions to policy. 399. Designated housing a. Designation of housing. (1) The garrison commander designates housing by pay grade groups in accordance with paragraph 316b The GFOQ are so designated. (2) The garrison commander may also designate specific DUs for assignment to the incumbents of specific general and flag officer positions. b. Special command positions. (1) The Director, Administration and Management, OSD, has the authority to designate new special command positions and cancel old ones. Approved special command positions for which the Army is responsible are listed in table 310. (2) To the maximum extent possible, a specific DU will be permanently designated for each special command position. HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 will be informed of such designations. (3) The IMCOM has the authority to approve changes in designated special command position DUs except for the National Capital Region (NCR) district. The Director of the Army Staff (DAS) is responsible for allocating and assigning all Government-owned and Government-controlled GFOQ and housing for the Sergeant Major of the Army in the NCR district. The DAS has the authority to approve changes in designated special command position DUs in the NCR district. (4) Incumbents of special command positions are entitled to residential housing with amenities appropriate to the level of official entertaining. These amenities include special allowances for table linen, dishes, glassware, silver, and kitchen utensils. Details are contained in paragraph 3100 and appendix B of this regulation. (5) Requests to establish new special command positions will be sent through IMCOM with full justification to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. Justification will include the following: (a) Title of position. (b) Normal grade for position. (c) Present incumbent of position. (d) Identification of DU proposed for such designation. (e) Reason for a special command position requirement. (Include magnitude of official public entertainment responsibilities on behalf of the SA and/or the Secretary of Defense (SECDEF). (f) Impact if not approved.

112

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Table 310 Special command positions Code : 01 Special Command Position: Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) Code: 02 Special Command Position: Director, Joint Staff, JCS (if Army) (See note.) Code: 03 Special Command Position: Commander, U.S. Europe Command (EUCOM) Supreme Allied Commander in Europe (SACEUR) Code: 04 Special Command Position: Deputy Commander, EUCOM Code: 05 Special Command Position: Commander, Southern Command Code: 06 Special Command Position: Commander, Allied Forces Southern Europe Code: 07 Special Command Position: Deputy Commander, Allied Land Forces, Southeastern Europe Code: 08 Special Command Position: Chief of Legislative Liaison, Army Code: 09 Special Command Position: Director, Defense Security Assistance Agency (if Army) (See note.) Code: 10 Special Command Position: Defense Advisor, U.S. Mission, North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) Code: 11 Special Command Position: U.S. Representative, NATO Military Committee Code: 12 Special Command Position: Deputy Chairman, NATO Military Committee Code: 13 Special Command Position: Commander, United Nations Command and Combined Forces Command/Commander, U.S. Forces, Korea Code: 14 Special Command Position: Chairman, Inter-American Defense Board Code: 15 Special Command Position: President, National Defense University Code: 16 Special Command Position: Director, Inter-American Defense College (if Army) (See note.) Code: 17 Special Command Position: Director, Defense Threat Reduction Agency (if Army) (See note.) Code: 18 Special Command Position: Director, Defense Information Systems Agency (if Army) (See note.) Code: 19 Special Command Position: Director, Defense Intelligence Agency (if Army) (See note.) Code: 20 Special Command Position: Director, Defense Logistics Agency (if Army) (See note.) Code: 21 Special Command Position: Director, National Security Agency/Chief, Central Security Service Code: 22 Special Command Position: Director, National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA) (If Army) (See note.) Code: 23 Special Command Position: Deputy General Manager, NATO Airborne Warning and Control System (AWACS) Program Management Agency Code: 24 Special Command Position: Chief of Staff, Army Code: 25 Special Command Position: Vice Chief of Staff, Army Code: 26 Special Command Position: Commanding General (CG), USAREUR

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

113

Table 310 Special command positionsContinued Code: 27 Special Command Position: CG, TRADOC Code: 28 Special Command Position: CG, FORSCOM Code: 29 Special Command Position: CG, EUSA Code: 30 Special Command Position: CG, AMC Code: 31 Special Command Position: CG, U.S. Army, Japan (USARJ) Code: 32 Special Command Position: Superintendent, USMA Code: 33 Special Command Position: Deputy Chief of Staff, G2 Code: 34 Special Command Position: Commandant, Command and General Staff College Code: 35 Special Command Position: Commandant, Army War College Code: 36 Special Command Position: Chief of Staff, Air Force Code: 37 Special Command Position: Chief, National Guard Bureau Code: 38 Special Command Position: AWACS Commander (if U.S.) Code: 39 Special Command Position: Deputy Defense Adviser for Research, Engineering, and Acquisition, NATO (if U.S.) Code: 40 Special Command Position: Chief of Engineers/Commander, USACE Code: 41 Special Command Position: CG, USARPAC Code: 42 Special Command Position: Director for Strategic Plans and Policy, Joint Staff (J5), JCS (if Army) (See note.) Code: 43 Special Command Position: CG, U.S. Army Space and Missile Defense Command (SMDC) Code: 44 Special Command Position: CG, U.S. Army Network Enterprise Technology Command/9th Army Signal Command Code: 45 Special Command Position: Director, George C. Marshall European Center for Security Studies, EUCOM Code: 46 Special Command Position: Vice Chairman, JCS Code: 47 Special Command Position: (Not Used) Code: 48 Special Command Position: Director, Defense Commissary Agency (DeCA) Code: 49 Special Command Position: Commandant, National War College Code: 50 Special Command Position: Commandant, Industrial College of the Armed Forces
Notes: 1 Incumbents who are members of the U.S. Army will be provided appropriate housing by the Army. Responsibility for special allowance items for these positions is assigned to the Department of the Air Force.

114

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

c. Diversion of Family housing for unaccompanied GFOQ residents. (1) Diversion of Family DUs for the use of permanently assigned officers entitled to BAH at the without dependents rate is addressed in paragraph 329a(2). Unaccompanied GFOQ residents who are required to reside on the installation will forfeit their housing allowances during the period of occupancy. (2) Costs to maintain and repair a Family housing unit diverted to unaccompanied officer personnel housing (UOPH) use will be charged to AFH. However, operating costs, including utilities, services, and furnishings, will be funded from OMA. (3) The cost limitations of Family DUs apply to those Family DUs which have been diverted to UOPH usage but remain in the Family housing inventory. (4) Individual cost records will be maintained on Family DUs diverted to housing unaccompanied general and flag officers. 3100. Furnishings for general/flag officers quarters a. Furnishings management. Policy and procedures for managing furnishings are set forth in section IX. This paragraph covers the pertinent requirements for furnishings in DUs designated and used as GFOQ and garrison commanders quarters (GCQ). Furnishings provisions for privatized representational housing are set forth in paragraph 3111n. b. Furnishings. (1) General. Furnishings consist of furniture, household equipment, and miscellaneous items procured under special authority. (2) Supplementary furnishings. Supplementary Government furnishings may be provided in Army-controlled housing designated for and occupied by a general or flag officer and those garrison commanders in the grade of colonel (O6) to augment personally owned furnishings to support mission related official entertainment responsibilities. (a) A commanding officer in the grade of colonel (O6), who commands a unit or activity within the geographic jurisdiction of a military installation and who is not an installation or garrison commander or both will not be provided furnishings associated with command quarters. Installation and garrison commanders below the grade of colonel (O6) will not be provided furnishings associated with command quarters. (b) Supplemental furniture support will be restricted to the public entertainment areas of the DU and will not replace personal furniture normally expected in relation to grade and Family size. (3) Public entertainment areas. (a) Areas, which are intended to accommodate public as well as private entertainment, include the entrance foyer, living rooms, dining room, and interconnecting stairways and hallways. Upstairs hallways (unless there is no bathroom available for guest use on the first floor) and other areas of the DU are not considered as part of the public entertainment area. Guest bedrooms in the DU of a special command position may be included if overnight accommodation of official visitors is required. (b) Garrison commanders will maintain an approved supplementary furnishings plan which defines the approved public entertainment areas for GFOQ and GCQ. (4) Supplementary furnishings plan. Each GFOQ and GCQ provided supplementary furnishings will have a current supplementary furnishings plan. This plan will consist of the following: (a) A floor plan, with net lineal footage, to scale which 1. Depicts the areas designated as public entertainment areas. 2. Indicates where window treatments will be used. Identify window treatments by their types, for example, drapes, curtains, sheers, Venetian blinds, shades, and so forth. (b) A listing of the supplementary furnishings items referenced to their line item numbers in CTA 50909. Where an exception has been granted for specific furnishings items, reference those items to their approval document. (5) General flag officers quarters and garrison commanders quarters diverted to unaccompanied personnel housing. Restrictions concerning the provision of supplementary furnishings do not apply when the GFOQ or GCQ is diverted to UOPH. In such cases, the DU will be appropriately furnished, if requested, according to size, to include the provision of a washer and dryer. (6) Supplementary furnishings approval authorities. Approval authorities and limitations are at table 311. Paragraph j below contains waiver guidance. (7) Disposition of furnishings upon housing redesignation. Where representational housing is redesignated for other use or is assigned to a resident who is not eligible for Government-provided supplementary furnishings, the provisions of paragraph 370c(7) apply.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

115

Table 311 Supplementary furnishings approval authorities (see note) Furnishings: Initial issue of carpeting, draperies, and sheers Special Command Positions Age Limit: NA Cost Limit: NA Approval Authority: HQDA Furnishings: Initial issue of carpeting, draperies, and sheers Other than Special Command Positions Age Limit: NA Cost Limit: NA Approval Authority: HQDA Furnishings: Replacement of carpeting, draperies, and sheers Special Command Positions Age Limit: 7 years or more Cost Limit: NA Approval Authority: IMCOM Region Director Furnishings: Replacement of carpeting, draperies, and sheers Special Command Positions Age Limit: Less than 7 years Cost Limit: NA Approval Authority: HQDA Furnishings: Replacement of carpeting, draperies and sheers Other than Special Command Positions Age Limit: 7 years or more Cost Limit: NA Approval Authority: IMCOM Region Director Furnishings: Replacement of carpeting, draperies, and sheers Other than Special Command Positions Age Limit: Less than 7 years Cost Limit: NA Approval Authority: HQDA Furnishings: Initial issue and replacement of furniture items authorized by CTA 50909 for use in approved public entertainment areas Age Limit: NA Cost Limit: NA Approval Authority: HQDA Furnishings: Initial issue of authorized special allowance items for special command positions (see para 3100h) Age Limit: NA Cost Limit: $16,000 Approval Authority: HQDA Furnishings: Maintenance, repair, and replacement of authorized special allowance items for special command positions (see para 3100h) Age Limit: NA Cost Limit: $2,000 per FY Approval Authority: Garrison Commander
Notes: 1 Furnishings (to include special allowance items) not authorized by CTA must be approved by HQDA. Installations may accomplish maintenance and repair of carpeting, draperies, sheers, and furniture as required.

c. Furniture. (1) The procurement, repair, and replacement of furniture for GFOQ and for housing occupied by a garrison commander in the grade of colonel (O6) are restricted to supplementary furniture for the public entertainment areas. Excepted are the following: (a) Those overseas areas where complete furnishings are provided. (b) Those overseas areas where shipment of household goods is limited or optional. (c) Those GFOQ and GCQ diverted to UOPH (see para 3100b(5) above). (2) The determination of specific supplementary furniture items to be provided by the Government will be made by the garrison commander based on the residents request and the supplementary furnishings plan for the DU. Such items must be authorized by CTA 50909 or by an exception obtained in accordance with paragraph 3100j. Such items may be issued from the installations current furniture inventory. If unavailable from this inventory, or available but not suitable for their intended use, such items may be procured from GSA sources. Draperies, however, may be procured from local sources.

116

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(3) When requested and available for issue, quantities of furniture authorized by CTA 50909 may be increased for DUs of unusual size, design, and layout. (4) Where weight limitations on shipment of household goods have been imposed, or shipment of household goods is optional, additional furniture will be provided to the extent applicable for the geographic location. Furniture issued for other than the public entertainment areas will be from the installations current inventory. (5) Generally, one-time repair on authorized items will not exceed 75 percent of current replacement cost. No Government funds will be expended to repair, replace, move, or handle unauthorized furniture except for one-time moving and handling costs to property disposal. d. Household equipment. (1) The following items are authorized for GFOQ and the housing of garrison commanders in the grade of colonel (O6): (a) One double oven cooking range. (b) Two refrigerators (one with icemaker, 1722 cubic feet). (c) One food freezer. (d) In the absence of a built-in dishwasher, one portable dishwasher. (e) One washer and dryer in those cases where a GFOQ or a GCQ is diverted to UOPH (see para 3100b(5) ). (f) One carpet shampooer. (g) One microwave oven (only for GFOQ and GCQ in USAREUR and, upon written request, for special command positions in CONUS). (h) Fireplace ensemble (per open fireplace). (i) One vacuum cleaner (only for special command GFOQ positions in USAREUR, and upon written request, for special command positions in CONUS). (2) Installed dishwasher and garbage disposal will be provided as part of the DU, when feasible. (3) Procurement, repair, and replacement of clothes washer, dryer, microwave oven, and patio set (consisting of 1 table, dining with umbrella; 4 chairs, dining; 1 table, coffee; 2 tables, end; 2 chairs, rocker; and 1 loveseat) are authorized only for special command positions and for other GFOQ and GCQ in overseas areas. (4) Procurement, repair, and replacement of clothes washer, dryer and microwave oven are also authorized for GFOQ and GCQ diverted to UOPH. e. Area rugs or wall-to-wall carpeting. (1) The provision of suitable area rugs or wall-to-wall carpeting as furnishings is authorized for the public entertainment areas of GFOQ and housing occupied by garrison commanders in the grade of colonel (O6). The installation of wall-to-wall carpeting is not authorized over existing serviceable hard wood floors, or wood floors which can be restored economically. Instead, area rugs may be issued for those areas where carpeting is authorized, including official guest bedrooms for special command position housing. Area rugs should not normally cover more than 60 percent of the rooms floor surface. (2) Wall-to-wall carpeting installed over prime floors is considered EIP and is accounted for on furnishings records. Carpeting installed as the prime flooring is considered installed real property (IRP) and is accounted for on real property records. In instances where wall-to-wall carpeting is determined to be the most economical primary floor covering, it will be considered IRP and accomplished using either M&R funds or improvement funds, as appropriate. For additional information, see CTA 50909. (3) Only high-quality area rugs and/or GSA equivalent carpeting will be used. The type of area rugs or carpeting selected will be suitable for the expected level of traffic. It shall be of a neutral shade, such as beige, so as to be acceptable to a succession of residents having furnishings of various decors. Bright colors and prominent patterns shall be avoided. White, off-white, deep pile, or shag carpeting shall not be used. (4) Area rugs or carpeting may not be replaced at intervals less than 7 years without the specific approvals cited in table 311 and paragraph j below. In no case will age or color be the sole determinant in deciding whether to replace area rugs or carpeting. (5) The following information will be included in requests for area rugs or carpeting and submitted to the proper authority (see table 311 and para 3100j ). (a) Identification of the GSA Federal Supply Schedule special item number or national stock number. (b) Color selection. (c) Number of square yards required. (d) Separate cost for area rug or carpeting, padding, and installation. (e) Whether requirement is initial issue or replacement. If replacement, date of previous installation and condition of existing area rug or carpeting. Photographs showing the deteriorated condition may be required for approval authority review. If age of existing area rug or carpeting is less than 7 years, justification for early replacement will be submitted to the proper approval authority identified in table 311. Justification will include a copy of the financial liability investigation of property loss, when required, or note that either a statement of charges has been issued or a cash collection voucher completed.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

117

(f) Floor plan of the DU, as described in paragraph 3100b(4), indicating public entertainment area, areas to be carpeted, and dimensions of each area. (6) Wall-to-wall carpeting may be installed in other living areas as a primary floor finish when EA demonstrates that such carpeting is the most economical primary floor finish. Such carpeting shall be compatible with the standards for the construction of new housing (see para 354d(7)). f. Draperies and sheers. (1) Draperies and sheers are authorized for the public entertainment areas of GFOQ and housing occupied by a garrison commander in the grade of colonel (O6). (2) Draperies and sheers will be of a neutral shade so as to be acceptable to a succession of residents having furnishings of various decors. Draperies of an extravagant or ostentatious nature will be avoided. No more than two window treatments per window are authorized. (3) Draperies and sheers will not be replaced at intervals less than 7 years without the specific approvals cited in table 311 and paragraph 3100j. (4) The following information will be included in requests for draperies and submitted to the proper approval authority. (a) Number of yards of materials required. Sheers will be identified separately. Cornices, swags, and other treatments, if applicable, will also be identified separately. (b) Separate costs of material, lining, related sub-items and installation. (c) Floor plan, as described in paragraph b(4) above, showing public entertainment areas and location and dimensions of each window area. If applicable, also indicate wall areas where draperies are to be used and window and valance treatment. (d) Whether requirement is initial issue or replacement. If replacement, date of previous installation and condition of existing draperies. If age of existing draperies is less than 7 years, justification for early replacement is required. Justification will include a copy of the financial liability investigation of property loss, when required, or note that either a statement of charges has been issued or a cash collection voucher completed. g. Draw curtains. (1) Draw curtains may be provided as an alternative to window shades or blinds and used on sliding glass or glass doors. (2) Draw curtains will be unlined and made of fire retardant synthetic cloth, washable, shrink safe, and designed to control radiant heat, light, and glare. Material will be heavy enough to provide privacy when closed, day or night. (3) Cost of material, fabrication, and installation of draw curtains will be comparable to that normally expended for the provision of Venetian blinds and shades. The normal life expectancy of draw curtains is 6 years. (4) When installed to replace existing window coverings beyond economical repair, draw curtains are chargeable to maintenance funds. In all other cases, installation is chargeable to construction. h. Special allowances. (1) Incumbents of special command positions are authorized special allowances of table linen, china, glassware, silver, and kitchen utensils. Special allowance items are listed at appendix B. (2) Expenditures for these items will not exceed $16,000 for the initial outfitting and $2,000 in any one subsequent fiscal year for maintenance, repair, and replacement for any individual special command position. Where a larger inventory has been acquired under special authority, augmentation is not authorized. Concerted effort should be made to inspect items annually or upon change of occupancy. Annual allowances should be used to the extent necessary to maintain items in usable condition and eliminate large one-time purchases. (3) Items of china, glassware, and silver will not be decorated with crests or other insignia and will be selected in accordance with appendix B. Service stocks for other branches of Service will continue in accordance with their established standards. (4) Funding for initial issue, replacement, and maintenance of special allowance items will be borne by the military department responsible for operation and maintenance of the housing except for rotational positions in Joint Commands and Defense agencies headquartered in the Washington, DC area where successive incumbents are usually from different military services. These general and flag officers will be housed by their respective services without permanently designating specific DUs. (5) Responsibility for the acquisition and management of special allowance items (except china, crystal, and flatware) for Army-controlled, permanently designated special command position housing is assigned to HQDA (ACSIM). The GFOQ Executive Management and Housing Directorate located at U.S. Army Garrison (IMNEMYREM), Fort Myer, VA 222115050, is responsible for the acquisition and management of china, crystal, and flatware for all Army-controlled special command position housing. These authorities may not be delegated. i. Furnishings inventory. Furnishings provided in representational housing will be included in the Furnishings Management Module database of the Enterprise Military Housing. j. Waivers. Requests for early replacement (that is, in less than 7 years) of area rugs, wall-to-wall carpeting, and

118

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

draperies or issuance of furnishings items that are not authorized by CTA 50909 or this section should be infrequent. If an exception is deemed necessary, however, requests will be submitted in accordance with the following guidance: (1) Special command positions. Requests from incumbents of all special command position housing will be forwarded through the IMCOM Region with appropriate comments. All requests will be sent through IMCOM to HQDA. (2) Non-special command positions. Requests will be forwarded through IMCOM Region to HQ IMCOM and then to HQDA. (3) Justification. All requests must include a justification signed by the general officer resident. In the case of a General Officer (O10), however, the Executive Officer may sign the request if the Executive Officer is a general officer. 3101. Operation and maintenance for general/flag officers quarters a. Priorities. All DUs will compete equally for maintenance, repair, and services (see also paras 339 through 354). The GFOQ residents should make an effort to discourage well-meaning but overzealous subordinates from requesting maintenance or services beyond that which is clearly essential or from seeking unreasonable response time to routine requests for their superiors GFOQ. b. High-cost housing. Many GFOQ units are large and/or old and have systems and components that are energy inefficient, are wearing out, or failing, and need to be replaced. High-cost housing is defined as those GFOQ whose combined annual O&M costs exceed $60,000 in a fiscal year for 3 consecutive FYs. Proactive measures will be taken to provide special attention to and prudent management directed toward optimizing the use of scarce resources expended on O&M of high-cost GFOQ units. c. Special maintenance and repair requirements. Congress requires the Services to assure that effective management controls are utilized for GFOQ (see para 314 and app S). (1) Maintenance and repair for general flag officers quarters. (a) By congressional mandate, the total of all O&M obligations, including costs for asbestos and lead-based paint removal, on each GFOQ is limited to $35,000 (excluding utilities and lease costs) per FY unless specifically reported to and approved by the Congress. Such reporting will be done by including detailed justification material with the annual AFH budget submittal. For purposes of ensuring that funding limitations are not exceeded, all costs directly associated with the GFOQ including associated other real property (ORP) intended for the exclusive use of the GFOQ resident, must be captured for inclusion in the quarterly expenditure report (see para 37b). (b) After the budget submittal has been congressionally approved, Congress must receive prior notification for outof-cycle work when repair costs for a GFOQ due to an emergency or act of nature will exceed $35,000 O&M (statutory) for a DU not previously reported. (c) Requests for out-of-cycle requirements must be submitted over the signature of the Secretary of the Army. (d) Emergency requirements and those necessary to ensure the health and safety of residents must be submitted by the most expeditious means to HQDA (DAIMISH) for processing through the ASA(IE&E) to Congress. (e) When a single major M&R project for a GFOQ is estimated to cost $30,000 or more, send a DD Form 1391 for the project to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. Prior congressional approval is not required provided the total O&M costs for the GFOQ do not exceed $35,000 (excluding utility and lease costs), including costs for asbestos and lead-based paint removal, for the FY. Design costs for M&R projects involving GFOQ are chargeable to the GFOQ. Where a major M&R project addresses multiple units, including one or more GFOQ, a pro rata share will be assessed for each GFOQ (design cost divided by number of DUs equals pro rata share). The same criterion applies to the cost for supervision and administration (S&A). (f) Requests for incidental improvements exceeding a total of $3000 for each GFOQ in the budget year must be submitted to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. The total O&M cost per GFOQ (excluding utility and lease costs) per FY may not exceed $35,000. (g) Where asbestos and/or lead-based paint removal costs cause the approved threshold to be exceeded after approval, HQDA will provide Congress with after-the-fact notification. These requests must be approved by HQDA before execution. (h) Provisions for the maintenance of grounds and landscaping by the GFOQ resident as set forth in paragraph 354d(9) apply to GFOQ, except incumbents of special command positions are exempt. However, HQDA may grant exceptions to this policy when GFOQ grounds are constantly exposed to general public view and make a unique contribution to the appearance of the installation. In such cases, maintenance of the grounds and landscaping would be done by the DPW. It will include the immediate assigned grounds and will be consistent with reasonable and prudent practices, avoiding excess services and maintenance. Official records of such exception and funds expended shall be maintained by the installation and shall be reviewed by the GFOQ resident. No other exceptions to this policy will be granted without prior approval by the ASA (IE&E). (2) Operations and maintenance for general flag officers quarters. (a) To meet the directives from Congress and the ASA (IE&E), installations will prepare an annual O&M budget estimate for each GFOQ in accordance with paragraph 3103b. After review by the IMCOM Region, these estimates

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

119

will be forwarded to IMCOM. IMCOM will send those estimates where O&M (excluding utilities and lease costs) exceeds $35,000 to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. (b) The budget estimate will include all O&M costs to the DU, appurtenant structures, and all other related areas and facilities intended for the exclusive use of the GFOQ resident. (c) Changes to budget estimates will be done in accordance with paragraph 3103b(3). d. Work authorization. (1) M&R work for GFOQ may be authorized for accomplishment per paragraph 343. (2) GFOQ resident approval is not required for SOs. (3) GFOQ resident approval in writing is required for all IJOs when the work covered by the IJO is not included in the SYGP (see para 3103a). (4) The M&R projects initiated for GFOQ must be submitted either as individual projects independent of nonGFOQ projects or as separate bid items in an omnibus project. In either case, each GFOQ must be specifically identified with its own separate cost estimate. e. Disagreements on maintenance and repair work. Where the GFOQ resident disapproves any major M&R work essential to protect the Governments investment in the DU, they will be required to sign a formal disapproval. When the GFOQ resident disagrees with the scope of work or disapproves the project and the matter cannot be resolved at the installation, it will be forwarded to the IMCOM Region for resolution. Should the IMCOM Region not resolve the matter, the issue will be forwarded to HQ IMCOM for resolution. Should the matter remain unresolved, HQ IMCOM will forward the issue to the HQDA (DAIM-ISH) for resolution. 3102. Construction for general/flag officers quarters a. New construction. (1) The number of general and flag officers authorized is relatively constant. Many are assigned to key and essential positions which require that they reside on installations. Most of these positions have Government-provided housing designated for their incumbents. Hence, the requirement to construct new GFOQ should occur only infrequently. (2) New construction of GFOQ could be expected when (a) A key and essential general or flag officer position is permanently added at an installation. (b) Security of a general or flag officer and his or her Family demands housing on a military installation rather than in local communities. (c) A decision is made to replace existing high cost GFOQ or GFOQ completely destroyed by fire or other disaster. (d) An existing GFOQ can no longer be economically maintained. (3) Requests for construction of GFOQ must be accompanied by an EA using life cycle considerations which examine all feasible alternatives. Where redesignation of existing housing among grade categories is not feasible, a strong justification must be submitted with the request. (4) See also paragraphs 374 through 381 and paragraph 383. b. Reprogramming post acquisition construction. Although HQDA may reprogram (see paras 314 and 381c) a post acquisition construction project within the annual appropriation and authorization except for individual DUs costing $50,000 or more ($60,000 to support the disabled), no such projects will be done for GFOQ through reprogramming action. All such projects must be planned for, programmed, and included in the annual budget submittal to Congress. 3103. Planning, programming, and budgeting for general/flag officers quarters a. Planning and programming. (1) In accordance with paragraph 310b, the Family housing inventory at installation level will have a current, integrated series of plans associated with its sustainment. Additionally, each GFOQ will also have an individual 6-year GFOQ Plan. (2) The SYGP will be (a) Created, modified, and edited only at the installation. (b) Signed by the GFOQ resident. (c) Developed for the program execution year plus the 5 subsequent years and updated prior to the start of each fiscal year. (d) Synthesized from the AWP, LRWP, FYP, the Presidents budget and congressional action on the Presidents budget so as to reflect the most current information on O&M and construction. (e) Interrelated with the plans (AWP, LRWP, FYP, and FHMP), identified in paragraph 310b. (The SYGP provides opportunities for prudent management decisions and may elicit changes in one or more of the four related plans. The inter-relationship of these plans as well as both budget execution and budget formulation are shown in figure 31.

120

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Figure 31. GFOQ planning relationships

(f) Estimated from the O&M costs developed in accordance with allocation guidelines cited in paragraphs 3104e and 3104f. (g) Used as the basis for preparing the annual budget estimate (see para 3103b). (3) The SYGPs will be filed electronically via Enterprise Military Housing GFOQ module. See DA Pam 42011 for a suggested format for a SYGP. (4) A detailed review of the plans discussed in paragraph 310b and paragraph (2), above will provide a complete perspective of each GFOQs funding requirements. This will aid the resident, the housing manager, and the garrison commander in making sound, sensible management decisions on the long-term and immediate requirements for the housing. (5) The disposition of the SYGP includes (a) The SYGP will be developed as a coordinated effort with the GFOQ resident and submitted to the IMCOM Region. All SYGP must be concurred with by the GFOQ resident and approved by the installation, the IMCOM Region, IMCOM, and HQDA (DAIMISH) on an annual basis prior to the start of the program execution year. Once the plan is concurred with by the resident, further concurrence on individual tasks is not required; only major changes to the plan require resident concurrence. (b) The SYGP for those GFOQ whose O&M costs are expected to exceed $35,000 (excluding utility and lease costs) will be forwarded to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600 concurrent with the budget estimate for that GFOQ.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

121

(c) Only IMCOM Regions, HQ IMCOM, and HQDA (DAIMISH) with access authorized may view and print the SYGP. Only installations will have edit rights. b. Budgeting. (1) Requirement. (a) An annual budget estimate will be prepared for each GFOQ to reflect its estimated cumulative AFH O&M costs. An annual budget estimate will be prepared in the first year of the biennial budget cycle for each of the 2 years in that cycle. In the second year of the cycle, an updated budget estimate will be prepared when there is a change to the previously submitted estimate. (b) The budget estimate identifies and justifies estimated costs and, where applicable, serves as a request for HQDA approval to exceed the O&M cost limitations set forth in paragraph 314. (c) Budget estimates for GFOQ will be developed locally in accordance with AFH budget guidance published by HQDA. Estimated costs will be rounded to the nearest hundred dollars. See DA Pam 42011 for a suggested format for a GFOQ budget estimate. (2) Disposition of budget estimates. (a) All estimates will be reviewed and concurred in by the GFOQ resident (if the SYGP has not been signed by the GFOQ resident), validated by the garrison commander, and submitted to the IMCOM for approval or forwarding to HQDA. Review will be done in conjunction with the SYGP. (b) The O&M estimates which exceed $35,000 (excluding utility and lease costs) in a FY and those O&M estimates whose M&R component exceeds $35,000 in a FY will be forwarded by IMCOM to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600. Such estimates will be submitted so as to arrive not later than concurrent with the POM/BES input data submission. (3) Changes to budget estimates. (a) Every effort will be made to anticipate O&M expenditures far enough in advance so that they can be included in the annual budget estimate. If, during the execution year emergent requirements make it necessary to exceed the previously approved budget estimate, a revised budget estimate will be submitted to the IMCOM. Revised estimates will be submitted as soon as possible after the need for a change has been identified. (b) Revised O&M estimates that exceed $35,000 (excluding utility and lease costs) will be forwarded by IMCOM to HQDA (DAIMISH), 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 203100600, for appropriate approval action. (c) When the O&M revised estimate exceeds $35,000 (excluding utility and lease costs) for the first time for a bona fide emergency, prior congressional approval must be obtained for this requirement. Out-of-cycle M&R notifications for M&R requests exceeding $35,000 must be signed by the Secretary of the Army. (d) Revised budget estimates will include the following: 1. The approved budget amount, amount of change, and newly estimated amount for each subordinate detailed cost account. 2. A complete narrative description and cost of the work and/or service which will cause the cost increase and the reason that the work and/or service must be done in that fiscal year. (This may be done by footnoting the change amounts in the revised budget estimate.) (e) Revised budget estimates will also include a statement that all known repairs for the DU are included. If not included, give the reason. (f) Approval of an annual O&M budget estimate in excess of $35,000 (excluding utilities and lease costs) constitutes a new O&M limitation for that GFOQ in that fiscal year. Any further increases will require Congressional approval. (4) Carry over of congressional approval. (a) There may be occasions when, for cogent reasons, the congressionally approved amount of M&R for a specific GFOQ cannot be fully obligated in the FY for which approval was obtained (for example, a programmed change of occupancy did not take place). The amount, approved for an express purpose, which could not be obligated, may be carried over to the following FY, if approved by HQDA. (b) Requests to carry over approval from one FY to the following FY must be sent through the IMCOM Region to HQ IMCOM (IMPWH), 2405 Gunshed Road, Fort Sam Houston, TX 78234. Requests will include the amount to be carried over, reasons why funds could not be obligated, and the following FYs M&R/O&M program for the GFOQ. The DA Form 4939 must be annotated to reflect the carry over of congressional approval. (c) Approval to carry over will be authorized only for GFOQ that were previously reported to Congress for M&R over $35,000. (d) Every effort will be made to complete carry over work within 2 years from the date of the original project authorization by Congress. 3104. Costing general/flag officers quarters a. General. (1) Installations that are responsible for the O&M of GFOQ will maintain separate subordinate cost accounting

122

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

records at the detail activity and performance level for each GFOQ. These cost records will be maintained for special reporting purposes to provide an analysis of the directly identifiable costs for the O&M of GFOQ. (2) Costs will be charged to individual GFOQ to the extent that they are directly and practically identifiable and measurable to the given DU and to that associated other real property which is for the sole use of the general or flag officer who occupies the given DU. Summary costs charged to the Family housing program which cannot be identified or directly chargeable to a specific GFOQ will be allocated to that DU through the use of standards, estimates, or prudent allocation guidelines outlined in this paragraph. b. Factors influencing costs. (1) The costs of operating and maintaining a specific DU are dependent upon a very large array of factors. These include the following: (a) Age. (b) Size. (c) Design. (d) Types of materials. (e) Quality of construction. (f) Condition. (g) Location. (h) Weather. (i) Climate. (j) Topography. (k) Site layout. (l) Kinds of utilities. (m) Family size. (n) Ages of Family members. (o) Life style of Family. (p) Turnover experience. (q) Energy efficiency of household equipment. (2) Every DU is affected differently by these and other factors. The number of variables makes it impossible to derive a formula that will allocate costs to individual DUs with any degree of accuracy. Hence, simple allocation rules are used to distribute among specified DUs those wider program costs not identifiable directly to them. These allocation rules are addressed below. c. Operation and maintenance cost account structure. The O&M cost account structure is set forth in DFASIN Manual 37100FY. It identifies the cost categories and their immediate subordinate detailed accounts under which costs are chargeable. d. Direct costs for general/flag officers quarters. (1) Direct costs for GFOQ are essentially the same as for all other Family housing and are described in paragraph 313a thru c and DA Pam 42011. (2) Direct costs will be allocated to GFOQ according to the allocation guidelines specified in paragraphs 3104e and 3104f for the work and services provided. (3) For GFOQ, direct costs will be reported separately from indirect support costs (see para 37b for reporting requirements). e. Operations costs (Budget Programs 191000, 193000, 194000, and 195000). (1) General. The operations account includes management, services, furnishings, miscellaneous, utilities, leasing, and privatization costs. Any direct costs that can be readily identified to GFOQ will be so charged. Costs which cannot be identified as directly chargeable to a GFOQ on a service or job order basis, such as management, services, and utilities, will be allocated to individual GFOQ as indicated below. (2) Management. (a) Housing Office. Prorate according to the following proportion: total Family housing cost of this account divided by the total number of Government DUs. (b) Programming and studies. Charge to GFOQ concerned only where effort was solely and exclusively for one or more GFOQ and of direct benefit to the GFOQ. Prorate among GFOQ affected. (c) Environmental studies. (See para 3104e(2)(b).) (d) Records. Records will be established and maintained for the management account. (3) Services. (a) Refuse collection and disposal. Prorate according to the following proportion: total Family housing cost of this account divided by the total number of Government DUs served. (b) Fire protection. Prorate according to the following proportion: total Family housing costs of this account divided by the total number of Government DUs protected.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

123

(c) Police protection. (See para 3104e(3)(b).) (d) Entomology services. This is a directly identifiable cost. Charge to the specific GFOQ. (e) Custodial services. Charge to specific GFOQ only if there is a directly identifiable cost. (f) Municipal-type services. (See para 3104e(3)(a).) (4) Furnishings. (a) Furniture purchase. Charge to specific GFOQ only if there is a directly identifiable cost. (b) Equipment purchase. (See para 3104f(4)(a).) (c) Control, moving, and handling, furniture. (See para 3104f(4)(a).) (d) Control, moving and handling, equipment. (See para 3104f(4)(a).) (e) Maintenance and repair, furniture. (See para 3104f(4)(a).) (f) Maintenance and repair, equipment. (See para 3104f(4)(a).) (g) Records. Records will be established and maintained for each individual furnishings account. (5) Miscellaneous expenses. (a) Permit payments. Charge to specific GFOQ only if there is a directly identifiable cost. (b) German land taxes. (See para 3104f(5)(a).) (c) United Kingdom accommodation charges. (See para 3104f(5)(a).) (d) Fire insurance. Prorate according to the following proportion: total Family housing cost of this account divided by the total number of DUs covered by the insurance. (6) Utilities (BP 193000). (a) Since not all DUs are individually metered, the following guidelines (designators) have been established for costing utilities to GFOQ: 1. Metered (M). Where GFOQ are individually metered, use actual consumption and attendant costs. 2. Used (U). Where fuels (such as oil, coal, liquid propane) are delivered to individual GFOQ, use quantities delivered or consumed and attendant costs. 3. Simple proration (P). Where master metered housing areas with GFOQ contain like size and type DUs with similar occupants, prorate consumption and attendant costs. 4. Sampling (S). Where there are no individual or area meters associated with a specific GFOQ, but there are other GFOQ of similar size and type, assign the metered GFOQ consumption rate to the unmetered GFOQ. The consumption rate assigned may be from individually metered GFOQ or from proration based on an area metering system. 5. Comparison (C). Where there are no reasonably comparable consumption data such as that in paragraphs 3 and 4, above available on an installation, use consumption data for comparable DUs from a nearby installation or local communities. Local utility companies can supply consumption data from local communities. Derive individual GFOQ costs from comparable consumption data and costs per unit measure of the utility. 6. Factored (F). Where sewage metering or contract provisions do not enable measuring or computing sewage quantities, use the applicable engineering standard (if available) or use 70 percent of the water consumed as the sewage quantity. (b) Records will be set up and maintained for each individual utility account. Records will be structured so that both the costs and consumption for each utility are captured. (7) Leasing (BP 194000). This is a directly identifiable cost. Charge to specific GFOQ. (8) Privatization (BP 195000). Charge to a specific GFOQ only if there is a directly identifiable cost. f. Maintenance costs (BP 192000). The maintenance account includes recurring M&R, major M&R, incidental improvements, M&R of exterior utilities, M&R of other real property, self-help, and design costs of M&R projects. (1) Recurring maintenance and repair. Charge directly identifiable costs to GFOQ. (2) Major maintenance and repair. This is a directly identifiable cost. Charge to specific GFOQ. (3) Incidental improvements (that is, alterations and additions). Charge directly identifiable costs to GFOQ. (4) Maintenance and repair of exterior utilities. M&R costs beginning at the 5-foot line and ending at a point where the utility system joins a main or terminates are directly identifiable costs and will be charged to GFOQ. Where an exterior utility distribution/collection system exclusively serves a Family housing area which contains one or more GFOQ, prorate the M&R cost (including design costs) according to the following proportion: total Family housing cost of M&R project divided by the number of Government DUs in the area served. (5) Maintenance and repair of other real property. (a) Other real property costs will be charged to GFOQ only if they can be clearly identified with the DU as associated real property such as garages, driveways, and grounds which are for the exclusive use of the GFOQ resident. (b) Costs for common use areas and common facilities will not be charged to individual GFOQ. (6) Self-help program. This is a directly identifiable cost. Charge to specific GFOQ. (7) Design costs. Charge directly identifiable costs to GFOQ. Design costs may be programmed the year prior to proposed project execution. g. Approval authorities and cost limitations.

124

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(1) Approval authorities are established at various cost levels to ensure appropriate before-the-fact management of those types of actions which contribute to unusually high costs (see table 311 and para 314). (2) The cost for the purchase and installation of security or antiterrorism equipment required for a GFOQ is included in the $35,000 O&M limitation. The cost of the M&R of this equipment shall be included as part of maintenance and repair. These costs must be paid from the AFH appropriation and must be recorded against the GFOQ on the DA Form 4939. (3) Communications equipment required by a GFOQ occupant to execute his/her mission is not included in the O&M limitation. These communications equipment costs are excluded from the requirement to fund with the AFH appropriation and must, therefore, be funded with other than AFH funds. 3105. General/flag officers quarters review and analysis a. General. The O&M costs associated with many GFOQ warrant intensive oversight by those responsible for housing management. A report has been designed for use by management at all levels to assist in management cost analysis, developing standards or norms, and special management and cost studies as necessary. This report, which plays a key role in justifying and defending the Armys resource needs to support GFOQ before OSD, OMB, and the Congress, is prescribed in paragraph 37b. b. Change of occupancy orientation. The incoming general or flag officer will schedule a housing managers orientation concerning his or her GFOQ within 10 days after occupying the housing unit. Ideally, this orientation should include the spouse and take place at the GFOQ at the earliest possible time. During the orientation, the housing manager will provide each GFOQ resident an orientation packet. Recommended topic content for the housing managers orientation and the orientation packet are addressed in DA Pam 42011. c. Review and analysis. The objective of the GFOQ review and analysis is to provide managers at all levels with sufficient information and data to serve as a basis for measuring performance and focusing management effort on a priority basis against those areas where performance is weakest. (1) Headquarters DA (DAIMISH) will (a) Analyze those annual GFOQ O&M budget estimates which exceed $35,000 (excluding utilities and lease costs) and provide to Congress with the annual AFH budget submittal. (b) Analyze GFOQ expenditure report data. (c) Compare costs worldwide. (d) Assess validity of costs. (e) Ensure costs are within approval levels and do not exceed cost limitations. (f) Ensure necessary waivers/exceptions have been received and are documented. (g) Identify cost trends and explain reasons they occur. (h) Submit analysis of GFOQ management to OSD as required. (2) The IMCOM will (a) Review the SYGP for each GFOQ. (b) Analyze annual O&M budget estimates for each GFOQ and forward those which exceed $35,000 (excluding utilities and lease costs) and those whose M&R component is $25,000 or more to HQDA. (c) Analyze installations GFOQ expenditure report. (d) Compare costs by IMCOM Region and across the IMCOM. (e) Assure validity of costs. (f) Ensure costs are within approval levels and do not exceed cost limitations. (g) Ensure necessary waivers/exceptions have been requested, documented, and approved. (h) Identify cost trends and assess reasons therefore. (i) Provide installations with comparative summaries on cost averages and trends. (3) Installations will (a) Keep a separate cost data file for each GFOQ. (DPW will provide detailed cost data to the housing manager as costs occur.) (b) Prepare a SYGP for each GFOQ. (c) Prepare an annual O&M budget estimate for each GFOQ and provide to GFOQ resident and IMCOM. (d) Complete GFOQ expenditure report and provide it to GFOQ residents for their information and comment (see DA Pam 42011). (e) Provide GFOQ expenditure report to IMCOM and HQDA (DAIMISH) each quarter via Enterprise Military Housing GFOQ module (see DA Pam 42011). (f) Establish and maintain cost and performance data. (g) Measure and analyze performance in each of the GFOQ cost accounts, particularly in the utilities account where quantity consumed is as important, if not more so, than costs. (h) Compare costs of goods and services for GFOQ against other Family housing.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

125

(i) Check validity of charges and accuracy of prorations or assignment of costs. (j) Ensure costs are within approval levels and do not exceed cost limitations. (k) Ensure waivers/exceptions are approved before proceeding. (l) Ensure GFOQ residents have signed hand receipts for furnishings. (m) Identify cost trends and evaluate causative factors Section XIV Housing Requirements 3106. Scope This section establishes policy for determining housing requirements and developing documentation to support housing acquisition and sustainment programs. 3107. Basic housing acquisition policy a. Broad policy regarding the acquisition of housing is set forth in paragraph 36c. b. In addition to reliance on the civilian community for housing, there are other ways to acquire and/or sustain housing to meet the needs of the Armys Soldiers and their Families. These include (1) New construction (see sec X of this chapter for information on constructing new housing facilities). (2) Improvements (that is, upgrades, modernizations, rehabilitations, expansions, additions, or other revitalization initiatives) to existing Government-controlled housing (see secs VII, X, and XIII of this chapter for information on housing facility improvements). (3) Major M&R projects for housing (see secs VII and XIII of this chapter for details on M&R). (4) Leasing of privately owned housing to include third party contracted housing (see sec XI regarding the leasing program). (5) Privatization of housing (see para 3111). (6) Management actions related to facilities utilization, conversion, and diversion (see sec V of this chapter for information on occupancy/utilization management). (7) Purchase of existing housing facilities. (8) Transfer to the Army of housing excess to the needs of other Services or other Government agencies. c. Irrespective of which housing acquisition and/or sustainment strategy is pursued, the Army must document its needs before committing limited resources. This is necessary not only for its own internal decision-making process but also to justify its decisions to OSD, OMB, and Congress in defense of its budget requests. Such documentation must reflect local community housing conditions as fully and accurately as possible (see para 3109 below) and address Government-controlled housing assets (see para 3110). It must also consider the privatization initiative alternative (see para 3111, below). Finally, it must analyze the costs and benefits of feasible alternative acquisition solutions (see para 3112 and DA Pam 42011). d. Housing is an overarching quality of life issue because it is vitally important to the morale and well-being of Soldiers and their Families and hence to the readiness of individual Soldiers and their units and organizations. Commanders must (1) Ensure that documentation to support housing needs (to include requirements associated with the Exceptional Family Member Program) receives command attention at all levels. (2) Ensure that close cooperation is given those who prepare the documentation and process the results. (3) Ensure that documentation is kept on file for review. (4) Ensure that a viable audit trail exists. e. The Army Stationing and Installation Plan is the official source document for strength projections. It will identify long-range strength projections for programming purposes, using furthest out-year force level projections. Projects to support approved stationing and restationing actions not yet reflected in the ASIP will be managed off-line on a caseby-case basis. 3108. Determination of housing requirements The general approach to determining requirements for housing is as follows: a. Data requirements and entries to be made into the Enterprise Military Housing database will be specified in annual guidance from HQDA (DAIMISH). b. Data available in the Enterprise Military Housing and ASIP databases will be extracted and analyzed by HQDA (DAIMISH) in terms of projected personnel requirements for Family and unaccompanied personnel housing facilities and on-post and off-post housing inventories projected to be available. c. Based on data available in existing databases, the HQDA (DAIMISH) analysis of requirements in the form of

126

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

housing master plans will be coordinated with the appropriate installations and IMCOM Regions to ensure that planning, programming, and budgeting fully support the solutions proposed for meeting the Armys housing needs. 3109. Identifying housing assets in the local community a. Description of program. (1) Housing policy requires the use of a balanced approach to satisfying housing needs of Soldiers and their Families. This includes use of adequate local community housing assets. Each installation must determine the extent to which community housing assets are available to the various segments (pay grade groups) of Army personnel needing housing. The installation must actively solicit housing support for the military mission from the local surrounding civilian communities. (2) The objective of a housing analysis is to provide competent analytical processing of present and prospective housing demand and supply relationships in a local housing market. This will more accurately determine the ability of the local community to adequately support the present and programmed future segmented housing needs of locally stationed military personnel and their Families. The principal goal is to comprehensively evaluate the current and prospective dynamic forces affecting economic, demographic, housing condition, and housing inventory trends in order to estimate local demand for housing in quantitative and qualitative terms. The results of the analysis will be integrated into the Armys housing master plans to form the justification for supporting a balanced overall acquisition program. (3) Each installation must aggressively pursue off-post housing within its housing market area. The installation staff, in cooperation with local housing authorities, realty boards, financial institutions, real property management firms, and housing construction agents, must actively pursue programs to increase the civilian communitys ability to house Soldiers and their Families. The HSO must contact local landlords in order to persuade them to establish and participate in programs such as the Rental Partnership Program and Utility and Security Deposit Waiver Programs (see para 337). b. Housing market analysis. (1) A housing market analysis (HMA) is the vehicle used to conduct a detailed study of housing demand and supply within a defined market area. The HMA determines the ability of a local housing market to meet the needs of military personnel for adequate and affordable housing. (2) An HMA will be based on the following criteria: (a) Community housing must meet acceptability standards which include 1. Location. 2. Affordability. 3. Quality. 4. Number of bedrooms. (b) There will be a minimum on-post housing requirement. This is referred to as the floor. (c) The analysis will consider all military personnel (other than personnel comprising the floor) as potential residents of community housing. (d) All Soldiers occupying on-post housing will be treated as renters, since they are effectively renting their housing when they forfeit their BAH. (e) Rented mobile homes are considered to be inadequate for programming purposes. (f) Military personnel who own their local residences (including mobile homes) are considered to be adequately housed, regardless of any other criteria. (3) Headquarters DA (DAIMISH) will provide detailed guidance and procedures for data collection, conducting analyses, and documentation of the HMA. (4) An HMA report will include (a) A description of the housing market area (with emphasis on the effective area where most military personnel choose to live), its population, and major determinants of regional development. The market area used to collect data will be defined as the local survey area used to establish BAH rates. (b) The characteristics of the market area housing stock. (c) A description of military Family housing demand and affordability in the market area based on maximum acceptable housing cost (MAHC)-the maximum amount a military member should pay for rent and utilities and still be acceptably housed. (d) A description of the requirement for military Family housing by pay-grade and number of bedrooms. (e) The military Family housing requirements assessment and conclusions. (f) List of persons and organizations contacted during the course of the study. (g) Appendices describing key area population and housing indicators used in the study and detailed demographic data. 3110. Army housing master plans a. Description. An Army housing master plan is a consolidated strategy for planning, programming, budgeting, and

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

127

executing the acquisition and sustainment of housing facilities to meet the Armys housing requirements. The Army has two housing master plans. One master plan addresses Family housing; the other, unaccompanied personnel housing for personnel. b. AFH Master Plan. (1) The Armys Family Housing Master Plan (FHMP) is a plan for meeting the needs for quality, affordable housing for Soldiers and their Families. It identifies (a) Each installations Family housing inventory, condition, and requirements as derived, on-post, from real property records and reports, and off-post, from an HMA. (b) Associated costs to bring the required Family housing at each installation up to acceptable standards. (c) The years in which planned military construction and privatization will be programmed for execution. (d) Funds needed to properly operate and maintain housing that remains under Army control. (e) Planned disposition of excess housing. (2) Inasmuch as the military, social, and economic conditions that influence the FHMP are dynamic, the FHMP will be refined and updated when substantive changes occur. This refinement and updating will be accomplished through installation FHMPs (IFHMPs) The IFHMP will use the shortfalls or surpluses identified in the HMA to determine the installations Family housing requirements, revitalization costs, project phasing, and year-by-year programming schedules. The IFHMP process will also provide a detailed housing plan and supporting DD Form 1391 to program and budget for construction funds, to include all tabs and a map of the installation that reflects all Family housing by building numbers. c. Army Barracks Master Plan. (1) The Armys BMP serves as a set of directions for providing quality housing to unaccompanied Soldiers from private (E1) through sergeant (E5) in CONUS including Hawaii and Alaska; private (E1) through staff sergeant (E6) OCONUS, except Korea. In Korea, the BMP addresses unaccompanied Soldiers from private (E1) through command sergeant major (E9). It identifies (a) Each installations barracks inventory, condition, and requirements as derived, on-post, from real property records and reports, and as derived, off-post, from an HMA. (b) Associated MCA and OMA costs to accomplish the barracks modernization program through the WBRP and BUP, respectively (see paras 379 and 382b). (c) The year in which planned new barracks complexes and major barracks upgrades will be programmed for execution. (d) Planned disposition of surplus barracks facilities. (2) The Army recognizes that the military, social, and economic conditions that influence the BMP are continually changing. Accordingly, the Army will update the BMP annually to incorporate changed conditions and the update of investment strategies, requirements, costs, and priorities. (3) The Army has statutory authorization for privatizing UPH assets at selected installations using the MHPI authorities. The RCI Program Office will serve as the Armys acquisition agent responsible for executing UPH privatization projects. 3111. Residential communities initiative a. Military housing privatization initiative. (1) The National Defense Authorization Act of 1996 established the Military Housing Privatization Initiative (MHPI). The MHPI provides the Military Services with the authorities to leverage scarce funds and assets to obtain private sector capital and expertise to operate, manage, maintain, improve, renovate, and construct military housing (for both Families and unaccompanied personnel) on or near military installations in the United States (see 10 USC 2871 et seq.). (2) The Armys housing privatization program, known as the RCI, is an essential component of the Armys overall acquisition strategy for meeting its Family housing needs. It relies on partnership relationships between the Army and the private sector and on dedicated support from the Government, private industry, and the Congress. (3) The National Defense Authorization Act of 2000 amended 10 USC 2881 to limit ancillary facilities to those that would not be in direct competition with the provision of merchandise or services provided by AAFES, the DeCA, or any nonappropriated fund activity of the DOD for morale, welfare, and recreation of members of the armed forces. b. Acquisition process. The RCI focuses on the total residential community. RCI may use any number of acquisition processes set forth in acquisition regulations. These processes evaluate and award on the basis that the eligible entity selected is the most highly qualified to meet the Armys requirements. c. Housing market analysis at residential communities initiative sites. (1) A current HMA is critical to planning, programming, and associated fiduciary responsibilities inherent in the privatization process of the Armys Family housing. For those privatization sites utilizing a loan guarantee, the Army must document and retain a record of the AFH requirement.

128

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(2) The HMAs should be conducted every not less than 6 years and when the installation or community experiences significant changes in demographics, housing supply, regional economics, and/or BAH. (3) The ACSIM will ensure that a current HMA is available. d. Construction standards. The Armys goal is that RCI housing will meet or exceed competitive housing in the local community. (1) Policy. The following policy will apply to standards under the auspices of RCI: (a) Use local standards and private-sector best practices. (b) Establish minimum space standards equivalent to 1. The previous MILCON maximum space standards referenced in 10 USC 2826, as one baseline. 2. The MILCON space benchmarks for Government Family housing in paragraph 381b as another baseline. (c) Allow the development partner to recommend additional standards for negotiation during Community Development and Management Plan (CDMP) development process. (d) Develop incentives to encourage the development partner to exceed minimum/local standards. (e) Submit additional standards for review and approval based on lessons learned. (2) Quality standards for new and replacement residential communities initiatives Family housing. (a) The ASA(IE&E) has issued construction and replacement standards and guidance and instructions for the implementation of these standards. These standards will be reviewed and updated annually NLT 30 September. They will remain in effect until rescinded or revised by OASA (IE&E). (b) These standards will be considered as minimum requirements as the CDMP is developed. (c) They are applicable to all new or replacement Family housing constructed under RCI. (d) These standards should be adapted to accommodate local requirements, health/safety regulations and statutes, economic conditions, existing master planning/DUs, building codes, environmental considerations, requirements related to accessibility and historic preservation, private sector innovations, and/or improvements to the industry standard. (e) Where conditions exist that preclude implementation of a standard or a different standard is proposed, the Garrison Commander may request exception through channels to the RCI Program Office, OASA (IE&E). e. Schools for residential communities initiatives sites. The following Army policy governs additional school requirements under the auspices of RCI for: (1) Local school districts. The Army will (a) Inform the local education agency/school district/school system of additional school requirements resulting from RCI net increases to on-post Family housing inventories. (b) Include all stakeholders early-on during the RCI planning process. (c) Continue to set aside, offer, and/or provide land for school use, if available. (d) Spread out/phase RCI development to track more closely with school construction and/or upgrade. (e) Consider exceptions in the future if, for example, the Army constructs large-scale developments in new areas or local education agencies refuse to build new schools regardless of requirements. (2) Department of Defense Education Activity (DODEA) schools. The Army will fund construction related costs in accordance with an agreement between the DODEA and the Army when necessary to accommodate an increase in student population beyond the existing capacity of a DODEA school where such increase is created by an RCI housing development plan. f. Residential communities initiatives utility policy and procedures for residents of residential communities initiatives. Generally, residents will be responsible for their utilities. They will be rewarded for energy conservation and require to pay for energy usage over established reasonable limitations. The project/partnership has utility responsibility for designated common areas and vacant houses. The project documents and agreements will outline the specifics of the RCI utility program. For additional guidance on the RCI Resident Utility Responsibility Program, refer to the Residential Communities Initiative, (ASA (IE&E)), Portfolio and Asset Management Handbook (current version). (1) All new and renovated houses will be metered for gas, electricity, and/or heating oil, and all housing units will be metered by the end of the projects initial development period. The costs of metering will be borne by the project/ partnership. (2) Residents will be responsible for gas, electricity, and/or heating oil costs. The project/partnership will be responsible for all other utilities and all utilities for common areas and vacant houses. (3) The project/partnership will administer the resident utility program. Installations will implement/start the RCI utility program by individual housing area once a housing area is renovated/metered. Installations will not wait for the entire housing inventory to be metered. g. Utility services reimbursement policy for residential communities initiatives partnerships. Title 10 USC 2872a allows the Secretary of the Army to provide utilities and services to RCI partnerships on Army installations and mandates that the Army will be reimbursed for the cost of any utilities or services furnished. (1) Reimbursement policy. (a) Reimbursement for utilities and services will be accomplished pursuant to a written agreement.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

129

(b) Reimbursement will comply with the provisions of FMR 7000.14R and DODI 4000.19. (c) The reimbursement rate used shall include all costs associated with providing utilities and services to RCI housing. The rate shall not include 1. Reimbursement for expenses or infrastructure required to support facilities other than RCI. 2. Costs which the installations would still incur if the RCI project were to obtain the service from another entity (incremental costs). (2) Reimbursement guidelines. The RCI project must pay for incremental costs associated with the goods or services. If providing support to RCI results in a cost that would not otherwise be incurred by the Army, the cost incurred must be charged to the RCI project. If the RCI project were to obtain support from another entity and the cost would still be incurred by the Army, then RCI will not be charged. RCI projects will not pay for centrally funded projects to common infrastructure. (a) Examples of items that will be included in the rate billed to the RCI project 1. The actual cost of any commodity or service provided to the RCI project. 2. The actual cost of any project completed solely to provide a commodity or service to RCI if required by the RCI project. 3. The cost of any employee who must be hired or required to work overtime in order to provide a commodity or service to the RCI project. 4. The cost of any equipment purchased solely to provide a commodity or service to the RCI project. (b) Examples of items that will not be billed to the RCI project 1. Administrative costs not connected to overtime or additional hiring. 2. Army capital costs for existing infrastructure. 3. The costs of projects centrally funded directly by HQDA or otherwise through use of MILCON. 4. Maintenance and repair of infrastructure that is not exclusively dedicated to supporting the RCI project. h. Community development and management plan. (1) Once the procurement process is complete, the Army will award a contract to the selected development partner to work with the specified installation in preparing a community development and management plan (CDMP). The CDMP serves as the business plan for each specific RCI project. It sets forth the proposed terms of the developers long-term relationship with the Army. The CDMP consists of the following three main components: (a) Development Plan. (b) Financial Plan and Transactional Instruments. (c) Operations, Maintenance, and Property Management Plan. (2) After completion of the CDMP, the Army will staff this plan and submit it to the Congress for review and approval. Barring any objection by the Congress, the Army will issue a Notice to Transition and the developer is paid a fixed price for the CDMP. In return for this payment, the Army is granted full and unlimited rights to use of the CDMP. Next, housing assets and operations are turned over by the Army to the partnership which includes the Army and the developer. (3) In furtherance of CDMP preparation, the Army will conduct/pay for land surveys. i. Transfer date for residential communities initiatives assets and operations. The RCI installation and partner will schedule the transfer date as early as possible during CDMP negotiations by considering the duration of negotiations and the projected 60-day congressional notification period. RCI installations must transfer assets and operations to the developer partner on the first day of the month to initiate BAH payments to Soldiers who in turn pay rent for housing. j. Installation housing staffs. Staffing levels should track with private industry standards and also meet militaryunique requirements and the commanders inherent responsibilities for the well-being of Soldiers and their Families. Toward that end, the Army will (1) Set staffing levels at one per 1000 on-post Family housing units plus 3.5 man-years of effort for overhead (for example, supervision and administration, and project, financial, and information management) per site. (2) Maintain current staffing levels throughout the transition phase from the Army to the development partner. (3) Start the personnel ramp down at the end of the transition period. (4) Complete the ramp down one year after the end of the transition period. (5) Exclude HSO and Deposit Waiver Program manpower spaces from the RCI staffing levels. k. Occupancy of privatized housing. (1) Military. Military personnel have priority of assignment to RCI housing. (a) Soldiers may elect to reside in housing acquired or constructed under the RCI program. (b) Occupancy of housing units which are not owned or leased by the Government entitles Soldiers to BAH (see 37 USC 403(h)). (c) Soldiers who occupy housing units acquired or constructed under the RCI program are required to make rent payments to the RCI partner. The Army may require Soldiers to make rent payments for such housing by allotments (see 10 USC 2882).

130

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(d) Military residents may pay rent in arrears. (2) Civilians. The development partner may rent to civilians under specific guidelines outlined during the negotiations of the CDMP. (3) Standard landlord/resident agreement. The Army RCI Office (OASA (IE&E)), in coordination with the IMCOM Regions/installations, will develop a standard lease agreement and allow addenda to be added by the installations. These addenda are intended to capture requirements unique to each installation, such as binding agreements for historically significant housing units. (4) Rental payment method for residential communities initiatives installations. The Army will use an RCI-wide, third-party vendor to provide the services necessary to process rental payments from the residents to the developer partner. Services to be provided include (a) Online allotment starts upon assignment and stops upon termination of occupancy. (b) Management of the process, allotments between installations, pro-rata management, and funds reimbursement. (c) Funds tracking including online account information, payment identification, lease renewals, and accounting reports. (d) Reconciliation of BAH and allotment files. (5) Surviving spouse residency/rent. The Army will require the development partner to recognize the right of surviving spouses/Families to remain in RCI housing for up to 365 days. Further, rents will be capped at the BAH level. (6) Resident security deposits. The Army will require that the developer partner allow security deposits for civilian residents in the event they are offered RCI housing. (7) Resident satisfaction surveys. To assist the Army in validating the viability of the RCI program, in accomplishing its quality assurance functions, and in determining development partner compensation, the Army will conduct surveys. In that regard the Army will (a) Develop and conduct resident satisfaction surveys via third-party specialist consultants in collaboration and coordination with IMCOM and development partners. (b) Require the development partnership to finance a portion of the cost of the survey (depending upon the structure of the partnership with the Army). (c) Conduct surveys semiannually for the first 5 years. (d) Consider the benefit of conducting the surveys at comparable non-RCI sites. (e) Require summary results to be forwarded up through command channels to ACSIM and OASA (IE&E). l. Local moves and non-temporary storage. (1) The Government may continue to pay for local moves of Soldiers from off-post housing to privatized on-post housing and for non-temporary storage of excess HHG, provided such moves are properly authorized in accordance with the applicable provisions of the JFTR. (2) Movement of HHG must be directed by competent authority on the basis of a Service requirement as outlined in the JFTR. Commanders retain the authority to ascertain the applicability of this entitlement based on the availability of operating funds. m. Post award management of residential communities initiatives housing. (1) To sustain effective management and oversight of the Armys housing privatization program, the HQDA RCI management team established the Portfolio and Asset Management program. This program provides instructions to both Government and Private Sector managers at all levels. (2) Portfolio and asset management oversight intends to mitigate risks to Government assets and to ensure that the goal for quality housing to Soldiers and their Families is achieved throughout the life of the Family housing privatization program. There are two levels of oversight (a) Portfolio management which includes the information required by HQDA with the objective to assess and assure the overall success of the RCI program. (b) Asset management which will focus on the information and/or reports prepared by installations to assess the success of their projects. (3) Performance measures established under the portfolio and asset management program will include, as a minimum, the following: (a) Proper use of financial reporting and management tools. (b) Collection, use, and accountability of funds. (c) Adherence to the CDMP. (d) Staffing levels. (e) Training. (f) Direct and indirect support services. (g) Landlord-tenant relations. (h) Customer service.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

131

(i) Occupancy and termination inspections. (j) Resident complaints. (k) Resident responsibilities. (l) Disposition of housing units for which the Army has no foreseeable need. (m) Quality control. (n) Performance of the RCI partners. (o) Reporting and ground lease compliance. n. Funding parameters for privatized representational housing. The GFOQ, GCQ, and special CSM positions fall under the umbrella of representational housing. As such, they have unique requirements for certain services and amenities. These are addressed in sections IX and XIII. However, where representational housing is privatized, the following provisions will apply: (1) The AFH appropriation will fund the purchase and replacement of special allowance items authorized for special command positions, the Sergeant Major of the Army, and the Senior Enlisted Advisor to the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. AFH may fund supplemental furnishings, draperies, sheers, and area rugs for official public entertainment areas within privatized GFOQ, GCQ, and special CSM position quarters. The OMA appropriation will fund the purchase and replacement of special allowance items when quarters are occupied by unaccompanied personnel. RCI project funds will not be used to fund special allowance/official entertainment area furnishings. (2) AFH will not fund carpeting or window coverings (blinds, drapes, and shades) outside of official public entertainment areas. These items and appliances are the responsibility of the partner. Existing window coverings, furnishings, carpeting, and so forth will convey with the privatized DU. All repair and replacement of those items will be commensurate with the same level of quality as the item(s) being conveyed. (3) AFH may fund supplemental furnishings in historic DUs greater than 6,000 gross square feet. Submit requests to HQDA (DAIMISH). (4) AFH will not fund maintenance, repair, or improvement to the DU or its grounds. Special work or items requested by the resident are not an AFH responsibility. These include, but are not limited to, expansion of the DU; addition of patios, enclosures, lawn sprinkler systems, gazebos, fencing, fixed barbecue grills, carports, and storage facilities; and accessibility modifications. (5) Army O&M funds will be used for the placement, maintenance, and repair of security antiterrorism, and mission related communications, equipment and systems for privatized representational homes. (6) Table 312 identifies furnishings and amenities authorized for privatized GFOQ. Requests for items not identified in table 312 or exceeding authorized costs must be approved by HQDA (DAIMISH). General provisions of Section IX regarding management of Government furnishings, approval authorities and replacement cycles apply. Senior Executive Services will be provided amenities on equal basis as military of equivalent rank and position.

Table 312 Furnishings Authorized for Official Entertainment Areas in Privatized (RCI) GFOQs Special Command Positions (US) & SMA Equipment Carpet shampooer (1) Fireplace ensemble (1-per open fireplace) Vacuum Cleaner Furnishings Area rugs not to exceed 60% of floor area (not to exceed $500 per area Y rug) Draperies and/or sheers (no more than two window treatments) (not to exceed $500.00 per window) (see note 1) Lawn/patio furniture Beds (mattresses/box springs, as required) Mattresses (single, double, queen, as required) Chest of drawers (1-per bedroom) Dresser (1-per bedroom) Light, table (2-per night table) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Y Y N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y N N N N Special Command Sergeants Major (CONUS) Other GFOQ US

132

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

Table 312 Furnishings Authorized for Official Entertainment Areas in Privatized (RCI) GFOQsContinued Chair, easy (1-per living room) Davenport (1-per living room) Sofa in place of two straight chairs (2-per living room) Chair, straight (2-per living room) Table, end (1 set per living room) Table, dining and chairs (One 12 seat table-per dining room) Hutch (1-per dining room) Server (1-per dining room) Special Allowance Items China Crystal Silver flatware Silver hollowware Special utensils Engraved Resident Name Plaque Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N

Note 1: All other window treatments (valances, blinds, shutters, draw curtains) are considered installed real property, and are the responsibility of the Partner

3112. Economic analysis for housing a. Installation responsibilities. Responsibility for conducting an EA rests with the installation. b. Conduct of an economic analysis. An EA will be conducted for each of the following: (1) New MCA and AFHC project estimated to cost in excess of $2 million. (2) Any new construction project for a GFOQ DU. (3) Family housing post-acquisition construction project that exceeds either (a) An estimated cost of $50,000 per DU ($60,000 per DU for support of the handicapped) as adjusted by the area cost factor. (b) Sixty percent of the DUs current replacement value. (4) Family housing M&R project for (a) Major M&R of non-GFOQ DUs when the per DU cost is estimated to exceed $20,000 (absolute). (b) GFOQ DUs when the total M&R cost per DU is estimated to exceed $35,000 (absolute). (5) Unaccompanied personnel housing. OMA M&R project that exceeds the garrison commanders approval authority. (6) Replacement of major building components (such as heating systems, windows, exterior siding/painting, floors). (7) Housing privatization initiative concept development (life cycle cost analysis prepared by the ASA (IE&E), RCI, and OASA (FM&C)). (8) New and renewal lease acquisition actions. c. The EA procedures as the relate to Army housing. See DA Pam 40211 for EA procedures as they relate to Army housing actions. Section XV Establishment of Rental Rates for Housing and Related Facilities 3113. Scope a. This section sets forth the principles and general policies for establishing and administering rents for housing and charges for related facilities supplied to (1) Civilian employees of the Federal Government. (2) Members of the Uniformed Services. (3) Foreign nationals (military and civilian) occupying housing under authorities other than the Arms Export Control Act (AECA) (22 USC 2751). (4) All non-Government personnel occupying Army-owned or Army-controlled housing located within the United States where housing is essential to the performance of a DA activity.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

133

b. This section does not apply to Military Assistance Advisory Group (MAAG) housing or foreign nationals occupying housing under authority of the AECA. (Pricing requirements provided under authority of the AECA are contained in DOD 7000.14R, vol 15.) 3114. Rental housing composition a. Rental housing includes all of the housing identified under rental quarters in the glossary of this publication. b. Rental housing excludes the following: (1) Public housing assigned to members of the Uniformed Services in lieu of BAH or to appropriated fund civilian employees in foreign countries in lieu of housing allowances (see 5 USC 5912 and 5923). (2) Housing available for occupancy by personnel where forfeiture of a portion of per diem travel allowance is involved. (3) Privately owned Wherry housing. (4) Government-owned or Government-leased MHP facilities, including utility connections, provided to members of the Uniformed Services for house trailers and mobile homes not owned by the Government. (5) Army lodging facilities when used by AD and retired military personnel and Family members, authorized civilian employees and Family members, and spouses or relatives of AD personnel confined to hospitals. Army lodging facilities are considered rental housing when occupied by all others. (6) Unaccompanied personnel housing occupied by a member of the Uniformed Services on a PCS (that is, from time of official notification until arrival at new duty station to include time it takes to find permanent housing). (7) Unaccompanied personnel housing occupied by an AD Soldier in a leave status and retired military personnel, at the discretion of the garrison commander. 3115. Exceptions to this section The provisions of this section do not apply in the following instances: a. When employees attend training programs at Federal or private facilities and the cost of housing is factored into the program cost to the Army or through other means, so long as the per diem rate (or actual expense allowance) paid the employee is set to reflect the fact that housing is provided at no cost to the employee. b. In other than training situations when employees are receiving per diem (or actual expense allowance) and occupying Government housing, the per diem paid the employees is set to reflect the fact that the housing is provided at no cost to the employee. c. When employees are receiving a remote work site commuting allowance and housing is provided at no cost to the employees, the allowance paid shall consist of factors other than the housing cost portion of the allowance (see 5 USC 5942). 3116. Responsibilities for development of rental rates a. The Commander, USACE will establish detailed guidelines for (1) Development of rental rates and related charges for Government furnished utilities. (2) Processing appeals. (3) Monitoring the rental program. (4) Furnishing necessary reports. b. District Commanders/District Engineers of the USACE will (1) Develop rental rates and charges for utility services for all housing subject to this section. (2) Furnish the garrison commander annually adjusted rental rates for each rental unit, based on the percent change in Consumer Price Index (CPI) Rent Series, as identified in OMB Circular A45. The CPI-based change will be furnished to District Commanders/District Engineers in October or November of each year. c. Garrison commanders will (1) Provide and update to appropriate District Commanders/District Engineers accurate lists of housing units subject to this section for establishment of rate schedules for rents and related utilities and service charges. Data provided will include the following as appropriate: (a) Number of housing units by type (for example, Capehart, Wherry, Lanham Act, appropriated fund (military construction program (MCP), BOQ, BEQ, VOQ, VEQ, and so forth) and by style (for example, detached single Family; duplex one-story; duplex two-story; multiplex, multistory; BOQ/BEQ/VOQ/VEQ with living room, bedroom, and bath or with living room-bedroom combination and bath). Housing that may be made available to transients will be identified separately, as the need arises. (b) Building number or, as appropriate, address of each unit keyed to a representative type unit. (c) Services provided (by Government and separately by NAF). (d) Equipment provided (for example, ranges, cabinets, refrigerators). (e) Furniture and furnishings (for example, living, dining or bedroom furniture; drapes, curtains). (2) Implement, promptly, new rent schedules upon receipt. Schedules received for Family housing any time from the

134

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

first through the 20th of the month will require that tenants be notified no later than the first of the succeeding month. Schedules received after the 20th of the month shall be considered as having been received on the first of the following month. (3) Make annual adjustments in the basic rental rate and utilities as appropriate. Such adjustments, to be effective on March 1 of each year, or at the beginning of the first pay period which starts on or after March 1 of each year, shall be made according to the revised schedule furnished by the District Commander/District Engineer. (4) Adjust, promptly, upon receipt of changes in local domestic utility rates occurring subsequent to receipt of rent schedules from the District Commander/District Engineer, utility charges for housing and notify the District Commander/District Engineer so that correct schedules may be maintained. 3117. Broad policy a. Rental rates for Government housing and charges for other facilities made available in connection with the occupancy of housing on a rental basis shall be based on their reasonable value, in the circumstances under which the housing and facilities are provided, occupied, or made available (see 5 USC 5911). b. Although housing operated by the DOD components in foreign countries is not subject to OMB Circular A45, fair economic charges for all housing rental units owned or controlled by DOD shall be established. c. The principle of comparability established by this section shall be followed in establishing housing rents and charges in foreign countries, where appropriate. d. An employee or member of the Uniformed Services shall not be required to occupy housing on a rental basis unless necessary service cannot be rendered or that property of the Government cannot adequately be protected otherwise (see 5 USC 5911(e)). 3118. Basic rate principle a. Rental rates for housing, equipment, furnishing, and services provided occupants will be set at levels prevailing for comparable private rental accommodations in the nearest representative year-round community. Seasonal rentals will be discounted or modified appropriately. Rents and other charges may not be set so as to provide a housing subsidy, serve as an inducement in the recruitment or retention of employees, or to encourage the occupancy of existing Government housing (see 5 USC 5536). b. Rent determined for housekeeping units will clearly distinguish between charges for basic (or shelter) rent and facility charges, such as ranges, cabinets, and refrigerators, and furnishings, except that charges for equipment will be included in the basic rent if such practice is common in the area. (1) Where housing is provided with equipment and furnishings not included in the basic rent, the additional charges will be based on the typical charge for such equipment and furnishings in the area. (2) As an exception to paragraph 3118b (1) where excessive differentials occur in the private rental market between rents for furnished and unfurnished housing, the charge for equipment and furnishings shall be set at the level that will amortize the replacement value of the equipment and furnishings at the time of appraisal over their estimated useful life (For a discussion of broad guidelines for the normal life expectancies of furnishings, see DA Pam 42011. (3) The charges for furnishings in non-housekeeping units may be included in rents assigned without distinguishing separately, and may be adjusted as provided in paragraph 3118b(2) . c. Rental rates for housing and charges for related facilities supplied by the Army to foreign nationals (military and civilian) will be set as follows: (1) In accordance with terms of any agreement between the United States and the foreign Government involved. (2) For foreign nationals occupying housing under the AECA, pricing requirements for housing are contained in DOD 7000.14R, volume 15. When housing is provided under other legal authorities, rates shall be set in accordance with this section unless the applicable authorizing legislation provides for alternative pricing procedure. In that case, document the alternative legal pricing requirement, bill in accordance with it, and retain applicable documentation for audit. (3) For foreign military students or trainees and PEP personnel, apply the rental charge guidance set forth in paragraph 312e (for Family housing) and in AR 2151 (for Army lodging). (4) When there is no formal agreement as mentioned in paragraph (1), above, rates for foreign nationals other than those identified in paragraphs (2) and (3) above will be set in accordance with this section. 3119. Utilities principle a. Department of the Army charges for utilities for housekeeping units will be set at the local prevailing rates for similar services, in accordance with the principle of equivalence with private housing practice. Charges to occupants of rental units for utilities (such as heat, electricity, gas, water, and ice) will be as follows: (1) When furnished by the Government and metered or measured, apply domestic rates for similar services in the locality used for comparison. (2) When utilities are not measured, set charges by comparison with the cost of such services to the occupants of

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

135

comparable private rental housing. Such charges will be clearly identified and distinguished from charges for basic rent. (3) For non-housekeeping rooms, the room rent may combine basic rent and utilities without distinction. b. When utilities are not metered, consumption will be estimated by the DPW. Charges for such services will be based on the local prevailing rates for comparable private rental housing furnished by the appraiser. Where there is no local DPW, the estimates of quantities consumed will be made by the District Commander/District Engineer. 3120. Family housing units designated as substandard When substandard Family housing units are occupied by a member of a Uniformed Service and their Family members, the amount of the fair market rental value of the housing unit shall be charged against the members BAH except that such charge shall not be in an amount in excess of 75 percent of the members BAH (see 10 USC 2830). When substandard housing units are occupied by other than members of the Uniformed Services and their Families, full rents and charges shall be collected from the residents (see paras 316j and 324). 3121. Instances of personal hardship In certain hardship cases, continued occupancy of military Family housing may be allowed. Rental charges (or remission thereof) for such occupancies are set forth in paragraph 318b. 3122. Charges for mobile home park spaces a. Mobile home park space charges for members of the Uniformed Services and their Families are set forth in paragraph 392g. b. When MHP facilities are provided to other than members of the Uniformed Services and their Families, full rents and charges shall be collected from the occupants. 3123. Frequency of rental reviews Charges for rental housing shall be adjusted periodically in accordance with the following: a. Rental rates of Government-furnished housing will be adjusted annually by application of the percent change in the U.S. city average revised CPI for urban wage earners and clerical workers, rent series. This index is maintained by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, Department of Labor. b. Basic rental rates for rental housing shall be affirmed or adjusted by survey of the private rental market as follows: (1) Every fifth year, or when the rental rate for the housing has been increased by 40 percent through application of the CPI Rent Series, whichever occurs first. (2) Every third year, if for any reason valid and realistic comparability with private rental rates has not been established. (3) Any year when changes in the private rental market in the nearby established community indicate a need to adjust basic rental rates on the basis of a survey or appraisal of the rental market. c. Utilities furnished by the Government and metered or measured will be adjusted whenever rate changes occur in the locality used for comparison. 3124. Establishing rent schedules a. A rental rate schedule of reasonable value for each unit type, utilities, and other services will be developed by the District Commander/District Engineer in accordance with ER 405112 and the basic rental rate principle and guidance contained in OMB Circular A45 (see DA Pam 42011 for a summary of guidance and procedure for rent establishment). A separate schedule will be prepared, if required, for transient housing and will provide a daily rate rather than a monthly rate. Schedules will be prepared by qualified contract fee appraisers for the initial 5year period and each 5-year period thereafter; however, when it has been determined to be in the best interests of the Army, USACE staff appraisers may be used, in lieu of contract fee appraisers, provided prior approval is obtained from HQ USACE (CEREE) Washington, DC 203141000. b. In foreign countries, qualified contract or staff appraisers may be used for appraisal of DA housing as each situation warrants. After an initial appraisal by a contract or staff appraiser, commanders in foreign countries may authorize the use of either contract or staff appraisers or employee representatives, for the subsequent five-year review and reappraisal of rent schedules of all housing within their jurisdiction. Primary reliance will be placed on the staff or contract appraiser when available. If a staff appraiser is not readily available in the area, and a determination is made that securing either a local contract appraiser, if available, or a staff appraiser from the United States is not economical or feasible, employee representatives may be used to establish rental rates. Justification for the determination to use employee representatives will be documented and retained in installation files together with the rent appraisal.

136

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

3125. Appeals and reviews of schedules of charges Garrison commanders may appeal or request a review of the schedules of charges for rents and utilities for housing subject to this section in accordance with the following: a. Any appeal or review will be processed so as to permit a decision by the reviewing authority and returned within 60 days. The appeal or request for a review will be made in writing after receipt of the approved rent schedule and will be addressed to the office from which the rent schedule was received. Every reasonable effort will be made to comply with this requirement. If a request for an appeal or review is made, the tenant(s) involved will be notified that any adjustment of charges, upward or downward, resulting from the review will be made retroactive to the date of the appeal or request for a review. Increased rental rates, will be collected by the OPLOC/FAO pending the decision of the appeal or review. Upon a final determination, the applicable amounts, after any refunds to the housing occupants, will be transferred to the appropriate accounts as provided by DFASIN 371 regulation, chapter 14, graph 140310.D. b. Where the garrison commander considers that rent and utility schedules do not reflect reasonable comparability with local private rentals and are inconsistent with the basic rent principle, the commander may request an appeal or review of the schedule from the office which furnished the schedule. The request must be supported with the facts and circumstances on which the request for the appeal or review is based, indicating specifically which units and rates are considered inequitable and to what extent. The office responsible for establishing the rate schedule will carefully review the facts and circumstances and all data utilized in developing the schedule to insure that no discrepancies exist. Where discrepancies are found or where the evidence furnished by the commander warrants further evaluation, investigation, or adjustment of the schedule, corrective action will be taken. Approval of the corrective action or revised rates will be obtained in the same manner as the original schedule and the resulting schedule submitted to the commander for implementation. Where no corrective action is deemed justified, the commander will be notified with reasons in support of the decision. c. If the garrison commander is still dissatisfied with the results of the appeal or review, the commander may submit the action through channels to HQ USACE (CEREE), Washington, DC 203141000. d. If an appeal is based on special grounds, such as paragraphs (1) and (2) below, it will be referred through the channels to HQ USACE (CEREE), Washington, DC 203141000, for review and decision. (1) Space devoted to official use. Where the use of a portion of a housing unit designated as representational housing is required for the purpose of accommodating official visitors, for official office space or for the general convenience of the public, special consideration may be given to a compensatory adjustment in rent. In such instances, the garrison commander will set forth in full detail the circumstances detracting from the otherwise reasonable value of the housing to facilitate a proper evaluation and recommendation. (2) Excessive size or quality. If housing of similar size and/or quality to that which the employee would ordinarily select in the private market, is not available, and the employee is required to accept alternate housing, the housing may not have the same reasonable value to the employee that would otherwise be reflected by comparison with private rental housing. Cases in this category will be considered only if suitable alternate housing is not available to the employee. In such instances, temporary rental adjustments may be made by the USACE, if fully justified by the facts. Occupancy will not continue beyond one month subsequent to the availability of housing on the installation or in private housing similar in size and/or quality to which the employee is entitled. e. Appeals of rentals affecting housing pertaining to the Armys National Cemeteries will be made to the Superintendent, Arlington National Cemetery, Arlington, VA 222115003, for consideration and final decision. 3126. Records Complete records of proceedings, findings, recommendations, and other documents relating to the development of rent schedules for housing subject to this section, including any subsequent reviews and appeal actions pertaining thereto, will be maintained in accordance with AR 254002, and may be used for audit and review purposes by the office which furnished the schedule. 3127. Disposition of collections for rents and charges Receipts from rents and other charges imposed pursuant to this section shall be credited to the accounts shown in table 313.

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

137

Table 313 Disposition of collections for rents and charges Type of facility rented Family housing, including MHP spaces Housing not included in next aboveBasic rent General Proprietary Receipt Account 3210, Defense Military Not Otherwise Classified, under a citation that includes the departmental code (a two-digit prefix symbol-21 for the Army) Appropriation reimbursement to the O&M type account financing the cost of utilities Applicable NAF Account to be credited with receipts AFH (see 10 USC 2831)

Utilities and related services NAF services account

Section XVI Installation Housing Planning for Mobilization 3128. Scope This section establishes policy for housing managers at installation and higher levels which will enable Army housing organizations to plan for and participate effectively during periods of imminent emergency, declared emergency, or mobilization. a. Mobilization occurs in response to an operational contingency or national emergency. A mobilization may be classified selective, partial, full, or total depending on the level of military buildup required to meet specific circumstances. b. The policy outlined in this section supplements those set forth in earlier sections and are applied during mobilization. 3129. Background For a general discussion of overall mobilization planning and relevant command/agency relationships, see DA Pam 42011. 3130. General a. OACSIM provides guidance, direction, and coordination for construction requirements, facilities engineering, and housing matters to ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs and to IMCOM, its Regions, and installations during premobilization planning. b. IMCOM provides base operations (BASOPS) support to all Army installations through the garrison commanders. c. Under mobilization, the overall housing objective-to adequately house Soldiers, with or without Family membersremains unchanged. Housing management, its policies, programs, and procedures will be the same as described in earlier sections of this chapter. d. Each installation will have specific mobilization mission requirements and a unique array of on-post and off-post housing resources available to it, therefore, each installation will have to plan for and execute its individualized mobilization housing mission. e. Policies regarding assignment and termination of, or providing information on, housing remain in effect unless specifically modified by official policy. f. Government-controlled housing during periods of mobilization will include units in the installation inventory, and temporary or permanent units acquired through (1) The Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). (2) The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) or its counterpart organization within each state. (3) The Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). (4) Leased housing obtained through any program where the Government, rather than the Soldier, is responsible for lease payments. (5) The use of nonindustrial facilities (NIF) (see para g below). g. Each Army installation will determine its mobilization requirements for NIF not under Army control that are needed to support military mobilization force levels. Garrison commanders will make application for predesignation of NIF in accordance with AR 50010. (1) The purpose of the NIF program is to assure that existing NIF not under the control of the DOD will be available for military preparedness purposes in the event of mobilization, thereby quickly providing additional facilities and reducing requirements for new construction.

138

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(2) Civilian facilities available throughout the United States to help meet requirements for mobilization include hotels, motels, restaurants, and warehouses. h. Installation mobilization relationships. The installation is the base of the cross-leveling redistribution system. Although the functions and responsibilities are the same, the variety of organizations, missions, and capabilities at each of the 50 plus mobilization stations results in almost unique procedures at each post. Some of the impacts on planning and command relationships are (1) The garrison commander and his/her housing manager must be responsive to each ACOM, ASCC, and DRU when it has units at their post. (2) Housing managers at supporting installations must ensure that mobilization planning provides for expeditious housing management assistance and administrative support of the unit. (3) Installations which, during peacetime, have combined division/installation staffs must be prepared to immediately function separately upon mobilization and deployment. Additional mobilization TDA (MOBTDA) positions should be identified to handle the increased workload that is not offset by the mobilization of sustainment units and/or augmentees for the installation. 3131. Housing mobilization planning a. Mobilization planning tasks above installation level. The following tasks are assigned in accordance with the Army Mobilization and Operations Planning and Execution System in order to effectively plan and prepare for requirements associated with stationing, housing, and expanding installations to accommodate mobilization: (1) Headquarters, Department of the Army. Headquarters, DA will (a) Provide stationing guidance to the ACOMs, ASCCs, DRUs, and IMCOM. (b) Approve stationing plans. (c) Direct restationing, if required, to overcome reported facilities deficiencies. (d) Manage the authorization and funding of construction support. (e) Make the final decision to defer, suspend, or cancel previously approved and funded military construction programs, upon mobilization, and within the constraints of existing legislation, military regulations, and so forth. (f) Determine requirements for prisoner-of-war camps and provides guidance to FORSCOM. (g) Take action to exercise MOUs to recover and transfer control of former Army controlled real estate in order to support the mobilization. (h) Direct establishment of new installations. (i) Direct the activities of semi-active installations and activities. (2) Army Commands, Army Service Component Commands, and Direct Reporting Units. The ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs will ensure that mobilization plans, continuity of operations plans (COOPs), and emergency action procedures (EAP) are in consonance with Army Mobilization and Operations Planning and Execution System. (3) U.S. Army Forces Command. The FORSCOM will (a) Develop a detailed stationing plan for mobilization. This plan should be updated and submitted annually to HQDA (DAIMOD). This plan will be developed in coordination with other ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs in accordance with priorities and HQDA guidance. The FORSCOM is authorized to plan stationing of deploying units at all installations. This plan will include 1. Deployable TOE units. 2. Base operating TDA and TOE units. 3. Trainee, transient, and student loads, in coordination with other ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs concerned. (b) Develop plans for location and size of prisoner of war camps. (4) U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command. The TRADOC will (a) Develop a detailed training base expansion plan, in coordination with other ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs. (b) Provide the updated training base expansion plan to FORSCOM for use in preparing stationing plans. (5) U.S. Army Materiel Command. The AMC will (a) Develop a detailed industrial base expansion plan. (b) Coordinate applicable portions of the plans with FORSCOM for use in preparing stationing plans. (6) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers/Chief of Engineers. The USACE will (a) Serve as the proponent for the engineering and construction portion of the mobilization plan. (b) Provide advice, support, and coordination during premobilization planning on engineering and construction matters to ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs and installations either directly or through the USACE division/district organization, as appropriate. (c) Develop plans, in coordination with other ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs for acquisition (including recapture of excessed property and revocation of outgrants) for real estate required for mobilization. (7) U.S. Army Medical Command. The MEDCOM will (a) Develop, in coordination with other ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs, a detailed plan to ensure decentralized

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

139

execution and delivery of all essential health services to the expanded Army after MDay for partial, full, and total mobilization. (b) Provide assistance to other commands/activities within the MEDCOM area of responsibility. (8) Installation Management Command. The IMCOM will (a) Supervise installation mobilization expansion planning and staffing. (b) Maintain records of their installations capabilities to provide facilities in support of mobilization. (c) Ensure that requirements for activation or expansion, to include construction of additional facilities and addition of real estate required for support of mobilization, are determined and validated and are provided to HQDA annually. (d) Ensure installations make maximum use of NIF. Provide guidance as required to ensure that installations identify appropriate NIF and submit applications through FORSCOM. (e) Provide assistance to FORSCOM in development of mobilization stationing plan. (f) Provide assistance to TRADOC in development of training base expansion plans. b. Installation mobilization planning. (1) General. Each installation (to include State-operated installations) with a mobilization mission will prepare detailed mobilization plans. An integral part of these plans is the information contained in the Real Property Master Plan which examines expansion capabilities of and planning requirements for facilities to support projected loads during full mobilization. (2) Installation planning. Installation planning will include housing appendices to the engineer annex which will (a) Be based on the installation mobilization missions. (b) Be based on the installation daily loads as computed from the FORSCOM Mobilization Troop Basis Stationing Plan (MTBSP), the TRADOC Army Program for Individual Training (ARPRINT), and the MEDCOMMP (MEDCOM-mobilization plan). (c) Include detailed plans within the RPMP for the maximum utilization of existing facilities and expansion required to support projected loads. (d) Include a cost-estimate of the repair, rehabilitation, and acquisition, to include associated costs, required to accommodate the predetermined loading. (e) Provide details regarding preparation of a housing annex to the Installation Mobilization Plan (IMP) as shown in paragraph 3132 below. (3) Guidance. (a) Changes in missions and/or command jurisdictions of installations will be planned only when essential to meet mobilization requirements and coordinated with HQDA (DAIMOD and DAMOOD). (b) Headquarters, USACE and the ACSIM will manage and coordinate acquisition of State-controlled installations with appropriate , Army Service Component Commands, and Direct Reporting Units, IMCOM, and Chief, NGB. The Chief, NGB will keep state authorities informed of plans involving possible use of these installations. (c) Installation expansion will be in consonance with an approved RPMP. The RPMP will include specific plans for accommodating the expected population surge during mobilization (M) to M + 90 using NIF, tentage, and Army approved expedient construction. (d) After need for new construction is reviewed, new construction may be deferred. (e) In developing mobilization planning standards in the United States, use space criteria established by the USACE. Construction will be based on MDrawing facilities where designs are available and appropriate; or, theater of operations type construction (AR 41516) using standards and criteria established in TMs 5301 (series), 5302 (series), and 5303. When neither of the above will provide adequate facilities, local designs may be substituted. All local designs will be reported to HQ USACE (CECWE). (f) Anticipate an increased workload in housing management, particularly with respect to HS. Rely primarily on existing housing assets, both on and off post. New construction of UPH either will not occur or will require lead time of one or more years. Therefore, housing needs will be met primarily by increased use of existing housing assets, diversion of Family housing units, and other real property facilities, as well as using site facilities, tents, and so forth. (g) Lease off-post housing facilities in accordance with AR 50010. Identify, and be prepared to use, privatelyowned commercial housing facilities for military use. A predesignated listing of validated properties will be identified and reported to FORSCOM. FORSCOM will maintain and publish a pamphlet listing the predesignated properties as NIF properties for U.S. Army mobilization purposes. (h) Use minimum adequacy standards, particularly for UPH space, sparingly but as necessary. Installations may house any mobilized Soldier using excess barracks space regardless of rank. Commanders may reduce the 72 square feet/6.7 square meters standard to 54 square feet/5.0 square meters to meet mission requirements. This may be further reduced to 40 square feet (3.7 square meters) with the approval of the senior medical officer. Use space criteria established in section IV. (i) Mobilized Soldiers will not be involuntarily housed in substandard quarters for more than 45 days. (j) Give priority for occupancy of Family housing to the incumbent Family, rather than to the incoming Family. (k) Family members of a deployed sponsor may retain housing or opt to relocate.

140

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(l) Family members of prisoners of war (PWs) and families of missing in action (MIA) or missing non-hostile personnel may continue to occupy their housing until their status changes. (4) Category classification. Section III priorities of assignment to housing apply with the following category classifications: (a) Reserve Component sponsors permanently assigned duties at the installation will be housed using the same section III priority as active Army Soldiers. (b) Reserve Component sponsors assigned to an installation for training and deployment will be encouraged not to bring Family members to the training/mobilization site. Housing support for these personnel will be limited to HS assistance for private sector housing, if a sponsor elects to bring Family members to the installation. (c) Priority 5 housing support will be provided to DOD and U.S. State Department evacuee families referred by DHHS during emergency or non-emergency repatriation operations. (d) Unaccompanied families of military personnel assigned overseas will be housed with priority 6. (5) Furnishings. Furnishings for Family housing requirements may not be stockpiled. Furniture for excepted UPH mobilization loads may be stockpiled. (6) Management and resources. Additional housing management and resource guidance will be issued at the time of mobilization. The thrust of such guidance is expected to be as follows: (a) Reduce O&M projects to the minimum level necessary to operate housing facilities and preserve them for continued use. (b) Defer nonessential M&R. (c) Review new construction and modernization projects and identify those which have not been started but should be constructed, those that have not been started and should be delayed, those that have been started and should be completed, and those that have been started but should be cancelled. (d) Identify construction funds available for other use. c. Installation mobilization and deployment plans. Each installation with a mobilization mission is required to maintain an installation plan to support mobilization and deployment. These plans must be periodically reviewed and updated to ensure their accuracy and completeness. Housing managers will review the Housing Appendix to the Engineer Annex of the mobilization plan to ensure they encompass all of the housing areas of responsibility and that major requirements are identified and properly coordinated with other staff agencies. Housing plans must not only identify housing policies and procedures but must also identify specific requirements for each area within housing such as Family housing, UPH, HS, Army lodging, and furnishings. Balance requirements for use of housing facilities, between FH, UPH and Army lodging and local community support housing during mobilization. Divert facilities as necessary to achieve balance. 3132. Preparation of housing appendix a. Administrative requirements and instructions. Each mobilization station will prepare a housing plan to support mobilization. Based on the mobilization mission assigned, the installation will prepare a housing appendix to the engineer annex of its mobilization plan. The housing appendix will address the following in defining housing requirements and describing actions for their resolution: (1) Mobilization mission. (2) Mobilization TDA. (3) Number of personnel to be housed during mobilization. (4) Unaccompanied personnel housing requirements. (5) Medical holdover housing requirements (see para 320d(8)). (6) Family housing requirements. (7) Army lodging requirements. (8) Plan to balance the requirements for all types of housing-AFH, UPH, and Army lodging-including a plan to divert facilities necessary to achieve balance. (9) Relocation assistance plan. (10) Non-industrial facilities plan. b. Other special requirements. The housing appendix must ensure that each mobilization station can carry out the following installation responsibilities: (1) Support mobilization and repatriation housing to Soldiers. (2) Provide representation to the Installation Family Assistance Team for housing issues. (3) Support repatriation operations at a port of debarkation (POD) through the Joint Service Processing Support Team in the following areas: (a) Provide temporary lodging at the POD. (b) Provide installation housing availability data. (c) Provide information about housing availability from other sources (FEMA, HUD, State emergency operation centers, excess housing reports from other DOD installations, NIF, and so forth).

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

141

(d) Coordinate with the USACE District or Division Engineer for real estate or lease agreements. (e) Notify the responsible DOD installation of evacuees who are 1. Programmed to occupy Government housing at their location. 2. Scheduled to occupy private sector housing within a 30mile radius (or a 1hour commute) of their installation. (f) Provide Family housing data to STARC for repatriates processed into their areas of responsibility. (4) Consider problems unique to OCONUS, in OCONUS areas. Such problems include but are not limited to (a) The installations Noncombatant Evacuation Operations Plan and its effect on housing operations. (b) Coordination with host nation forces for turnover/release of facilities. (c) Provision for using local commercial facilities for such tasks as transporting and storing furnishings and equipment. (d) Provision for using local national employees on an emergency overtime basis. (5) Ensure that the housing appendix (at mobilization stations) of the mobilization plan encompasses all of the housing areas of responsibility, and that major requirements are properly coordinated with other staff agencies. A partial listing of responsible staff agencies is provided below. (a) Director of Plans, Training, and Mobilization (DPTM)-mobilization mission. (b) Director of Personnel and Community Activities (DPCA)-personnel policy. (c) OPLOC/FAO-pay and allowances. (d) Director of Public Works (DPW)-leased housing contracts, NIF program, utilization of housing assets, assignment of real property, and furniture and furnishings. (e) ACS-community Family support services. (f) Director of Logistics (DOL)-tents, cots, rapidly erectable light mobilization structures, and so forth. c. Participating agencies. Update the installation RPMP to list agencies (address, telephone number, point-ofcontact) that support the mobilization housing effort. Support agencies will include the Regional Office of DHHS, the State emergency coordination office, HUD regional office, adjacent DOD installations, FEMA regional offices, and the STARC. A list of support agencies for repatriation will, similarly, be included in the Installation Support Book.

Chapter 4 Army Military Construction and Nonappropriated-Funded Construction Program Development and Execution
Section I Introduction 41. Overview a. This chapter prescribes Army policies, responsibilities, and requirements for the development and execution of the Department of the Army (DA) Military Construction (MILCON) program as well as the DA portion of the Nonappropriated-Funded (NAF) Construction program during peacetime and mobilization. It also prescribes the means for achieving high quality, cost effective military and nonappropriated-funded construction for the Army within schedules that meet the needs of the facility users and attain and maintain compliance with Federal, State, local, and host nation environmental laws and regulations. The term MILCON as used in this regulation is limited to Military Construction, Army (MCA), Unspecified Minor Military Construction, Army (UMMCA), AFH, Planning and Design (P&D), and the Army portion of the Defense Medical Military Construction (MED MILCON) programs. (1) The scope includes planning, programming, designing, budgeting, and execution of MCA, UMMCA, MED MILCON, AFH, and NAF projects, acquisition of real estate and demolition requirements related to MILCON, and other supporting activities. (2) Additional AFH policy is contained in chapter 3. (3) Policy for minor construction projects costing $750,000 or less using funds made available for operation and maintenance is contained in 10 USC 2805(c), and chapter 2 of this regulation. (4) Additional policy for non-appropriated fund projects is contained in AR 2151. b. This regulation also sets forth policies and requirements for integrating the planning, programming, and execution phases of the Army MILCON process, with primary emphasis on the programming and execution phases. The planning (project identification) phase is explained in AR 21020. c. Intergovernmental coordination for Army MILCON and NAF programs for installations located in the National Capital Region (NCR) will be accomplished in accordance with AR 21020 and the published submittal requirements of the National Capital Planning Commission (NCPC) and the Commission of Fine Arts (CFA). d. Although this regulation does not govern construction programming funded under Base Realignment and Closure

142

AR 4201 12 February 2008/RAR 24 August 2012

(BRAC), many of the principles and guidelines associated with sound planning, design, and construction apply to the BRAC program. 42. Applicability This chapter applies to the active Army, the Army National Guard/Army National Guard of the United States, and the U.S. Army Reserve, unless otherwise stated. It also applies to tenants on active Army installations. For Army Reserve space requirements and DD Form 1391 and DD Form 1390 (FY_ Military Construction Program) (processing use AR 140483 (Army Reserve Land and Facility Management) and the Engineering and Base Operations Support (ENBOSS) suite. This chapter does not apply to Civil Works projects as they are funded with non-MILCON appropriations. 43. Chapter exponent The exponent of this chapter is the ACSIM (DAIMODC). 44. Chapter responsibilities The following responsibilities are in addition to the general responsibilities identified in paragraph 14. a. The Assistant Secretary of Defense (Health Affairs) (ASD (HA)) will provide central management for the MED MILCON program. Guidance for planning and executing the Army portion of the MED MILCON program is contained in para 419 and DA Pam 41515. b. The ASA (IE&E) will provide overall policy and program direction for Army construction programs, including the Nonappropriated-Funded Construction Program (NAFCP) (see table 41 for project controls).

Table 41 Project controls

Appropriation Program Advertisement Military Construction, Army AFH NAFCP

POM/Budget Project Review ASA (IE&E) ASA (IE&E) ASA (IE&E)

Design Release Construction Construction Award DASA (IH)* DASA (IH) DASA (IH)

ASA(M&RA)

DASA (IH)

*(DASA (IH), Deputy Assistant Secretary of the Army (Installation and Housing))
Notes: 1 At the time of design release, projects may be flagged by ASA (IE&E) that will require further review before award of design contract, construction advertisement, or construction award.

c. The Assistant Secretary of the Army (Financial Management and Comptroller (ASA (FM&C)) will provide management and policy guidance for Army budgets as provided in AR 11 and certify nonavailability of APF for Army lodging construction according to DODI 1015.10. d. The Assistant Secretary of the Army (Manpower and Reserve Affairs) (ASA (M&RA) will review the NAFCP prior to design release and submission to DASA (IH) and OSD. e. The Deputy Chief of Staff, G4 will (1) Review, approve, and rank in priority Army commissary store surcharge-funded construction projects. (2) Chair the Subsistence Review Committee. (3) Prioritize the Army Power Projection Program (AP3) projects. f. The CIO, G6 will provide overall policy and program management for Army information management per AR 251. g. The Deputy Chief of Staff, G3/5/7 will (1) Prioritize the Army MILCON revitalization projects.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

143

(2) Establish and promulgate for HQDA review and approval, MILCON-funded range and training land projects and non-MCA (OMA) funded range projects. (3) Establish policy and guidance for planning, programming, and resourcing major training land acquisition proposals (1000 acres or more, or $1,000,000 acquisition costs or more). (4) Convene, chair, and serve as a principal (voting) member of the Range and Training Land Program (RTLP) Requirements Review and Prioritization Board (RRPB) and the RTLP Configuration Control Board (CCB). h. The ACSIM will (1) Execute day-to-day MILCON PPBE responsibilities. (2) Serve as program manager for MILCON. (3) Prepare MILCON guidance for inclusion in The Army Plan (TAP). (4) Review and evaluate program submissions for compliance with DA policy and guidance, in coordination with the HQDA facility proponent and ARSTAF representatives. (5) Program and prioritize MILCON requirements from the Army Service Component Command (ASCC), and Direct Reporting Units (DRU) and Installation Management Command (IMCOM) Program Objective Memorandum (POM) submission. (a) Upon receipt of the prioritized project lists from ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs and HQ IMCOM, and using guidance provided by Senior Army Leadership, build the draft corporate Army prioritized project listing. (b) Ensure POM management decision packages (MDEPs) have all related facility requirements identified. Resource within available funding. (c) Forward the corporate Army prioritized project listing to the DCS, G3/5/7. (d) Present requirements to HQDA and assist in presentations to OSD and the Congress. (6) Insure MDEP managers program for environmental, furnishings, and equipment tails. HQDA (DAIMISH) will manage the centrally funded Initial Issue Administrative Furnishings program. They will review the DD Form 1391, TAB E - Furnishings & Equipment, to determine when the common user furnishings will be required, and procure the furnishings to coincide with construction completion dates. This program will not program for, or fund, unit specific furnishings & equipment (that is, SIPRNET equipment). That will be the responsibility of the end user. (7) Serve as chairman and voting member of the CRRC. (8) Provide executive management oversight of the IMCOM and associated region directors. (9) Provide release authority to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) for design and construction of MILCON (other than MED MILCON) projects and Real Estate acquisitions, after DASA (I & H) approval. (10) Provide MILCON programming guidance based on prioritized projects contained in the Army Master Range Program per the DCS, G3/5/7 (DAMOTR) and the DA Program Coordinator for Army Training Facilities. (11) Provide MILCON programming guidance based on prioritized projects contained in the AP3 per the DCS, G4 (DLAOFPM). (12) Prepare and present MCA, AFH, and NAFCP programs and budget estimates for OSD, OMB, and the Congress, as Army program manager. (13) Participate in the Department of the Army (DA) Facilities Standardization Program as chairman of the DA Facilities Standardization Committee. (14) Obtain approvals for reprogramming and cost variations. (15) Provide authority to the U.S. Army Family Morale, Welfare and Recreation Command (USAFMWRC) and AAFES for design and construction of Morale, Welfare, and Recreation (MWR) projects after ASA (IE&E) approval. (16) Coordinate NAFCP reports with the ARSTAF. Submit the reports to ASA (IE&E), using the format prescribed by DODI 7700.18. (17) Present ARSTAF-approved NAF and AAFES construction projects through the ASA (M&RA) to the ASA (IE&E) for approval. (18) Notify OSD of the Armys intent to test the commercial viability of a commercially financed facility (also know as Enhanced Use Leasing (EUL)). (19) Notify OSD of the Armys intent to award commercially viable projects no less than two weeks prior to award. (20) Exercise executive oversight, configuration control, and resource management of the PAX System, as proponent. (21) Consolidate the annual NAFCP congressional report. (22) Ensure that physical security requirements are included in the annual NAFCP congressional report, in accordance with AR 19013. (23) Prepare MILCON budget justification books. Ensure the quality, completeness, and accuracy of each DD Form 1391 and DD Form 1390 included in the budget book by making an independent review of those forms at USACE and taking corrective action as required. i. Principal officials of other ARSTAF agencies will (1) Review and provide comments on construction issues.

144

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(2) Serve as the functional proponent for a facilities type (a) Provide a representative to serve as a member of the PRB to analyze MILCON and NAFCP construction requirements to determine if requests meet objectives, policies, and priorities established in the current program guidance. (b) Present valid requirements through the programming and budgeting process within Army, OSD, and OMB, as required. (c) Provide policy and guidance to USACE regarding standards for facilities (see app E.). (d) Participate in the development, implementation, and revision of Standard Design/Criteria for repetitive facilities under the DA Facilities Standardization Program. (3) Serve as proponents for those categories of MILCON projects cited in appendix B of DA Pam 41528, and all appropriate NAFCP program projects. j. The Surgeon General will (1) Provide regional medical commands (RMCs), MEDCOM major subordinate commands (MSCs), and installations with annual programming guidance and criteria for development of Army health facility projects and programs as the Army proponent for such projects and programs. (2) Review, coordinate, and prioritize all construction and major alterations of Army Facility Activity Code (FAC) 500 (Health Care Delivery Medical Facilities including Fisher Houses), FAC 31060 (Medical Research Laboratories), and FACs 171 and 179 (facilities associated with medical training) for planning, programming, and budgeting consideration by the ASD (HA) Defense Medical Facilities Office (DMFO), Tricare Management Activity (TMA). (3) Ensure that approval of siting for all medical facilities has been obtained. (4) Develop and maintain the Army Future Years Defense Program (FYDP) for MED MILCON and the medical Long Range Construction Program. (5) Perform user reviews of Army health facility designs for medical functionality. (6) Review Army health facility designs, together with the USACE Medical Facilities Center of Expertise (CEHNCMX), for compliance with UFC 451001, Design: Medical Military Facilities and Technical Instructions (TI) 80001, Design Criteria. (7) Present the Army health facility program to the CRRC for coordination. (8) Submit the proposed Army health facility program to the TMA - DMFO and Medical Military Construction Office (MMCO) for review, approval, and submission to Congress. Assist DMFO/MMCO in presenting projects before Congress, when requested by OSD. (9) Ensure that the U.S. Army Communications-Electronics Command (USACECOM) and its subordinate commands formulate information systems requirements for, and participate in, the design of all medical facilities. (10) Monitor and analyze medical construction program execution. (11) Ensure medical facilities located in the NCR accomplish intergovernmental coordination of the Army MED MILCON program, master plans, and construction project designs in accordance with AR 21020 and the published submittal requirements of the NCPC and CFA. (12) Perform economic analyses of feasible operational and facility alternatives as supporting justification for Army MED MILCON projects. (13) Provide guidance and assistance to MEDCOM RMCs and MSCs for the development of health facility master plans. k. The Commander, IMCOM will (1) Provide executive management oversight of IMCOM region directors, installations, and activities. (2) Provide guidance and assistance to IMCOM region directors, installations, and activities in MILCON program development, per Army long range planning guidance, PBG, and TAP, as well as that for the NAFCP. (3) Direct preparation of project documentation for the budget years, following review and approval of each installations Real Property Master Plan (RPMP). (4) Direct preparation and completion of NEPA documentation to support execution of the MILCON program. (5) Submit prioritized base operations (BASOPS) MILCON requirements in the IMCOM POM Submission to HQDA (DAIMOD). Ensure POM MDEPs have all related facility requirements identified and resourced. Present requirements to HQDA and assist in presentations to OSD and the Congress. (6) Advise, promptly, HQDA (DAIMOD) of any circumstances that would either cancel a requirement or cause a change in the scope or siting of a proposed MILCON project. (7) Serve as a member on the DA Facility Standardization Committee, and ensures IMCOM participation in the Program including appointment of representatives to various subcommittees, groups, and teams. (8) Review, validate, and submit to HQDA (DAIMOD) unforeseen requirements that cannot wait for programming within the normal MILCON cycle and require funding through the UMMCA portion of the MILCON program. (see appendix D.) (9) Ensure that new construction requirements and projects meet TAP as well as Army Guidance new mission and new equipment requirements for short and long-term objectives.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

145

(10) Coordinate and endorse user-requested changes. (11) Serve as a nonvoting member of the PRB. (12) See also paragraph 422d(2) for additional specific responsibilities. l. The Commander, USACE will (1) Serve as DOD construction agent responsible for the design and construction of MILCON facilities in accordance with DODD 4270.5. (2) Manage design, construction, and real estate activities associated with the MILCON program. Approve cost and technical aspects of those design, construction, and real estate activities. (3) Undertake design and construction projects for the organizations listed below (including their authorized representatives), per directives of the SECDEF and agreements with concerned agencies. (a) Department of the Air Force. (b) DOD. (c) Other Government agencies. (d) Foreign governments. (e) Nonappropriated funded agencies, such as the AAFES and the USACFSC. (4) Serve as a member on the Department of the Army Facility Standardization Committee. (5) Develop, maintain, and distribute policy and criteria for the architectural and engineering design of MILCON and NAF projects, except for AAFES and Defense Commissary Agency (DeCA) projects. (6) Develop and implement mandatory DA Standard Design/Criteria for repetitive facilities, excluding NAF under the DA Facilities Standardization Program in coordination with the ARSTAF facility proponent and the ACSIM. (7) Review construction programs for projects suitable for Standard Design/Criteria, site adaptations, and similar reuse of existing design. (8) Ensure that standard designs incorporate appropriate antiterrorism (AT) protection measures and sustainable design principles. (9) Establish and maintain a Medical Facilities Center of Expertise to manage concept designs and provide technical support during final design and construction for Army FAC 500 (Health Care Delivery Medical Facilities), FAC 31060 (Medical Research Laboratories), and FACs 171 and 179 (facilities associated with medical training) in cooperation with the OTSG, ensuring compliance with UFC 451001 requirements and conformance to design procedures prescribed by the ASD (HA) DMFO. (10) Provide automation support for MILCON programming activities as required. (11) Provide guidance and training for preparation of electronically generated DD Form 1390 (Electronic Format), (FY __ Military Construction Program), and DD Form 1391 (FY __ Military Construction Project Data). (12) Provide limited quality assurance checking of DD Form 1391 submitted to HQDA for PRB consideration. Commander USACE representative will attend the meetings of the CRRC to provide comments. (13) Review economic analysis supporting documentation for Army MILCON projects. (14) Develop, maintain, and distribute policy and criteria for MILCON project management. (15) Attend scheduled meetings to discuss projects in design and under construction with ACSIM, IMCOM, and, for mission support projects, ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs. (16) Establish and maintain a Force XXI/Army Force Modernization Program Office (FXXI/AFM PO), Combat Readiness Support Team (CRST), and the Range and Training Land Program Mandatory Center of Expertise (RTLP MCX) for standardization, modernization, and centralized program execution management in support of the RTLP. (17) Develop and maintain expertise on the policy and criteria for architectural and engineering design of Army facilities, per guidance and direction from USACE. Review construction programs for projects suitable for Standard Design/Criteria, site adaptations, and similar re-use of existing design and sustainable design and development principles. (18) Manage assigned portion of Army design, construction, and related real estate activities. Ensure IMCOM region directors, installations, using services, and other agencies are kept informed about the status of design and construction activities. (19) Ensure DD Form 1391 for MILCON projects submitted by IMCOM region directors/ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs comply with prescribed standards, criteria, and cost engineering requirements. Review project-siting data for environmental impacts as well as floodplain and wetland concerns, and ensure that site visits to proposed project sites have been made. Provide certification to the IMCOM region director that the requirements addressed in paragraph 423a, below, have been met. (20) Participate in USACE scheduled conferences with ACSIM and IMCOM region directors to discuss projects in design and under construction. (21) Verify that AT requirements are properly incorporated into DD Form 1391 or that their exclusion is consistent with DOD Antiterrorism Construction Standards. (22) Execute assigned portions of MILCON design, real estate, and construction programs.

146

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(23) Ensure projects are designed and constructed to current standards and criteria, and the approved scope and cost of the projects as defined on DD Form 1391. (24) Provide value-engineering studies on all projects, excluding NAFCP with an estimated construction cost in excess of $2 million. (25) Ensure that AT and sustainable design and development considerations are considered as part of standard design practice. (26) Provide, when requested, support to installations for real property master planning activities and project documentation preparation, construction contracting, and other activities, on a reimbursable basis. (27) Participate in the DA Facilities Standardization Program as required. (28) Review, validate, and approve current working estimates (CWEs) for budget purposes, excluding NAFCP except when requested by NAFCP Program Manager. (29) Evaluate and endorse or reject DOIM request to perform installation of IT work associated with MILCON projects. (30) Provide current working estimate (CWE) for all changes, mandatory and discretionary. m. Commanders of ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs (excluding IMCOM) will (1) Provide guidance and assistance to their senior commanders (SCs) and activities in support of MILCON program development; prioritize mission projects at each installation, and forward those prioritizations to HQDA (DAIMOD). They may also offer suggested prioritization of base operations projects and forward this suggested prioritization to HQDA (DAIMOD) and IMCOM. Ensure all mission MILCON facility requirements have been identified in POM MDEPs. (2) Assist the IMCOM in the preparation of project documentation for the budget years, following review and approval of installation Real Property Master Plans (RPMPs) by the IMCOM region directors. (3) Assist in presentations to HQDA, OSD, and Congress for issues on their installations. (4) Provide IMCOM with requirements for RTLP projects and the AP3. (5) Review project documentation to ensure that priorities are adequately reflected in the POM; associated requirements are valid; and that such requirements conform to current objectives, policies, and procedures. ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs will coordinate with the Host Services installation for MILCON projects on other DOD Services installations. (6) Promptly advise the appropriate IMCOM Regional Director and USACE MSC of any circumstances that either cancel a requirement for or would cause a change in the scope or siting of a proposed MILCON project. (7) Appoint a representative to the DA Facilities Standardization Program, and participate in the program (see app G). (8) Review and comment on the scope and compliance of MILCON project concept or parametric designs, and final design with ACOM, ASCC, and DRU mission objectives. Conduct ACOM, ASCC, and DRU functional and operational reviews of all proposed NAFCP projects (except for exchanges and commissaries). (9) Tenant activities; ensure that the activity coordinates their facility needs with its host garrison commander, and that requirements are incorporated into the host installations RPMP. (10) Establish ACOM, ASCC, and DRU policy for range and training land requirements per AR 21020. (11) Program Operation and Maintenance Army (OMA) and Other Procurement Army (OPA) tails for ACOM, ASCC, and DRU mission specific furnishings and equipment to support MILCON projects where subordinate units are user or tenant organizations on an installation. Insure that all common user furnishings are listed in TAB E Furnishings and Equipment, on the DD Form 1391. This information will be used by HQDA (DAIMISH) to program funding for initial issue furnishings. (12) For user requested changes on mission projects, coordinate with IMCOM region directors. (13) The U.S. Army Chief of Military History (CMH) is the approval authority for policy and regulatory compliance for Army Historical Programs and Army Museums. The CMH will provide information, guidance and concurrence for facility design to provide storage, display, conservation and preservation of Army historical artifacts. The CMH will be consulted during the development of new museum projects, or the renovation of existing museum projects, or on any other project that will directly affect artifacts under the control of the CMH. n. Directors of IMCOM regions will (1) Provide guidance and assistance to regional installations and activities in MILCON program development, per Army long range planning guidance, PBG, and TAP. (2) Direct preparation of project documentation for the budget years, following review and approval of installation RPMPs. (3) Submit prioritized MILCON base operations requirements in the POM submission to HQ IMCOM and MWR NAFCP projects to the appropriate NAF program manager. Ensure all related MILCON facility requirements have been identified in POM MDEPs. (4) Review requests for banking facilities, per DOD 7000.14R volume 5, chapter 34 as well as for other privately funded construction projects.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

147

(5) Review MILCON and NAFCP project documentation to ensure that (a) Requirements are valid and conform to current objectives, policies, and procedures. (b) Project sitings are consistent with the approved installation RPMP. (c) Suitable Standard Design/Criteria developed under the DA Facilities Standardization Program are used when appropriate (for MILCON projects). (d) Risk management has been applied to identify and document all potential design and operational hazards. (e) All required certifications (for MCA and AFH projects), MILCON, and NAFCP project-related costs, antiterrorism protection and other information necessary for project programming and execution have been adequately addressed. (f) All aspects of AT and physical security measures have been adequately addressed. (g) Nonappropriated-funded projects (except exchanges and commissaries) costing over $200,000 exclude equipment costs and design fees for functional and operational adequacy prior to submission to the USACFSC. (h) Nonappropriated-funded projects are provided clean sites up to 6 inches below grade in accordance with DODI 1015.15 (6) Certify to ACSIM that all project planning and related coordination requirements have been accomplished on all budget year projects before submitting such projects to HQ IMCOM, and that USACE has sufficient information to begin parametric or concept designs before submission of those projects to HQDA. Note that projects that fall under the purview of the RTLP and the Integrated Training Area Management (ITAM) Program will be concurrently reviewed and approved. (7) Obtain USACE certification that the requirements addressed in paragraph 423a, below, have been met before submission of a project to HQDA. For NAFCP projects, obtain certification of the exchange general manager, MWR director, or commissary official, as appropriate, as well as the garrison commander, that the requirements addressed in para 423d, below, have been met before submission of a project to USACFSC. (8) Advise, promptly, HQDA (DAIMOD) and the USACE MSC and ACOM, ASCC, and DRU of any circumstances that either cancel a requirement for or would cause a change in the scope or siting of a proposed MILCON project. (9) Review scope and compliance of MILCON project parametric or concept designs, and final designs with IMCOM programming objectives. (10) Approve the siting of all projects, including tenant projects, and ensure tenant facility requests are in accordance with the host - tenant support agreement. (11) Ensure, when a ACOM, ASCC, and DRU activity is a tenant, that the activity coordinates its facility needs with its host installation and that requirements are incorporated into the host installations RPMP. (12) Review, validate, and submit unforeseen requirements that cannot wait for the normal MILCON programming cycle to HQ IMCOM (UMMCA policies and requirements are addressed in app D). (13) Review, approve, and forward Defense Access Road Program (DARP) need reports to the Commander, Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (SDDC). (14) Ensure that privatization of an exterior utility system is thoroughly evaluated and documented prior to the submission of a project to build, expand, upgrade, or improve an Army-owned system. Ensure that the DD 1391 clearly states that one, or all, utility systems are privatized (if applicable). This also means that the utility connection costs are properly documented and estimated for the project. (15) Ensure military installations located in the NCR accomplish intergovernmental coordination of Army MILCON and Non-appropriated Funded (NAF) construction programs and construction project design in accordance with AR 21020 and the published submittal requirements of NCPC and CFA. Master plans for installations within the NCR will also be coordinated with the NCPC. Further, in this regard, the responsible IMCOM Regional Director will submit a consolidated Federal Capital Improvements Program (FCIP) to the NCPC in July of each year, consisting of all projects approved in the FYDP for all installations located within the NCR. (16) Ensure that new ranges are designed and constructed in accordance with Training Circular (TC) 258 standards to the greatest extent possible. (17) Ensure that new construction requirements and projects meet TAP, as well as Army Guidance, new mission and new equipment requirements for short and long-term objectives. (18) Ensure HQ IMCOM and U.S. Army Communications - Electronics Command (USACECOM) representatives are kept informed on the status of MILCON programming and budgeting activities and participate in program development. (19) Ensure that projects submitted to HQDA comply with environmental laws and regulations. (20) Ensure that projects appropriate for applying the Facility Systems Safety Program have been identified in project documentation. (21) Ensure that all common user furnishings for BASOPS MILCON facility projects are listed in TAB E Furnishings and Equipment, on the DD Form 1391. This information will be used by HQDA (DAIMISH) to program funding for initial issue furnishings.

148

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(22) Review garrison requests for funding policy waivers for NAFCP projects and furnish written recommendations to USACFSC for approval. (23) Approve NAFCP construction projects costing less than $750,000 and maintenance and repair projects costing less than $3,000,000 (excluding equipment and design fees) except for exchange and commissary projects. Validate Army Lodging projects costing less than $750,000 (excluding equipment and design fees) consistent with the Army Lodging Wellness Program. Prior to construction award, submit proposed projects to USACFSC to obtain ASA (IE&E) construction release. (24) Serve as NAF program manager for privately funded construction projects costing $200,000 (excluding equipment and design fees) or more. (25) Ensure that all required documentation (for example, environmental studies, security statements, technical reviews, and so forth.) and coordination have been completed prior to submission of DD Form 1391 to HQDA (DAIMOD) via the DD Form 1391 Processor module of the PAX System. (26) Ensure that NAF program managers submit project DD Form 1391 to USACE (CECW), WASH DC 203141000 by 1 April of the design year. o. Commander, TRADOC will (1) Designate a DA RTLP executive agent. (2) Establish doctrinal standards for ranges and training land by maintaining TC 251 and TC 258. (3) Assist HQDA (DAMOTR) in the development of Army Master Range Plan with the DA Program Coordinator of Army Training Facilities. (4) Coordinate targetry installation and range construction completion schedules with the USACE RTLP MCX and AMC commodity manager. (5) Participate in meetings and review designs for range projects to ensure training standards and requirements are satisfactorily met per the USACE RTLP MCX. (6) Schedule and conduct Construction Compliance Reviews, Targetry Interface Inspections, and coordinate facility acceptance for range projects. (7) Consolidate ACOM, ASCC, and DRU updated submissions on Army range assets, utilization/throughput, and operation and maintenance for inclusion into appropriate DOD and HQDA decision support systems, as required. (8) Ensure that new construction requirements and projects meet TAP, Army Guidance, new mission and new equipment requirements for short and long-term objectives. p. Chief, Army Reserve (CAR) will, for Army Reserve (AR) mission support projects (1) Establish Range and Training Land Program Development Plans (RDP) for training land requirements. (2) Establish and implement procedures to validate the adequacy and accuracy of RTLPs. (3) Identify range and training land requirements to support USAR training, per AR 59. (4) Advise DA program coordinators of program implications resulting from force structure and stationing changes, initiatives, or congressional actions (for example, for MILCON and non-MILCON program additions). (5) Coordinate applicable Military Construction, Army Reserve (MCAR), and non-MCAR range and training land requirements with the DA RTLP Coordinator. q. Chief, National Guard Bureau (NGB) will (1) Coordinate applicable Military Construction, National Guard (MCNG), and non-MCNG range and training land requirements with the DA RTLP Coordinator. (2) Advise DA program coordinators of program implications resulting from force structure and stationing changes, BRAC initiatives, or congressional actions (for example, for MILCON and non-MILCON program additions). r. Senior commanders (SCs) at host installations will (1) Present tenant organizations requests to garrison commanders for the development of DD Form 1391 and other MILCON-related documentation required to support the parent ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs mission requirements at the host installation. Tenant organizations should be prepared to reimburse the garrison commanders for provided support. (2) Prioritize all MILCON projects at an installation where the Senior Commander reports to an ACOM, ASCC, and DRU, and provide the prioritized project list to the garrison commander for forwarding to the IMCOM Region Director and the ACOM, ASCC, and DRU. Manage, approve, and oversee the host installations RPMP activities in accordance with the provisions of AR 21020. (3) Approve and submit the host installations prioritized list of mission support projects to the IMCOM region director. (4) Represent the parent ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs interests at the host installation. s. Commanders of garrisons or their appointed representatives will (1) Prepare completed project documentation on designated MILCON projects per HQ IMCOM instructions. Prepare separate prioritized listings of BASOPS facilities projects and mission facilities projects to the Senior Commander at the installation for approval and submission to the IMCOM Region Director and ACOM, ASCC, and DRU as well. Ensure all non-construction funded requirements including OMA or OPA cost related to these projects have been identified and are shown in the appropriate fiscal years to provide facilities which are ready for the user to commence

AR 4201 12 February 2008

149

operation upon beneficial occupancy. While HQDA (DAIMISH) will ensure funding is programmed for common user furnishings, any unit specific items will need to be programmed through the proper Resource Management channels. Exercise the responsibilities associated with RPMP in accordance with the provisions of AR 21020. (2) Review and approve functional, operability, and maintainability characteristics of all MILCON project concept or parametric designs for their installations. Review projects for compliance with exterior appearance standards articulated in the Army Installation Design Standards (IDS) available at the ACSIM homepage (http://hqda.army.mil/ acsimweb/homepage.shtml). (3) Participate in the development, justification, and execution of all MILCON projects in design and under construction for their installation. If required, assist in the presentation of all aspects of project planning through the programming and budgeting phases. (4) Advise the IMCOM Regional Director of any circumstances that may cancel a MILCON requirement. Request HQ IMCOM approval, through that region director, to change the scope or siting of a MILCON project that is in design or under construction. (5) Assist tenants in project formulation and documentation per their support agreements, when required. Request parent ACOM, ASCC, and DRU determination that tenant mission support projects have been fully planned and coordinated. (6) Ensure proposed project sitings for MILCON projects are reflected in the RPMP and are suitable for submission to the IMCOM region director for approval. (7) Ensure installation participation in planning, pre-design, charrette (architectural term is used to describe any intense, on-the-spot design effort), and design conferences. (8) Include privatization as the first alternative evaluated when building, expanding, upgrading, or improving Armyowned exterior utility systems. Provide complete analysis including market survey and documentation in the project submission. (9) Coordinate, through the installation DOIM and in coordination with USAISEC (a) Obtain and submit user information systems requirements, in functional terms, along with an information systems cost estimate (ISCE) for each proposed project. (b) Provide, if U.S. Army Information Systems Engineering Command (USAISEC) is responsible for the design of information systems, the USACE district with a current ISCE as part of the first project design review. Final cost estimate must be submitted no later than 1 July of the design year. (c) Witness operational tests and advise installations on acceptance of the information systems portions of the MILCON projects. (d) Review, mark-up, and approve design documents for information systems. (10) Ensure proper review of all planning, programming, pre-design, concept (or parametric) design, and final design documents for projects that include AT features. Ensure that all AT features beyond those required by regulations, or those not included in a standard design for the type of facility being programmed, are based on risk and threat analyses in a form consistent with the risk and threat analysis procedures of DA Pam 19051 and TM 58531. Ensure that the required AT feature certifications of the installation Director of Plans and Training, Provost Marshal or Security Officer, Antiterrorism Officer, and DPW have been included in the project documentation. (see also DA Pam 41515.) (11) Determine the number and types of ranges required based upon missions of tenants and transient training requirements. Guidance for determining range requirements is contained in Field Manual (FM) 70, and RC training needs per AR 59 and AR 21020. (12) Submit, where their garrisons are located in the NCR (a) The five-year (short-range) MILCON program and the five-year NAFCP program to the responsible IMCOM Region Director each year for the Federal Capital Improvement Program (FCIP) for forwarding to the NCPC prior to the Program Year. Any land acquisition or development proposal being considered for funding in the next five years will be included in these submissions. (b) Any change in project scope, or increase or decrease in the amount of funds required for a project of at least 10 percent of the original cost estimate, as well as provide the project documentation for all new projects, to the IMCOM Region director for further submission to the NCPC (see para 44n, above, for annual FCIP submittals to the NCPC for installations within the NCR). (13) Submit for Army installations located in the NCR, program MILCON, and NAFCP projects in accordance with a NCPC approved installation master plan. For Army installations located in the District of Columbia, to include Arlington National Cemetery and Fort Myer, VA, such projects will be programmed in accordance with both a NCPC and CFA approved installation master plan. (14) Accomplish for Army installations located in the NCR, intergovernmental coordination of the installation MILCON and NAFCP programs, RPMP, and construction project design in accordance with AR 21020 and the published submittal requirements of both the NCPC and CFA. (15) Accomplish the following specific requirements associated with NAFCP projects:

150

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(a) Determine the need for projects. (b) Incorporate projects into installation RPMPs. (c) Prepare siting documentation for projects. (d) Provide all NAF projects a clean site up to 6 inches below grade in accordance with DODI 1015.15. (e) Prepare DD Form 1391 and supporting project documentation for each project (except for AAFES and privately funded projects) in the same manner as for MILCON projects, as well as in accordance with specific guidance provided by the appropriate IMCOM region director or NAF program manager, and verify accuracy of construction project documentation in the DD Form 1391 Processor. For Defense Commissary Agency (DeCA) projects, project documentation is developed by DeCA and forwarded to the appropriate installation. DD Form 1391 are prepared by DeCA and forwarded to the installation for coordination and inclusion of specific information and requirements. Although DeCA may not use the DD Form 1391 Processor, installations may prepare commissary project forms on the DD Form 1391 Processor, and submit them in hard copy to DeCA provided all DeCA requirements have been met. (f) Prepare the NAF construction project data sheets required by DA Pam 41515, if approved by the installation Board of Directors, for funding and submission through IMCOM and HQDA to ASD (PS, F&E). (g) Ensure that the signatures of the installation DPW, DOIM, Provost Marshal, and Security Officer appear on DD Form 1391 prior to submission to HQDA (DAIMOD). (h) Submit NAFCP siting and justification documents to the IMCOM Region Director for approval. Coordinate with the appropriate IMCOM Region Director to obtain project-siting approval, and serve as the local proponent for the proposed construction in the preparation and approval of required NEPA documentation for environmental assessment of the proposed construction project. (see appendix H, para H6.) (i) Execute NAFCP projects costing less than $200,000 (excluding equipment and design fees, and except for exchange and commissary projects), in accordance with IMCOM region director guidance. (j) Coordinate preparation and documentation of required environmental analyses with the ACSIM Director of Environmental Programs. (k) Ensure that NAFCP ISCEs are complete, accurate, and timely. (l) Forward requests for commercially financed MWR facilities to the appropriate IMCOM region director for approval. (m) Ensure all non-construction funded requirements related to these NAFCP projects have been identified and properly programmed in the appropriate fiscal years to provide a clean green site and meet requirements for beneficial occupancy. t. Commander, U.S. Army Medical Command (MEDCOM) will (1) Provide regional medical centers, and medical department activities with annual programming guidance and criteria for development of health facility projects and programs. Provide periodic status reports to OTSG, as appropriate. (2) Review, coordinate, and prioritize, in coordination with medical commanders and IMCOM region directors, all construction and major alterations of Army FAC 500 (Health Care Delivery Medical Facilities); FAC 310 60 (Medical Research Laboratories); and FACs 171 and 179 (facilities associated with medical training), for planning, programming and budgeting consideration by OTSG (HFPA). (3) Ensure medical facilities located in the NCR accomplish intergovernmental coordination of Army MILCON projects, master plans, and construction project designs in accordance with AR 21020 and the published submittal requirements of both NCPC and CFA. u. Commander, Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (SDDC) will determine DARP eligibility and request HQDA (DAIMOD) to program MILCON funds for DARP requirements. v. Commander, U.S. Army Information Systems Engineering Command (USAISEC), functioning under AMC, will (1) Plan, program, and budget for the procurement of information systems end instruments and switching equipment from APF other than MILCON for information systems in support of MILCON-funded construction and in conjunction with Army lodging NAFCP. (2) Review user information systems requirements in functional terms, review the user developed Information Systems Planning and Programming Cost Estimate (ISPPCE) for each proposed MILCON project submitted, and provide ISCE certification to the IMCOM Regional Director prior to the PRB. (3) Provide the installation and the USACE district with current ISCEs, including costs associated with each appropriation, based on the design documents. (Final estimate must be submitted prior to PRB.) (4) Participate in updating technical specifications for information systems. (5) Monitor quality of information systems during MILCON project design and, upon request of the installation DOIM, construction processes. (6) Participate in PRBs annual project reviews. (7) Provide information systems expertise to USACE during design and construction review meetings with ACSIM and IMCOM region directors.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

151

(8) Prepare information systems requirements in support of MED MILCON projects, including the ISCE. (9) Provide coordination and technical support to sponsoring garrison and ACOM, ASCC, and DRU commanders on all matters related to information systems in support of the NAF and Army Lodging projects. w. Commander, U.S. Army Community and Family Support Center (USACFSC), under the ACSIM, will (1) Serve as the NAF program manager for all MWR major construction projects costing $200,000 (excluding equipment and design fees) or more, and review requests for NAF construction for MWR facilities per AR 2151. DA guidance comes from ACSIM. (2) Plan, program, review, manage, and budget for the entire MWR program, in coordination with garrison and IMCOM Regional Directors. (3) Assist the Commander, USACE, in preparing functional design criteria for Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) for use in developing standard definitive designs and design guides. (4) Review and approve NAFCP documentation (DD Forms 1391) for projects costing $200,000 (excluding equipment and design fees) or more. (5) Forward MWR construction projects to HQDA (DAIMOD) for submission to the Deputy under Secretary of Defense for Military Communities and Family Policy for congressional approval. (6) Prepare the annual NAF construction report for USACFSC-sponsored projects and submit the final report to HQDA (DAIMOD), for inclusion in the annual NAFCP report to Congress (see DA Pam 41515). (7) Coordinate programming and preparation of documents for consolidated facilities, community activity centers, and other Army Lodging facilities funded by either appropriated and nonappropriated funds, or a combination of the two, with the program proponents of each funding source (see DA Pam 41515). (8) Develop the five-year NAF major construction program in coordination with garrison and IMCOM Regional Directors. (9) Serve as the proponent for MWR public-private ventures financed facilities, obtaining ASA (M&RA) approvals through HQDA (DAIMOD) and ASA (IE&E), and facilitate the development of contractual agreements with qualified private entities. (10) Assist in presentation of the MWR construction programs before Congress. x. Commander, AAFES will (1) Serve as the NAF program manager for exchange facilities construction, and review requests for AAFES-funded construction per this regulation. DA guidance comes from ACSIM. (2) Program, review, plan, manage, budget, administer, and design, in coordination with installation/garrison commanders, all exchange capital projects funded with monies generated from AAFES or private operations. (3) Prepare functional design criteria for exchange facilities. (4) Design and construct AAFES projects or commercially financed AAFES-sponsored projects in technical coordination with garrison and IMCOM Regional Directors. (5) Award and administer facility design and construction projects for exchange facilities in technical coordination with garrison commanders, including preparation of DD Form 1354 for transfer of completed construction. (6) Assist garrison commanders, as needed, in the completion of NAFCP siting approval justification and documentation. (7) Draft NAFCP documentation (DD Forms 1391) in coordination with garrison commanders. (8) Obtain garrison technical approval for each project estimated to cost $750,000 (excluding equipment and design fees) or more. (9) Develop a five-year and long-range NAFCP using an AAFES-owned computer database. Coordinate with garrisons and ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs to ensure projects are incorporated into the installation RPMP. (10) Prepare the annual NAF construction report for AAFES-sponsored projects and submit the final report to USACE for inclusion in the annual NAFCP report to Congress (see DA Pam 41515). (11) Assist in the presentation of AAFES construction programs before Congress. y. Director, Defense Commissary Agency (DeCA) will (1) Serve as the program manager for commissary facilities construction. (2) Program, review, plan, manage, budget, administer, and design, in coordination with garrison commanders, all commissary capital projects funded with monies generated from the five-percent surcharge on commissary sales. (3) Prepare functional design criteria for commissary facilities. (4) Design and construct DeCA projects in technical coordination with garrison commanders, including preparation of DD Forms 1354 for transfer of completed construction. (5) Assist garrison commanders, as needed, in the completion of siting approval, justification, and documentation for DeCA projects. (6) Coordinate the Army Commissary projects with the ACSIM. (7) Prepare the annual construction report for DeCA-sponsored projects and submit the report through ASA (IE&E) to Deputy under Secretary of Defense for Military Communities and Family Policy to Congress.

152

AR 4201 12 February 2008

z. Commanders of tenant activities at Army installations will (1) Request that the garrison commander program all facilities necessary to meet the needs of the tenant activity. (2) Coordinate between the garrison and senior commanders at the installation and the IMCOM region director. (3) Be included on the approved installation RPMP. (4) Have documented project site approval before the planning charrette is performed. 45. Authorities a. Authorization and funding. (1) Military construction is governed by public law. Every MCA, AFH, and MED MILCON construction undertaking must be specifically authorized and funded in MILCON legislation or performed under special statutory authority (for example, 10 USC 2803 or 10 USC 2854). The UMMCA is authorized and appropriated as a single undertaking. Specific UMMCA projects are not separately authorized and appropriated. (2) The Military Construction Codification Act, Public Law (PL) 97214, unified and codified the statutory constraints and limitations for the MILCON process (see 10 USC 2801). (3) In accordance with 40 USC 71D(a)5(a) and 40 USC 71D(c)5(c) (planning act) and District of Columbia Code Annex, Section 5 432 (zoning act) NCPC is the central planning agency for Federal agencies in the NCR. The NCPC fulfills its mission through the three principal functions of comprehensive planning, oversight of the Federal capital improvements, and review of Federal construction projects. The NCPC sets long-range policies and goals for future Federal development, historic preservation, environmental protection, and economic development of the NCR. Intergovernmental coordination of the Army MILCON program for installations in the NCR will be accomplished in accordance with AR 21020 and the NCPC published submittal requirements. The NCPC reviews the Federal construction investment for the NCR through the five-year FCIP. The NCPC requires an annual submittal in July of each year of the five-year (short-range) Army MILCON program for incorporation into the five-year FCIP. The FCIP is submitted to OMB for the Presidents Annual Budget message to Congress concerning total Federal investment in the NCR. The NCPC also reviews all Federal development projects in the NCR and approves or denies the location and design of all Federal buildings, museums, memorials, and monuments in the District of Columbia and Arlington National Cemetery. Projects are reviewed for compliance with the Comprehensive Plan for the National Capital, as well as Federal environmental and historic preservation laws. The NCPC requires the review and approval of master plans and review and approval of MILCON project designs for Army installations located in the NCR. (4) In accordance with Public Law 71231 and Public Law 76248 the Commission of Fine Arts (CFA) is responsible for the design of all public and other proposed developments to be paid in whole or in part from Federal or District of Columbia funds. The CFA regulates the design quality, public interests, and reasonable control of statues, fountains, and monuments in the District of Columbia and Arlington National Cemetery. The CFA also reviews and approves master plans and MILCON project designs for installations in the District of Columbia; Arlington National Cemetery; and Fort Myer, VA. Further, the CFA regulates the exterior architecture of buildings and grounds. b. Environmental compliance. The Congress has largely provided the States with authority to enforce laws and regulations governing the environment. To avoid fines and penalties, authorization and funding for environmental projects must be accomplished in a timely manner. Commanders of military installations and activities are required to fund programs and projects in order to achieve and maintain compliance with Federal, state, and local environmental regulations. Requirements for planning, programming, and budgeting of environmental compliance programs and projects are outlined in Executive Order 13423, Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and Transportation Management, OMB Circular A11, and 10 USC 2706(b). (1) The installation is responsible for the environmental survey and associated documentation of a proposed MILCON site. This work will be funded from other than MILCON. (2) The installation is responsible for the necessary remediation/cleanup of known contaminants on a MILCON site. This work will be funded from other than MILCON unless specifically identified, authorized, and appropriated as part of the MILCON project, or unless environmental restoration funds have, been transferred to the MILCON project for that purpose. (3) The installation is responsible for the remediation/cleanup of environmental contaminants discovered during the execution of a MILCON project. This remediation/cleanup will be funded from other than MILCON unless specifically identified, authorized, and appropriated as part of the MILCON project, or unless environmental restoration funds have, been transferred to the MILCON project for that purpose. Construction contractor costs (such as direct delay costs and unabsorbed or extended overhead) incidental to discovery, remediation, and cleanup, however, will be MILCON funded to the extent it is determined that the Army is responsible and liable for such costs. (4) Non-Army tenants on Army installations are responsible for funding environmental surveys and associated documentation of proposed MILCON sites as well as costs associated with the necessary remediation/cleanup of known or discovered contaminants on a MILCON site the same way as installations do. (5) The IMCOM region director must certify that the site is ready for construction before concept or parametric design will be authorized. c. Unexploded ordnance.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

153

(1) The installation, or the Army proponent for programs that centrally fund such work, is responsible for the unexploded ordnance (UXO) survey and associated documentation of a proposed MILCON site. This work will be funded from other than MILCON. (2) The installation, or the Army proponent for programs that centrally fund such work, is responsible for the necessary remediation/cleanup of known UXO on a MILCON site. This work will be funded from other than MILCON unless specifically identified, authorized, and appropriated as part of the MILCON project. (3) The installation, or the Army proponent for programs that centrally fund such work, is responsible for the remediation/cleanup of UXO discovered during the execution of a MILCON project. This remediation/cleanup will be funded from other than MILCON unless specifically identified, authorized, and appropriated as part of the MILCON project. Construction contractor costs (such as direct delay costs and unabsorbed or extended overhead) incidental to discovery, remediation, and cleanup, however, will be MILCON funded to the extent it is determined that the Army is responsible and liable for such costs. (4) Non-Army tenants on Army installations are responsible for funding UXO surveys and associated documentation of proposed MILCON sites as well as costs associated with the necessary remediation/cleanup of known or discovered UXO on a MILCON site the same way as installations do. (5) The IMCOM region director must certify that the site is ready for construction before concept or parametric design will be authorized. 46. Army Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution System a. Army Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution System (PPBES) is the management process employed by the Army to ensure effective use of resources to establish and maintain the Armys capabilities to accomplish its roles and missions. Guided by policy and direction from the SECDEF, the Army PPBES responds to the DOD Planning, Programming, and Budget System and the Joint Strategic Planning System. The PPBES is the Armys primary management system that ties strategy, program, and budget together. It builds a comprehensive plan in which budget flows from programs, programs from requirements, requirements from missions, and missions from national security objectives. b. The PPBES identifies and accounts for all resources programmed by the Army. It allocates resources by fiscal year totals for manpower and dollars. It covers total obligation authority (TOA) and manpower totals four years beyond the end (second year) of the biennial budget (a total of six years). c. Documents produced within the PPBES support defense decisionmaking. The review and discussions that are part of its development help to shape the outcome. (1) The Army participates in preparing the Strategic Planning Guidance and documents produced by the Joint Strategic Planning System. This participation influences policy, strategy, and force objectives considered by the SECDEF and the Joint Chiefs of Staff, including policies for development, acquisition, and other resource allocations. (2) Commanders of ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs and combatant commanders similarly influence positions and decisions made by the Secretary of the Army (SA) and the Chief of Staff, Army (CSA). (a) On behalf of the combatant commander (COCOM), ACOM, and DRU commanders serving as Army Component Commanders integrate combatant commanders operational requirements into their POMs and forward the requirements to HQDA. (b) ACOM, ASCC, and DRU commanders make their views known through periodic commanders conferences held by the CSA on the proposed plan, program, and budget. (c) ACOM, ASCC, and DRU commanders develop and submit force structure, procurement requirements, command programs, and budget estimates annually. (d) The PPBES is described in AR 11. 47. Military construction programming process a. The MILCON program involves a sequence of reviews by the Office of the Secretary of the Army, the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD), Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and the Congress. Program changes continue throughout the review until the MILCON program becomes law. The DOD Financial Management Regulation (DOD 7000.14R) volume 2B, chapter 6, paragraph 060301.B.2 (www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/html/700014r. htm) requires the design of all construction projects be at least 35 percent complete, or alternatively that a parametric cost estimate based on a 15 percent complete design be completed prior to submission to Congress. This allows for submission of an accurate budget estimate based on the project design. There is a deliberate one-year lag between the Armys normal biennial programming and budgeting system and the MILCON process. MILCON programming, unlike other Army programming, requires an additional year for project design effort. The IMCOM and ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs must identify projects for the first year of its POM a year before it is submitted to HQDA. b. The Program Review Board (PRB) is a continuing committee that assists the program managers for the military construction appropriations in preparing their programs. (1) The MILCON appropriations program managers are (a) The ACSIM, for the MCA and AFH appropriations.

154

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(b) The Director, National Guard for the Military Construction, Army National Guard (MCARNG) Appropriation. (c) The Chief, Army Reserve, for the Military Construction, Army Reserve (MCAR) Appropriation. (2) The PRB also assists the Program Manager for the Assistant Secretary of the Army for Research, Development, and Acquisition, ASA (RDA) in formulating the annual procurement authorization for construction of facilities funded by research appropriations. c. The PRB (1) Analyzes construction needs of ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs, IMCOM, and ARSTAF agencies, and determines if requests meet objectives, policies, and priorities established in current program guidance directives. (2) Furnishes recommendations on appropriate funding levels to be incorporated in the POM and the Future Years Defense Program (FYDP). (3) Reviews, validates, and recommends priorities for all construction projects (excluding NAF projects) at all Army installations. This includes not only those projects funded by the MCA, AFH, appropriations, but those funded by DOD as well. These DOD funded programs include the medical military construction program as well as other Defense agency construction programs. (4) Assists in coordinating ARSTAF programs and presenting budget estimates, authorization and appropriation programs, and related legislation in support of DOD, OMB, and congressional committees. d. The PRB membership roster for the active Army MILCON program is composed of the following: (1) The ACSIM, as chairperson and voting member. (2) One each voting representative from the Assistant Secretary of the Army, Financial Management and Comptroller (ASA (FM&C)); Assistant Secretary of the Army (Alternate); Deputy Chief of Staff, G1 (DCS, G1); Deputy Chief of Staff, G2 (DCS, G2); Deputy Chief of Staff, G3 (DCS, G3); Deputy Chief of Staff, DCS, G4 (DCS, G4); Chief Information Officer/G6 (CIO/G6); Office of the Deputy Chief of Staff G8 (DCS, G8); Chief of Chaplains (CCH); and The Surgeon General (TSG). (3) One each nonvoting member from ASA (IE&E); Office of the Chief, Army Reserves (OCAR); Office of the Chief, National Guard Bureau (NGB); and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). (4) Various nonvoting members from ACSIM for various appropriations. e. The MILCON programming process consists of four phases (see fig. 41). (5) In the Guidance Year (GY), HQDA publishes TAP and the Army Planning and Programming Guidance Memorandum that incorporate general instructions, current policy, and resource guidance for facilities from the latest Program Budget Guidance (PBG). The ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs and IMCOM responds by submitting its POM containing updated construction programs for the POM period. The first year projects are reviewed, validated, and recommended for design by the HQDA PRB. The PRB meeting takes place in the March - April time frame, before the POM submission, to ensure projects programmed for the first year of the biennial budget will be 15 percent (35 percent for NAF Design/Build) designed and cost estimates completed by 1 April of the following (design) year. (6) During the Design Year (DY), as the Army builds its POM for submission to OSD, first year project designs proceed toward 15 percent (35 percent for NAF Design/Build) designed and cost estimates completed by 1 April of the following (design) year. (7) During the Design Year (DY), as the Army builds its POM for submission to OSD, first year project designs proceed toward 15 percent (35 percent for NAF Design/Build) designed and cost estimates completed by 1 April of the following (design) year. (8) The PRB will review and validate projects programmed for the second year of the biennial budget. Following the OSD Program Decision Memorandum (PDM), both first and second year projects will be included in the Armys Budget Estimate Submission (BES) to OSD in September. (9) During the Budget Year (BY), the Army presents each project in the MILCON program before OSD, OMB, and the Congress. OSD reviews the construction projects contained in the Armys BES early in the budget year through the Program Budget Decision (PBD) process. OSD-directed revisions to the program are made by the Army before submission of the Presidents Budget (PB) to the Congress in January. During this year, the final designs of the first year projects and Requests for Proposals (RFPs) for Design/Build projects are completed. (10) The MILCON Program Year (PY) (also known as the execution year) is the year funds are made available for construction of first year projects. During this year, final design of the second year projects is completed. f. Regarding the amended and abbreviated budget review, during the even years, HQDA, DOD, and the President submit a two-year MILCON budget to Congress. Typically, Congress will authorize and appropriate funds for only the first year of that budget. To update and adjust the second year budget, as necessary, an amended budget review is conducted in the odd year. g. The NCPC requires Army installations located in the Nation Capital Region (NCR) to provide an annual submittal in July of each year of the five-year (short-range) MILCON and NAF programs for incorporation into the five-year FCIP. Any land acquisition or development proposal being considered for funding in the next five years is to be submitted to NCPC prior to the Program Year.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

155

48. Nonappropriated-funded nonappropriated fund construction program The NAF construction program also involves a sequence of reviews by the ASA (IE&E), ASA (M&RA), and the Deputy under Secretary of Defense (DUSD) and Congress. DODI 7700.18, Commissary Surcharge, Nonappropriated Fund (NAF), and Privately Financed Construction Reporting Procedures requires that all NAF projects be at least 35 percent complete when submitted to Congress, except design/build or turnkey contracts, which must be at least 15 percent, complete . The NAF construction program is submitted to Congress in August of each year by OSD. AAFES and Community and Family Support Center (CFSC) must submit their individually planned programs to HQDA for consolidation and submission to OSD by 1 April. 49. Appropriations and programs that provide for construction a. Construction in the Army may be programmed or accomplished under a number of regulations, and may be authorized and appropriated by separate acts of the Congress. Construction on military installations may also be supported by nonappropriated funds (see fig 42) or private funds. Note that limits and notification periods outlined below are subject to change whenever Congress amends/revises the corresponding section of the public law. For specific changes limits/notifications, contact DAIMODC for current authorization limits and notification periods. b. In addition to the programming process described above, construction may also be accomplished through the following: (1) The UMMCA is the part of the annual MILCON authorization and appropriation used for funding unforeseen requirements that cannot be delayed until the next MILCON or MED MILCON cycle. Under section 2805, title 10, United States Code (10 USC 2805), the Army may perform MILCON projects costing $1,500,000, or less, using this UMMCA account. If the military construction project is intended solely to correct a deficiency, that is a threat to life, health, or safety, 10 USC 2805 specifies that a UMMCA project may have an approved cost equal to, or less than, $3,000,000. Policies and requirements governing the UMMCA program are contained in appendix D. (2) Emergency Construction requirements are funded under 10 USC 2803. Under this section, the SA may approve MILCON projects, not otherwise authorized by law, that are vital to national security or the protection of health, safety, or quality of the environment, and cannot be delayed until the next MILCON Authorization Act. Funding must be available from unobligated MILCON funds previously appropriated. Policies and requirements governing emergency construction are contained in section V. (3) Restoration or replacement of damaged or destroyed dacilities is covered under 10 USC 2854, wherein the SA may authorize use of available MILCON funds to restore or replace damaged or destroyed facilities under his jurisdiction. Funding must be available from unobligated MILCON funds previously appropriated. (4) The Energy Conservation Investment Program (ECIP) is designed to achieve DOD directed energy conservation goals. Through the ECIP, DOD provides additional MILCON funds to accomplish major retrofit projects (greater than $750,000) for existing Army energy systems and facilities. Under this program, installations can compete for energy conservation funds. Evaluation is based on economic analyses and investment return ratios of the candidate projects. (5) The DARP allows the Army to participate in the funding of public highway improvements when such improvements are necessary because of sudden or unusual defense-generated actions. Guidance for DARP projects is contained in AR 5580. Such projects are prepared when major expansions or changes to installations are planned and major public highway impacts will result. (6) Contingency construction is addressed under 10 USC 2804, wherein the SECDEF is authorized to execute MILCON projects if deferral of the projects until the next budget request is "inconsistent with national security or national interest". This authority is generally reserved for projects that support multi-service requirements. The respective service secretary should authorize urgent projects that support only one service as emergency projects under 10 USC 2803. Accordingly, requests for 10 USC 2804 projects are generally submitted by the Unified Commands. The 10 USC 2804 authority is similar to the 10 USC 2803 authority except the Congress provides an annual appropriation for 10 USC 2804 projects. A complete DD Form 1391 will be prepared for each contingency construction project costing in excess of $750,000. (7) Construction authority in the event of a declaration of war or national emergency is covered under 10 USC 2808. Under this section, in the event of a declaration of war or the declaration by the President of a national emergency under 50 USC 1621, the SECDEF, without regard to any other provision of law, may undertake, and may authorize the Secretaries of the military departments to undertake MILCON projects not otherwise authorized by law, that are necessary to support such use of the armed forces. Funding must be available from unobligated MILCON project funds already appropriated. (8) The National Foreign Intelligence Program (NFIP) is addressed under the provisions of Executive Order 12333. By that order, facilities for intelligence activities can be programmed in the NFIP. Funds programmed in this manner are additive to Army MILCON following approval by the Deputy, Secretary of Defense (DEPSECDEF) and the Director of Central Intelligence. Such funds can only be used for specifically approved projects unless changes are jointly approved by the DEPSECDEF and the Director of Central Intelligence. (9) Military construction associated with the Department of Defense Chemical and Biological Warfare Program is addressed under the provisions of 50 USC 1522.

156

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(a) Requirements pertinent to MILCON cited under 50 USC 1522(d) are as follows: (2) Funding requests for the program (other than for activities under the program conducted by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency under subsection (c) (2) of this section) shall be set forth in the budget of the Department of Defense for each fiscal year as a separate account, with a single program element for each of the categories of research, development, test, and evaluation, acquisition, and military construction. Amounts for military construction projects may be set forth in the annual military construction budget. Funds for military construction for the program in the military construction budget shall be set forth separately from other funds for military construction projects. Funding requests for the program may not be included in the budget amounts of the military departments. (b) Additional guidance for such military construction projects can be obtained from HQDA (DAIMOD). (c) Acquisition or construction of facilities may also be accomplished with other appropriations under special circumstances. 1. Operation and maintenance, Army (OMA) funds may be used for minor construction costing $750,000 or less, the statutory cost limitation. (see 10 USC 2805(c)). If the project is solely to correct a life, health, or safety deficiency, the cost limitation is $1.5 million. 2. Government-owned, contractor-operated ammunition plant facilities may be funded by procurement ammunition, Army (PAA) funds. 3. Research, development, test, and evaluation (RDTE) funds may be used for minor construction costing $750,000 or less, the statutory cost limitation. At Government-owned installations, construction projects costing over $750,000 are normally MCA funded; however, the RDTE appropriation may fund construction supporting unique items in research, development, test, or evaluation if facilities are contractor operated and maintained. Congressional notification is required prior to obligation of funds. Using RDTE funds for construction or improvements having general utility is not authorized for projects over $750,000. 4. Efforts to execute construction costing more than $750,000 with other procurement, Army (OPA) or RDTE funds normally require congressional notification, and should not be pursued without prior specific project funding approval at the programming level. 5. Other procurement, Army, funds may be used, in lieu of MILCON, RDTE, or OMA, under special circumstances, for time-sensitive installation of communications-electronics equipment and systems to include site preparation and construction required to support this equipment. The OPA-funded equipment shelters and support facilities or systems are classified as real property and maintained by the Directors of Public Works (DPWs). These projects must be approved by ACSIM prior to contract award start. Prior to approval projects must meet the following: a. The requirement must support HQDA-directed milestones (usually 18 months or less) for installation of the equipment and systems. b. The requirement cannot be met through the normal MCA or UMMCA process. c. Work classification must be approved in advance by HQDA (DAIMOD). d. The construction shall be necessary for the installation of communications-electronic equipment or systems, and may not be designed or used to meet space requirements for personnel. If required, this latter construction must be provided by a separate project (OMA or MILCON funded). e. Master planning will be performed, and site approval obtained through the servicing DPW. Project will conform to Army Standards as outlined in the Army Installation Design Standards (IDS). f. Final design approval will be obtained from the servicing DPW before awarding a construction contract. g. The purchase, installation, maintenance, and repair of communications equipment (personal property) continues to be the responsibility of the tenant, and where DPW services are required and available, must be accomplished on reimbursable basis. 6. The Transportation Working Capital Fund (TWCF) may be used for minor construction costing $750,000 or less. 410. Army Family housing construction program a. Family housing construction is funded by the AFH appropriation. AFH is authorized and appropriated under the same MILCON laws as MCA; however, it is a separate appropriation with unique controls and requirements. AFH construction consists of two broad programs: new construction; and post-acquisition construction, which includes improvements, whole neighborhood revitalization, and required investment in support of the residential communities initiative (RCI). b. Policies for AFH new construction are contained in chapter 3 of this regulation. Criteria and standards for new housing and housing improvements are contained in TI 80102, Family Housing. 411. Defense medical facilities construction program The Office of the Surgeon General (OTSG) (MCMRFP) programs all medical projects for the Army. The medical program is funded by the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Health Affairs) (ASD (HA)). The process begins one year earlier than MCA projects for the same program year (see para 419 for additional information).

AR 4201 12 February 2008

157

412. Army and Air Force Exchange Service facilities construction program Programming for and construction of AAFES facilities is governed by this regulation. 413. Army Environmental Compliance Achievement Program Army Environmental Compliance Achievement Program (ECAP) projects are in a special category since they are initiated because deficiencies have been identified and Notices of Violation or Administrative Orders have been issued to an installation by regulatory officials. These requirements cannot be ignored and must be addressed in the appropriate time frame (see AR 2001). The OMB has identified special requirements for planning, programming, and budgeting for environmental and pollution abatement projects. These requirements are contained in OMB Circulars A11 and A106. Appendix E of this publication addresses environmental protection. 414. Host nation funded construction program Specific guidance for planning, programming, budgeting, developing technical criteria, and executing host nation funded construction program (HNFC) projects under the United States Pacific Command (PACOM) is provided by DODD (see DODD 4270.34). Section II Planning Overview 415. Real property master planning a. Installation planners develop RPMPs following planning and funding guidance provided by HQDA, IMCOM, and garrison commanders. The success of both MILCON and NAFCP projects in programming and budgeting is directly related to the RPMP process. Documentation must demonstrate that planning was completed and the proposed project is the most logical and most cost effective alternative. Installations must ensure costs associated with each alternative are carefully and correctly estimated. b. Army installations in the NCR will develop RPMPs in accordance with the requirements of chapter 10 and published NCPC submittal requirements. For installations in the District of Columbia, to include Arlington National Cemetery and Fort Myer, VA, CFA will review and approve RPMPs and Army MILCON project designs. 416. Site approval a. All proposed MILCON and NAF construction projects in the approved RPMP Short Range Component (SRC) will identify site locations in accordance with the installation RPMP and receive IMCOM region director approval per chapter 10. NAF projects require a clean site up to 6 inches below grade. Site approval denotes that a projects location conforms to land use and sustainable design and development (SDD) planning principles, the planned development of the installation, and that any special criteria (such as safety or environmental) have been considered and deficiencies either have been or will be rectified, or a waiver therefore will be obtained. b. Organizations responsible for selecting MILCON sites will conduct an environmental survey and a UXO survey as required, and perform site categorization before site selection (see app E). c. A valid site approval will be maintained on all projects under design. d. Construction not complying with DOD ammunition and explosives safety standards must be certified by the Service Secretary as necessary due to strategic or other compelling reasons (see app H, para H3). e. For Army installations in the NCR, Army MILCON will be shown on an NCPC approved installation master plan. Projects not shown on an approved installation master plan will be delayed until the plan is updated and approved as required by published NCPC submittal requirements. For installations in the District of Columbia, to include Arlington National Cemetery and Fort Myer, VA, projects must be shown on both a NCPC- and CFA-approved master plan or they will be delayed until such a plan is updated and approved as required by published NCPC and CFA submittal requirements. f. All proposed MILCON projects will obtain RPMP site approval prior to conducting a planning charrette. 417. Project definition The RPMP includes both construction and major repair projects. a. A military construction project is defined as all military construction work, or any contribution authorized by this regulation, necessary to produce a complete and usable facility or a complete and usable improvement to an existing facility (or to produce such portion of a complete and usable facility or improvement as is specifically authorized by law) (see glossary). Generally, construction includes (1) The erection, installation, or assembly of a new facility. (2) The addition, expansion, extension, alteration, relocation, or replacement of an existing facility. (3) Site preparation, excavation, filling, landscaping, land improvements, utility connections, and installed equipment (see sec VI). (4) Related real property requirements, such as land acquisitions (see para H37b).

158

AR 4201 12 February 2008

b. Repair means to restore a real property facility, system, or component to such a condition that it may effectively be used for its designated functional purpose. When repairing a facility, the components of the facility may be repaired by replacement, and such replacement may be up to current standards or codes. For example, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment can be repaired by replacement, can be state-of-the-art, and can provide more capacity than the original unit due to increased demands and standards. c. Additions, new facilities, and functional conversions must be done as construction. Construction projects may be done concurrent with repair projects as long as construction scope is definable from the repair work. The construction scope must be complete and usable even if the repair projects would not be accomplished. In a conversion, if an existing building system or component is failed or failing, the repair portion of the project can bring the system or component up to the current standards of the original Facility Category Code. Upgrades to meet the new Facility Category Code will be considered as new work. d. Environmental remediation projects that are a part of the Defense Environment Restoration Program are not military construction, as defined in this regulation. 418. Differentiating between base operations and mission facility projects a. Base operations (BASOPS) facility projects are those projects that provide facilities that generally support the entire installation population, or a number of separate tenant organizations. The IMCOM is the project proponent for BASOPS facility projects. Typical BASOPS projects include the following: (1) Housing and administration facilities, such as (a) Family housing. (b) Enlisted unaccompanied personnel housing. (c) Other housing, to include that for unaccompanied personnel, permanent and official transient lodging, bachelor officers, and senior enlisted personnel quarters. (d) Operations/administrative facilities. (2) Community support facilities, such as (a) Morale, welfare, and recreational facilities (recreation facilities, physical fitness facilities, pools, picnic areas). (b) Community facilities, such as religious facilities, courthouses, continuing education facilities, and OCONUS postal facilities. (c) Public safety facilities, such as for law enforcement, fire and rescue, and antiterrorism protection. (d) Infrastructure facilities, such as DPW complexes and utility systems. (3) Multiservice facilities, such as (a) Exchange and commissary facilities. (b) Dependent schools. b. Mission facility projects are those projects that support unique or single-tenant needs, and typically serve a smaller population than BASOPS facility projects. The ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs are the project proponents for Mission facility projects. Typical mission facility projects include the following: (1) Industrial facilities, such as (a) RDTE facilities. (b) Production facilities. (2) Power projection facilities, such as (a) Airfield facilities, to include navigational aids (NAVAIDS) and aircraft fueling facilities. (b) Airfield pavements. (c) Network railroads. (d) Surfaced roads and trails in training areas. (e) Strategic mobility facilities, such as those in support of railroad, trucking, and inter-modal capabilities. (f) Supply and storage facilities, such as for ammunition storage, warehouses, and unit fuel supply and storage. (g) Tactical vehicle maintenance facilities, such as motor pools and aviation facilities. (3) Command and Control Facilities (when not built in conjunction with a barracks project), such as Headquarters Buildings and complexes (battalion, brigade, division, Corps, and Army HQs). (4) Training support facilities, such as (a) Training ranges for small arms, major weapons systems, and non-live fire training. (b) Maneuver training lands, including training land access. (c) Simulations and training aids facilities. (d) Training instructional facilities, such as for basic combat and AIT facilities; campuses with associated barracks; NCO schools; learning centers; and organizational classrooms. c. The list of facility types enumerated above is neither complete nor without exception. It is recognized that some facility types may be either BASOPS or Mission support facilities, such as some unit headquarters and training facilities, depending upon such discriminators as the funding source used to perform the service in the facility or the

AR 4201 12 February 2008

159

HQDA proponent for the facility. Where questions arise in this area, installations should request clarification or assistance from their IMCOM region directors in determining the category in which the facility best fits. 419. Medical military construction projects The MED MILCON program is centrally managed by the ASD (HA). The TMADMFO plans, develops, and executes the MED MILCON FYDP for ASD (HA). The programming and design cycle for all medical projects, determined by the DMFO/MMCO, begins 1 year earlier than MCA projects for the same program year. The OTSG (MCMRFP) is the Army proponent for programming all military construction projects classified in Army FAC Class 500 (Health Care Delivery Medical Facilities), FAC 31060 (Medical Research Laboratories), and FACs 171 and 179 (facilities associated with medical training). a. The DMFO/MMCO provides annual programming guidance, performs Defensewide project programming, and reviews and adjusts projects for scope and cost. The DMFO/MMCO then prioritizes Defense Departmentwide Medical Programs, presents OSD and congressional budget books for submission, and presents medical programs to OSD and the Congress. After approval by OSD and the Congress, the DMFO/MMCO releases projects with funding for design and construction to USACE. The DMFO/MMCO also maintains program status information in the Construction Appropriations Programming, Control, and Execution System (CAPCES), interprets DOD medical space planning criteria, and determines official scope of all MED MILCON projects. b. The U.S. Army Health Facilities Planning Agency (HFPA) represents OTSG throughout the facility life cycle, develops and prioritizes the Army component of the MED MILCON program, and submits the Army MED MILCON program to the DMFO/MMCO. HFPA maintains the Army MED MILCON FYDP and develops economic analyses, when required. c. The MEDCOM Regional Medical Commands (RMCs) and Major Subordinate Commands (MSCs) perform the following program planning and execution activities: (1) Develop regional MED MILCON programs. (2) Ensure technical compliance with regulatory and statutory requirements. Examples include installation master plan siting approval, host MSC and IMCOM region director support, environmental considerations, historic preservation, archaeological investigations, and coordinating any location-specific requirements. (3) Brief projects and installation health facility master plans as required by the MEDCOM Program Budget Committee. d. The U.S. Army Medical Research and Materiel Command (MRMC) consolidates all medical R&D projects worldwide into a single MEDCOM priority list. MRMC coordinates with the host MSC and IMCOM region director for MRMC subordinate units. e. Other medical organizations not listed above develop MED MILCON priorities for their facilities and submit them to HFPA. 420. Project programming documentation (except Medical Command) a. After HQ IMCOM and ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs designate specific MILCON projects for programming in the first two years of the POM, installations will prepare project programming documentation in coordination with the project proponent as defined above. Planning charrettes are required and will be conducted for all MILCON projects unless a waiver is obtained from HQDA indicating that no planning charrettes is required for a given project. (see DA Pam 41515.) The DD Form 1391 is the MILCON programming form prescribed by DOD. (see DA Pam 41515 for additional information.) (1) The DD Form 1391 is the principal DOD and Army construction project justification document. It expresses user facility needs and communicates these needs through the command channel to obtain funds to satisfy requirements. Construction needs are first identified and documented in the RPMP (see chap 3). Housing requirements are established by the Army Housing Justification Process. Both processes are conducted by the installation. The DD Form 1391 is prepared by the installation, in coordination with the user and, as appropriate, the Senior Commander, USACE, USAISEC, IMCOM Region Director, appropriate ACOM, ASCC, and DRU for mission projects, and HQDA reviews it. Medical MILCON DD Form 1391 is prepared by the installation in coordination with OTSG representative, and reviewed by both HFPA and TRICARE Medical Agency (TMA) as appropriate. The form is then submitted to OSD, OMB, and the Congress. The document must be clear, concise, logical, and complete, and must effectively describe, justify, and price the project. (2) The user must provide detailed project justification. The installation normally develops project programming documentation based upon the justification provided by the user. If the project is directed by higher authority, the user must still justify the project on the DD Form 1391. (3) A DD Form 1391 consists of two primary groups of information, one being the electronic version of the front page of the DD Form 1391 which is submitted in hard copy to OSD, OMB, and the Congress, which includes information such as a description of the project, construction and related costs, and project justification; and the other being supporting and backup data for the front page submittal. The form has been automated via the DD Form 1391 Processor with write, read, comment, permit, certification, and submit options depending on organizational level and

160

AR 4201 12 February 2008

point of time in the submission cycle. Detailed guidance for preparation and submission of DD Form 1391 is contained in DA Pam 41515. (4) After the installation completes the DD Form 1391, it is submitted to the IMCOM Region Director. The IMCOM Region Director, USAISEC and USACE review and certify the documentation. For mission projects, the IMCOM Region Director coordinates with respective ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs. For DD Form 1391 review agencies for MED MILCON projects (see DA Pam 41515). (5) The IMCOM region directors, USACE, and USAISEC will review and certify projects according to guidance provided in section V. IMCOM Region Directors will submit the project to HQDA (DAIMOD) per annual submittal guidance for validation and design authorization. DD Form 1391 will be submitted through the 1391 Processor of the PAX system. HQDA will use DD Form 1391 for project review and validation. For certification, validation, and submission requirements for MED MILCON projects (see DA Pam 41515). (6) The IMCOM region directors will submit certified DD Form 1391 for the 1st year of the SRC no later than (NLT) 1 March of the GY or as directed by ACSIM guidance. Certified DD Form 1391 for the 2nd year of the SRC must be submitted NLT 1 March of the following year. (7) After the IMCOM Region Director identifies its MILCON program, HQDA (DAIMOD) will revise CAPCES and provide the PRB a project listing by staff proponent and appropriate segments of the affected installations RPMP. The CRRC will review and validate requirements as individual DD Form 1391 are submitted by IMCOM region directors to HQDA. The ARSTAF proponent for each project will determine the projects validity and if the requirement meets objectives, policies, and priorities established in current program guidance. This initial review will take place before the annual HQDA PRB and will normally involve staff proponent counterparts from the IMCOM Region Director, and, for ACOM, ASCC, and DRU mission support projects. The purpose of this review is to establish a projects necessity and validity, develop a DA Staff sponsor, and obtain answers to planning concerns. USACE review elements will also review projects to determine if a project complies with standards, criteria, and cost guidance. b. A completed DD Form 1391 includes, as a minimum, the following documentation: (1) Justification. (2) Analysis of deficiency. (3) Alternatives considered with related economics. (4) Proposed scope with cost. (5) Functional requirements. (6) Criteria to be used. (7) Related acquisitions. (8) Utility impacts. (9) Environmental documentation. (10) Completed and required coordination actions. (11) AT documentation. (12) Disposal/demolition to meet Armys one for one policy. c. DD Form 1390 is used to record each installations MCA program in relation to personnel strengths, real property improvements, and mission and functions. (1) A DD Form 1390 accompanies the DD Form 1391 for each installation in the Armys MILCON submission to OSD, OMB, and the Congress. (2) A DD Form 1390 is prepared and submitted electronically, using the DD 1390 module of the 1391 Processor. In preparation for the HQDA submission of the MCA program to OSD, HQDA initiates the DD Form 1390. Installations and IMCOM region directors (ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs for mission projects) are then given an opportunity to review the form. Installations update population data, mission statements, outstanding pollution and safety deficiencies, and remarks blocks. IMCOM region directors also review forms to ensure consistency of DD Forms 1390 for MCA and AFH. d. In addition, Family housing projects require a current DD Form 1523, and unaccompanied personnel housing (UPH) projects excluding Army Lodging require submission through the Army Housing Requirements Program (AHRP). Supporting documentation is not required for MED MILCON projects. e. The RTLP projects require submission for review, validation, and prioritization by the HQDA RTLP Requirements Review and Prioritization Board prior to submission by HQ IMCOM per AR 35019. f. The 1391 Processor, a module of the Programming Administration and Execution (PAX) System, will be used for project documentation. Projects reflecting classified information will not be entered in the 1391 Processor System. For such projects, an unclassified version of the DD Form 1391 will be entered in the 1391 Processor System and submitted. A hard-copy classified version, if required, will be prepared and submitted through channels to HQDA (DAIMOD). 421. Funding for advanced planning activities (except Medical Command) a. Planning tasks related to project identification and formulation will be programmed and funded from other than

AR 4201 12 February 2008

161

MILCON appropriations, including planning charrettes for MILCON projects. Real property master planning is addressed in chapter 10 of this publication (see Senate Report 97274 and 10 USC 2801 et seq.). b. Criteria package preparation, design oversight, and construction surveillance for host nation sponsored projects will be funded with MILCON planning and design funds (see Senate Report 97274 and 10 USC 2801 et seq.). Section III Programming 422. Program Objective Memorandum process a. Army programming. (1) Programming translates planning decisions, OSD guidance, and congressional guidance into a comprehensive and detailed allocation of manpower and funds. The PPBE integrates and balances centrally managed programs for manpower; operations; research, development, and acquisition; stationing; and construction. Concurrently, the PPBE incorporates HQ IMCOM and ACOM, ASCC, and DRU requirements for manpower, operation and maintenance, housing, and construction. (2) The POM represents the Army proposal for a balanced allocation of resources within specified constraints. OSD reviews the POM and issues a Program Decision Memorandum (PDM) to reflect SECDEF program decisions. As approved by the SECDEF, the POM forms the basis for preparing the Army Budget Estimate. (3) Resources identified for specific MILCON projects, planning and design activities, and unforeseen construction requirements are contained in the Army POM. b. , Army Service Component Commands, Direct Reporting Units, and Headquarters, Installation Management Command program objective memorandum submission to Headquarters, Department of the Army. (1) Military construction projects submitted by ACOM, ASCC, and DRU and HQ IMCOM will be identified in a Management Decision Package (MDEP). An MDEP is a resource management tool that indicates program and budget resources. MDEP describes a particular function or program, and indicates all associated resources. (2) Individual MILCON projects will be identified in the Armys POM. For each project, the ACOM, ASCC, and DRU and HQ IMCOM must provide HQDA (DAIMOD) with the fiscal year (FY), MDEP Project Number, Project Description, and Program Amount (PA). ACOM, ASCC, and DRU and IMCOM region directors will verify the appropriate MDEP for each MILCON project. As the Army builds its POM, MDEPs are used to assess program requirements, confirm compliance with policy and plans, and rank resourcing. (3) The POM represents specific programming requirements of ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs and HQ IMCOM. MILCON projects or programs submitted to HQDA via the Project Prioritization System will reflect the current construction program. Revisions proposed to their MILCON program subsequent to POM submission must be approved by the ACOM, ASCC, and DRU and HQ IMCOM commanders. It is essential that changes and revisions to requirements be kept to a minimum and necessary. (4) When submitted to Congress, projects will be funded in a single year appropriation unless incrementally funded. (a) An incrementally funded project is defined as one that does not result in a complete and usable facility in a single year appropriation. If incrementally funded, projects will be based on overall scope and cost estimates, and will include request for full authorization for all increments. (b) An incrementally funded project is complete and usable when all construction increments are completed. (c) If mission dictates incremental construction, the request must be identified as "incremental" in the project justification (DD Form 1391). The requirement will detail the scope, cost, and timing of all other increments. This does not apply to utility projects on major installations where roads; electrical, gas, and water distribution systems; and sewage and storm water collection systems can be successfully constructed as portions of an overall system without being complete and usable as such. (d) Execution of incrementally funded projects requires an exception to OMB Circular A11, which requires full funding of the entire cost for construction in a given fiscal year. HQDA (DAIMOD) will prepare full justification for incremental funding to be submitted by ASA (FM&C) to the Deputy Undersecretary of Defense (DUSD) (Comptroller)/Chief Financial Officer by 1 July of the design year. (5) A conjunctively funded construction project is one that requires funding from multiple sources to provide a complete and usable facility. (a) A project funded to construct a real property facility using MCA in conjunction with non-appropriated, private, defense, operation and maintenance (O&M), civil works, BRAC, or other funds is permitted. Separate accountability for each type of funds assigned is required. The combination of funding sources will not be used to expand or increment projects or to circumvent statutory limitations. If conjunctive funding is required, this requirement must be stated on the front page of the DD Form 1391. A separate DD Form 1391 is required for each funding source, regardless of the individual estimated funded construction costs. The total project cost and the amount required from each source will be provided on the DD Form 1391, along with a statement that a complete and usable facility will not be produced by the funds requested from any one source. Conjunctively funded projects should be funded in the same fiscal year.

162

AR 4201 12 February 2008

1. Construction projects that combine appropriated funding sources and NAF must be submitted separately to HQDA (DAIMOD), for review and approval to combine funds if the total appropriated fund cost exceeds $750,000 and the NAF cost exceeds $200,000 (excluding equipment and design fees). Projects having an appropriated funded cost of less than $750,000 and a NAF cost of less than $200,000 (excluding equipment and design fees) may be approved for combined funding by IMCOM or ACOM, ASCC, and DRU delegated construction approval authorities (see AR 2151). 2. Separate and identifiable projects having different funding sources may be combined into a single construction contract for contracting purposes without prior approval, providing that a separate audit trail for each source of funds is specifically and individually provided for in the administration of such contracts. APF cannot be expended against a NAF contract. (b) Not all construction projects that include funds from multiple sources are classified as conjunctively funded projects. A project that includes MILCON funds for a real property facility; OMA funds to procure furnishings; OPA funds to procure information systems, computer equipment, or flight simulators; and RDTE funds to procure testing equipment is not a conjunctively funded project because construction of the real property facility is being funded with only one appropriation (that is, MILCON). The MILCON-funded portion of the project must provide a complete and usable facility. c. Installation Management Command Region Director Project review. (1) Each IMCOM Region Director must review the documentation of each of its MILCON projects before submission of the project by HQ IMCOM to HQDA (DAIMOD) for programming the requirement in the POM to ensure (a) The requirement is valid. (b) It conforms to current objectives, policies, and procedures. (c) Project sitings are consistent with the IMCOM Region Director-approved RPMP. (d) A survey of the site has been conducted and available records have been reviewed. (e) Appropriate National Environmental Protection Act (NEPA) documentation has been prepared and completed. (f) The site is free from pollutants, contaminants, ordnance and explosive waste that would impact start of construction. (g) For NAF, clean site up to 6 inches below grade. (h) Suitable Standard Design/Criteria developed under the DA Facilities Standardization Program are used when appropriate. (i) The potential for privatization of an exterior utility system has been thoroughly evaluated and documented. (j) Antiterrorism protection considerations have been addressed as appropriate and documented. (k) USACE and USAISEC certifications have been obtained as described in paragraphs f and g, below. (l) A planning charrette was used in the development of the DD Form 1391. (2) The IMCOM regional director must certify that planning and coordination have been accomplished on all budget year MILCON projects. (3) Facilities proponents within IMCOM regions must be prepared to justify all aspects of the projects throughout the programming and budgeting process. d. Installation Management Command military construction project priorities. (1) Following the latest Army guidance, HQ IMCOM should select MILCON BASOPS facility projects for inclusion in the first and second year of their POM. Due to the congressional requirement for MILCON project costs to be based upon fully developed concept or parametric designs when submitted to the Congress, first year projects must be submitted to HQDA (DAIMOD) eight months before the HQ IMCOM POM. An information copy of HQ IMCOM project list will be provided to all affected ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs. (2) For those MILCON BASOPS facility projects selected, including category B facilities, which are projects authorized to be funded with either appropriated or nonappropriated funds (see AR 2151 for detailed list of category B facilities). The Commander, IMCOM will (a) Direct installations to complete and submit DD Form 1391 and all supporting documentation for review. Information copies will be provided to the appropriate USACE district, USACE MSC, and USAISEC. All project documentation, supporting documentation, cost estimates, and DD Form 1391 will be prepared, submitted, and reviewed through the DD Form 1391 processor module of the PAX system. 1. Provide a list of selected projects to HQDA facilities proponents. HQDA (DAIMOD) will revise CAPCES to reflect the HQ IMCOM proposed construction program. For each project, the following information must be provided: 2. HQ IMCOM priority. 3. Fiscal year. 4. MDEP designation. 5. Name of installation. 6. DD Form 1391 Form Number. 7. Project description. 8. Primary facility category code.
AR 4201 12 February 2008 163

9. Funded amount in dollars. (b) Include new mission requirements in the appropriate MDEP and prioritize projects. (c) Compete (category B facilities) for APF before DOD will approve them for NAF funding. Therefore these projects must be ranked by the HQ IMCOM with all other MILCON requirements. e. , Army Service Components, and Direct Reporting Units mission support facility project priorities. The ACOMs, ASCCs, and DRUs will submit a prioritized list of ACOM, ASCC, and DRU mission support facility projects to HQDA (DAIMOD) at the same time that HQ IMCOM submits its project list using the same guidelines used in paragraph d(2)(a) through d(2)(c), above. An information copy of the prioritized ACOM, ASCC, and DRU project list will be provided to HQ IMCOM. f. Army program development and review. (1) Using the MDEP as a building block, formal program development applies information contained in the Army Programming Guidance Memorandum (APGM) and refines and extends the program of the previous PPBE cycle. The resource position shown in the Presidents Budget and related PBG serve as the baseline for HQ IMCOM, ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs, and other operating agencies for developing their POMs. (2) Headquarters DA agencies, guided by the APGM, collect and analyze program information. They review the existing program in light of new requirements, determine program needs, and begin preparing functional programs. Revised estimates for planning and design and UMMCA are included for this review. These agencies incorporate program inputs in the Army POM, consider alternatives directed by the APGM, and construct a balanced program. In addition to the IMCOM and ACOM, ASCC, and DRU POMs, these agencies consider Strategic Planning Guidance, combatant commanders Integrated Priority Lists, and Army Component Commander-developed requirements for supporting Combatant Commanders. (3) Proponent agency program evaluation groups (PEGs), directed and guided by the Deputy Chief of Staff for Programs (DAPRDPD), build the Army program (see AR 11 for additional information on PEGs). Each PEG evaluates specific MDEPs based largely on those MDEPs main fiscal appropriation. The role of each PEG is to support and follow MILCON projects in the PEG review and evaluation process. An IMCOM Region Director may be required to present its programs to a PEG. PEGs will rank order resourced and un-resourced programs submitted by IMCOM, ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs, and other operating agencies in their POMs. Army MILCON projects not demonstrating a strong relationship to an MDEP, or that are prioritized too low for execution may be dropped from the Army program during the PEG review. (4) The assembled Army program is reviewed by senior leadership during the second quarter of even years. The Army Commanders Conference scheduled during this period provides field commanders an opportunity to review and influence program alternatives. The commander at the conference should highlight essential MILCON program requirements, un-resourced by a PEG. Next, the Army Resource Board (ARB), the senior HQDA committee, reviews program alternatives, incorporating the views expressed at the Army Commanders Conference, and makes its recommendations on alternatives to the SA and CSA. Finally, through a series of in-process reviews, the SA and the CSA decide on the Army program. (5) The Army submits the POM approved by the SA and the CSA to OSD for review. HQDA (DAIMOD) will again revise CAPCES as needed to reflect the construction program reflected in the Army POM. g. Office of the Secretary of Defense program review. (1) The OSD conducts a program review of the services POMs. This review includes Program Review Proposals that recommend alternatives to each services POM. Program Review Proposals may be developed by members of the Defense Resources Board (DRB), ASD program managers, or Combatant Commanders. Each Program Review Proposal recommends program additions and reductions that sum to zero. Major issues are deliberated in the DRB or with the DEPSECDEF. Budget issues may be identified for later review by the OSD Comptroller. The Director, Program Analysis and Evaluation (DPAE), is the executive agent for the OSD program review. (2) After the DRB has resolved all outstanding issues, the DEPSECDEF signs the Program Decision Memorandum (PDM). The PDM approves the Army POM as adjusted by the program review process. This becomes the program basis for the Army budget estimate. h. The NAF public-private venture (PPV) facilities requests for approval to award contracts for NAFPPV facilities in support of the MWR program may be submitted on an as-needed basis. Such requests will be forwarded from CFSC through ACSIM to OASA (M&RA). The OASA (M&RA) will notify USD (P&R). The USD (P&R) will notify Congress of the Armys intent to award commercially viable projects no less than two weeks prior to contract award. 423. DD Form 1391 certification process a. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers review and certification (military construction, Army and AFH projects only). (1) The USACE will review project documentation submitted to IMCOM region directors to ensure that sufficient technical information is available to commence a concept design (Code 2) or parametric design (Code 3); and that the project scope is in compliance with Army standards, criteria, and cost estimating requirements. These reviews should include site visits. Military construction documentation reviews will be funded from O&M appropriations. (2) Once the review has been completed and comments made, USACE will forward a statement to the IMCOM

164

AR 4201 12 February 2008

Region Director, via a DD Form 1391 certification entry, that sufficient technical information is available to commence concept or parametric design; the project scope complies with Army standards, criteria, and cost estimating requirements, and having identified justification for any deviations. In addition, this statement will list major issues that must be resolved before budget submission to prevent project delay or loss. (3) Major issues must be resolved prior to issuance of concept or parametric design authorization, or issuance of any Request for Proposal (RFP) for a design-build project. (4) Even if the design or construction of a project is to be performed by another DOD agent, USACE remains responsible for project certification to the IMCOM Region Director. (5) Deferred projects will be recertified by USACE upon reentry of the project into the program if there are significant changes in cost or scope or if the original certification is more than one year old. (6) If a planning charrette was conducted and included USACE participation, the Planning Charrette Validation form in the PAX processor will suffice for the USACE certification. b. U.S. Army Information System Engineering Command certification (military construction, Army and AFH projects only). The USAISEC will review user provided information systems requirements, cost estimate for technical adequacy, and certify projects to IMCOM region directors prior to the appropriate PRB. c. Installation Management Command region director project certification (military construction, Army and AFH projects only). Directors of IMCOM regions will certify projects by selecting and including a standard statement in each DD Form 1391 that all planning and coordination with appropriate agencies have been accomplished, project documentation is available, the project is valid, requirements and scope are in accordance with HQDA guidance, and siting is in accordance with the IMCOM region director-approved installation RPMP. Also, the certification statement will reflect that no major problems exist that should defer the project from programming, and that the project documentation has been reviewed by the appropriate USACE organization and was found to be adequate to begin design. If the design or construction of a project is performed by another DOD agent, the IMCOM Region Director will still obtain the necessary certification from USACE. Deferred projects will be re-certified by IMCOM Regional Directors upon reentry of the projects into the program if there are significant changes in cost or scope or if the original certification is more than one year old. d. Nonappropriated-funded construction program project certification and project report (RCS DDM (A) 1167). The Deputy Under Secretary of Defense (DUSD) (Comptroller)/Chief Financial Officer (PS, F&E) requires supporting documentation to ensure that DD Form 1391 reflect the proper scope and need for the proposed project, and that it is based on facility usage, population size, anticipated patronage, community needs, and geographic characteristics. (1) A commercial project validation assessment (PVA) will be conducted for NAFCP (other than AAFES projects) estimated to cost $750,000 (excluding equipment costs and design fees) or more. Garrisons will prepare DOD commissary surcharge and NAF construction project data sheets, and provide certifications in each DD Form 1391 that the project is supported by a PVA. Specific requirements for DOD commissary surcharge and NAF construction data sheets and project certifications are contained in DA Pam 41515. For proposed exchange facilities, AAFES will prepare the appropriate documentation. (2) The NAFCP project report (a) Demonstrates to the OSD and Congress that nonappropriated funds are being properly used. (b) Provides uniform procedures for reviewing and reporting NAFCP projects. (c) Serves as the primary document used by the HASC and SASC to review the Army NAFCP. (3) Project reporting limitations are (a) Projects with construction costs of $750,000 (excluding equipment costs and design fees) or more programmed for NAF construction award during the two years authorized (that is, two years following the date of congressional release), and where construction funds have not yet been obligated, will be reported. (b) Projects with costs based on concept project design completion or a parametric estimate, unless design-build or other innovations are being pursued. (c) Projects for which construction award was not made during the period allowed cited above must be included in subsequent NAFCP reports. (4) The annual NAFCP report will be prepared by NAF program managers. The report is automated, except for the executive summary page. Data for preparing the report will be extracted from the DD Form 1391 Processor and other databases within the PAX System to create the report in the required congressional format. Reports will consist of an executive summary page, indexes, a summary-by-fund-source cover sheet, and DD Form 1390 and DD Form 1391. Reports will be submitted by 1 April of the year preceding the fiscal year covered by the report (for example, 1 April 2004 for the FY 05 annual report) to HQDA (DAIMOD), for the August 2004 NAFCP report through ASA (IE&E) for submission through USD (P&R) for Congress. Headquarters DA (DAIMOD) will coordinate with NAF program managers to ensure that DD Form 1390 and DD Form 1391 are accurate and have been reviewed and approved by the ARSTAF and HQDA (DAIMOD). Headquarters DA (DAIMOD) will also consolidate the reports submitted by NAF program managers, and forward the final congressional NAFCP report to ASA (M&RA) and ASA (IE&E) for submission through Deputy Secretary of Defense, Personnel and Readiness DUSD (P&R) to Congress. (a) Each NAF program manager will prepare an executive summary page for inclusion in the annual NAFCP report.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

165

The executive summary will present a broad overview of each managers NAF program. The summary should highlight any special interest projects and identify any issues or problems that may significantly affect projects or program objectives. (b) The annual NAFCP report will contain 1. An executive summary of the construction program. 2. Proposed major construction projects for the next fiscal year (1 October through 30 September), to include privately financed banking facilities and projects financed from donations that require the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness (USD (P&R) approval. 3. Minor projects approved since the previous annual report. 4. Status of previously approved major construction projects. 5. Projects canceled since the previous annual report. 6. Projects that were not placed under contract within one fiscal year following the fiscal year of approval. 7. Projects that exceed the approved construction cost by more than 25 percent or change the approved scope by more than 10 percent. Previously reported minor construction projects with a construction cost that exceeds $750,000, based on bids received or revised cost estimates. 8. Projects completed since the previous annual report. 9. A summary of military morale, welfare, and recreation (MWR) (including child development, libraries, and physical fitness), civilian MWR, exchange, commissary and lodging construction projects submitted in the Presidents Budget Request for Military Construction appropriations. 10. A summary listing of proposed Public-Private Venture (PPV) projects anticipated for contract award in the upcoming fiscal year. 11. Commissary surcharge fund capital asset obligations and NAF and privately financed expenditures for tangible fixed assets shall be summarized and reported to the USD (P&R), as required. 12. Notification to the Congress of intent to award PPV contracts that result in major construction projects is required. DODI 1015.13 (reference (c)) provides the procedure for executing PPV projects. (c) A summary-by-fund-source page will be used as a cover sheet for all projects in the annual NAFCP report. It will summarize project cost totals by fund source. (d) DD Form 1390 and DD Form 1391 will be prepared by HQDA (DAIMOD) using the DD Form 1390 module of the PAX System. Installations will provide personnel strength, mission or major functions, and outstanding pollution and safety deficiencies data for inclusion in the DD Form 1390. (e) DD Form 1390 and DD Form 1391 will be prepared for each NAF project using the DD Form 1391 Processor, and submitted via the PAX system through appropriate channels to HQDA (DAIMOD). 424. Design authorizations a. Project submission for design authorization. (1) After the planning and documentation for a project are completed and certified, IMCOM region directors will submit projects to HQDA (DAIMOD) for review and design authorization, as provided in annual submittal guidance. DD Form 1391 will be submitted through the 1391 Processor of the PAX system. HQ USACFSC will submit projects to HQDA (DAIMOD) for review and design authorization. (2) Certified project documentation will be submitted by IMCOM region directors to HQDA (DAIMOD) for the first budget year prior to 1 March of the GY. Certified project documentation for the second budget year must also be submitted prior to 1 March of the DY. (3) All comments generated during the USACE and USAISEC certifications must be resolved prior to IMCOM regional director certification. (4) After IMCOM region directors identify their MILCON programs, HQDA (DAIMOD) will annotate CAPCES and provide the CRRC a project listing by staff proponency. The CRRC will review requirements as individual project documentation is submitted by IMCOM Region Directors. The staff proponent for the facility will determine if the requirement meets objectives, policies, and priorities established in current program guidance. This initial review will take place before the annual HQDA PRB and will normally involve staff proponent counterparts from the IMCOM region director, and, for ACOM, ASCC, and DRU mission support projects. b. Army military construction design authorization. (1) The ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs and HQ IMCOM will make a formal presentation of its program to the HQDA PRB after requirements for a given program year are submitted. This PRB is held annually in the March through April time frame. (2) The PRB will consider each project presented. The PRB will either recognize the project requirement in the given program year, or defer consideration of the project to a later POM year. HQDA (DAIMOD) will consolidate projects considered in the given program year for review by the Installation Management Board of Directors (IMBOD) and prioritization by DCS, G3/5/7. (3) At the PRB, HQDA may recommend authorizing Code 2 (35 percent design) or Code 3 (parametric design).

166

AR 4201 12 February 2008

This design authorization will be prescribed by the scope and cost (PA) specified on the DD Form 1391. Following DASA (IH) approval, projects are referred to HQDA (DAIMOD) for program budget execution. For projects with a design cost of $1 million or less, a design directive will normally be issued by USACE within 10 working days of the design authorization by HQDA (DAIMOD). For projects with a design cost greater than $1 million, a design directive will be issued by USACE at the expiration of the 21day congressional notification period (14day period for notification via electronic medium) mandated by 10 USC 2807 and after design authorization by HQDA (DAIMOD). Design funds for AE contracts must be requested by design districts from USACE no earlier than 3 days before the projected AE contract obligation date. (4) Projects submitted by ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs and HQ IMCOM at a PRB that are not certified will not be authorized for design. (5) Headquarters DA may also initially defer design authorization on a project until a particular concern or issue is resolved. HQDA will defer design authorization indefinitely unless resolution is attained by 1 August of the GY following the HQDA PRB. (6) Projects not authorized or deferred indefinitely for design by HQDA will be returned to the ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs or HQ IMCOM for reconsideration in another program year. If required, MCA funds will be reallocated by HQDA accordingly. Section IV Budgeting 425. Army budget estimates Budget formulation converts the first 2 years of the MILCON program, approved by the DEPSECDEF in the PDM, into the Army BES. After SA and CSA approval, the BES undergoes an OSD and OMB review before it is incorporated into the Presidents Budget. The MILCON portion of the BES and the Presidents Budget consists primarily of DD Form 1390 and DD Form 1391. 426. Final revisions to project programming documentation a. By 1 March of the design year, prior to the BES, Code 2 or Code 3 (concept or parametric) designs of projects in the first year of the MILCON program must be completed. Following concept or parametric design review and approval by the using agency, garrison commander, and IMCOM Region Director, the CWE for budget purposes must be prepared, coordinated with the programming IMCOM Region Director, and electronically transmitted by the USACE district to USACE no later than 1 March of the DY. After the CWE for budget purposes is reviewed and approved by USACE and HQDA, the project cost will be annotated on the DD Form 1391 for the BES requirement. Revisions to the previously approved description of work on the DD Form 1391 may also be made at this time. b. Any change in project scope from that validated at the PRB must be approved by HQDA. The project design shall reflect only the approved scope changes. c. Prior to submission to OSD, each DD Form 1391 project justification is reviewed to ensure the information presented is correct and current, including the analysis concerning privatization, and that narratives justify the project in compelling and unequivocal terms. 427. DD Form 1390, FY __ Military Construction Program a. Headquarters DA will prepare a DD Form 1390 for each installation having projects proposed for inclusion in the MILCON program. Information for this form will be drawn from the Army Stationing and Installation Plan (ASIP), headquarters IFS, CAPCES, the Installation Status Report (ISR), and the 1391 Processor. b. Paragraph 420 provides additional information on content and instructions for preparing DD Form 1390. 428. Army approval of the budget estimate submission a. Upon receipt of the PDM, the MILCON program submitted in the POM will be adjusted to reflect changes documented in the PDM. With assistance from the Director of the Army Budget, HQDA (DAIMOD) will develop the MCA budget estimate. Using the latest project cost estimates, minor adjustments in pricing may be made to the program provided costs remain within the total PDM allowance for MILCON. HQDA (DAIMOD) may also identify additional unfunded requirements (UFRs) that need to be added to the program. b. Headquarters DA (DAIMO D) and the Assistant Secretary of the Army (Financial Management and Comptroller) (ASA (FM&C)) will then present proposed revisions, UFRs, and adjustments to the MILCON program to the PBC and ARB for review and recommendations. c. After the ARB review, the Director of the Army Budget will present the budget to the SA and CSA for approval. Once the proposed estimates are approved, the SA will send the Army Budget to the SECDEF. The Director of the Army Budget will also submit a MILCON justification book to OSD. This book contains a DD Form 1391 for each requirement in the MILCON program. These requirements are organized by decision units as follows: (1) Decision unit 301.1, Operations Facilities.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

167

(2) Decision unit 301.2, Training Facilities. (3) Decision unit 302.1, Maintenance Facilities. (4) Decision unit 302.2, Production Facilities. (5) Decision unit 303.0, Research and Development Facilities. (6) Decision unit 304.0, Supply Facilities. (7) Decision unit 306.0, Administrative Facilities. (8) Decision unit 307.0, Unaccompanied Personnel Housing and Dining Facilities. (9) Decision unit 308.0, Community Facilities. (10) Decision unit 309.0, Utilities and Real Estate. (11) Decision unit 314.0, Planning and Design Program. (12) Decision unit 315.0, Unspecified Minor Military Construction Program. (13) Decision unit 316.0, Environmental Compliance Program. 429. Office of the Secretary of Defense and Office of Management and Budget review a. Members of OSD and OMB will jointly review the Army budget estimate, focusing on proper pricing, reasonableness, ability to execute, and validity of requirements. b. When reviewing the MILCON program, the OSD Comptroller may develop recommendations that include alternative courses of action such as deferral of projects for more study or to a later year, reduction in cost or scope, or deletion (loss of TOA). Before a PBD is signed by the DEPSECDEF, the Army is given the opportunity to review a coordinating PBD and contest OSDOMB proposed alternatives to the OSD Comptroller. If the Army opposes the alternative, a compelling argument must be developed and presented to the OSD Comptroller in order for the alternative to be deleted from the proposed PBD. Earlier emphasis on the importance of sound planning in project development and the Armys heavy reliance on strong justifications in documentation is now apparent. Alternatives to funding MILCON requirements usually result from weaknesses discovered in the projects documentation. OSD Comptroller alternatives unsuccessfully contested by the Army will be presented to the DEPSECDEF with the proposed PBD. c. The DEPSECDEF will review the recommended adjustments and forward the approved alternatives to the Army as signed PBDs. The Director of the Army Budget will incorporate the approved PBD changes into the budget estimate. d. During the PBD cycle, the Army may identify pending decrements as major budget issues (MBIs). Such MBIs center on decrements to specific initiatives that would significantly impair the Armys ability to achieve a programs intentions and emphasize the adverse impact should the decrement occur. An MBI that affects a unified command will be coordinated with the affected Combatant Commander to gain support. At the end of the PBD process, the SA and the CSA will meet with the SECDEF and DEPSECDEF on major unresolved issues. The SECDEF will make the final decisions in the DRB. e. At the end of the Program Budget Decision cycle, OSD will issue a PBD incorporating all changes resulting from major budget issue (MBI) deliberations. f. For Army installations in the NCR, OMB compares the Army MILCON in the NCR with the FCIP. 430. Presidents budget a. Following the review phase, the Army will submit the required budget information in the form of the Presidents Budget. The MILCON portion of the budget covers prior year outlays and estimates for the current year, plus estimates of the TOA for the BY and the BY plus one (only in even years, not in the amended budget submission year). Headquarters DA (DAIMOD) will also prepare a justification book for the Congress (known as the Green Book). This book contains a DD Form 1391 for each requirement in the Presidents budget (BY and BY plus one). Requirements are grouped by continental United States (CONUS) or outside of the Continental United States (OCONUS) and indexed by State and installation, and by current or new mission. b. The above process is basically the same for both the biennial and the amended budget. The amended budget will show only the second year of the original biennial budget. 431. Authorization and appropriation a. Authorization is required to use funds. The two steps in the authorization process are (1) Passage of an authorization bill by both Houses of the Congress. (2) Signature of the President of the United States on the bill, which becomes the Authorization Act. b. Line item appropriation of funds is required on each project in MCA, MCAR, MED MILCON, and AFH programs. The two steps in the appropriation process are (1) Passage of an appropriation bill by both houses of Congress. (2) Signature of the President of the United States on the bill, which becomes the Appropriation Act. c. The life of specific authorizations and appropriations are as follows:

168

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(1) Appropriation. (a) Appropriations must be obligated within five years (FY+4). The MILCON funds less than five years old may be used for in scope changes on any current MILCON project. (b) The MILCON funds older than five years and less than ten years old may only be used for in scope changes on projects for which the funds were originally appropriated. (c) After 10 years, funds are not available for any purpose. (2) Authorization. (a) Authorizations are good for 3 years (FY+2). (b) If no obligations are made within this 3 year period an extension is needed from congress. There is a maximum limit of two extensions. 432. Military construction and nonappropriated funds program development overview a. Figures 41 is a graphic representation of the MILCON program development flow chart b. Figures 42 is a graphic representation of the NAF program development flow chart

AR 4201 12 February 2008

169

Figure 41. MCA/AFH program development flow chart

170

AR 4201 12 February 2008

Figure 41. MCA/AFH program development flow chartContinued

AR 4201 12 February 2008

171

Figure 42. NAF program development flow chart

172

AR 4201 12 February 2008

Section V Execution 433. Supervision of military construction projects a. Each contract entered into by the United States in connection with a military construction project or a military Family housing project shall be carried out under the direction and supervision of the SA (acting through the Chief of Engineers), or such other department or Government agency as the SECDEF approves to assure the most efficient, expeditious, and cost-effective completion of the project per 10 USC 2851. b. A military construction project for an activity or agency of the DOD (other than a military department) financed from appropriations for military functions of the DOD shall be accomplished by, or through, a military department designated by the SECDEF. 434. Coordination a. Effective project development, design management, and cost engineering require close coordination among the using agency, installation, IMCOM Region Director, ACOM, ASCC, and DRU, USACE, and HQDA. b. The Commander, USACE will delegate authority to USACE MSC commanders to execute MILCON projects. This authority is then typically further delegated to appropriate USACE district commanders. The MSC and districts will administer direct management of the design and construction of MILCON projects. c. The MILCON program funds should be obligated as early in the program year as is practical. d. Guidance on design of specific facilities is provided in appendix H of this publication. 435. Design management a. The cost to complete engineering and design of a project will be in accordance with USACE guidance, including NAFCP projects if support is requested and provided by USACE. b. Department of the Army standard design/criteria will be used by USACE for design development of applicable facilities. Standard design/criteria may be site-adapted and will conform to the Installation Design Guide (IDG). (1) DD Form 1391 will indicate if standard design/criteria are being used. If a DA standard design is not to be used for a project type for which the standard was developed, the Department of the Army Facilities Standardization Subcommittee (AFSS) must approve a waiver. The project DD Form 1391 will include justification in support of that decision in the supporting paragraphs and refer to the previously approved waiver. (2) When using a DA standard design, deviations from mandatory design elements require a waiver. Requests for waivers from mandatory Army Standards within the standard design require approval from the Department of the Army Facility Standardization Committee (see app G). (3) When using a standard design for all or part of a project the percent of standard design in the total design effort shall be annotated on the DD Form 1391 along with the name of the installation where that standard design was recently used. c. Concept or parametric designs are governed first by the scope and then by the cost of each project, as defined in the project DD Form 1391. Final designs are governed principally by the cost of the project as reflected in DEPSECDEF program approvals during the PBD cycle. Congressional changes will be incorporated by the USACE district and coordinated with the IMCOM Region Director per instructions issued by HQDA (DAIMOD) through USACE. d. Review of project documentation on concept, parametric, and final designs will be conducted by authorized representatives from IMCOM region directors, ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs, installations, using agencies, and USACE. e. Any deviation in primary facility scope approved at the PRB must be within standards or criteria, and must be approved by HQDA (DAIMOD) in coordination with the DA Staff proponent. f. A value engineering study will be made on each project with a programmed amount exceeding $2 million excluding NAFCP. Value engineer studies can be waived by the MSC. Value engineering suggestions will not be adopted unless they provide the same or better life cycle cost benefits to the facility as the original design element they are seeking to replace. g. A project management plan will be developed by the USACE district for each project excluding NAFCP. The project management plan will establish scope, schedule, budgets, interface with the user, and technical performance requirements for the management and control of the project. The plan will provide performance measurement criteria including major milestones. In addition, the plan will document the USACE and user commitments required for project execution. h. All MILCON project designs shall incorporate current corrosion prevention measures and technologies. 436. Design directives a. Design directives authorize various stages of project design, indicate project scope and cost, and provide special

AR 4201 12 February 2008

173

instructions for the design of the project. The design execution process is managed, in part, by using design codes. These design codes are issued by HQDA (DAIMOD). The USACE in turn issues these codes to their divisions and districts through the directive network (DIRNET) system within the PAX processor. b. Design codes are defined as follows: (1) Code 0. A centrally funded planning charrette, using O&M funds, is authorized. (2) Code 1. The project is authorized for accomplishment of site investigation work, preparation of pre-design cost estimate, and other pre-design work to the extent defined by special instructions of individual directives. Selection and negotiation (not award) of an AE contract for design is authorized. (3) Code 2. Preparation of concept design is authorized. Award of a design contract is authorized, if appropriate. Approved concept design is considered to be 35 percent of the total design effort. (4) Code 3. Preparation of parametric design is authorized. Award of a design contract is authorized, if appropriate. Approved parametric design is considered to be 515 percent of the total design effort. (5) Code 4. The project design is on hold, pending a supplemental design directive. (6) Code 5. The project is deferred from the program. Do not start design. If design of the project by USACE district in-house personnel has begun, it will be terminated. If design is being accomplished by AE contract, it will be concluded per paragraph 437d. (7) Code 6. The project is authorized for final 100 percent design. (8) Code 7. Preparation of a request for proposal (RFP) for a design-build project is authorized. Award of an AE contract to prepare a design-build RFP is authorized, if appropriate. Under Code 7, the design effort is limited to that which is appropriate to award a contract to a single construction contractor to perform both the design and construction of a facility using performance specifications under a firm, fixed-price contract; development of nominal technical project criteria is expected. If a technical design level beyond 30 percent is necessary, prior written approval by HQDA (DAIMOD) is required. (9) Code T. The project is authorized to proceed to 100 percent design using the Adapt-Build acquisition strategy that is an integral piece of the MILCON Transformation process. (10) Code 8. The project is canceled and if design is being accomplished by AE contract, it will be concluded per paragraph 437d. (11) Code A. The project is authorized to be advertised, but not awarded. This code is used when funding is not yet available - Subject to the Availability of Funds. ODASA (I&H) must approve the use of the code A when it is used to advertise projects prior to the passing of the Fiscal Year budgets. (12) Code 9. A construction contract (or design-construct contract) is authorized for award. c. Normally, projects will be released with Code 3 (parametric design) authority. At the completion of the parametric design, and included with the submission of the ENG Form 3086 (Current Working Estimates for Budget Purposes), USACE will have determined the required acquisition strategy to be applied to the final design of each project. Based on this data, projects identified for design-bid-build will receive Code 6 (final design) authority. Projects identified for design-build will receive a Code 7 (preparation of an RFP) authority. Value engineering studies required for projects must be completed prior to award of any design-build procurement contract (see para 435f, above). Further, the opportunity to make changes to a design-build contract will be severely limited after contract award. After contract award, all discretionary (user-requested) changes, including those that affect the contractors design, must be approved by HQDA (DAIMOD). Projects identified for Adapt-Build will receive a Code T (final design using MILCON Transformation). These are projects that have a standard design maintained by a USACE Center of Standardization, and have been identified to participate in the MILCON transformation adapt-build process. d. Careful preparation of DD Form 1391 and the use of planning charrettes are essential to the success of the program. Planning charrettes conducted during the preparation of DD Form 1391 should receive full IMCOM Region Director and installation support. Detailed reviews of RFPs should be conducted by all organizations that have a vested interest in each project. This includes but is not limited to; the user, DOIM, Force Protection Officer, Provost Marshal, Fire Marshal, DPW, and Environmental Officer at the installation, the concerned IMCOM Region Director staff, USAISEC, and USACE Center Of Standardization or Mandatory Center of Expertise; and for ACOM, ASCC, and DRU mission projects, the concerned ACOM, ASCC, and DRU staff. (1) Army planning and design funds will be used for USACE project design activities after issuance of a design code (except Code 0) until award of a construction contract, including a design-build contract. This will include inhouse and AE activities associated with preparation and evaluation of the RFP. (2) Army MILCON funds will be used for post-award project activities performed by the construction contractor, AE, and USACE. Design-related activities performed by the design-build contractor will also be MILCON funded. Post-award design review costs will be a direct charge to MILCON funds. (3) For certain projects, such as some congressional ads, MILCON funds may be used for pre-award activities only where such activities are explicitly identified and associated costs specifically shown on the DD Form 1391 as being construction-funded.

174

AR 4201 12 February 2008

(4) The requirements of subparagraphs (1), (2), and (3), above do not affect policy for the use of MILCON supervision and administration funds. 437. Architect/engineer contracts a. The contracting officer may contract for AE services for execution of the design. b. The fee under any AE contract for services for developing plans and specifications is limited by statute to a maximum of 6 percent of the estimated cost of construction. The 6 percent statutory limitation applies only to production and delivery of designs, plans, drawings, and specifications for construction. The costs of non-design services, including the following, are exempt from 6 percent limitation: (1) Project development. (2) Engineering feasibility. (3) Deficiency studies. (4) Site investigations. (5) Subsurface explorations. (6) Surveys. (7) Shop drawing review. (8) Construction inspection. (9) Preparation of operating manuals and similar activities. (10) Furniture-related interior design. (11) Construction cost estimates. (12) Economic analyses. (13) National pollution discharge elimination system and other environmental permits. (14) Hazardous, toxic, and radioactive waste surveys. c. If design costs are estimated to exceed $1 million (the threshold amount specified in 10 USC 2807, as amended), award of an AE contract or initiation of in-house design will not be accomplished until HQDA fulfills 10 USC Section 2807 congressional notification requirements. d. A deferred or canceled project may require termination of the AE contract. Work must cease or be completed through the next logical stopping point. If an AE contract is not terminated, USACE will immediately notify HQDA (DAIMOD) who, in turn, will notify DASA (IH). e. For Army installations in the NCR, Army MILCON designs require approval by NCPC. For installations in the District of Columbia, to include Arlington National Cemetery and Fort Myer, VA, Army MILCON designs require approval by the CFA. Project submittals shall be in accordance with published NCPC and CFA submittal requirements. Provisions will be made in AE contracts to allow for the milestone requirements to receive NCPC and CFA project design approval. 438. Pre-design activities and Technical Instructions 80001, Design Criteria efforts a. Pre-design activities and TI 80001-required efforts will begin when a Code 1 design directive is received from USACE. Unless otherwise directed, pre-design activities and TI 80001 efforts require the following documentation before beginning: (1) The IMCOM region director-approved DD Form 1391 for the project. (2) Architectural and engineering instructions, or special instructions issued by USACE, if required. (3) Host installation approved site plan to include a statement that a hazardous and toxic materials survey has been accomplished, indicating the site is suitable for construction. (4) Installation Design Guide (IDG). (5) Risk and threat analysis provided by the installation (Provost Marshal or Security Officer) for assets to be associated with the project. b. Pre-design preparation will include the following: (1) Site surveys. (2) Site plans. (3) Preliminary subsurface investigation and analysis. (4) Preliminary utility investigation and analysis. (5) Narrative description of structural, electrical, mechanical, power, fire protection, and HVAC systems, and alternative energy systems to be considered. (6) A CWE for budget purposes, which will be prepared for USACE (excluding NAFCP) approval if cost differs from that shown on the approved DD Form 1391. (7) A threat analysis and the results of a security engineering survey, where applicable. (8) Environmental documentation. (9) Selection and negotiation of an AE contract.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

175

(10) Development of project management plan. (11) Preliminary hazard analysis outlining expected operational hazards as prescribed by AR 38510. c. Although USACE (excluding NAFCP) is responsible for effectively and efficiently providing a complete and usable facility including MILCON funded information systems (excluding such systems associated with MED MILCON projects), there may be instances where it is advantageous for the installation DOIM to install information systems for a MILCON project. In such instances, proposals by a DOIM to install such systems will be processed on a project-by-project basis in a manner similar to that used for user-requested changes. The installation will obtain written endorsement from the servicing USACE district for such an arrangement, and forward such a request, with endorsement from USACE, through the IMCOM Region Director to HQDA (DAIMOD) for approval. Any IMCOM Region Director endorsement of such a proposal to HQDA (DAIMOD) will include comments on that proposal by the installation, as well as address any funding implications related thereto, especially any deviations from the DD Form 1391 cost estimate. Further, any proposed deviations from the Army Installation Information Infrastructure Architecture (I3A) must be identified and justified at that time, and specific costs associated therewith indicated in that endorsement. Headquarters DA (DAIMOD) will advise both the appropriate IMCOM region and USACE of the disposition of each such endorsement, who will, in turn, formally notify all affected subordinate elements accordingly. d. For Army installations in the NCR, the NCPC is to be contacted to obtain the milestones and submittal requirements for the Army MILCON project design approval. For installations in the District of Columbia, to include Arlington National Cemetery and Fort Myer, VA, the CFA will be contacted to obtain the milestones and submittal requirements for the Army MILCON project design approval. Project submittal shall be in accordance with the published NCPC and CFA submittal requirements. As soon as a Code 1 design release is issued, NCPC and CFA will be contacted to establish the submittal requirements. 439. Parametric design (Code 3) a. Parametric design begins when a Code 3 directive and appropriate funding is issued by USACE. It incorporates the following elements: (1) Preparation of preliminary sketches of a site plan and area plan showing project features. Examples include proposed buildings, roads, and parking areas. (2) Preparation of pre-design level functional relationship diagrams showing functional space arrangements. (3) Review of existing geo-technical data to determine possible impact on cost. If existing data is not available or is insufficient, limited geo-technical investigation should be conducted as required. (4) Identification of probable utility connection points. (5) A summary of environmental issues and identification of required waivers and permits. (6) Preparation of pre-design level descriptive narrative for mechanical, electrical, structural, and information systems. (7) Identification of unusual requirements (that is, special foundations, AT requirements, asbestos and lead-based paint abatement, sustainable design features, special considerations, and so forth) that will significantly influence the cost. (8) Preparation of a report addressing the basis of design, including estimate assumptions and economic analysis considerations. (9) Preparation of a parametric cost estimate and submission of a CWE for budget purposes to USACE (excluding NAFCP) by 1 March of the DY. (10) Thorough involvement of the user, including input and approval of the user, throughout all steps of the parametric design process. However, this does not allow deviation from the approval project scope without formal approval by HQDA (DAIMOD). b. Parametric design is not complete until it incorporates all valid comments and is approved by the using agency, installation, and IMCOM Region Director, and ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs as appropriate for mission facility projects. This must be completed by 1 March of the DY. The cost estimate, reported by the CWE for budget purposes, is reviewed, validated, and approved by USACE (excluding NAFCP) prior to its submission to HQDA (DAIMOD). 440. Concept design (Code 2) a. Concept design will begin when a Code 2 design directive is received from USACE and will be based upon predesign activities and TI 80001-required efforts. Where no pre-design activities and the TI 80001-required efforts were accomplished, concept design will include all the requirements of pre-design. Concept design for MED MILCON projects will comply with the requirements of UFC 451001 and the TI 80001. b. Concept design will be limited to the HQDA approved scope as shown on the DD Form 1391. USACE is responsible for assuring that the authorized scope on the DD Form 1391 is not exceeded during design. The design will establish all basic features, materials, construction methods, facility systems, fire plans, and related costs of the facility. The USACE district will prepare studies that permit necessary design decisions to be made and justified. c. The ACOM, ASCC, and DRU will immediately notify the IMCOM Region Director, USACE design agent, and HQDA (DAIMOD) of any mission changes that may alter the design of a project before concept design completion.

176

AR 4201 12 February 2008

Revisions to programming, budgeting, and execution will be evaluated and appropriate guidance subsequently provided to the ACOM, ASCC, and DRU, IMCOM Region Director, and USACE by HQDA. d. Concept design will be prepared according to TI 80001. The MED MILCON project concept design will also be prepared per UFC 451001. Concept design will consist of, but not be limited to the following: (1) Thirty-five percent design drawings, which include (a) Project site plan. (b) Area site plan. (c) Complete subsurface investigation and analysis. (d) Architectural floor plans that consider functional relationships, work area use, security requirements, and traffic flow patterns. (e) Building sections. (f) General interior finish selections. (g) Exterior elevation drawings showing principal exterior finishes. (h) General preliminary mechanical, electrical, and information systems layouts, including equipment capacities and sizes. (i) Fire protection plan. (j) Exterior utility plans. (2) Outline specifications. (3) Current working estimate for budget purposes. (4) Basis of design, including the following: (a) Design assumptions. (b) Design analysis and calculations. (c) Economic analyses. (d) List of materials and methods of construction to be used. (e) Information systems requirements. (f) Discussion of types and capacities of HVAC systems, including a description of the selected system. (g) Discussion of types and capacities of primary electrical power, conduit, information systems, lighting, and other systems considered, including a description of the selected systems. (h) Descriptions of the foundation, including any special requirements such as drilled piers, pilings, and support facilities. (i) Site analysis that discusses the opportunities and constraints of the site and includes the recommendations from the IDG. (j) Operability studies. (k) Department of Defense Explosives Safety Board (DDESB) site approval, if required by AR 38510. (l) Hazard analyses, if required. (m) Preliminary erosion control analysis. (n) Preliminary landscaping planting plan and a plant material analysis that reflects the selection of plant material native to the project area. (o) Life cycle cost analyses. (p) Building energy simulations, energy conservation studies, and design energy use calculations. (q) Narrative description of the approach used and basis for AT measures, and a narrative description of those measures. (r) Fire protection analyses. (s) Corrosion mitigation plan. e. The USACE district will finalize and submit a concept design cost estimate (CWE for Budget Purposes), based on the concept design approved by the using agency, installation, and IMCOM Region Director, to USACE. The USACE district will ensure compliance with the HQDA (DAIMOD) approved DD Form 1391. IMCOM Region Directors will request approval from HQDA (DAIMOD) for any scope or cost changes. IMCOM Region Directors will also identify program revisions required to accommodate cost changes. HQDA (DAIMOD) will advise USACE of scope or cost changes required. f. The USACE MSC will ensure concept designs comply with technical requirements of the DD Form 1391 and design criteria. The USACE MSC will employ quality verification principles including staff visits, review of district quality control procedures, and technical consultations to accomplish this objective. The USACE MSC will ensure that the district processes support delivery of quality products, on time, and within budget. g. In addition to the previously described reviews by the installation and IMCOM Region Director, the using agency, when a tenant, will also review and comment on the functional aspects of the project during concept design. h. The USACE district will forward the drawings, basis of design, outline specifications, and cost estimate data to the using agency, the installation, the IMCOM Region Director, and ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs as appropriate for

AR 4201 12 February 2008

177

mission projects and parent USACE MSC for comment and appropriate approvals. Any functional design-related conflicts between the installation and using agency will be resolved by the IMCOM Region Director. i. The USACE district will incorporate valid comments made by review agencies, if practical, provide written rationale to reviewers for comments not incorporated, and obtain final approvals of concept design. j. Concept design is not complete until it incorporates all valid comments and is approved by the using agency, installation, USAISEC, and IMCOM Region Director, and ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs as appropriate for mission projects. This must be completed by 1 March of the design year. The cost estimate, reported by the current working estimate, is reviewed, validated, and approved by USACE prior to its submission to HQDA (DAIMOD). 441. Design-build procurement (Code 7) a. Projects identified for design-build will receive a Code 7 (preparation of an RFP) authority. Projects planned for execution as design-build will be identified as early as possible, but not later than submission of the parametric or concept design. For guidance concerning planning charrettes for design-build projects, see paragraph 436c, above. b. Final request for proposal documents are based on approved concept or parametric designs (in some instances, concept or parametric designs may not have been done, for example, UMMCA). Further, the opportunity to make changes to a design-build contract will be severely limited after contract award. All discretionary (user-requested) changes after contract award must be approved by HQDA (DAIMOD). c. The USACE will request that the using agency, installation, USAISEC, and IMCOM Region Director review RFP documents that are nearing completion to assure the project conforms to the approved concept requirements for functionality, operability, and maintainability. The USACE MSC will assist in resolving any design related conflicts among the installation, using agency, IMCOM Region Director, and the USACE district. The USACE Director of Military Programs will resolve remaining conflicts between the USACE MSC and the IMCOM Region Director. Copies of completed final design documents will be provided to the using agency, the installation, and the IMCOM Region Director. d. Army planning and design funds will be used for USACE project activities after issuance of a design code until award of a design-build contract. This will include in-house and AE activities associated with preparation and evaluation of the RFP. e. Army MILCON funds will be used for post-award project activities performed by the construction contractor, AE, and USACE. Design-related activities performed by the design-build contractor will also be MILCON funded. Postaward design review costs will be a direct charge to MILCON funds. f. For certain projects, such as some congressional ads, MILCON funds may be used for pre-award activities only where such activities are explicitly identified and associated costs specifically shown on the congressionally approved DD Form 1391. g. The requirements of subparagraphs a through c, above do not affect policy for the use of MILCON supervision and administration funds. 442. Final design (Code 6) a. Final design begins when a code 6 design directive and appropriate funding is issued by USACE. b. The USACE will request that the using agency, installation, USAISEC, and IMCOM Region Director, and ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs as appropriate for mission projects review design documents that are nearing final design to assure the project conforms to the approved concept requirements for functionality, operability, and maintainability. The USACE MSC will assist in resolving any design related conflicts among the installation, using agency, IMCOM Region Director, and the USACE district. The USACE Director of Military Programs, (USACE), will resolve remaining conflicts between the USACE MSC and the IMCOM Region Director. Copies of completed final design documents will be provided to the using agency, the installation, and the IMCOM Region Director. 443. Adapt build final design (Code T) a. Final begins when a code T design directive and appropriate funding is issued by USACE. The project is authorized to proceed to 100 percent design using the adapt-build acquisition strategy that is an integral piece of the MILCON Transformation process. b. The adapt-build design concept will be used in conjunction with USACEs MILCON transformation strategy. It takes advantage of existing, approved, standard designs and adapts them for installation specific requirements, such as the Installation Design Guide. It also takes advantage of repetitive contracting and regional contracts. c. The USACE Center of Standardization (COS) will maintain a catalog of approved standard designs that will serve as the basis for the final design. The COS will insure that installation requirements are attached to each design. This includes mechanical systems, proper insulation, and exterior finishes. d. Once the installation specific items are included in the design, it will be turned over to the local USACE district to provide final design for the site. This includes supporting design such as utility runs and topography issues. e. The USACE will coordinate the design with the using agency, installation, USAISEC, and IMCOM Region Director, and ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs as appropriate for mission projects review. The Adapt-Build design approach

178

AR 4201 12 February 2008

does not leave room for user changes to the standard design as adapted for the site during the design process. Any change requests will have to be submitted as a discretionary change. 444. Cost estimate a. Cost estimates supporting MILCON projects will be prepared in accordance with TM 58004. Section VII provides further guidance for the information systems portion of the cost estimate. Design and cost estimates will include life-cycle cost analyses. After HQDA (DAIMOD) approval, cost data from CWEs prepared for budget purposes will replace cost data on the DD Form 1391. b. Cost estimates prepared before issuance of a Code 1, 2, or 3 design directives, whether prepared by an installation, a USACE district, or other design agent, will be funded by the using agency. Where renewable energy sources are deemed feasible, costs are not to be included on the DD Form 1391 prior to completion of the concept or parametric cost estimate. c. For all projects, the principles of SDD will be considered during the development of the initial budgetary cost estimate, the concept or parametric design, and to a greater extent during the final design phase. At any time during those project phases, if a life cycle cost effective SDD-related product or system is proposed that would cause the project to exceed the OSD facility cost-per-square-foot standard (1) An analysis reflecting the following will be formally submitted by the installation or design agent through the IMCOM Region Director to HQDA (DAIMOD) for review and approval: (a) A listing of each such individual product or system and the product or system it is intended to replace. (b) The difference in initial cost between each proposed product or system and the product or system it is intended to replace. (c) The life cycle cost savings associated with each product or system proposed, developed in accordance with AR 1118. (2) Any approval by HQDA (DAIMOD) will be accompanied by a determination of those specific products or systems approved for inclusion in the project design. Approval will also indicate where the costs associated with the acquisition and installation of such products or systems will be reflected in each project DD Form 1391. (3) Systems or products determined by SDD considerations to have positive life cycle cost benefits will not be deleted/modified by value engineering suggestions simply to lower construction cost. d. For all projects, costs associated with meeting the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (PL 10958) must be considered and shown during the development of the initial budgetary cost estimate, the concept or parametric design, and to a greater extent during the final design phase. 445. Additive bid items and bid options a. Cost limitations can necessitate identifying non-essential additive items or bid options that could be deferred if bids are not favorable. Under no circumstances will features essential for a complete and usable facility be included in either additive bid items or bid options. Additionally, additive bid items and bid options may only include scope items described in the DD Form 1391. b. During advertising, bidding, awarding, and construction of a MILCON project, it may be impossible to award all additive bid items or bid options related to a project. This occurs when statutory limitations are reached, when items are prohibitively costly, when the appropriation is critically short of contingency funds, or for other reasons. The OMA, AFH (O&M), or other funds available to the installation or tenant may not normally be applied to construction work that was un-awardable with MILCON funds or un-awardable within MILCON authorization ceilings. To do so may constitute violation of statutory limitations. This policy does not apply to in-place personal property equipment, furnishings, or work items that may be classified as maintenance and repair. c. Additive bid items or bid options to be included in a solicitation must be identified during the design process as risk mitigating cost measures, and must be coordinated with the Garrison staff and the user. Prior to solicitation, additive bid items and bid options must be approved by the IMCOM Regional Director. For mission facility projects, the IMCOM region must obtain ACOM, ASCC, and DRU endorsement. Depending upon the current construction bidding climate, higher level bid option approval may be necessary and will be implemented under a guidance memorandum. d. Title 10 USC 2853 directs that any reduction in scope of more that 25 percent requires formal Congressional notification. Additive bid items or bid options that are part of a solicitation that impact scope must not total more than 25 percent of the authorized project scope without approval by HQDA (DAIMOD). 446. Advertising, award, and obligation (excluding nonappropriated-funded construction projects) a. Appropriate interests in real property will be obtained before bids are advertised or construction contracts are awarded (see AR 40510). b. Advertisement will not occur until the USACE district has satisfactorily resolved IMCOM Region Director and user review comments and, for projects in the NCR, projects have been processed through the NCPC and CFA review processes, as appropriate.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

179

c. Award will not occur until the USACE district has satisfactorily addressed all using agency changes approved during the user-requested change review and approval process established by HQDA (DAIMOD). d. The USACE district will forward copies of all bidding documents, a notice of intent to advertise for bids, and the proposed date of advertisement to the using agency, the installation, and the IMCOM Region Director. e. The contracting officer will not normally open bids or award a contract with known material changes required. f. Funds sufficient to cover the cost of the contract, contingencies, engineering during construction, as-built drawings, and supervision and administration must be available at time of award. g. Savings realized from favorable bids (for example, lower than expected bids, quantity under-runs, invalid claims) will be used at the discretion of HQDA (DAIMOD) to fund shortfalls in the MILCON program. h. The USACE shall notify Congress prior to contract award. 447. Project construction (excluding nonappropriated-funded construction projects) The USACE district commander will a. Establish and maintain a safe construction site. b. Provide appropriate Quality Assurance during execution of the project. c. Provide all necessary contract administration to manage the project. d. Ensure that the construction complies with the project drawings and specifications and with Federal, State, and host nation regulations to yield a quality product. e. Manage project costs and assess impacts of changes. f. Negotiate and issue modifications to the contract when necessary. g. Resolve claims and contract disputes with the contractor. h. Maintain detailed construction schedules. i. Monitor contractor execution and process progress payments. j. Advise the using agency of project status. k. Evaluate the performance of the contractor, and where applicable, the AE, at the completion of the project. l. Keep HQ USACE and the USACE MSC apprised of the project status. m. Provide CWEs for all discretionary changes and mandatory changes requiring HQDA (DAIMOD) or higher approval. 448. Systems commissioning Individual operating systems testing to ensure that contractual requirements have been met are not always an adequate process to guarantee overall performance. For projects, which include various large, complex, or interactive utility systems, where significant operational degradation may occur in critical facility processes or in life, health, or safety features of the project if systems do not function as required, it may be necessary to ensure that design intent has been accomplished through the use of the systems commissioning process. Installations will identify and justify all such requirements and program all funds necessary to implement this process, including any MILCON funds required, in the project DD Form 1391, to ensure that appropriate resources are available when needed for each such project selected. IMCOM region directors will be prepared to support such requirements on a per project basis at HQDA PRB meetings. 449. Semiannual review (excluding nonappropriated-funded construction projects) The USACE will meet with HQDA (DAIMOD) and IMCOM region directors on a semi-annual basis to review projects under design and construction, and related execution issues. 450. Cost increases (military construction, Army and Army Family housing) a. Since MILCON cost estimates provided in the Congressional Justification Books are based on less than 100 percent design, the Congress allows the Services certain flexibility to approve cost increases. Per 10 USC 2853, a Service Secretary can approve a cost increase provided it could not have reasonably been anticipated at the time the project was approved originally by Congress, and further provided that it is required for the sole purpose of meeting unusual variations in cost. In other words, the cost increase must not be the result of an increase in the authorized scope. (Note that there is no authority under the law for the Services to increase the scope of any project approved by Congress.) The flexibility to increase the cost of a project is generally contingent on the availability of savings from other projects such as, bid savings or cancellations. b. Every MILCON project is treated as if it had a separate authorization and appropriation. For practically all projects, these two amounts are the same. Other MCA projects have a special authorization with the appropriation provided either by congressionally approved reprogramming (for example, 10 USC 2803, Emergency Construction) or from a lump-sum appropriation (for example, 10 USC 2805, Unspecified Minor Construction). Although AHRP projects are authorized and appropriated as a lump sum, for the purpose of cost increases, the authorized and appropriated amounts are considered to be the costs shown in the Congressional Justification Books. c. Increases to the authorized amounts are within the purview of the MILCON Authorization Subcommittees,

180

AR 4201 12 February 2008

whereas increases to the appropriated amounts are strictly within the purview of the Senate Committee on Appropriations and the House of Representatives Committee on Appropriations. The separate rules for increasing the project authorization and appropriation are discussed in the following paragraphs. If the approval thresholds are different for the authorized and appropriated amounts, the smaller one controls. d. Under the provisions of 10 USC 2853, a Service Secretary can approve a "cost variation" (increase of the project authorization) up to 25 percent of the amount authorized, or 200 percent of the UMMCA threshold (currently $3 million, that is, 2 x $1.5 million, see 10 USC 2805(a)), whichever is less. The specific cost variation approval thresholds are as follows: (1) USACE can approve up to 15 percent over the amount authorized, or $1.5 million, whichever is less. (2) Headquarters DA (DASA (IH)) can approve up to 25 percent over the amount authorized, or $3 million, whichever is less, with certain exceptions. Since some cost increases need to be funded promptly to avoid interest or impact costs, 10 USC 2853(d) provides that the previous discussed limits on cost increases will not apply to cost increases resulting from (a) The settlement of a contractor meritorious claim under a contract. (b) The costs associated with the required remediation of an environmental hazard in connection with a MILCON project, such as asbestos removal, radon abatement, lead-based paint removal or abatement, or any other legally required environmental hazard remediation, if the required remediation could not have been reasonably anticipated at the time the project was approved originally by Congress. (3) The MILCON Authorizations Subcommittees must be notified of increases for initial awards greater than 25 percent over the appropriated amount, or $3 million, whichever is less. Contract award cannot occur until at least 21 calendar days waiting period, or 14 days for electronic submissions, after the Congress is notified and if there are no congressional objections. e. The Army can approve a reprogramming (increase of a project appropriation) up to 25 percent, or $2,000,000, whichever is less. This criterion is more restrictive than 10 USC 2853. The specific reprogramming approval thresholds are as follows: (1) The USACE can approve up to 15 percent over the amount appropriated, or $1.5 million, whichever is less, except as noted in paragraph d(2)(b), above. (2) The HQDA (DASA (IH)) can approve (a) Up to 25 percent over the amount appropriated, or $2 million, whichever is less, except as noted in paragraph d(2)(b), above and except for claims and for certain AHRP projects. The limitation on cost variations reflected above also must conform to the specific additional constraints reflected in paragraph d(2)(a) and d(2)(b), above regarding claims and environmental remediation. (b) For out-of-cycle AHRP projects added by the Army, the DASA (IH) can approve cost increases, regardless of the percentage, provided the total project CWE is less than $1.5 million. (3) Senate and House MILCON Appropriations Subcommittees can approve any increase greater than 25 percent, or $2 million, whichever is less, except for claims and certain AHRP projects (see para (2)(a) and (2)(b), above). (4) In instances where a prior approval reprogramming request for a project has been approved by Congress, the reprogrammed PA for both the project that received the increase as well as the revised PA on the project(s) used as bill payers. This revised PA becomes the new bases for any future increase, or decrease via a below threshold reprogramming, provided the project or account is not a congressional interest item. Any project specifically reduced by Congress in acting on the appropriation request is considered to be a "special interest" project and the reduced PA represents the maximum limit for this project. No one has authority to allow the CWE to increase beyond the PA of such a project. No below threshold, reprogramming is authorized. A congressional reprogramming is the only allowable method to allow the project costs to exceed the PA. (5) Reprogramming limits do not apply to individual UMMCA projects. Cost increases for UMMCA projects are handled by reapproving the project at a higher amount pursuant to 10 USC 2805. 451. Scope and cost reductions (military construction, Army and Army Family housing) a. Per 10 USC 2853, the Secretary of the Army (SA) must approve and notify Congress when the project scope is reduced below 75 percent of the scope originally approved by the Congress. The award cannot occur until at least 21 calendar days or 14 calendar days if the notification is submitted electronically after the Congress is notified or if there are objections. Note limits and notification periods outlined below are subject to change whenever Congress amends/ revises the corresponding section of the public law. For specific changes limits/notifications, contact DAIMODC for current authorization limits and notification periods. b. Cost variations will not be used as a basis to increase the scope of any MILCON project (see 10 USC Chapter 169). After approval by Congress, each DD Form 1391 scope has a statutory basis that cannot be increased without congressional approval. The scope shown on the DD Form 1391 approved by Congress is the maximum allowable scope for the project, and must be reflected in all phases of project design as well as design-build requests for proposal subsequent to that approval. Once a project is approved by Congress, design reviews and value engineering studies will also include a verification statement to the effect that the project scope conforms to that of the DD Form 1391. For

AR 4201 12 February 2008

181

projects submitted to HQDA in the POM, but not yet approved by Congress, certain limited scope adjustments are permissible if required for technical reasons, and if approved by HQDA (DAIMOD), or TRICARE Management Activity (TMA) for MED MILCON projects. The IMCOM region directors must submit any proposed DD Form 1391 scope change to HQDA (DAIMOD) for approval as a user-requested change. Requested adjustments are handled on a case-by-case basis, and may require coordination with the MILCON Subcommittees. Consequently, design agents are not authorized to incorporate any such scope changes into any project design or RFP without formal approval from HQDA. c. When determining the extent of a reduction in the scope of work, the reductions in dollars as well as engineering based attributes (for example, square footage reductions) shall be used to determine the 25 percent scope change threshold reflected in 10 USC 2853(b). The notification requirements for changes in scope report states: The scope of work for a military construction project or for the construction, improvement, and acquisition of a military Family housing project may be reduced by not more than 25 percent from the amount approved for that project, construction, improvement, or acquisition by Congress subject to certain limitations, one of which is notification of Congressional Committees. It is the understanding of the conferees that the services have interpreted this provision to mean that scope reduction notification is required only when a reduction is made to engineering based attributes such as square footage. The conferees emphasize that scope reduction notification also applies when a reduction of 25 percent or more is take from the amount appropriated for a project. The conferees also emphasize that scope reductions in excess of 25 percent may not be made until the appropriate Congressional Committees have been notified and a 21day period has elapsed. The notification is a statutory requirement independent of any reprogramming request and must proceed by at least 21 days any request to reprogram funds that are excess to a project due to a scope reduction. This corrected understanding of the requirement is necessary to ensure transparency in the military construction program and to restore the ability of Congress to exercise proper oversight of APF for military construction. 452. Project approval a. The DA policy regarding funding sources for construction of MWR facilities is contained in AR 2151. Policy regarding funding sources for construction of Army Lodging facilities is contained DODI 1015.12 and chapter 3. Requests for exceptions to such policy will be prepared by the garrison commander, and submitted through the IMCOM Region Director for review and endorsement, to include IMCOM Region Director rationale for such requests, and forwarded through USACFSC for review and processing to DUSD (MC&FP), who will prepare requests for exceptions to such policy. b. For projects estimated to cost more than $750,000 (excluding equipment costs and design fees) that experience a change in scope of 10 percent (up or down), or where the cost will exceed the reported cost by 25 percent or more, the NAF program manager will submit a variance request to HQDA (DAIMOD) for submission through ASA (M&RA) and ASA (IE&E) to DUSD (P&R). The DUSD (P&R) will then notify both the HASC and SASC of the reason for the variance. No contract commitment may occur until 15 days after notification of the HASC and SASC and written notification is received from DUSD (P&R). c. For projects estimated to cost between $200,000 and $750,000 (excluding equipment costs and design fees) that experience a cost increase where the new cost is estimated to be $750,000 (excluding equipment costs and design fees) or more, the NAF program manager will submit a variance request to HQDA (DAIMOD) for submission through ASA (M&RA) to ASA IE&E) to USD (P&R). d. For projects estimated to cost less than $200,000 (excluding equipment costs and design fees) that experience a cost increase where the new cost is estimated to be $200,000 (excluding equipment costs and design fees) or more, but less than $750,000 (excluding equipment costs and design fees), the NAF program manager will report on a NAF minor construction project to HQDA (DAIMOD) for inclusion in the next annual budget submission. e. For all the cost variance requests cited above, currency fluctuations will have no impact on reporting requirements for approvals. 453. Approvals for nonappropriated-funded construction projects program projects Approved projects estimated to cost less than $200,000 that meet the requirements of AR 2151, DODI 1015.12, and AR 21020 will not be placed under contract without the approval of the appropriate IMCOM Regional Director. The IMCOM Regional Director will not approve commissary construction without DeCA approval, or exchange construction without AAFES approval. 454. Project completion a. Physically complete MILCON and NAF projects will be transferred to the installation by DD Form 1354. b. As-built drawings will be provided to the installation within 60 days of the final transfer of the facility. c. Fiscal closeout of the project should occur within 60 days after physical completion. However, fiscal closeout may be delayed by pending changes and claims.

182

AR 4201 12 February 2008

455. Emergency construction (10 USC 2803) a. Requests for emergency construction will be executed as described below (see para b, below, for statutory authorizations and limitations). (1) Emergency construction requests will be submitted by IMCOM region directors (signed by a General Officer (GO) or equivalent Senior Executive Service (SES) official) after coordination with the appropriate ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs for mission projects to HQDA (DAIMOD), with copies to the CSA and ASA (IE&E). Each request must explicitly state why the project is vital to national security or protection of health, safety or environmental quality, and why it cannot be included in the next MILCON budget request. Requests should also include a DD Form 1391 and proposed completion date. (2) Headquarters, DA (DAIMOD) will request approval of an emergency project from the Army Secretariat after it is validated by the HQDA proponent, provided funding is available. If approved by the Army Secretariat, HQDA (DAIMOD) will issue a design release to USACE. The appropriate congressional correspondence will be submitted after a reliable cost estimate is prepared and the DD Form 1391 is revised, as necessary. Ultimate approval of the project is contingent on the following: (a) Agreement by OSD to forward the reprogramming request to the House and Senate Appropriations Committees. (b) Written approval of the reprogramming by the House and Senate Appropriations Committees. (c) No objections from the House or Senate Armed Services Authorization Committees within 21 calendar days after they receive the 10 USC 2803 notification letters and reports from the Army Secretariat in hard copy, or seven calendar days for electronic notification. (3) Advertising authority will not generally be provided until an emergency project is approved by the Authorization and Appropriations Committees. If justified, authority to advertise and open bids (subject to the availability of funds) may be provided by DASA (IH) before congressional approval. (4) The project dollar amount shown on a 10 USC 2803 congressional notification and reprogramming request will be treated as a normally authorized and appropriated project. Consequently, the Army has reprogramming flexibility up to 25 percent or $2 million, whichever is less, provided additional funding is available. b. The pertinent text of 10 USC 2803, Emergency Construction, is reprinted as follows: (1) Subject to subsections (b) and (c), the Secretary concerned may carry out a military construction project not otherwise authorized by law if the Secretary determines (1) that the project is vital to national security or to the protection of health, safety or the quality of the environment, and (2) that the requirement for the project is so urgent that deferral of the project for inclusion in the next Military Construction Authorization Act would be inconsistent with national security or the protection of health, safety or environmental quality, as the case may be. (2) When a decision is made to carry out a military construction project under this section, the Secretary concerned shall submit a report in writing to the appropriate committees of Congress on that decision. Each such report shall include: (a) The justification for the project and the current estimate of the cost of the project. (b) The justification for carrying out the project under this section. (c) A statement of the source of funds to be used to carry out the project. The project may then be carried out only after the end of the 21day period beginning on the date the notification is received by such committees in hard copy, or seven calendar days for electronic notification. (3) The maximum amount that the Secretary concerned may obligate in any fiscal year under this section is $50,000,000. (4) A project carried out under this section shall be carried out within the total amount of funds appropriated for military construction that have not been obligated. c. This authority would not be used for projects denied authorization in a prior military construction authorization act. (1) No authorization of appropriations would be provided in an annual military construction authorization Act for the use of the authority of this section. (2) The use of this authority is dependent upon the availability of savings of appropriations from other military construction projects or through funding obtained by deferring or canceling other military construction projects. (3) No funding is appropriated for emergency construction. (4) Therefore, funds to finance the authorization must be reprogrammed (with Congressional approval) from unobligated MILCON funds. Note that the Congress would be reluctant to approve cancellation or deferment of a required project to fund an emergency construction project unless there was a truly dire need. d. This authority was provided to give the DOD and the Congress flexibility in dire situations. A true emergency project should be confined to facilities without which a critical weapon system or mission could not function. e. Additionally, emergency construction projects costing $1,500,000 (up to $3,000,000 to correct threats to life, health, or safety) or less should be executed under the UMMCA program. f. There is no individual project limitation. However, 10 USC 2803 states that the SA may obligate a maximum of $50,000,000 per fiscal year for emergency construction projects. Also, the additional emergency authorization cannot

AR 4201 12 February 2008

183

cause an annual MCA program authorization to be exceeded. Furthermore, since there is no separate emergency construction appropriation, projects carried out under the provisions of 10 USC 2803 authority can be completed only within the total amount of appropriated MCA funds that have not been obligated. 456. Restoration or replacement of damaged or destroyed facilities (10 USC 2854) a. Title 10 USC 2854. The pertinent text of 10 USC 2854, Restoration or Replacement of Damaged or Destroyed Facilities, is cited as follows: (1) Subject to subsections (a), the Secretary concerned may repair, restore, or replace a facility under his jurisdiction, including a Family housing facility that has been damaged or destroyed. (2) When a decision is made to carry out construction under this section and the cost of the repair, restoration, or replacement is greater than the amount for a minor construction project, the Secretary concerned shall notify in writing the appropriate committees of Congress of that decision, of the justification for the project, of the current estimate of the cost of the project, of the source of funds for the project, and of the justification for carrying out the project under this section. The project may then be carried out only after the end of the 21day period beginning on the date the notification is received by such committees or, if earlier, the end of the seven-day period beginning on the date on which a copy of the notification is provided in an electronic medium pursuant to section 480 of this title. b. Permission. Subsection (a) of 10 USC 2854 permits military departments and defense agencies to respond to natural disasters and acts of arson or terrorism promptly. The committee expects prompt responses to restore mission effectiveness and to preclude further deterioration of damaged facilities. To assure timely responses, operation and maintenance appropriations may be used to temporarily repair or restore damaged facilities. If an economic analysis of life-cycle costs shows that the most cost effective alternative is facility replacement, military construction appropriations may be used to construct the replacement facility. The committee would expect that any replacement facility would use current design and material criteria and may be increased in size to meet current mission and functional requirements. c. Authorized projects. (1) This authority may be used for MCA restoration or replacement projects, which exceed the minor construction cost limitation. (2) Family housing units may also be restored or replaced under this authority. However, it is Army policy that 10 USC 2854 be used only for AFH replacement projects (new construction) that are urgent and cannot be delayed until the next AFH budget cycle (see chapter 3 for further guidance). (3) The O&M funds may be used to temporarily repair or restore facilities while funding approval for a permanent solution is being obtained if there is a compelling urgency. Examples of compelling urgency might be prevention of additional significant deterioration of the facility, mitigation of a serious life safety hazard, or avoidance of severe degradation of a critical mission. (4) A damaged facility or Family housing unit may be replaced under this authority, in lieu of being restored, if replacement is supported by a life cycle economic analysis. A replacement facility or Family housing unit should use current design and material criteria and may be increased to statutory size limits by pay grade to meet current mission and functional requirements. (5) It is clear that the authority cited in 10 USC 2854 was not intended for the restoration or replacement of facilities in a serious state of disrepair due to gradual deterioration or lack of maintenance (see chapter 5, also). d. Funding. No additional funding will be appropriated for projects constructed under 10 USC 2854. Therefore, construction funds necessary to finance the authorization must be reprogrammed (with congressional approval) from unobligated MILCON funds. Note that the Congress would be reluctant to approve cancellation or deferment of a required project to fund a restoration or replacement project unless there was a truly dire need. e. Limitation. Title 10 USC 2854 does not contain any limitation on the cost of an individual project, or total value of projects authorized per FY. However, this does not exempt the restoration or replacement of Family housing units from compliance with other statutes that limit per-unit costs (that is, $50,000 times area cost factor). Authorization of restoration or replacement projects cannot cause an annual MCA or AFH program authorization to be exceeded. Furthermore, since there is no separate appropriation for projects carried out under the provisions of 10 USC 2854, projects must be completed within the total dollar amount of appropriated unobligated MCA or AFH funds. f. Project submission. Proposed project requests will be submitted by HQ IMCOM or ACOM, ASCC, and DRUs, depending upon whether a project is a BASOPS or Mission support project, (signed by a GO or equivalent SES) to HQDA (DAIMOD), with copies to the CSA and ASA (IE&E). A request must state explicitly why the project is needed and why it cannot be included in the next MCA or AFH budget request. A request should also include a DD Form 1391, proposed project completion date, economic analysis (if a replacement facility is proposed), and housing deficit verification (for AFH projects). Repair projects will be submitted as required by chapter 2. g. Project approval. Headquarters, DA (DAIMOD) will request approval from the Army Secretariat for a restoration or replacement project after it is validated by HQDA proponent staff, and provided funding is available. If approved by the Army Secretariat, HQDA (DAIMOD) will issue a design release. The appropriate congressional correspondence will be submitted after a reliable cost estimate is prepared and the DD Form 1391 is reviewed and

184

AR 4201 12 February 2008

validated, as necessary. Note that ultimate approval of the project is contingent on the following: agreement by DOD to forward the reprogramming request to the Appropriations Committees, written approval of the reprogramming by the House and Senate Appropriations Committees, and no objections from the House National Security or Senate Authorization Committees within 21 calendar days after receipt of the 10 USC 2854 notification letters from the Army Secretariat, or seven calendar days for electronic medium notification. h. Project execution. Advertising authority will generally not be provided until a restoration or replacement project is approved by the Authorization and Appropriations Committees. However, if justified, authority to advertise and open bids (subject to the availability of funds) may be provided before congressional approval. i. Cost variation. The project amount shown on a 10 USC 2854 congressional notification and reprogramming request will be treated as a normally authorized and appropriated project. Consequently, the Army has reprogramming flexibility up to 25 percent or $2 million, whichever is less, provided additional funding is available. j. Appropriation. The OMA appropriations are the appropriate funding source for acquisition of materials and/or cost of erection of structures during combat or contingency operations that are clearly intended to meet a temporary operational requirement to facilitate combat or contingency operations (see 10 USC 101(a) (13)). Such facilities may not be used for the purpose of satisfying requirements of a permanent nature at the conclusion of combat or contingency operations. MCA appropriations shall be used for such purposes in all other situations, including construction used after the termination of military operations necessitating the construction, except those minor construction projects authorized pursuant to 10 USC 2805(c). 457. Construction authority in the event of declaration of war or national emergency (10 USC 2808) This authority provides that in the event of a declaration of war or a declaration by the President of a national emergency under 50 USC 1601, the SECDEF may undertake MILCON projects necessary to support use of the armed forces. Funding for all projects must be available from unobligated MILCON funds previously appropriated. Specific guidance will be issued by HQDA upon activation of this authority. Section VI Equipment Installation 458. Installed building equipment Installed building equipment (IBE) includes items of real property affixed to or built into a facility that are an integral part of the facility. IBE is normally provided as part of construction and their costs are included in the construction cost estimate. Primary facility costs that include items of IBE are financed with either MILCON or NAFCP funds, for MILCON and NAF projects, respectively (see sec VII, below, for additional detailed funding policy related to information systems acquired in support of MILCON projects). Examples of supporting IBE are listed below. a. Bedside headwall units. b. Bleachers (built-in). c. Benches (built-in). d. Boilers. e. Bookcases (built-in). f. Cabinets (built-in). g. Carpet (wall to wall). h. Chapel seating, baptisteries, altars, pulpits, communion rails and tables, and raised platforms (built-in). i. Closets. j. Correctional facility equipment. k. Desks and tables (built-in). l. Dishwasher equipment (built-in). m. Drinking water coolers (built-in). n. Electrical components (built-in electric lighting fixtures and power utilization, and distribution equipment). o. Elevators and elevator doors. p. Escalators. q. Exhaust systems. r. Fire alarm and detection systems, including built-in cabinets. s. Food service equipment (built-in). t. Gas fittings. u. Hardware and fixtures for disabled personnel access. v. Heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment, and control systems. w. Hoists (crane and crane rails) attached to the building structure. x. Incinerators. y. Key control systems.

AR 4201 12 February 2008

185

z. Kitchenette units. aa. Laboratory sinks, tables, and benches (built-in). ab. Lockers (built-in). ac. Meat cutting equipment. ad. Panel boards. ae. Plumbing. af. Pot and pan washing equipment. ag. Protective construction features. ah. Refrigeration equipment (built-in). ai. Storm sash and doors. aj. Screens. ak. Shelving and racks (built-in). al. Signage. am. Sprinklers. an. Sterilizers (built-in). ao. Storage bins (built-in). ap. Theater and auditorium railings. aq. Theater Seating (bolted in place). ar. Theater stage and fire curtain. as. Traffic railings. at. Utility monitoring and control systems. au. Vaults. av. Vehicle and pedestrian traffic control, and direction signs. aw. Venetian blinds and window shades. ax. Wardrobes (fixed). ay. Waste disposers. az. Other similar non-severable items. 459. Personal property (fixed) Personal property (fixed) (normally not MILCON or NAF funded) consists of capital equipment and other equipment of a movable nature that has been fixed in place or attached to real property, but may be severed or removed from buildings without destroying the usefulness of the facilities. Acquisition and installation of personal property is an unfunded project cost and should be funded from other than MILCON appropriations (see sec VII, below, for funding policy related to information systems acquired in support of MILCON projects). Any proposal to fund personal property from MILCON funds must be fully justified and submitted to HQDA (DAIMOD) for approval. The equipment items will be clearly identified and all associated costs reflected separately. Such requests for approval will be accompanied by an itemized listing of each item of equipment, quantity required, unit of measure, and cost. When this type of equipment is proposed for MILCON funding and will not be a part of the construction contract, commanders will take appropriate programming actions. Examples of personal property for primary facilities normally not financed by MILCON funds are listed below. a. Banking equipment. b. Blast furnaces. c. Blasters and roto-blasters. d. Bleachers (portable). e. Chain and tractor equipment. f. Conveyor systems. g. Dies. h. Drills. i. Dryers. j. Electronic repair laboratory and shop equipment. k. Electronic security equipment. l. Fixed navigational aids. m. Fixed facilities for radio and meteorological stations. n. Fixed target range systems. o. Forges. p. Grinders. q. Heat treating machines.

186

AR 4201 12 February 2008

r. Jigs. s. Lathes. t. Laundry equipment. u. Metal plating equipment. v. Microscopes (fixed). w. Molders. x. Organs. y. Ovens and furnaces. z. Paint sprayers and paint booths. aa. Photographic equipment. ab. Planners. ac. Power conditioning equipment, frequency converters, and power line filters. ad. Presses. ae. Printing presses and related equipment. af. Punches. ag. Riveters. ah. Scientific measuring instruments. ai. Sewing machines. aj. Sheet metal equipment. ak. Stamping and cleaning equipment. al. Steam cleaning equipment. am. Stills. an. Stitchers. ao. Telescopes. ap. Testing equipment. aq. Training equipment and simulators. ar. Vats. as. Wash tanks. at. Welding machines. au. Woodworking equipment. 460. Personal property (movable) Equipment that is movable and not affixed as an integral part of the facility is generally accounted for as personal property rather than real property. Normally, these items should not be financed from either MILCON or NAF funds (see sec VII, below, for funding policy related to information systems acquired in support of MILCON projects). Examples of items not financed with MILCON or NAF funds are listed below. These items, when procured in support of NAC FP, are normally financed with NAF when authorized APF is not available. a. Automated data processing equipment b. Filing cabinets and portable safes c. Fire extinguishers (portable) d. Food service equipment (portable) e. Furnishings, including rugs f. Furniture (such as chairs, tables, beds, desks, and partitions) g. Office machines h. Photographic equipment (portable) i. Pre-wired workstations (see definition in Glossary) j. Shop equipment k. Training aids and equipment, including simulators l. Wall clocks 461. Commissary equipment Commissary projects specifically included in the MILCON program by the DeCA and commissary store equipment, both movable and fixed or built in as an integral part of a facility, will normally not be financed from MILCON funds, or included in the project cost. 462. Medical and dental equipment Procedures for planning and budgeting for medical and dental supporting equipment are contained in

AR 4201 12 February 2008

187

MILSTD1691F. Guidance on construction-funded equipment for medical projects is also contained in MILSTD1691F. 463. Equipment installation a. Equipment affixed and built into a facility (real property) as an integral part of the facility is construction and will be funded as a construction cost. b. Costs associated with installing movable equipment not affixed as an integral part of existing real property facilities is "non-construction" and will not be funded as a construction cost. Also, the costs related to its procurement (including transportation, packing, unpacking, assembly, attachment, and so forth) are not construction and are funded from the owning property book holder with the same appropriation that bought the equipment when the installation is in an existing building or facility. Some typical examples are as follows: (1) Installation and relocation of prefabricated interior screens, partitions, and dividers mainly unattached. Movable screens or detachable panels that are temporarily held in place by light braces and screws and are readily removable without impairing or defacing either the panels or the floors, walls, or ceilings of the structure. (2) Installation of false (raised) floors and platforms required solely to allow operating equipment, wiring, and cooling access for the equipment being installed. (3) Installation of required shielding for electromagnetic radiating devices. Structural changes, including new partitions related to installing shielding, are construction. (4) Temporary removal and reinstallation of items such as portions of walls, roof, and utility systems to permit installation of equipment. Reinstallation may involve rerouting or relocation of some items. (5) Installation of special foundations, pads on slab-on-grade or pits in facilities. Installations of floors other than slab-on-grade are limited to bases needed to spread load and to secure equipment in place. Increase in load bearing capacity of these floors by additional or larger structural components is construction. (6) Installation of secondary utility work to connect equipment to utility services within a facility. This work lies between the utilities primary entry or source within the structure and the equipment to be served; for example, utility work from the existing main electrical service panel or for equipment requiring primary voltage from the building primary bus. (7) Installation of AC under the following circumstances: (a) To meet manufacturers specifications for equipment temperature, humidity, particulate matter, and air circulation. (b) In clean rooms installed in non-air conditioned spaces or when the building central system cannot meet the temperature and humidity requirements of the clean room operations. (c) For operator occupied areas where installed equipment will increase the temperature or humidity beyond safety levels in the immediate area of equipment. Under this policy, AC may be provided only in bona fide equipment spaces related directly to the equipment and not in administrative or other working spaces. (8) Installation of mechanical ventilation and separate exhaust systems when needed for personnel safety or for proper functioning of the equipment as required by the manufacturer. (9) Installation of specialty fire extinguishing systems for rooms that contain substantial amounts of ADP equipment. c. When installed in new facilities, items listed in paragraphs b (2), (3), (6), (7), (8), and (9), above are construction. Related costs are properly chargeable to a construction project as a funded cost. 464. Automatic box conveyor systems Automatic box conveyor (ABC) systems are transportation systems designed to move or convey small items from one area to another within a facility. ABC systems consist of two parts: a. An installed track system, including switches and controls, normally designed to fit a particular facility and integrated into the buildings fire protection and mechanical systems. If removed, the system will require major modification before it can be reused. This installed track system is IBE. b. Conveyor carts and containers that can be removed from the conveyor track system. These items are personal property. 465. Prefabricated indoor offices and medical rooms Users may purchase and install indoor prefabricated offices and medical room with equipment funds (as personal property) provided the equipment is a. Owned and accounted for by the user. b. Maintained and repaired with users operating funds. c. Used indoors. d. Movable and attached to the real property and capable of being severed or removed without destroying the usefulness of the building.

188

AR 4201 12 February 2008

466. High altitude electromagnetic pulse and telecommunications electronics material protected from emanating spurious transmissions shielding High altitude electromagnetic pulse (HEMP) and TEMPEST shielding may protect all or part of a facility. The following differentiation holds for both new facilities and the improvement of existing facilities. a. Global shielding (to include the actual shield, the filters, and the waveguides) installed as an overall shield to encompass the entire facility shall be procured and installed with construction funds when part of a MILCON project (see Military Handbook 423, High Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP) Protection for Fixed and Transportable Ground Based C4I Facilities). b. Sub-global or component-level shielding and hardening shall be procured with the same funds used to buy the equipment being protected. 467. Auxiliary generators a. Generators affixed as a permanent part of a facility that provide power to facility electrical loads are considered to be installed building equipment (real property) and should be funded with MILCON funds. Generators that solely support personal property shall not be MILCON funded. Generators that support a combination of both real and personal property are considered real property, and will be funded with MILCON funds. All MILCON-funded generators will be identified as a separate line item entry under the primary facility or supporting facilities, or both on the face of the DD Form 1391. b. Auxiliary generators funded by MILCON appropriations are authorized only for the facilities and systems listed below. Requests for auxiliary generators to be used in support of facilities and systems other than those listed below will be processed through command channels to HQDA (DAIMOD) for approval (1) Air and sea navigational aids (NAVAIDS), both visual and electronic (2) Air traffic control towers (3) Aircraft and aircrew alert facilities (4) Central fire stations, including associated communications and central station equipment (5) Cold storage warehouses and major refrigerated storage areas (6) Command and control facilities (7) Information systems facilities, such as dial central offices, information processing centers, and information systems facilities (8) Mission-critical computer and information processing systems (9) Mission-critical munitions and research processing systems, including associated safety, alarm, and shutdown systems (10) Mission-critical utility plants (11) One dining facility per OCONUS installation (12) DPW control centers (13) Disaster preparedness and emergency operations centers (14) Fire protection and alarm systems (15) Hospitals (16) Law enforcement and security police facilities, including associated information processing systems, and confinement facilities (17) Specific requirements required by law, such as for some sewage lift stations (18) Mission, property, and life support facilities and systems at remote and not readily accessible sites for aircraft warning and surveillance systems. (19) Nuclear power plants and storage and operating facilities for nuclear and chemical surety materials (see AR 505, AR 506, and AR 19054 for special features that apply to generators). (20) Photographic laboratories providing mission-critical and essential support to tactical missions (21) Petroleum, oils, and lubricants (POL) storage and dispensing facilities (22) Security lighting, surveillance, and warning systems (23) Weapons systems (24) Weather stations 468. Uninterruptible power supplies Installation of uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) may be authorized to support some mission-critical personal property equipment, such as certain computer systems, where interruption of normal electrical power would result in damage to that equipment or loss of data critical to special mission accomplishment. In such cases, UPS serving personal property will be funded from the appropriate personal property account. UPS are not authorized for support of real property equipment, such as HVAC systems, lighting, and so forth. Such systems are adequately served by automatic-start auxiliary power generators where the established need exists for such capability (see chapter 23).

AR 4201 12 February 2008

189

469. Electronic security systems Detailed funding guidance covering the acquisition and installation of various components of electronic security systems, including, but not limited to, electronic entry control, closed-circuit television (CCTV), and intrusion detection systems (IDS) equipment is provided in section VII. Most significantly, other than MILCON funds will always be used to acquire electronic security systems equipment. However, MILCON funds may be programmed to install such electronic security systems equipment where required in conjunction with a MILCON project. In such cases, funds required for equipment installation will be indicated as a separate line item under the Primary Facilities portion of the project DD Form 1391. Further, the other than MILCON funds required to acquire such equipment will be identified separately under the Furnishings and Equipment portion of the DD Form 1391 as well (see chap 3, DA Pam 41515). Section VII Information systems support 470. Funding sources Funding sources for information systems and associated equipment and systems supporting chapter 4 constructionfunded projects are listed in table 42. 471. Funding of information systems components Table 42 applies to funding for information systems where those systems are associated with chapter 4 MILCON projects. Costs related to such functions as repair, replacement, expansion, operation, and maintenance unassociated with MILCON projects are not to be construction funded. a. Construction funded items listed in table 42 will be funded by MILCON funds. b. The ISC funded items listed in table 42 will be programmed and funded by ISECFDED. c. Proponent funded items listed in table 42 will be programmed by the using agency for mission projects, or the garrison commander for BASEOPS projects. 472. Explanation of table 42 columns a. Column one, System Component, lists the information system components for both information and associated equipment systems supporting construction-funded projects. b. Column two, ISCE, identifies if the system component is included in the Information System Cost Estimate (Tab F). c. Columns three and four identify under the heading Funding Source specific funding sources for procurement and installation of information systems cabling or components. This does not necessarily reflect that maintenance, operation, repair, or replacement of such items is funded by the DPW. (For those items of information systems for which maintenance, operation, repair, or replacement costs or activities are funded by the DPW, see chapter 23.) d. The letter Y indicates that the cost estimate for each item in column one that is included in Tab F of the DD Form 1391 (ISCE), is validated by USAISEC, the agency which provides the standards, criteria, and design for that item. The aggregate costs of Y items represent the total Tab F/ISCE estimate. The letter N indicates the cost estimate for each item in column one is included as part of the per-square-foot cost; it is developed by USACE, the agency which provides the standards, criteria, and design for that item. The aggregate cost appears in the per-squarefoot cost of the primary facility. Where N items include cabling or equipment installed beyond the facility 5-foot line, a separate line item entry, in addition to that entitled Information Systems, will be made in Block 9B, the Supporting Facilities section of DD Form 1391 for those items. One example of this condition would be entertainment television cabling run between buildings in a UPH complex. e. Abbreviations used in table 42 are defined in the legend at the end of the table.

Table 42 Funding of Information Systems Support Components


System Component ISCE Funding Sources Procure Install

1. Building Telecommunications Cabling System (BCS) All Communications equipment rooms (CERs).2 Cable paths, Cables.4 Application-specific electrical components.5, 6 protected.3

MILCON.1, 10 Y Y Y CONF CONF CONF CONF CONF CONF

190

AR 4201 12 February 2008

Table 42 Funding of Information Systems Support ComponentsContinued


System Component ISCE Funding Sources Procure Install

Attached device - common user service. Attached device - personal demand service. Signal line filters - PDS secure systems. Installed on signal lines procured with CONF project funds. Installed on signal lines procured with other than CONF project funds.

Y Y

CONF PROP

CONF PROP

Y Y

CONF PROP

CONF PROP

Secure Internet Protocol Network (SIPRNET) 23 Protective Distribution System (Cable Path) for Battalion level and higher Below Battalion level SIPRNET Cabling System Battalion level and higher Below Battalion level SIPRNET Encryption Device Battalion level and higher Below Battalion level SIPRNET Data Switch
22 22

Y Y

CONF PROP

CONF PROP

Y Y

CONF PROP

CONF PROP

Y Y

ISC PROP

ISC PROP

Battalion level and higher Below Battalion level

Y Y

ISC PROP

ISC PROP

2. Telephone System, Administrative (Common user voice service using DOD approved technology) Central office equipment upgrade/expansion/replacement.7 MILCON Medical MILCON. Not associated with MILCON. Telephone instruments, common MILCON. Medical MILCON. Telephone instruments, all MILCON. Medical MILCON Other attached devices: MILCON. Medical MILCON. Y Y PROP CONF PROP CONF others.9 Y Y PROP CONF PROP CONF user.8 Y Y ISC CONF ISC CONF Y Y N ISC CONF ISC ISC CONF ISC

3. Telephone System, non-Administrative (individual subscriber): AFH, Barracks, BOQ, BEQ, and so forth. Building Telecommunications Cabling system (BCS)see #1 above
10

Outside plant infrastructure, cable, equipment and equipment shelter.11 Telephone instruments and other attached devices.

N N

SUB SUB

SUB SUB

AR 4201 12 February 2008

191

Table 42 Funding of Information Systems Support ComponentsContinued


System Component ISCE Funding Sources Procure Install

4. Local area networks (LANs) I3A compliant data switches and edge devices. Common user - NIPRNET systems.12 Y ISC PROP PROP PROP PROP ISC PROP PROP PROP PROP

User specific - other than NIPRNET data systems: that is, SIPRNET ad Global Command and Con- Y trol System-Army. Other LAN/data network devices: terminals, printers, keyboards, and peripheral equipment. Wireless LAN (WLAN)
24 24

Y Y Y

Wireless Intrusion Detection Devices (WIDS) Thin Client Solution Thin Client Server Thin Client Software Thin Client Hardware
25

N N N

PROP PROP PROP

PROP PROP PROP

5. Outside cable plant (OSP)11, 13 Expand/upgrade/replace outside cable plant - as a direct result of MILCON: Cable pathway: manholes, hand holes, duct, poles, pedestals, and so forth. Cables. Line equipment. Wired-in: required to complete the cable path. Personal property: user application-specific electrical components Expand/upgrade/replace outside cable plant not a direct result of MILCON. Y Y N CONF PROP PROP CONF PROP PROP Y Y CONF CONF CONF CONF

6. Entertainment Television Systems. 6.1. Government-owned master antenna. Television (MATV) systems. Cabling, interior. Cabling, exterior.
15 15 16 10, 14

Y N N N N N N N N

CONF CONF CONF CONF PROP CONF CONF PROP CONF

CONF CONF CONF CONF PROP CONF CONF PROP CONF

Antennas, dipole and loop, fixed. Antennas, dish, non-medical facility. Antennas, dish, medical facility. Amplifiers, splitters, couplers, and so forth. Receivers, non-medical facility. Receivers, medical facility.

6.2. Commercially-Owned Cable Company.10 Entertainment Television Systems not government owned/operated. Cable path/access systems.3 Cabling, interior - inside the 5-foot line.15 line.15 N N N N CONF CONF SUB SUB CONF CONF SUB SUB

Cabling, exterior - outside the 5-foot

Set-up and recurring fees and charges.

7. Audio/Video System, non-entertainment, common equipment (non-medical, non-IDS).

192

AR 4201 12 February 2008

Table 42 Funding of Information Systems Support ComponentsContinued


System Component ISCE Funding Sources Procure Install

Common system items: Cable paths, protected.3 Cables - coaxial.15 Cables BCS.4 Y Y Y Y path.5, 6 Y Y CONF PROP CONF PROP CONF CONF CONF CONF CONF CONF CONF CONF

Amplifiers, splitters, couplers, line drivers, and so forth. Application-specific electrical components - installed externally to the cable

Attached device - common user service, that is, impedance matching devices, and so forth. Attached device - personal demand service, that is, adapters for user unique devices. Signal line filters. Installed on signal lines procured with project funds. Installed on signal lines procured with other than CONF project funds. Monitors. Cameras. Sound subsystems. Video projectors. Video recorders (VCR, and so forth) & video playback systems. Antennas.

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

CONF PROP PROP PROP PROP PROP PROP PROP

CONF PROP CONF CONF PROP PROP PROP PROP

7.1. Closed-circuit television (CCTV) for training and surveillance purposes. Common system items: see 7.0 Operating consoles and other head-end equipment. Y PROP CONF

7.2. Mission orientated visual information systems for stand-alone briefing rooms, auditoriums, command and control facilities, conference rooms, and other applications not addressed elsewhere in this table. Common system items: see 7.0 Operating consoles and other head-end equipment. Y PROP PROP

7.3. Video Information Projection Systems. Common system items: see 7.0 Computer workstations. Y PROP PROP

7.4. Teleconferencing. Common system items: see 7.0 Screens. Coding and decoding equipment. Computer subsystems. Y Y Y PROP PROP PROP PROP PROP PROP

7.5. Educational Television Systems. Common system items: see 7.0 Head-end transmitters. Y PROP PROP

AR 4201 12 February 2008

193

Table 42 Funding of Information Systems Support ComponentsContinued


System Component ISCE Funding Sources Procure Install

7.6. Computer-Aided Instruction Systems. Common system items: see 7.0 Learning station equipment. Computer subsystems. Y Y PROP PROP PROP PROP

8. Audio/Video System, non-entertainment, common equipment (medical facilities). Common system items: Cable paths, protected.3 Cables Cables.4 Amplifiers, splitters, couplers, and so forth. Monitors and cameras. Sound subsystems. Antennas. coaxial.15 N Y N N N N N CONF CONF CONF CONF PROP CONF PROP CONF CONF CONF CONF PROP CONF PROP

8.1.